FN ISI Export Format VR 1.0 PT J AU Petit, JP Ripoll, H AF Petit, Jean-Philippe Ripoll, Hubert TI Scene perception and decision making in sport simulation: A masked priming investigation SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SPORT PSYCHOLOGY LA English DT Article DE decision making; expertise; masked priming; presentation mode; scene perception; simulation of sport scenes; soccer ID VISUAL WORD RECOGNITION; EXPERTISE; PERFORMANCE; SEARCH; SOCCER; ANTICIPATION; ORTHOGRAPHY; ACTIVATION; PHONOLOGY; TASK AB This study investigated two video presentation modes of simulated scenes for analyzing expert perception and decision making in sport. The external presentation mode is the broadcast point of view, whereas the internal point of view is from the athlete's perspective. Groups of experienced and novice soccer players were required to make a forced-choice decision to pass or not to pass in response to various soccer game scenarios simulated in either the external or the internal presentation mode. In addition, we used the masked prime paradigm in order to examine which parts of the scenes play a critical role in the perception process. Target scenes were preceded by briefly presented masked primes formed by removing different elements from the target stimulus or by the full display of it. The results show faster decisions by experienced soccer players, faster and more accurate decisions to internal simulations, and priming effects on decision latencies. Prime type interacted with level of experience and situation. C1 ESIL, Lab LSIS Equipe I&M UMR 6168, CNRS, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Ripoll, H, ESIL, Lab LSIS Equipe I&M UMR 6168, CNRS, Case 925,163 Ave Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. EM hubert.ripoll@univmed.fr CR ABERNETHY B, 1984, AUSTR J SCI MED SPOR, V16, P2 ABERNETHY B, 1985, CUE USAGE OPEN MOTOR ABERNETHY B, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P63 ALLARD F, 1980, J SPORT PSYCHOL, V2, P22 BARD C, 1976, J HUMAN MOVEMENT STU, V3, P214 BEBIE T, 1998, INT C IM PROC CHIC I BEBIE T, 2000, GRAPHICS FORUM, V19, P391 BOUCART M, 1995, VIS COGN, V2, P451 DELLACQUA R, 1999, COGNITION, V73, B1 ERICSSON KA, 1996, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V47, P273 EVETT LJ, 1981, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL A, V33, P365 FARROW D, 2003, J SPORT SCI, V21, P511, DOI 10.1080/0264041031000101827 FARROW D, 2005, ISSP 11 WORLD C SPOR FERRAND L, 1992, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V45, P353 FERRAND L, 1993, B PSYCHONOMIC SOC, V31, P119 FERRAND L, 1994, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V47, P365 FERRAND L, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P708 FORSTER KI, 1993, COGNITIVE MODELS SPE HELSEN W, 1988, SCI FOOTBALL, P493 HELSEN WF, 1999, APPL COGNITIVE PSYCH, V13, P1 JACOBS AM, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P1101 MAVROMATIS S, 2003, MIRAGE MILLSLAGLE DG, 1988, J SPORT BEHAV, V11, P32 OMODEI MM, 1998, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V29, P115 PERESSOTTI F, 1999, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V61, P691 PERFETTI CA, 1991, J MEM LANG, V30, P473 PETIT JP, 2002, VIS COGN, V9, P337 POPLU G, 2003, INT J SPORT EXERCISE, V1, P390 RAAB M, 2003, INT J SPORT EXERCISE, V1 RIPOLL H, 1991, INT J SPORT EXERCISE, V22 RIPOLL H, 1995, HUMAN MOVEMENT SCI, V14 RIPOLL H, 2003, FEPSAC 11 EUR C SPOR RIPOLL H, 2005, ERGONOMICAL DEV COLL SANOCKI T, 1991, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V50, P490 SAVELSBERGH GJP, 2002, J SPORT SCI, V20, P279 TENENBAUM G, 1993, HDB RES SPORT PSYCHO, P171 TENENBAUM G, 2003, EXPERT PERFORMANCE S, P191 VICKERS JN, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V22, P342 WILLIAMS AM, 1993, SCI FOOTBALL, V2, P239 WILLIAMS AM, 1998, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V69, P111 WILLIAMS AM, 1999, VISUAL PERCEPTION AC WILLIAMS AM, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL-APPL, V8, P259, DOI 10.1037/1076-898X.8.4.259 WILLIAMS AM, 2003, EXPERT PERFORMANCE S WILLIAMS AM, 2005, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V24, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.humov.2005.06.002 WILLIAMS M, 1995, J SPORT EXERCISE PSY, V17, P259 ZOUDJI B, 2003, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V34, P189 NR 46 TC 0 PU EDIZIONI LUIGI POZZI PI ROME PA VIA PANAMA 68, 00198 ROME, ITALY SN 0047-0767 J9 INT J SPORT PSYCHOL JI Int. J. Sport Psychol. PD JAN-MAR PY 2008 VL 39 IS 1 BP 1 EP 19 PG 19 SC Psychology; Psychology, Multidisciplinary; Sport Sciences GA 274UY UT ISI:000254028900001 ER PT J AU Park, S Grabar, S Kelaidi, C Beyne-Rauzy, O Picard, F Bardet, V Coiteux, V Leroux, G Lepelley, P Daniel, MT Cheze, S Mahe, B Ferrant, A Ravoet, C Escoffre-Barbe, M Ades, L Vey, N Aljassern, L Stamatoullas, A Mannone, L Dombret, H Bourgeois, K Greenberg, P Fenaux, P Dreyfus, F AF Park, Sophie Grabar, Sophie Kelaidi, Charikleia Beyne-Rauzy, Odile Picard, Francoise Bardet, Valerie Coiteux, Valerie Leroux, Genevieve Lepelley, Pascale Daniel, Marie-Therese Cheze, Stephane Mahe, Beatrice Ferrant, Augustin Ravoet, Christophe Escoffre-Barbe, Martine Ades, Lionel Vey, Norbert Aljassern, Lina Stamatoullas, Aspasia Mannone, Lionel Dombret, Herve Bourgeois, Keith Greenberg, Peter Fenaux, Pierre Dreyfus, Francois CA Grp, G TI Predictive factors of response and survival in myelodysplastic syndrome treated with erythropoietin and G-CSF: the GFM experience SO BLOOD LA English DT Review ID COLONY-STIMULATING FACTOR; QUALITY-OF-LIFE; INTERNATIONAL WORKING GROUP; WORLD-HEALTH-ORGANIZATION; SCORING SYSTEM; PLUS ERYTHROPOIETIN; SINGLE INSTITUTION; ARSENIC TRIOXIDE; ANEMIA; CLASSIFICATION AB We analyzed prognostic factors of response, response duration, and possible impact on survival of epoetin alpha, epoetin beta, or darbepoetin alpha (DAR) with or without granulocyte colony-stimulating factor in 403 myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) patients. Sixty-two percent (40% major and 22% minor) and 50% erythroid responses were seen, and median response duration was 20 and 24 months according to IWG 2000 and 2006 criteria, respectively. Significantly higher response rates were observed with less than 10% blasts, low and int-1 International Prognostic Scoring System (IPSS), red blood cell transfusion independence, serum EPO level less, than 200 IU/L, and, with IWG 2006 criteria only, shorter interval between diagnosis and treatment. Significantly longer response duration was associated with major response (IWG 2000 criteria), IPSS low to INT-1, blasts less than 5%, and absence of multilineage dysplasia. Minor responses according to IWG 2000 were reclassified as "nonresponders" or "responders" according to IWG 2006 criteria. However, among those IWG 2000 minor responders, response duration did not differ between IWG 2006 responders and nonresponders. Multivariate adjusted comparisons of survival between our cohort and the untreated MDS cohort used to design IPSS showed similar rate of progression to acute myeloid leukemia in both cohorts, but significantly better overall survival in our cohort, suggesting that epoetin or DAR treatment may have a favorable survival impact in MDS. C1 APHP, Hop Cochin, Serv Hematol, Paris, France. APHP, Hop Cochin, Dept Stat, Paris, France. APHP, Hop Avicenne, Serv Hematol, Bobigny, France. Hop Purpan, Serv Med Interne, Toulouse, France. Hop Cochin, Hematol Lab, Paris, France. CHRU, Hop Claude Huriez, Serv Maladies Sang, Lille, France. Hop Avicenne, Hematol Lab, Bobigny, France. CHRU, Serv Hematol, Lille, France. Hop St Louis, Hematol Lab, Paris, France. CHU Caen, Serv Hematol, F-14000 Caen, France. CHU Nantes, Serv Hematol, F-44035 Nantes 01, France. Clin Univ St Luc, Dept Med Interne, B-1200 Brussels, Belgium. Inst Jules Bordet, B-1000 Brussels, Belgium. CHU Pontchaillouu, Serv Hematol, Rennes, France. Ctr Paoli Calmettes, Dept Oncohematol, Marseille, France. CH Chartres, Serv Hematol, Chartres, France. CHU Rouen, Serv Hematol, Rouen, France. CHU Nice, Serv Hematol, Nice, France. CHU St Louis, Serv Hematol, Paris, France. Univ Rochester, Dept Biostat & Computat Biol, Rochester, NY 14627 USA. Stanford Univ, Med Ctr, Dept Med, Div Hematol, Stanford, CA 94305 USA. RP Park, S, APHP, Hop Cochin, Serv Hematol, Paris, France. CR ADES L, 2005, BLOOD, V106, P2537 BENNETT JM, 1982, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V51, P189 BENNETT JM, 1984, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V56, P515 CASADEVALL N, 2004, BLOOD, V104, P321, DOI 10.1182/blood-2003-07-2252 CHESON BD, 2000, BLOOD, V96, P3671 CHESON BD, 2006, BLOOD, V108, P419, DOI 10.1182/blood-2005-10-4149 FLANDRIN G, 2001, 6INT S MYEL SYNDR ST GREENBERG P, 1997, BLOOD, V89, P2079 HARRIS NL, 2000, MODERN PATHOL, V13, P193 HELLSTROMLINDBE.E, 1993, LEUKEMIA LYMPHOMA, V11, P221 HELLSTROMLINDBERG E, 1997, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V99, P344 HELLSTROMLINDBERG E, 1998, BLOOD, V92, P68 HELLSTROMLINDBERG E, 2003, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V120, P1037 HOWE RB, 2004, BLOOD, V103, P3265, DOI 10.1182/blood-2003-06-2124 JADERSTEN M, 2006, BLOOD, V108, P521 KANTARJIAN HM, 2007, CANCER, V109, P1133, DOI 10.1002/cncr.22508 LEONE G, 2002, HAEMATOLOGICA, V87, P1324 LIST A, 2005, NEW ENGL J MED, V352, P549 MALCOVATI L, 2005, J CLIN ONCOL, V23, P7594, DOI 10.1200/JCO.2005.01.7038 MANNONE L, 2004, BLOOD, V104, P69 MANTOVANI L, 2000, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V109, P367 MOREL P, 1993, LEUKEMIA, V7, P1315 MUFTI GJ, 1985, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V59, P425 MUSTO P, 2002, HAEMATOLOGICA, V87, P884 MUSTO P, 2005, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V128, P204, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2004.05288.x NOSSLINGER T, 2001, BLOOD, V98, P2935 PFEILSTOCKER M, 1999, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V106, P455 RAZA A, 2004, LEUKEMIA RES, V28, P791 ROSE EH, 1995, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V89, P831 SILVERMAN LR, 1993, LEUKEMIA S1, V7, P21 SILVERMAN LR, 2006, J CLIN ONCOL, V24, P3895, DOI 10.1200/JCO.2005.05.4346 SPIRITI MAA, 2005, ANN HEMATOL, V84, P167, DOI 10.1007/s00277-004-0961-9 VEY N, 2004, EXPERT OPIN PHARMACO, V5, P613 NR 33 TC 0 PU AMER SOC HEMATOLOGY PI WASHINGTON PA 1900 M STREET. NW SUITE 200, WASHINGTON, DC 20036 USA SN 0006-4971 J9 BLOOD JI Blood PD JAN 15 PY 2008 VL 111 IS 2 BP 574 EP 582 PG 9 SC Hematology GA 252PP UT ISI:000252458700027 ER PT J AU Menegaz, G Bartoli, G Le Troter, A Boi, JM Sequeira, J AF Menegaz, G. Bartoli, G. Le Troter, A. Boi, J. M. Sequeira, J. TI Topology preserving resampling of the OSA-UCS SO PERCEPTION LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 Univ Siena, Dept Informat Engn, I-53100 Siena, Italy. Univ Aix Marseille 2, LSIS, F-13284 Marseille 07, France. EM gloria@ieee.org NR 0 TC 0 PU PION LTD PI LONDON PA 207 BRONDESBURY PARK, LONDON NW2 5JN, ENGLAND SN 0301-0066 J9 PERCEPTION JI Perception PY 2007 VL 36 SU Suppl. S BP 196 EP 197 PG 2 SC Psychology; Psychology, Experimental GA 226NA UT ISI:000250594600704 ER PT J AU Meyer, E Grussenmeyer, P Perrin, JP Durand, A Drap, P AF Meyer, Elise Grussenmeyer, Pierre Perrin, Jean-Pierre Durand, Anne Drap, Pierre TI A web information system for the management and the dissemination of Cultural Heritage data SO JOURNAL OF CULTURAL HERITAGE LA English DT Article DE database; information system; data management; Internet; cultural heritage; archaeology AB Safeguarding and exploiting Cultural Heritage induce the production of numerous and heterogeneous data. The management of these data is an essential task for the use and the diffusion of the information gathered on the field. Previously, the data handling was a hand-made task done thanks to efficient and experienced methods. Until the growth of computer science, other methods have been carried out for the digital preservation and treatment of Cultural Heritage information. The development of computerized data management systems to store and make use of archaeological datasets is then a significant task nowadays. Especially for sites that have been excavated and worked without computerized means, it is now necessary to put all the data produced onto computer. This allows preservation of the information digitally (in addition with the paper documents) and offers new exploitation possibilities, like the immediate connection of different kinds of data for analyses, or the digital documentation of the site for its improvement. Geographical Information Systems have proved their potentialities in this scope, but they are not always adapted to the management of features at the scale of a particular archaeological site. Therefore this paper aims to present the development of a Virtual Research Environment dedicated to the exploitation of intra-site Cultural Heritage data. The Information System produced is based on open-source software modules dedicated to the Internet, so users can avoid being software driven and can register and consult data from different computers. The system gives the opportunity to do exploratory analyses of the data, especially at spatial and temporal levels. The system is compliant to every kind of Cultural Heritage site and allows management of diverse types of data. Some experimentation has been done on sites managed by the Service of the National Sites and Monuments of Luxembourg. (C) 2007 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved. C1 Nancy Sch Architecture, CNRS, MCC,Res Ctr Architecture & Engn, UMR 694,MAP,CRAI, F-54000 Nancy, France. INSA Strasbourg Grad Sch Sci & Technol, CNRS, MCC, UMR 694,MAP,Photogrammetry & Geomat Grp PAGE, F-67084 Strasbourg, France. ESIL Luminy Grad Sch, CNRS, UMR 6168, Informat Sci & Syst Lab LSIS, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Meyer, E, Nancy Sch Architecture, CNRS, MCC,Res Ctr Architecture & Engn, UMR 694,MAP,CRAI, 2 Rue Bastien Lepage, F-54000 Nancy, France. EM meyer@crai.map.archi.fr pierre.grussenmeyer@insa-strasbourg.fr perrin@crai.map.archi.fr anne.durand@esil.univmed.fr pierre.drap@esil.univmed.fr CR ANTONI MH, 2002, MEDIEVISTE ORDINATEU, V41 BISWELL S, 1995, ARCHAEOL GEOGRAPHICA, P269 CHAPMAN G, 1991, ARCHAEOL COMPUTING N, V27, P3 DANDREA A, 2006, VAST 2006, P211 DOERR M, 2003, AI MAGAZINE, V24 DRAP P, 2000, J PHOTOGRAMMETRY REM, V55, P48 DRAP P, 2005, ISPRS INT ARCHIVES P, P771 FORTE M, 1997, SILIOTTI VIRTUAL ARC GILLINGS M, 1996, INTERNET ARCHAEOLOGY, V1 GINOUVES R, 1978, CONSTITUTION DONNES GINOUVES R, 1999, TRAITEMENT INFORM AR, P97 GUIMIERSORBETS AM, 1990, BASES DONNEES ARCHEO HARRISON E, 1995, BAR INT SERIES, V600, P245 HEYWORTH MP, 1996, ARCHEOL CALCOLATORI, V7, P1195 HEYWORTH MP, 1996, INTERFACING PAST COM, V28, P517 MCADAM E, 1995, FIELD ARCHAEOLOGIST, V24, P17 MEFFERT M, 1995, ARCHAEOL GEOGRAPHICA, P287 MEYER E, 2006, IN PRESS BAR INT SER MEYER E, 2006, MODELING IMAGERY DAT, P129 POWLESLAND DJ, 1991, OXFORD U COMMITTEE A, V18, P155 QUESADA P, 1995, BAR INT SERIES, V600, P137 RAHTZ SPQ, 1994, ARCHEOL CALCOLATORI, V5, P219 RAYN NS, 1995, BAR INT SERIES, V600, P211 REILLY P, 1992, ARCHAEOLOGY INFORMAT, P147 RICHARDS JD, 1996, ARCHAEOL COMPUTING N, V46, P19 RICHARDS JD, 1998, J ARCHAEOL RES, V6, P331 SMITH N, 1992, BAR INT SERIES, V577, P49 VANLEUSEN PM, 1995, ARCHAEOLOGY GEOGRAPH, P27 NR 28 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER FRANCE-EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES MEDICALES ELSEVIER PI PARIS PA 23 RUE LINOIS, 75724 PARIS, FRANCE SN 1296-2074 J9 J CULT HERIT JI J. Cult. Herit. PD SEP-DEC PY 2007 VL 8 IS 4 BP 396 EP 411 PG 16 SC Archaeology; Art; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Spectroscopy GA 249UN UT ISI:000252255500008 ER PT J AU Operto, G Bulot, R Anton, JL Coulon, O AF Operto, G. Bulot, R. Anton, J. -L. Coulon, O. TI Projection of fMRI data onto the cortical surface using anatomically-informed convolution kernels SO NEUROIMAGE LA English DT Article DE fMRI; cortical surface; surface-based analysis; anatomical constraints ID CEREBRAL-CORTEX; ATLAS AB As surface-based data analysis offer an attractive approach for intersubject matching and comparison, the projection of voxel-based 3D volumes onto the cortical surface is an essential problem. We present here a method that aims at producing representations of functional brain data on the cortical surface from functional MRI volumes. Such representations are for instance required for subsequent cortical-based functional analysis. We propose a projection technique based on the definition, around each node of the gray/white matter interface mesh, of convolution kernels whose shape and distribution rely on the geometry of the local anatomy. For one anatomy, a set of convolution kernels is computed that can be used to project any functional data registered with this anatomy. Therefore resulting in anatomically-informed projections of data onto the cortical surface, this kernel-based approach offers better sensitivity, specificity than other classical methods and robustness to misregistration errors. Influences of mesh and volumes spatial resolutions were also estimated for various projection techniques, using simulated functional maps. (C) 2007 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab LSIS, Marseille, France. Ctr IRM Fonct Marseille, Marseille, France. RP Operto, G, ESIL, Case 925,163 Ave Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. EM gregory.operto@univmed.fr CR ANDRADE A, 2001, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V12, P79 ASHBURNER J, 2000, NEUROIMAGE 1, V11, P805 CHUNG M, 2004, P IEEE INT S BIOM IM, P432 CLOUCHOUX C, 2005, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3750, P344 DUVERNOY HM, 1999, HUMAN BRAIN SURFACE FISCHL B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P195 FLANDIN G, 2002, MICCAI 2002 5 INT C GOEBEL R, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, S64 GROVA C, 2006, NEUROIMAGE, V31, P1475, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.02.049 JOHNSON PB, 1993, EXP BRAIN RES, V97, P361 KIEBEL SJ, 2000, NEUROIMAGE 1, V11, P656 LERCH J, 2005, THESIS MCGILL U DEP MANGIN JF, 1995, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V5, P297 MAUCH S, 2000, FAST ALGORITHM COMPU MOUNTCASTLE VB, 1978, ORGANIZING PRINCIPLE, P7 SAAD ZS, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT S BI, P1510 THOMPSON JK, 2003, SCIENCE, V299, P1070 TORO R, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1468, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.008 VANESSEN DC, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P7079 WARNKING J, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P1665, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1304 NR 20 TC 0 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 1053-8119 J9 NEUROIMAGE JI Neuroimage PD JAN 1 PY 2008 VL 39 IS 1 BP 127 EP 135 PG 9 SC Neurosciences; Neuroimaging; Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging GA 237WB UT ISI:000251406000012 ER PT J AU Pernot, JP Moraru, G Veron, P AF Pernot, J-P. Moraru, G. Veron, P. TI Repairing triangle meshes built from scanned point cloud SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING DESIGN LA English DT Article DE reverse engineering; integrated design; geometric modelling; holes in meshes; triangle mesh deformation; approximated curvature variation minimization; shape manipulations ID FORM DEFORMATION FEATURES; DESIGN; BOUNDARY AB The Reverse Engineering process consists of a succession of operations that aim at creating a digital representation of a physical model, The reconstructed geometric model is often a triangle mesh built from a point cloud acquired with a scanner. Depending on both the object complexity and the scanning process, some areas of the object outer surface may never be accessible, thus inducing some deficiencies in the point cloud and, as a consequence, some holes in the resulting mesh. This is simply not acceptable in an integrated design process where the geometric models are often shared between the various applications (e.g. design, simulation, manufacturing). In this paper, we propose a complete toolbox to fill in these undesirable holes. The hole contour is first cleaned to remove badly-shaped triangles that are due to the scanner noise. A topological grid is then inserted and deformed to satisfy blending conditions with the surrounding mesh. In our approach, the shape of the inserted mesh results from the minimization of a quadratic function based on a linear mechanical model that is used to approximate the curvature variation between the inner and surrounding meshes. Additional geometric constraints can also be specified to further shape the inserted mesh. The proposed approach is illustrated with some examples coming from our prototype software. C1 ENSAM, CER, CNRS UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13617 Aix En Provence 1, France. RP Pernot, JP, ENSAM, CER, CNRS UMR 6168, LSIS, 2 Cours Arts Metiers, F-13617 Aix En Provence 1, France. EM jean-philippe.pernot@aix.ensam.fr CR AMENTA N, 1998, P 25 ANN C COMP GRAP BAREQUET G, 1995, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V12, P207 BERNARDINI F, 1999, IEEE T VIS COMPUT GR, V5, P349 CHEUTET V, 2005, P ASME DAC 05 CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO CLARENZ U, 2004, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V21, P427, DOI 10.1016/j.cagd.2004.02.004 CURLESS B, 1996, P SIGGRAPH 96, P303 DAVIS J, 2002, P 1 INT S 3D DA VIS ECK M, 1996, P 23 ANN C COMP GRAP EDELSBRUNNER H, 1994, ACM T GRAPHICS, V13 FORSEY DR, 1995, ACM T GRAPHICS, V14 HOPPE H, 1992, P SIGGRAPH 92, P71 KOBBELT L, 1998, P SIGGRAPH 98, P105 LEE A, 2000, P SIGGRAPH 00 LIEN SL, 1984, IEEE COMPUT GRAPH, V4, P35 LIEPA P, 2003, P EUR ACM SIGGRAPH S, P200 MA W, 2000, P GEOM MOD PROC HONG, P274 MA WY, 1995, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V27, P663 MEYER DJ, 1999, SIGGRAPH 99, P317 NOORUDDIN FS, 2003, IEEE T VIS COMPUT GR, V9, P191 PERNOT JP, 2004, THESIS INP GRENOBLE PERNOT JP, 2005, J COMPUT INF SCI ENG, V5, P95, DOI 10.1115/1.1884146 PERNOT JP, 2005, J ENG DESIGN, V16, P115, DOI 10.1080/09544820500031617 PFEIFLE R, 1996, PROC GRAPH INTERF, P186 SCHEK HJ, 1974, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V3, P115 SCHNEIDER R, 2001, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V18, P359 TAKEUCHI S, 2000, PACIFIC GRAPHICS 200, P202 TAO J, 2004, ACM T GRAPHICS TOG, V23, P888 TEKUMALLA LS, 2004, UUCS04019 U UT US VERDERA J, 2003, INT C IM PROC ICIP VERON P, 1998, ENG COMPUT, V14, P23 WANG J, 2003, P SIBGRAPI 03 NR 32 TC 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0954-4828 J9 J ENGINEERING DESIGN JI J. Eng. Des. PD OCT PY 2007 VL 18 IS 5 BP 459 EP 473 PG 15 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary GA 230IO UT ISI:000250870400005 ER PT J AU Ramdani, S Bouchara, F Casties, JF AF Ramdani, Sofiane Bouchara, Frederic Casties, Jean-Francois TI Detecting determinism in short time series using a quantified averaged false nearest neighbors approach SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E LA English DT Article ID SMOOTHNESS IMPLIES DETERMINISM; STRANGE ATTRACTORS; NONLINEAR PREDICTION; DISTINGUISHING CHAOS; EMBEDDING DIMENSION; LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS; PRACTICAL METHOD; STATIONARY EEG; SURROGATE DATA; POSTURAL SWAY AB We propose a criterion to detect determinism in short time series. This criterion is based on the estimation of the parameter E-2 defined by the averaged false neighbors method for analyzing time series [Cao, Physica D 110, 43 (1997)]. Using surrogate data testing with several chaotic and stochastic simulated time series, we show that the variation coefficient of E-2 over a few values of the embedding dimension d defines a suitable statistic to detect determinism in short data sequences. This result holds for a time series generated by a high-dimensional chaotic system such as the Mackey-Glass one. Different decreasing lengths of the time series are included in the numerical experiments for both synthetic and real-world data. We also investigate the robustness of the criterion in the case of deterministic time series corrupted by additive noise. C1 Univ Montpellier 1, Efficience & Deficience Montrices, Montpellier, France. Univ Paris 11, CNRS, UMR,6168 LSIS, La Garde, France. RP Ramdani, S, Univ Montpellier 1, Efficience & Deficience Montrices, Montpellier, France. EM sofiane.ramdani@univ-montp1.fr CR ABARBANEL H, 1996, ANAL OBSERVED CHAOTI AITTOKALLIO T, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P416 BARAHONA M, 1996, NATURE, V381, P215 BHATACHARYA J, 1998, PHYSICA D, V132, P300 BROWN R, 1828, PHILOS MAG, V4, P161 CAO LY, 1997, PHYSICA D, V110, P43 CASDAGLI M, 1989, PHYSICA D, V35, P335 CELLUCCI CJ, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67, ARTN 066210 COLLINS JJ, 1993, EXP BRAIN RES, V95, P308 COLLINS JJ, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P764 ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617 ECKMANN JP, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P4971 EHLERS C, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V78, P7474 EINSTEIN A, 1905, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V17, P549 FRASER AM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P1134 FREDKIN DR, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2950 GARCIA SP, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71, ARTN 037204 GAUTAMA T, 2004, PHYSICA D, V190, P167, DOI 10.1016/j.physd.2003.11.001 GRASSBERGER P, 1983, PHYS REV A, V28, P2591 GRASSBERGER P, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P189 HAKEN H, 1975, PHYS LETT A, V53, P77 HAUSDORFF JM, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P2154 HEGGER R, 1999, CHAOS, V9, P416 HEGGER R, 1999, PHYS REV E B, V60, P4970 HENON M, 1976, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V50, P69 IKEDA K, 1979, OPT COMMUN, V30, P257 JEONG J, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P831 JEONG J, 2002, IEEE T BIO-MED ENG, V49, P1374, DOI 10.1109/TBME.2002.804581 JEONG JS, 2002, BIOL CYBERN, V86, P335 KANTZ H, 1997, NONLINEAR TIME SERIE KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P3403 KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3111 LIM TP, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V72, ARTN 027204 LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130 LUNDAHL T, 1986, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V5, P152 MACKEY MC, 1977, SCIENCE, V197, P287 MANDELBROT BB, 1967, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V13, P289 MANDELBROT BB, 1968, SIAM REV, V10, P422 ORTEGA GJ, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P4345 ORTEGA GJ, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P3419 ORTEGA GJ, 2001, PHYS REV E, V65, UNSP 016208 PACKARD NH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P712 PASCOLO P, 2006, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V27, P1339, DOI 10.1016/j.chaos.2005.04.111 PASCOLO PB, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1343, DOI 10.1016/j.chaos.2004.09.062 PINCUS SM, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P2291 RAMDANI S, 2006, PHYSICA D, V223, P229, DOI 10.1016/j.physd.2006.09.019 RHODES C, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P6162 RILEY MA, 1999, GAIT POSTURE, V9, P65 ROSENSTEIN MT, 1993, PHYSICA D, V65, P117 ROSSLER OE, 1976, PHYS LETT A, V57, P397 SABATINI AM, 2000, MED BIOL ENG COMPUT, V38, P617 SALVINO LMW, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1091 SANO M, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P1082 SCHREIBER T, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P635 SCHREIBER T, 2000, PHYSICA D, V142, P346 SUGIHARA G, 1990, NATURE, V344, P734 TAKENS F, 1981, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS TU, V898, P366 THEILER J, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P77 THEILER J, 1993, TIME SERIES PREDICTI TSONIS AA, 1992, NATURE, V358, P217 WAYLAND R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P580 WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285 NR 62 TC 0 PU AMER PHYSICAL SOC PI COLLEGE PK PA ONE PHYSICS ELLIPSE, COLLEGE PK, MD 20740-3844 USA SN 1539-3755 J9 PHYS REV E JI Phys. Rev. E PD SEP PY 2007 VL 76 IS 3 PN Part 2 AR 036204 DI ARTN 036204 PG 14 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical GA 215CM UT ISI:000249785900028 ER PT J AU Ounnar, F Pujo, P Mekaouche, L Giambiasi, N AF Ounnar, F. Pujo, P. Mekaouche, L. Giambiasi, N. TI Customer-supplier relationship management in an intelligent supply chain network SO PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL LA English DT Article DE customer-supplier relationship; self-organisation; AHP; holonic system ID ANALYTIC HIERARCHY PROCESS; FIRMS AB Outsourcing is leading to more and more complex industrial organisations. This can be attributed to the fact that several decision centres interact. As a consequence, changes in customer-supplier relationships can be noticed. In recent years, these relations have strongly evolved to lead to better internal management of each partner and a better general performance to satisfy customers. These evolutions created a new approach to the relationship between companies, called 'industrial partnership', in the form of a network. Networks induce a need at customer-supplier relation control level. The contribution and participation of each of the partners are thus fundamental to make supply chain management (SCM) a successful project. The control system of each actor partner must thus be adaptable enough to satisfy the production requirements. Our contribution to the improvement of customer-supplier relationship is a decentralised self-organised control model based on the concept of holon. In this model, the decision system manages a group of actors' operations who are in a partnership. In this paper in particular a process for the evaluation of the suppliers network is discussed. C1 Univ Paul Cezanne, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6128, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Ounnar, F, Univ Paul Cezanne, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6128, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM fouzia.ounnar@lsis.org CR BONNEFOUS C, 2001, INDICATEURS PERFORMA BURLAT P, 2003, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V14, P399, DOI 10.1080/0953728031000140160 CHEN KL, 2005, INT J PROD ECON, V98, P315, DOI 10.1016/j.ijpe.2004.09.010 CHOI TY, 1996, J OPERATIONS MANAGEM, V14, P333 DAVENPORT T, 2004, J ENTERPRISE INFORMA, V17, P8 DICKSON GW, 1966, J PURCHASING, V2, P5 GUNASEKARAN A, 1997, INT J PROD ECON, V50, P91 GUNASEKARAN A, 2004, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V15, P584, DOI 10.1080/09537280412331283955 HARKER PT, 1989, ANAL HIERARCHY PROCE, P3 JAYARAMAN V, 1999, J SUPPLY CHAIN MANAG, V35, P50 JOHANNESSEN S, 2002, INT J LOGIST MANAGE, V13, P31 KOESTLER A, 1989, GHOST MACHINE MAULL R, 1994, INT J SERV IND MANAG, V5, P26 MEKAOUCHE L, 2005, IEMC 05 INT ENG MAN MURALIDHARAN C, 2002, J SUPPLY CHAIN MANAG, V38, P22 NAKATO H, 1998, J PURCH MAT MANAGE, V34, P19 NARASIMHAN R, 1983, J PURCHASING MAT MAN, V19, P27 NYDICK RL, 1992, INT J PURCHASING MAT, V28, P31 OLHAGER J, 2004, INT J PROD ECON, V89, P353, DOI 10.1016/S0925-5273(03)00029-X OUNNAR F, 1999, THESIS I NATL POLYTE OUNNAR F, 2001, 4 C INT GEN IND, P1175 OUNNAR F, 2005, INT J LOGIST MANAGE, V16, P159 PEARSON JN, 1995, J SMALL BUS MANAGE, V33, P53 PUJO P, 2001, METHODES PILOTAGE SY, P130 REIJIERS HA, 2005, OMEGA-INT J MANAGE S, V33, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.omega.2004.04.012 RONG C, 2003, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V14, P90, DOI 10.1080/0953728031000096557 SAATY TL, 1980, ANAL HIERARCHY PROCE THOMPSON IM, 1996, SEMIN UROL ONCOL, V14, P4 VANBRUSSEL H, 1998, COMPUT IND, V37, P255 VARGAS LG, 1990, EUR J OPER RES, V48, P1 WEBER CA, 1991, EUR J OPER RES, V50, P1 WEDLEY WC, 1990, SOCIO ECON PLAN SCI, V24, P57 NR 32 TC 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0953-7287 J9 PRODUCTION PLANNING CONTROL JI Prod. Plan. Control PY 2007 VL 18 IS 5 BP 377 EP 387 PG 11 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Operations Research & Management Science GA 203KP UT ISI:000248973800003 ER PT J AU Menegaz, G Le Troter, A Sequeira, J Boi, JM AF Menegaz, G. Le Troter, A. Sequeira, J. Boi, J. M. TI A discrete model for color naming SO EURASIP JOURNAL ON ADVANCES IN SIGNAL PROCESSING LA English DT Article ID LOCATING BASIC COLORS; SPACE AB The ability to associate labels to colors is very natural for human beings. Though, this apparently simple task hides very complex and still unsolved problems, spreading over many different disciplines ranging from neurophysiology to psychology and imaging. In this paper, we propose a discrete model for computational color categorization and naming. Starting from the 424 color specimens of the OSA-UCS set, we propose a fuzzy partitioning of the color space. Each of the 11 basic color categories identified by Berlin and Kay is modeled as a fuzzy set whose membership function is implicitly defined by fitting the model to the results of an ad hoc psychophysical experiment (Experiment 1). Each OSA-UCS sample is represented by a feature vector whose components are the memberships to the different categories. The discrete model consists of a three-dimensional Delaunay triangulation of the CIELAB color space which associates each OSA-UCS sample to a vertex of a 3D tetrahedron. Linear interpolation is used to estimate the membership values of any other point in the color space. Model validation is performed both directly, through the comparison of the predicted membership values to the subjective counterparts, as evaluated via another psychophysical test (Experiment 2), and indirectly, through the investigation of its exploitability for image segmentation. The model has proved to be successful in both cases, providing an estimation of the membership values in good agreement with the subjective measures as well as a semantically meaningful color-based segmentation map. C1 Univ Siena, Fac Telecommun, Dept Informat Engn, I-53100 Siena, Italy. CNRS, UMR 6168, Syst & Informat Sci Lab, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Menegaz, G, Univ Siena, Fac Telecommun, Dept Informat Engn, I-53100 Siena, Italy. CR BELPAEME T, 2001, P 13 BELG NETH C ART, P41 BELPAEME T, 2001, P INT JOINT C ART IN, P393 BERLIN B, 1969, BASIC COLOR TERMS TH BLEYS J, 2004, THESIS VRIJE U BRUSS BOYNTON RM, 1987, COLOR RES APPL, V12, P94 CAO DC, 2005, VISION RES, V45, P1929, DOI 10.1016/j.visres.2005.01.033 DELAUNAY B, 1934, B ACAD SCI USSR SMN, V7, P793 HARDIN CL, 1998, COLOR VISION PERSPEC, CH11 KELLY K, 1955, 553 NBS LAMMENS JM, 1994, THESIS STATE U NEW Y LORENSEN WE, 1987, P SIGGRAPH 87, V21, P163 MOJSILOVIC A, 2005, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V14, P690, DOI 10.1109/TIP.2004.841201 STURGES J, 1995, COLOR RES APPL, V20, P364 STURGES J, 1997, VISION RES, V37, P307 WYSZECKI G, 1982, COLOR SCI CONCEPTS M NR 15 TC 0 PU HINDAWI PUBLISHING CORPORATION PI NEW YORK PA 410 PARK AVENUE, 15TH FLOOR, #287 PMB, NEW YORK, NY 10022 USA SN 1110-8657 J9 EURASIP J ADV SIGNAL PROCESS JI EURASIP J. Adv. Signal Process. PY 2007 AR 29125 DI ARTN 29125 PG 10 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic GA 188YN UT ISI:000247955400001 ER PT J AU Grimaldi, A Vialettes, B Blayo, A Brun, JM Halimi, S AF Grimaldi, A. Vialettes, B. Blayo, A. Brun, J. M. Halimi, S. TI Comparison of dinner with bedtime administration of insulin glargine in type 1 diabetic patients treated with basal-bolus regimen SO DIABETES & METABOLISM LA English DT Article DE insulin glargine; basal-bolus regimen; type 1 diabetes; randomized study ID RANDOMIZED CLINICAL-TRIAL; NPH INSULIN; COMPLICATIONS TRIAL; INTENSIVE TREATMENT; INJECTION; MELLITUS; ANALOG; PHARMACOKINETICS; HYPOGLYCEMIA; THERAPY AB Objective. - To establish the equivalence in efficacy (HbA(1c)) of insulin glargine injected at dinner versus bedtime in a large number of patients with type I diabetes using a fast-acting analogue (FAA) or regular human insulin (RHI) as prandial insulin in an insulin glargine-bolus regimen. Research design and methods. - In a 26-week trial, H 78 patients with type 1 diabetes and treated with different basal-bolus regimens were randomized to receive insulin glargine once daily at dinner (n = 589) or at bedtime (n = 589) while continuing their previous prandial insulin (FAA: 75%; RHI: 25% of patients). The primary objective was to demonstrate equivalence in terms of HbA(1c), levels at endpoint. Results. - Baseline characteristics were similar in the two groups. At endpoint, HbA(1c), (mean standard deviation [S.D.]) had decreased by 0.25 +/- 0.66% to 7.77 +/- 0.96% in the dinnertime group (P < 0.0001), and by 0.24 +/- 0.76% to 7.83 +/- 1.07% in the bedtime group (P < 0.0001). The HbA(1c), difference between dinner and bedtime was -0.022% (two-sided 90% confidence interval [CI] -0.09; 0.05), demonstrating statistical equivalence of HbA(1c), at endpoint between the two groups. Equivalence was also demonstrated within prandial groups: HbA(1c) difference between dinner and bedtime was -0.03% (two-sided 90% CI: -0.11; 0.06) for FAAs and -0.04% (two-sided 90% CI: -0.19; 0.11) for RHIs. The incidence of severe hypoglycaemia did not differ between the treatment groups. Conclusion. - These data confirm that insulin glargine in combination with either FAA or RHI is equally effective and safe, whether it is administered at dinner or bedtime. (c) 2007 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved. C1 Grp Hosp, Serv Diabetol & Metab, F-75651 Paris 13, France. Hop La Timone, Serv Diabetol, F-13005 Marseille, France. Sanofi Aventis, Paris, France. Hop Bocage, Serv Endocrinol & Malad Metab, F-21034 Dijon, France. CHU La Tronche, Serv Endocrinol & Diabetol, F-38043 Grenoble, France. RP Grimaldi, A, Grp Hosp, Serv Diabetol & Metab, 47-83,Blvd Hop, F-75651 Paris 13, France. EM andre.grimaldi@psl.ap-hop-paris.fr CR ASHWELL SG, 2006, DIABETIC MED, V23, P46, DOI 10.1111/j.1464-5491.2005.01726.x BARNETT AH, 1997, LANCET, V349, P47 BINDER C, 1984, DIABETES CARE, V7, P188 BOLLI GB, 1989, DIABETES RES CLIN PR, V6, S3 CHASE HP, 2001, DIABETES CARE, V24, P430 GENUTH S, 1999, DIABETES CARE, V22, P99 HAMANN A, 2003, DIABETES CARE, V26, P1738 HEINEMANN L, 2000, DIABETES CARE, V23, P644 HEISE T, 2002, DIABETIC MED, V19, P490 HOME P, 2004, DIABETES CARE, V27, P1081 LEPORE M, 2000, DIABETES, V49, P2142 PIEBER TR, 2000, DIABETES CARE, V23, P157 PORCELLATI F, 2005, DIABETES S1, V54, A129 RATNER RE, 2000, DIABETES CARE, V23, P639 ROSSETTI P, 2003, DIABETES CARE, V26, P1490 SHAMOON H, 1993, NEW ENGL J MED, V329, P977 NR 16 TC 1 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9 PA 21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE SN 1262-3636 J9 DIABETES METAB JI Diabetes Metab. PD APR PY 2007 VL 33 IS 2 BP 121 EP 128 PG 8 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA 170US UT ISI:000246692000005 ER PT J AU Mokart, D Sannini, A Brun, JP Faucher, M Blaise, D Blache, JL Faucher, C AF Mokart, Djamel Sannini, Antoine Brun, Jean-Paul Faucher, Marion Blaise, Didier Blache, Jean-Louis Faucher, Catherine TI N-terminal pro-brain natriuretic peptide as an early prognostic factor in cancer patients developing septic shock SO CRITICAL CARE LA English DT Article ID DIASTOLIC HEART-FAILURE; HIGH-DOSE CHEMOTHERAPY; SEVERE SEPSIS; MYOCARDIAL DYSFUNCTION; CARDIAC DYSFUNCTION; AMERICAN-COLLEGE; ORGAN FAILURE; ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY; GUIDELINES; DIAGNOSIS AB Introduction The overall prognosis of critically ill patients with cancer has improved during the past decade. The aim of this study was to identify early prognostic factors of intensive care unit ( ICU) mortality in patients with cancer. Methods We designed a prospective, consecutive, observational study over a one-year period. Fifty-one cancer patients with septic shock were enrolled. Results The ICU mortality rate was 51% ( 26 deaths). Among the 45 patients who benefited from transthoracic echocardiography evaluation, 17 showed right ventricular dysfunction, 18 showed left ventricular diastolic dysfunction, 18 showed left ventricular systolic dysfunction, and 11 did not show any cardiac dysfunction. During the first three days of ICU course, N-terminal pro-brain natriuretic peptide ( NT-proBNP) levels were significantly higher in patients presenting cardiac dysfunctions compared to patients without any cardiac dysfunction. Multivariate analysis discriminated early prognostic factors ( within the first 24 hours after the septic shock diagnosis). ICU mortality was independently associated with NT-proBNP levels at day 2 ( odds ratio, 1.2; 95% confidence interval, 1.004 to 1.32; p = 0.022). An NT-proBNP level of more than 6,624 pg/ml predicted ICU mortality with a sensitivity of 86%, a specificity of 77%, a positive predictive value of 79%, a negative predictive value of 85%, and an accuracy of 81%. Conclusion We observed that critically ill cancer patients with septic shock have an approximately 50% chance of survival to ICU discharge. NT-proBNP was independently associated with ICU mortality within the first 24 hours. NT- proBNP could be a useful tool for detecting high-risk cancer patients within the first 24 hours after septic shock diagnosis. C1 Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Anesthesiol, F-13273 Marseille 9, France. Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Intens Care Unit, F-13273 Marseille, France. Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Hematol, F-13273 Marseille 9, France. RP Mokart, D, Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Anesthesiol, 232 Bd St Marguerite, F-13273 Marseille 9, France. EM mokartd@marseille.fnclcc.fr CR AMMANN P, 2001, INTENS CARE MED, V27, P965 ANNANE D, 2002, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V288, P862 APPLE FS, 2002, AM HEART J, V144, P981, DOI 10.1067/mhj.2002.124048 BERGH J, 2000, LANCET, V356, P1384 BERNARD GR, 2001, NEW ENGL J MED, V344, P699 BONE RC, 1992, CRIT CARE MED, V20, P864 BOSSONE E, 2005, CHEST, V127, P1836 BRUECKMANN M, 2005, CIRCULATION, V112, P527, DOI 10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.104.472050 CHARLSON ME, 1987, J CHRON DIS, V40, P705 CHARPENTIER J, 2004, CRIT CARE MED, V32, P660, DOI 10.1097/01.CCM.0000114827.93410.D8 COIFFIER B, 2002, NEW ENGL J MED, V346, P235 DAHLSTROM U, 2004, EUR J HEART FAIL, V6, P281, DOI 10.1016/j.ejheart.2003.01.005 DELLINGER RP, 2004, INTENS CARE MED, V30, P536, DOI 10.1007/s00134-004-2210-z GALDERISI M, 2005, CARDIOVASC ULTRASOUN, V3, P9 HARRELL FE, 1985, CANCER TREAT REP, V69, P1071 HERRMANN Z, 2003, CLIN LAB, V49, P649 HOBBS FDR, 2002, BRIT MED J, V324, P1498 JARDIN F, 1990, CRIT CARE MED, V18, P1055 JARDIN F, 1997, CHEST, V111, P209 KERBAUL F, 2004, CRIT CARE MED, V32, P1035, DOI 10.1097/01.CCM.0000120052.77953.07 KRESS JP, 1999, AM J RESP CRIT CARE, V160, P1957 LARCHE J, 2003, INTENS CARE MED, V29, P1688, DOI 10.1007/s00134-003-1957-y LE GJ, 1993, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V270, P2957 LEGALL JR, 1996, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V276, P802 LEVY MM, 2003, INTENS CARE MED, V29, P530 MAEDER M, 2006, CHEST, V129, P1349 MAISEL AS, 2003, J AM COLL CARDIOL, V41, P2010, DOI 10.1016/S0735-1097(03)00405-4 MUNT B, 1998, CRIT CARE MED, V26, P1829 NOUSIAINEN T, 2002, LEUKEMIA LYMPHOMA, V43, P1807, DOI 10.1080/1042819021000006439 PARKER MM, 1984, ANN INTERN MED, V100, P483 PAULUS WJ, 1998, EUR HEART J, V19, P990 PEDUZZI P, 1996, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V49, P1373 PENE F, 2006, J CLIN ONCOL, V24, P643, DOI 10.1200/JCO.2005.03.9073 POELAERT J, 1997, INTENS CARE MED, V23, P553 REGAZZONI CJ, 2004, SUPPORT CARE CANCER, V12, P833, DOI 10.1007/s00520-004-0667-5 RIVERS E, 2001, NEW ENGL J MED, V345, P1368 ROCH A, 2005, CRIT CARE MED, V33, P1001, DOI 10.1097/01.CCM.0000162561.82012.E9 RUMOROSO JR, 1995, REV ESP CARDIOL, V48, P205 SAHN DJ, 1978, CIRCULATION, V58, P1072 SANDRI MT, 2005, CLIN CHEM, V51, P1405, DOI 10.1373/clinchem.2005.050153 SCHILLER NB, 1989, J AM SOC ECHOCARDIOG, V2, P358 TOMARU K, 2002, J MOL CELL CARDIOL, V34, P649 VIEILLARDBARON A, 2001, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V94, P400 VIEILLARDBARON A, 2003, AM J RESP CRIT CARE, V168, P1270, DOI 10.1164/rccm.200306-816CC WIESE S, 2000, CIRCULATION, V102, P3074 NR 45 TC 2 PU BIOMED CENTRAL LTD PI LONDON PA MIDDLESEX HOUSE, 34-42 CLEVELAND ST, LONDON W1T 4LB, ENGLAND SN 1466-609X J9 CRIT CARE JI Crit. Care PY 2007 VL 11 IS 2 AR R37 DI ARTN R37 PG 10 SC Critical Care Medicine GA 185OV UT ISI:000247721200007 ER PT J AU Tenenhaus, A Giron, A Viennet, E Bera, M Saporta, G Fertil, B AF Tenenhaus, Arthur Giron, Alain Viennet, Emmanuel Bera, Michel Saporta, Gilbert Fertil, Bernard TI Kernel logistic PLS: A tool for supervised nonlinear dimensionality reduction and binary classification SO COMPUTATIONAL STATISTICS & DATA ANALYSIS LA English DT Article DE classification; kernel; PLS regression; logistic regression; dimensionality reduction ID PARTIAL LEAST-SQUARES; REGRESSION AB "Kernel logistic PLS" (KL-PLS) is a new tool for supervised nonlinear dimensionality reduction and binary classification. The principles of KL-PLS are based on both PLS latent variables construction and learning with kernels. The KL-PLS algorithm can be seen as a supervised dimensionality reduction (complexity control step) followed by a classification based on logistic regression. The algorithm is applied to 11 benchmark data sets for binary classification and to three medical problems. In all cases, KL-PLS proved its competitiveness with other state-of-the-art classification methods such as support vector machines. Moreover, due to successions of regressions and logistic regressions carried out on only a small number of uncorrelated variables, KL-PLS allows handling high-dimensional data. The proposed approach is simple and easy to implement. It provides an efficient complexity control by dimensionality reduction and allows the visual inspection of data segmentation. (c) 2007 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 CHU Pitie Salpetriere, INSERM, U678, F-75634 Paris, France. KXEN Res, F-92150 Suresnes, France. Univ Paris 13, Lab Informat LIPN, F-93430 Villetaneuse, France. Conservatoire Natl Arts & Metiers, F-75141 Paris 03, France. CNRS, Lab LSIS, UMR 6168, Equipe I&M,ESIL, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Tenenhaus, A, CHU Pitie Salpetriere, INSERM, U678, 91 Bd Hop, F-75634 Paris, France. EM arthur.tenenhaus@imed.jussieu.fr CR ALBERT A, 1984, BIOMETRIKA, V71, P1 ALLISON DP, 1999, LOGISTIC REGRESSION BACH FR, 2005, P 22 INT C MACH LEAR BAFFI G, 1999, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V23, P1293 BARKER M, 2003, J CHEMOMETR, V17, P166, DOI 10.1002/cem.785 BASTIEN P, 2005, COMPUT STAT DATA AN, V48, P17, DOI 10.1016/j.csda.2004.02.005 BENNETT KP, 2003, NATO SCI SERIES, V190, P227 BOSER B, 1992, P 5 ANN WORKSH COMP, V5, P144 BURGES CJC, 1998, DATA MIN KNOWL DISC, V2, P121 CHERKASSKY V, 1999, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V10, P1075 CORTES C, 1995, MACH LEARN, V20, P273 EVGENIOU T, 1999, ADV COMPUT MATH, V13, P1 FIRTH D, 1993, BIOMETRIKA, V80, P27 GARTHWAITE PH, 1994, J AM STAT ASSOC, V89, P122 HANLEY JA, 1989, CRIT REV DIAGN IMAG, V29, P307 HEINZE G, 2002, STAT MED, V21, P2409, DOI 10.1002/sim.1047 HOSKULDSSON A, 1988, J CHEMOMETR, V2, P211 JOACHIMS J, 1999, ADV KERNEL METHODS S LI J, 2002, KENT RIDGE BIOMEDICA RATSCH G, 2001, MACH LEARN, V42, P287 ROSIPAL R, 2001, J MACHINE LEARNING R, V2, P97 ROSIPAL R, 2003, P 20 INT C MACH LEAR SCHOLKOPF B, 1998, NEURAL COMPUT, V10, P1299 SCHOLKOPF B, 2002, LEARNING KERNEL SUPP SHAWE TJ, 2004, KERNEL METHODS PATTE SHEN L, 2005, IEEE-ACM T COMPUT BI, V2, P166 SMOLA AJ, 2000, P 17 INT C MACH LEAR TENENHAUS A, 2002, THESIS P M CURIE U P TENENHAUS A, 2005, 11 INT S APPL STOCH TENENHAUS M, 1998, REGRESSION PLS TENENHAUS M, 2005, MODELES STAT DONNEES TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTION ILL POSED P TUCKER LR, 1958, PSYCHOMETRIKA, V23 VAPNIK V, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY WAHBA G, 1999, ADV KERNEL METHODS S, P69 WEBB AR, 1996, 13 INT C PATT REC WILLIAMS CKI, 2000, P 17 INT C MACH LEAR WOLD S, 1983, LECT NOTES MATH, P286 WOLD S, 1989, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V7, P53 WOLD S, 1992, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V14, P71 WU W, 1997, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V37, P271 ZHU J, 2005, J COMPUT GRAPH STAT, V14, P185, DOI 10.1198/106186005X25619 NR 42 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-9473 J9 COMPUT STAT DATA ANAL JI Comput. Stat. Data Anal. PD MAY 15 PY 2007 VL 51 IS 9 BP 4083 EP 4100 PG 18 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Statistics & Probability GA 169QF UT ISI:000246606000001 ER PT J AU Trabelsi, A Lafont, F Kamoun, M Enea, G AF Trabelsi, Amine Lafont, Frederic Kamoun, Mohamed Enea, Gilles TI Fuzzy identification of a greenhouse SO APPLIED SOFT COMPUTING LA English DT Article DE identification; MIMO systems; fuzzy clustering; adaptive fuzzy model; greenhouse ID ENVIRONMENTAL-CONTROL; MODELS; TEMPERATURE; CLIMATE; CONTROLLERS; LIGHT AB Nonlinear dynamic systems' modelling is difficult. The solutions proposed are generally based on the linearization of the process behaviour around the operating points. Other researches were carried out on this technique of linearization not only around the operating points, but also in all the input-output space allowing the obtaining of several local linear models. The major difficulty with this technique is the model transition. Fuzzy logic makes it possible to solve this problem thanks to its properties of universal approximator. Indeed, many techniques of modelling and identification based on fuzzy logic are often used for this type of systems. Among these techniques, we find those based on the fuzzy clustering technique. The proposed method uses in a first stage the fuzzy clustering technique to determine both the premises and the consequent parameters of the fuzzy Takagi-Sugeno rules. In a second stage these consequent parameters are adapted by using the recursive weighted least squares algorithm with a forgetting factor. We will try in this paper to apply this method to model the air temperature and humidity inside the greenhouse. (c) 2006 Elsevier B. V. All rights reserved. C1 Ecole Natl Ingn Sfax, Unite Command Automat, BPW, Sfax 3038, Tunisia. Univ Sud Toulon Var, Lab LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, F-83957 La Garde 20, France. RP Trabelsi, A, Ecole Natl Ingn Sfax, Unite Command Automat, BPW, Sfax 3038, Tunisia. EM amintrabelsi@yahoo.fr CR ALBRIGHT LD, 1990, ENV CONTROL ANIMALS ALBRIGHT LD, 2000, T ASAE, V43, P421 BABUSKA R, 1995, P EUR CONTR C, V4, P1593 BABUSKA R, 1996, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V4, P1593 BAKKER JC, 1995, GREENHOUSE CLIMATE C BEZDEK JC, 1981, PATTERN RECOGNITION BOT GPA, 1983, THEIS AGR U WAGEMING BOULARD T, 1993, AGR FOREST METEOROL, V65, P145 CUNHA JB, 1997, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V5, P1473 CUNHA JB, 2003, EFITA 2003 C 5 9 JUL, P823 FERENTINOS KP, 2000, J AGR ENG RES, V77, P309 FERREIRA OM, 2000, ACTA HORTIC, V519, P191 FINK A, 2000, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V8, P1093 GATH I, 1989, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V11, P773 GLORENNEC PY, 1999, ALGORITHMES APPRENTI GOMEZ JC, 2004, IEE P-CONTR THEOR AP, V151, P329, DOI 10.1049/ip-cta:20040438 GUSTAFSON DE, 1979, P IEEE CDC SAN DIEG, P761 ISERMAN R, 1992, ADAPTIVE CONTROL SYS JANG JS, 1993, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V3, P665 LAFONT F, 2000, ACIDCA 2000 SYST AN, P118 LAFONT F, 2002, FUZZY SET SYST, V128, P47 LAFONT F, 2004, INT J COMPUTATIONAL, V2, P21 LINKER R, 1999, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V7, P851 LINKER R, 2004, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V65, P19, DOI 10.1016/j.matcom.2003.09.004 NELLES O, 2000, 12 IFAC S SYST ID SY PASGIANOS GD, 2003, COMPUT ELECTRON AGR, V40, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0168-1699(03)00018-8 SALGADO P, 2005, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V13, P613, DOI 10.1016/j.conengprac.2004.05.007 SEGINER I, 1994, J AGR ENG RES, V59, P203 SIGRIMIS N, 1994, J AGR ENG RES, V58, P169 SIGRIMIS N, 1996, T ASAE, V39, P253 SIGRIMIS NA, 2000, COMPUT ELECTRON AGR, V26, P83 SUGENO M, 1988, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS, V28, P15 TAKAGI T, 1985, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V15, P16 TRABELSI A, 2001, ACT JOURN GEN EL ING TRABELSI A, 2004, INT J COMPUTATIONAL, V2, P137 UDINK AJ, 1985, ACTA HORTIC, V174, P461 ZENG K, 2000, IEEE T FUZZY SYST, V8, P773 NR 37 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1568-4946 J9 APPL SOFT COMPUT JI Appl. Soft. Comput. PD JUN PY 2007 VL 7 IS 3 BP 1092 EP 1101 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications GA 157UU UT ISI:000245747700044 ER PT J AU Noura, H Chamseddine, A AF Noura, Hassan Chamseddine, Abbas TI Discussion on: "Sensor gain fault diagnosis for a class of nonlinear systems" SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF CONTROL LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Noura, H, Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Av Escadrille Normandie Ni, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM hassan.noura@lsis.org abbas.chamseddine@lsis.org CR MARTORELL S, 1999, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V64, P19 STAROSWIECKI M, 2004, INT J ADAPT CONTROL, V18, P55, DOI 10.1002/acs.781 NR 2 TC 0 PU LAVOISIER PI CACHAN PA 14, RUE DE PROVIGNY, 94236 CACHAN, FRANCE SN 0947-3580 J9 EUR J CONTROL JI Eur. J. Control PD SEP-OCT PY 2006 VL 12 IS 5 BP 536 EP 538 PG 3 SC Automation & Control Systems GA 154OH UT ISI:000245516500010 ER PT J AU Devillers, R Bedard, Y Jeansoulin, R Moulin, B AF Devillers, R. Bedard, Y. Jeansoulin, R. Moulin, B. TI Towards spatial data quality information analysis tools for experts assessing the fitness for use of spatial data SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE spatial data quality; fitness for use; visualization; indicators; spatial OLAP; dashboard; metadata ID TECHNOLOGY; GIS AB Geospatial data users increasingly face the need to assess how datasets fit an intended use. However, information describing data quality is typically difficult to access and understand. Therefore, data quality is often neglected by users, leading to risks of misuse. Understanding data quality is a complex task that may involve thousands of partially related metadata. For complex cases where heterogeneous datasets have to be integrated, there is a need for tools supporting data quality analysis. This paper presents the design of such a tool that can manage heterogeneous data quality information and provide functions to support expert users in the assessment of the fitness for use of a given dataset. Combining concepts from GIS and Business Intelligence, this approach provides interactive, multi-granularity and context-sensitive spatial data quality indicators that help experts to build and justify their opinions. A prototype called the Multidimensional User Manual is presented to illustrate this approach. C1 Mem Univ Newfoundland, Dept Geog, St John, NF A1B 3X9, Canada. Univ Laval, CRG, Ste Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille, France. RP Devillers, R, Mem Univ Newfoundland, Dept Geog, St John, NF A1B 3X9, Canada. EM rdevillers@mun.ca CR *ISO TC, 2002, 211 ISOTC *ISO TC, 2003, 211 ISOTC *PLAN CAN, 1999, SUST COMM IND PROGR, V39 AALDERS HJG, 1998, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATI, P463 AALDERS HJG, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P186 AGUMYA A, 1997, ITC J, V2, P109 AGUMYA A, 1999, SPATIAL ACCURACY ASS, P35 AGUMYA A, 1999, URISA J, V11, P33 BADDELEY A, 1997, HUMAN MEMORY THEORY BEARD K, 1989, P AUTOCARTO BALT MD, P808 BEARD K, 1993, CARTOGRAPHICA, V30, P37 BEARD K, 1997, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATI, P280 BEARD K, 1999, GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMA, P219 BEDARD Y, 1987, P AUT CART 8, P175 BEDARD Y, 2003, INT J MED INFORM, V70, P79, DOI 10.1016/S1386-5056(02)00126-0 BEDARD Y, 2004, P 3 INT S SPAT DAT Q, V2, P183 BEDARD Y, 2005, INT GIS OLAP NEW WAY BEDARD Y, 2006, DATA WAREHOUSE OLAP BERSON A, 1997, DATA WAREHOUSING DAT BRODEUR J, 2003, T GIS, V7, P243 BUTTENFIELD BP, 1991, P AUTO CARTO, V10, P423 BUTTENFIELD BP, 1993, CARTOGRAPHICA, V30, P1 BUTTENFIELD BP, 1994, VISUALIZATION GEOGRA, P150 CHRISMAN NR, 1983, P INT S AUT CART AUT, P303 CODD EF, 1993, PROVIDING OLAP ON LI DASSONVILLE L, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P202 DEBRUIN S, 2001, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V15, P457 DEVILLERS R, 2004, REV INT GEOMATIQUE, V14, P35 DEVILLERS R, 2004, THESIS U LAVAL CANAD DEVILLERS R, 2005, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V71, P205 DEVILLERS R, 2006, FUNDAMENTALS SPATIAL DRECKI I, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P140 DUCKHAM M, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P63 FERNANDEZ A, 2000, NOUVEAUX TABLEAUX BO FISHER P, 1994, VISUALIZATION GEOGRA, P181 FISHER PF, 2003, T GIS, V7, P309 FRANK AU, 1998, DATA QUALITY GEOGRAP, P15 FRANK AU, 2004, P 3 INT C GEOG INF S, P81 GERVAIS M, 2003, THESIS U LAVAL QUEBE GERVAIS M, 2006, FUNDAMENTALS SPATIAL, P283 GERVAIS M, 2006, WORKSH QUAL ASS GEOG GOGLIN JF, 2001, DATAWAREHOUSE PIVOT GOODCHILD MF, 1995, SHARING GEOGRAPHIC I, P413 GRUM E, 2004, P 3 INT S SPAT DAT Q, P197 GUPTILL SC, 1995, ELEMENTS SPATIAL DAT HOWARD D, 1996, CARTOGRAPHY GEOGRAPH, V23, P59 HUNTER GJ, 1999, GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMA, P633 HUNTER GJ, 2000, P 4 INT S SPAT ACC A, P313 HUNTER GJ, 2001, P GEO 2001 S, P1 JOLLANDS N, 2003, USEFULNESS AGGREGATE JURAN JM, 1974, QUALITY CONTROL HDB KAPLAN RS, 1992, HARVARD BUS REV, V70, P71 KLEIN G, 1999, SOURCES POWER PEOPLE LEITNER M, 2000, CARTOGRAPHY GEOGRAPH, V27, P3 LOWELL K, 2004, P 6 INT S SPAT ACC A MARTTINEN J, 2006, WORKSH QUAL ASS GEOG MCGRANAGHAN M, 1993, CARTOGRAPHICA, V30, P8 MEADOWS D, 1998, INDICATORS INFORM SU MILLER GA, 1956, PSYCHOL REV, V63, P81 MILLER HJ, 2001, GEOGRAPHIC DATA MINI MONMONIER M, 1994, P C LAW INF POL SPAT, P293 MORRISON JL, 1995, ELEMENTS SPATIAL DAT, P1 NEWELL A, 1990, UNIFIED THEORIES COG OTT WR, 1978, ENV INDICES THEORY P RAFANELLI M, 2003, MULTIDIMENSIONAL DAT REINKE KJ, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P77 RIVEST S, 2001, GEOMATICA, V55, P539 RIVEST S, 2005, ISPRS J PHOTOGRAMM, V60, P17, DOI 10.1016/j.isprsjprs.2005.10.002 SMITH S, 2006, GIS CAFE WEEKLY 0227 TIMPF S, 1996, ADV GIS RES, V2, UNSP 12B.31-12B.43 UNWIN DJ, 1995, PROG HUM GEOG, V19, P549 VASSEUR B, 2003, P 6 AG C GEOGR INF S, P497 VEREGIN H, 1999, GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMA, V1, P177 VITT E, 2002, BUSINESS INTELLIGENC VONSCHIRNDING YE, 2000, P CONS C ENV HLTH SU NR 75 TC 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1365-8816 J9 INT J GEOGR INF SCI JI Int. J. Geogr. Inf. Sci. PY 2007 VL 21 IS 3 BP 261 EP 282 PG 22 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Geography; Geography, Physical; Information Science & Library Science GA 146OQ UT ISI:000244944300002 ER PT J AU Labarthe, O Espinasse, B Ferrarini, A Montreuil, B AF Labarthe, Olivier Espinasse, Bernard Ferrarini, Alain Montreuil, Benoit TI Toward a methodological framework for agent-based modelling and simulation of supply chains in a mass customization context SO SIMULATION MODELLING PRACTICE AND THEORY LA English DT Article DE supply chain; multi-agent system; mass customization; methodological framework; agent-based simulation ID MANAGEMENT; SYSTEMS AB In a dynamic customer-centric supply chain context, classic forecasting models turn out to have a limited applicability. In order to estimate the key performance indices of these Supply Chains and to facilitate their management, it is necessary to use more elaborate tools such as a simulation. However building simulation of customer-centric supply chains is no trivial matter. It requires the elaboration of a representative model and the execution of this model according to a set of hypotheses associated to scenarios. Due to their properties, Multi-Agent Systems seem particularly well suited for the modelling and the simulation of Supply Chains and more especially in a mass customization context. In this paper we propose an agent modelling framework for the modelling and simulation of such Supply Chains to facilitate their management. We show how this framework can be applied to a case of customer-centric Supply Chain from the golf club industry and we present an experiment plan associated. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Laval, Canada Res Chair Enterprise Engn, Network Org Technol Res Ctr, CENTOR, Ste Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. Univ Paul Cezanne, CNRS, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Labarthe, O, Univ Laval, Canada Res Chair Enterprise Engn, Network Org Technol Res Ctr, CENTOR, Pavillon Palasis Prince, Ste Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. EM olivier.labarthe@centor.ulaval.ca CR *AMICE CIMOSA, 1993, OP SYST ARCH CIM *US AIR FORC, 1993, INT COMP AID MAN DEF BAUER B, 2001, P AG OR SOFTW ENG BAUMGAERTEL H, 2003, P 2003 WINT SIM C BERNON C, 2002, P INT WORKSH ENG SOC BISWAS S, 2004, EUR J OPER RES, P153 BOOCH G, 1999, UNIFIED MODELLING LA CHATURVEDI AR, 1999, COMMUN ACM, V42, P60 CHRISTOPHER M, 2000, INT J SUPPLY CHAIN M, V5, P206 COQUILLARD P, 1997, MODELISATION SIMULAT COUDRIER R, 1998, REV OBJET, V4, P73 COURTNEY H, 1997, HARVARD BUSINESS NOV, P67 DOUMEINGTS G, 1992, GIM GRAI INTEGRATED DROGOUL A, 2002, P INT WORKSH MULT BA FERBER J, 1995, SYSTEMES MULTIAGENTS FORRESTER JW, 1961, IND DYNAMICS FOX MS, 2000, INT J FLEX MANUF SYS, V12, P165 FRANTZ FK, 1995, P WINT SIM C FRAYRET JM, 2001, INT J PROD ECON, V74, P239 FRIEDMANHILL EJ, 1998, JESS JAVA EXPERT SYS GALLAND S, 2003, INT J PROD ECON, V85, P11, DOI 10.1016/S0925-5273(03)00083-5 GJERDRUM J, 2001, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V12, P81 GUTKNECHT O, 1999, 99073 LIRMM HIKKANEN A, 1997, READINGS ELECT COMME, P275 HOOVER W, 2001, MANAGING DEMAND SUPP IGLESIAS CA, 1998, INTELLIGENT AGENTS, V4, P313 JENNINGS NR, 1998, AUTON AGENT MULTI-AG, V1, P7 KINNY D, 1992, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V830, P226 KJENSTAD D, 1998, THESIS NORWEGIAN U S LABARTHE O, 2003, P C INT GEN IND LABARTHE O, 2003, P INT C HOL MAS MAN LABARTHE O, 2004, P C FRANC MOD SIM LABARTHE O, 2005, J DECISION SYSTEMS, V14 LENDERMANN P, 2001, P 2001 WINT SIM C MONTREUIL B, 1996, PROGR MAT HANDLING, P375 MONTREUIL B, 2000, COMPUT IND, V42, P299 MONTREUIL B, 2005, PRODUCTION PLANNING, V15, P454 MOULIN B, 1996, FDN DISTRIBUTED ARTI, P3 MULLER JP, 2004, P WORKSH AG BAS SIM ODELL J, 2000, P AAAI AG PARUNAK HVD, 1998, P MULT SYST AG BAS S, P10 PARUNAK HVD, 1999, DASCH DYNAMIC ANAL S PINE BJ, 1993, MASS CUSTOMIZATION N POULIN M, 2006, EUR J OPER RES, V169, P996, DOI 10.1016/j.ejor.2005.02.005 RICORDEL PM, 2001, THESIS INPG RUSSELL S, 1995, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE SADEH NM, 2003, J ORG COMPUTING ELEC, V13 SAUTER JA, 1999, WORKSH AG BAS DEC SU SIMON HA, 1996, SCI ARTIFICIAL STRADER TJ, 1999, J GLOBAL INFORMATION, V7, P16 SWAMINATHAN JM, 1998, DECISION SCI, V29, P607 TEIGEN R, 1997, THESIS U TORONTO TERZI S, 2004, COMPUT IND, V53, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0166-3615(03)00104-0 TRANVOUEZ E, 2001, THESIS U AIX MARSE 3 WANG J, 1998, TIMED PETRI NETS THE WEISS G, 1999, MULTIAGENT SYSTEMS M WILLIAMS TJ, 1992, PURDUE ENTERPRISE RE WOOLDRIDGE M, 1995, KNOWL ENG REV, V10, P115 YUAN Y, 2002, USING AGENT TECHNOLO ZAMBONELLI F, 2003, ACM T SOFTW ENG METH, V12, P317 NR 60 TC 1 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1569-190X J9 SIMUL MODEL PRACT THEORY JI Simul. Model. Pract. Theory PD FEB PY 2007 VL 15 IS 2 BP 113 EP 136 PG 24 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 140PL UT ISI:000244517700002 ER PT J AU Ghosh, S Giambiasi, N AF Ghosh, Sumit Giambiasi, Norbert TI Modeling and simulation of mixed-signal electronic designs - Enabling analog and discrete subsystems to be represented uniformly within a single framework SO IEEE CIRCUITS & DEVICES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Texas, Dept Comp Sci, Tyler, TX USA. Univ Paul Cezanne, Marseille, France. RP Ghosh, S, Univ Texas, Dept Comp Sci, Tyler, TX USA. EM sumit_ghosh@uttyler.edu norbert.giambiasi@lsis.org CR *AN INC, 1999, FUND AN DIG SIM *AN INC, 1999, WHO NEEDS MIX SIGN *MOD, 1999, MOD LANG DES MULT DO ARNOUT G, 1978, IEEE J SOLID STA JUN CLARK D, 2000, IEEE COMPUT, V33, P12 GHOSH S, 2000, HARDWARE DESCRIPTION GHOSH S, 2000, MODELING ASYNCHRONOU GHOSH S, 2001, IEEE T COMPUT, V50, P1 GHOSH S, 2006, P INT DES PROC TECHN, P322 GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 NEWTON RA, 1978, M7852 UCBERL PAUL RA, 2006, P INT DES PROC TECHN SALEH R, 1994, MIXED MODE SIMULATIO ZAREBA G, 2001, P INT C DES MIX SIGN ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 16 TC 0 PU IEEE-INST ELECTRICAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS INC PI PISCATAWAY PA 445 HOES LANE, PISCATAWAY, NJ 08855 USA SN 8755-3996 J9 IEEE CIRCUITS DEVICES JI IEEE Circuits Devices PD NOV-DEC PY 2006 VL 22 IS 6 BP 47 EP 52 PG 6 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation GA 137AU UT ISI:000244266000008 ER PT J AU Rakotomamonjy, T Ouladsine, M Le Moing, T AF Rakotomamonjy, Thomas Ouladsine, Mustapha Le Moing, Thierry TI Modelization and kinematics optimization for a flapping-wing microair vehicle SO JOURNAL OF AIRCRAFT LA English DT Article ID INSECT FLIGHT; AERODYNAMICS; ROTATION; MODEL; LIFT AB OSCAB, a flight-dynamics-oriented simulation model of a flapping-wing microair vehicle, is presented here. This concept is based on flapping flight performed in nature by insects or hummingbirds. The model features two independent wings and integrates the aerodynamic forces computed along each wing to determine the global motion of the microair vehicle with respect to an inertial reference frame. A comparison between our simulation model and previous experimental measurements is presented, showing that it can reproduce the influence of the wing rotation phasing on the total lift. An optimization of the flapping kinematics of the wing has also been conducted to maximize the mean lift. A neural network has been designed to reproduce various function shapes modeling the wing movements. The parameters of this network have been optimized with a genetic algorithm to avoid local extrema. Results show a lift gain from 30 to 40%, corroborating previous experiments. C1 Off Natl Etud & Rech Aerosp, Syst Control & Flight Dynam Dept, F-13661 Salon De Provence, France. Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13397 Marseille, France. Off Natl Etud & Rech Aerosp, F-31055 Toulouse, France. RP Rakotomamonjy, T, Off Natl Etud & Rech Aerosp, Syst Control & Flight Dynam Dept, Base Aerienne 701, F-13661 Salon De Provence, France. CR DESCATOIRE F, 2003, 706779 ONERADPRS DICKINSON MH, 1993, J EXP BIOL, V174, P45 DICKINSON MH, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P1954 ELLINGTON CP, 1984, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V305, P1 FUNG Y, 1993, INTRO THEORY AEROELA KURTULUS D, 2005, 20051356 AIAA LLIBRE M, 2002, MODELISATION COMMAND LUCBOUHALI A, 2004, 1 EUR MICR AIR VEH C NORBERG U, 1990, VERTEBRATE FLIGHT, V27 NORBERG UM, 1993, J EXP BIOL, V182, P207 OULADSINE M, 1995, P ART INT REAL TIM C RAKOTOMAMONJY T, 2004, 1 EUR MICR AIR VEH C RAKOTOMAMONJY T, 2004, C INT FRANC AUT EC C RAKOTOMAMONJY T, 2005, 16 INT FED AUT CONTR SANE SP, 2002, J EXP BIOL, V205, P1087 TAYLOR GK, 2001, BIOL REV, V76, P449 WAKELING JM, 1997, J EXP BIOL, V200, P557 WALKER JA, 2002, J EXP BIOL, V205, P3783 WEISFOGH T, 1972, J EXP BIOL, V56, P79 WEISFOGH T, 1973, J EXP BIOL, V59, P169 ZBIKOWSKI R, 2002, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V360, P273 NR 21 TC 0 PU AMER INST AERONAUT ASTRONAUT PI RESTON PA 1801 ALEXANDER BELL DRIVE, STE 500, RESTON, VA 22091-4344 USA SN 0021-8669 J9 J AIRCRAFT JI J. Aircr. PD JAN-FEB PY 2007 VL 44 IS 1 BP 217 EP 231 PG 15 SC Engineering, Aerospace GA 135EI UT ISI:000244136500023 ER PT J AU Caillet, J Carmona, JC Mazzoni, D AF Caillet, Julien Carmona, Jean Claude Mazzoni, Daniel TI Estimation of plate elastic moduli through vibration testing SO APPLIED ACOUSTICS LA English DT Article DE identification; near-field acoustic holography; dispersion equation; elastic constants ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHOD; ORTHOTROPIC PLATES; ANISOTROPIC PLATES; STIFFENED PLATES; CONSTANTS AB This paper considers the identification problem for 2D-structures by comparing a modal method with a new method based on the estimation of the dispersion equation in k-space. Both methods are validated by numerical simulation and by measurements based on an acoustic holography experiment. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Ecole Super Ingn Marseille, CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13451 Marseille 20, France. Ecole Super Ingn Marseille, CNRS, UPR 751, Lab Mecan & Acoust, F-13451 Marseille, France. RP Carmona, JC, Ecole Super Ingn Marseille, CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13451 Marseille 20, France. EM jean-claude.carmona@egim-mrs.fr CR AHMADIAN MT, 2002, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V191, P2069 AKSU G, 1976, J SOUND VIB, V48, P15 AU FTK, 2006, J SOUND VIB, V281, P690 BERTHAUT J, 2003, MECANIQUES IND, V4, P377 CAILLET J, 2005, ETTC 2005 INT C TEST DALAEI M, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V189, P399 DEOBALD R, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V124, P169 GREDIAC M, 1993, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V12, P819 GREDIAC M, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V195, P401 HALD J, 1989, BRUEL KJAER TECHNICA, V1, P1 KOTO TS, 1992, J SOUND VIB, V158, P149 LEISSA AW, 1969, SP160 NASA MAYNARD JD, 1985, J ACOUST SOC AM, V78, P1395 MAZZONI D, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V264, P951, DOI 10.1016/S0022-460X(02)01191-4 MUKHOPADHYAY M, 1989, J SOUND VIB, V130, P27 MUTHURAJAN KG, 2004, J SOUND VIB, V272, P413, DOI 10.1016/S0022-460X(03)00657-6 PASCAL JC, 2002, P JOURN IM AC APPL C TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS VAUCHERDELACROI.D, 2002, P INT DEARB MI US AU NR 19 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0003-682X J9 APPL ACOUST JI Appl. Acoust. PD MAR PY 2007 VL 68 IS 3 BP 334 EP 349 PG 16 SC Acoustics GA 135RT UT ISI:000244171400010 ER PT J AU De Luca, L Veron, P Florenzano, M AF De Luca, Livio Veron, Philippe Florenzano, Michel TI A generic formalism for the semantic modeling and representation of architectural elements SO VISUAL COMPUTER LA English DT Article DE architectural heritage; architectural knowledge; surveying; feature-based modeling; semantic shape AB This article presents a methodological approach to the semantic description of architectural elements based both on theoretical reflections and research experiences. To develop this approach, a first process of extraction and formalization of architectural knowledge on the basis of the analysis of architectural treaties is proposed. Then, the identified features are used to produce a template shape library dedicated to buildings surveying. Finally, the problem of the overall model structuring and organization using semantic information is addressed for user handling purposes. C1 Ecole Natl Super Architecture Marseille, CNRS, UMR MCC MAP Modeles & Simulat Architecture Urbani, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, CNRS, UMR SIS Sci Informat & Syst 6168, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. RP De Luca, L, Ecole Natl Super Architecture Marseille, CNRS, UMR MCC MAP Modeles & Simulat Architecture Urbani, 184 Ave Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. EM livio.deluca@map.archi.fr philippe.veron@aix.ensam.fr michel.florenzano@map.archi.fr CR ALBERTI LB, 1452, DE RE AEDIFICATORIA BLAISE JY, 2003, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL BLAISE JY, 2004, P 26 INT C INF TECHN DELUCA L, 2006, COMPUT GRAPH-UK, V30, P160, DOI 10.1016/j.cag.2006.01.020 DEMONTCLOS JMP, 1972, ARCHITECTURE VOCABUL DESARGUES G, 1640, BRUILLON PROJET EXEM ECK M, 1996, P SIGGRAPH 96, P325 FALCIDIENO B, 1998, P INT C COMP GRAPH I FORSSMAN E, 1978, B CTR INT STUDI ARCH, V20 FUCHS F, 2000, ADV PATTERN RECOGNIT, P427 GAIANI M, 1999, P HER APPL 3D DIG IM GINOUVES R, 1992, DICT METHODIQUE ARCH, V2 GOULD D, 2002, COMPLETE MAYA PROGRA GOULETTE F, 1999, INTELLECTICA REV ASS, V29, P9 HEINE E, 1999, P ICOMOS ISPRS COMM LUCAS M, 1995, REV INT CFAO INF GRA, V10, P559 MIGLIARI R, 2000, GEOMETRIA ARCHITETTU MITCHELL WJ, 1990, LOGIC ARCHITECTURE D MONGE G, 1799, GEOMETRIE DESCRIPTIV PALLADIO A, 1965, 4 BOOKS ARCHITECTURE PLASS M, 1983, P SIGGRAPH, P229 QUINTRAND P, 1985, CAO ARCHITECTURE RAMAMOORTHI R, 1999, P SIGGRAPH 99 RATTNER D, 1998, PARALLEL CLASSICAL O REMONDINO F, 2003, P ISPRS INT WORKSH V SAINTAUBIN JP, 1992, RELEVE REPRESENTATIO SCHOLFIELD PH, 1958, THEORY PROPORTIONS A SERLIO S, 1619, TUTTE OPERE ARCHITET SPACCAPIETRA S, 2000, P INT WORKSH EM TECH THOMPSON DW, 1942, GROWTH FORM TZONIS A, 1986, CLASSICAL ARCHITECTU UNGERS OM, 1994, RINASCIMENTO BRUNELL VALLEE L, 1853, SPECIMEN COUPE PIERR WITTKOVER R, 1968, B CTR INT STUDI ARCH, V10 WITTKOWER R, 1998, ARCHITECTURAL PRINCI NR 35 TC 0 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0178-2789 J9 VISUAL COMPUT JI Visual Comput. PD MAR PY 2007 VL 23 IS 3 BP 181 EP 205 PG 25 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 134PM UT ISI:000244095300003 ER PT S AU Remy, E Ruet, P Mendoza, L Thieffry, D Chaouiya, C AF Remy, Elisabeth Ruet, Paul Mendoza, Luis Thieffry, Denis Chaouiya, Claudine TI From logical regulatory graphs to standard Petri nets: Dynamical roles and functionality of feedback circuits SO TRANSACTIONS ON COMPUTATIONAL SYSTEMS BIOLOGY VII SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE genetic regulatory graphs; Petri nets; feedback circuit; discrete dynamics; qualitative analysis ID QUALITATIVE-ANALYSIS; T-CELLS; NETWORKS; SYSTEMS; CYTOKINES; BIOLOGY AB Logical modelling and Petri nets constitute two complementary approaches for the dynamical modelling of biological regulatory networks. Leaning on a translation of logical models into standard Petri nets, we propose a formalisation of the notion of circuit functionality in the Petri net framework. This approach is illustrated with the modelling and analysis of a molecular regulatory network involved in the control of Th-lymphocyte differentiation. C1 IML, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Serono Pharmacol Res Inst, Geneva, Switzerland. LGPD, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Remy, E, IML, Camus Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM remy@iml.univ-mrs.fr ruet@iml.univ-mrs.fr Luis.Mendoza@serono.com thieffry@ibdm.univ-mrs.fr chaouiya@ibdm.univ-mrs.fr CR AGNELLO D, 2003, J CLIN IMMUNOL, V23, P147 ALLA H, 1998, J CIRCUIT SYST COMP, V8, P159 ARACENA J, 2001, THESIS U J FOURIER G BERGMANN C, 2001, B MATH BIOL, V63, P405 BRYANT RE, 1986, IEEE T COMPUT, V35, P8 CHAOUIYA C, 2003, LECT NOTES CONTR INF, V294, P119 CHAOUIYA C, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3099, P137 CHAOUIYA C, 2005, 200520 IML CHEN M, 2003, SILICO BIOL, V3, UNSP 0029 DEJONG H, 2002, J COMPUT BIOL, V9, P67 DOI A, 2004, SILICO BIOL, V4, UNSP 0023 GLASS L, 1973, J THEOR BIOL, V39, P103 GOSS PJE, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P6750 GOUZE JL, 1998, J BIOL SYST, V6, P11 HEINER M, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3099, P216 HOFESTADT R, 1998, SILICO BIOL, V1, P39 KRUEGER GRF, 2002, IN VIVO, V16, P365 KUFFNER R, 2000, BIOINFORMATICS, V9, P925 LARRINAGA A, IN PRESS BIOSYSTEMS MATSUNO H, 2003, SILICO BIOL, V3, P32 MENDOZA L, IN PRESS NETWORK MOD MURATA T, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P541 MURPHY KM, 2002, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V2, P933 REDDY VN, 1996, COMPUT BIOL MED, V26, P9 REISIG W, 1985, PETRI NETS REMY E, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS S2, V19, P172 REMY E, 2005, 200508 IML REMY E, 2005, BIOCONCUR 2005 SNOUSSI E, 1993, B MATH BIOL, V55, P973 SNOUSSI EH, 1998, J BIOL SYST, V6, P3 SOULE C, 2003, COMPLEXUS, V1, P123 THOMAS R, 1994, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V98, P1148 THOMAS R, 1995, B MATH BIOL, V57, P247 WEISBUCH G, 1990, J THEOR BIOL, V146, P483 YATES A, 2000, J THEOR BIOL, V206, P539 ZEVEDEIOANCEA I, 2003, SILICO BIOL, V3, UNSP 0029 NR 36 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4230 BP 56 EP 72 PG 17 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFP45 UT ISI:000243595000003 ER PT S AU Remy, E Ruet, P AF Remy, Elisabeth Ruet, Paul TI On differentiation and homeostatic behaviours of boolean dynamical systems SO TRANSACTIONS ON COMPUTATIONAL SYSTEMS BIOLOGY VII SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID NETWORKS; GRAPHS AB We study rules proposed by the biologist R. Thomas relating the structure of a concurrent system of interacting genes (represented by a signed directed graph called a regulatory graph) with its dynamical properties. We prove that the results in [10] are stable under projection, and this enables us to relax the assumptions under which they are valid. More precisely, we relate here the presence of a positive (resp. negative). circuit in a regulatory graph to a more general form of biological differentiation (resp. of homeostasis). C1 CNRS, Inst Math Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Remy, E, CNRS, Inst Math Luminy, 163 Ave Luminy,Case 907, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM remy@iml.univ-mrs.fr ruet@iml.univ-mrs.fr CR ARACENA J, THESIS U J FOURIER G CHAOUIYA C, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3099, P137 DANOS V, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2602, P34 GOUZE JL, 1998, J BIOL SYST, V6, P11 KARMAKAR R, 2004, OT0411012 ARXIVQBIO LI F, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI US MARKEVICH NI, 2004, J CELL BIOL PLAHTE E, 1995, J BIOL SYST, V3, P409 REMY E, 2005, 200508 PREP I MATH L REMY E, 2005, IN PRESS T COMPUTATI ROBERT F, 1986, DISCRETE ITERATIONS ROBERT F, 1995, SYSTEMES DYNAMIQUES SHIH MH, 2005, ADV APPL MATH, V34, P30, DOI 10.1016/j.aam.2004.06.002 SNOUSSI EH, 1998, J BIOL SYST, V6, P3 SOULE C, 2003, COMPLEXUS, V1, P123 SOULE C, 2005, MATH APPROACHES GENE THOMAS R, 1981, SPRINGER SERIES SYNE, V9, P180 NR 17 TC 2 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4230 BP 153 EP 162 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFP45 UT ISI:000243595000008 ER PT S AU Sam, Y Colonna, FM Boucelma, O AF Sam, Yacine Colonna, Francois-Marie Boucelma, Omar TI Customizable-resources description, selection, and composition: A feature logic based approach SO ON THE MOVE TO MEANINGFUL INTERNET SYSTEMS 2006: COOPIS, DOA, GADA, AND ODBAS, PT 1, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Users preferences heterogeneity in distributed systems often forces resources suppliers to offer customizable-resources in order to fulfill different customer needs. We present in this paper a Feature Logic based approach to customizable-resources description, selection, and composition. In our approach, resources and requests are both specified in a logical framework by feature terms. The feature terms unification technique allows reasoning on these specifications in order to select and possibly compose the resources that are candidate to satisfy a client request. C1 Aix Marseille Univ, CNRS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Sam, Y, Aix Marseille Univ, CNRS, UMR 6168, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM yacine.sam@lsis.org colonnaf@lsis.org omar.boucelma@lsis.org CR ARNOLD K, 1999, JINI TM SPECIFICATIO BERMAN F, 1997, P 8 NEC RES S BERL G BOAG S, 2002, XQUERY 1 0 XML QUERY CZAJKOWSKI K, 2001, HPDC 10, P181 DAIL H, 2002, MODULAR FRAMEWORK AD FOSTER I, 1999, GRID BLUEPRINT NEW C GARCIAMOLINA H, 2002, DATABASE SYSTEMS COM HOWES T, 2003, UNDERSTANDING DEPLOY LITZKOW M, 1988, INT C DISTR COMP SYS, P104 LIU C, 2003, CONSTRAINT LANGUAGE LIU C, 2004, RIDE, P7 NEWCOMER E, 2002, UNDERSTANDING WEB SE PAYNE TR, 2001, INT SEM WEB S SWWS S PINE BJ, 1993, MASS CUSTOMIZATION N PREIST C, 2001, AGENT MEDIATED ELECT RAMAN R, 1998, HPDC, P140 SAM Y, 2006, IN PRESS ICWE 06 SMOLKA G, 1989, GWAI, P477 SMOLKA G, 1992, J LOGIC PROGRAM, V12, P51 STALLINGS W, 1999, SNMP SNMPV2 SNMPV3 R SYCARA K, 2002, AUTON AGENT MULTI-AG, V5, P173 ZELLER A, 1997, ACM T SOFTW ENG METH, V6, P398 NR 22 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4275 BP 377 EP 390 PG 14 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFN04 UT ISI:000243131600023 ER PT J AU Stratta, G Basa, S Butler, N Atteia, JL Gendre, B Pelangeon, A Malacrino, F Mellier, Y Kann, DA Klose, S Zeh, A Masetti, N Palazzi, E Gorosabel, J Castro-Tirado, AJ Postigo, ADU Jelinek, M Cepa, J Castaneda, H Martinez-Delgado, D Boer, M Braga, J Crew, G Donaghy, TQ Dezalay, JP Doty, J Fenimore, EE Galassi, M Graziani, C Jernigan, JG Kawai, N Lamb, DQ Levine, A Manchanda, RK Martel, F Matsuoka, M Nakagawa, Y Olive, JF Pizzichini, G Prigozhin, G Ricker, G Sakamoto, T Shirasaki, Y Sugita, S Suzuki, M Takagishi, K Tamagawa, T Vanderspek, R Villasenor, J Woosley, SE Yamauchi, M Yoshida, A AF Stratta, G. Basa, S. Butler, N. Atteia, J. L. Gendre, B. Pelangeon, A. Malacrino, F. Mellier, Y. Kann, D. A. Klose, S. Zeh, A. Masetti, N. Palazzi, E. Gorosabel, J. Castro-Tirado, A. J. Postigo, A. de Ugarte Jelinek, M. Cepa, J. Castaneda, H. Martinez-Delgado, D. Boer, M. Braga, J. Crew, G. Donaghy, T. Q. Dezalay, J. -P. Doty, J. Fenimore, E. E. Galassi, M. Graziani, C. Jernigan, J. G. Kawai, N. Lamb, D. Q. Levine, A. Manchanda, R. K. Martel, F. Matsuoka, M. Nakagawa, Y. Olive, J. -F. Pizzichini, G. Prigozhin, G. Ricker, G. Sakamoto, T. Shirasaki, Y. Sugita, S. Suzuki, M. Takagishi, K. Tamagawa, T. Vanderspek, R. Villasenor, J. Woosley, S. E. Yamauchi, M. Yoshida, A. TI X-ray flashes or soft gamma-ray bursts? The case of the likely distant XRF 040912 SO ASTRONOMY & ASTROPHYSICS LA English DT Article DE gamma rays : bursts ID HOST GALAXY; STAR-FORMATION; SUPERNOVA; REDSHIFT; DUST; XRF-020903; AFTERGLOW; SPECTRA; STELLAR; 2006AJ AB Context. The origin of X-ray Flashes (XRFs) is still a mystery and several models have been proposed. To disentangle among these models, an important observational tool is the measure of the XRF distance scale, so far available only for a few of them. Aims. In this work, we present a multi-wavelength study of XRF 040912, aimed at measuring its distance scale and the intrinsic burst properties. Methods. We performed a detailed spectral and temporal analysis of both the prompt and the afterglow emission and we estimated the distance scale of the likely host galaxy. We then used the currently available sample of XRFs with known distance to discuss the connection between XRFs and classical Gamma-ray Bursts (GRBs). Results. We found that the prompt emission properties unambiguously identify this burst as an XRF, with an observed peak energy of E-p = 17 +/- 13 keV and a burst fluence ratio S2-30 keV/S30-400 keV > 1. A non-fading optical source with R similar to 24 mag and with an apparently extended morphology is spatially consistent with the X-ray afterglow, likely the host galaxy. XRF 040912 is a very dark burst since no afterglow optical counterpart is detected down to R > 25 mag (3 sigma limiting magnitude) at 13.6 h after the burst. The host galaxy spectrum detected from 3800 angstrom to 10 000 angstrom, shows a single emission line at 9552 angstrom. The lack of any other strong emission lines blue-ward of the detected one and the absence of the Ly alpha cut-off down to 3800 angstrom are consistent with the hypothesis of the [OII] line at redshift z = 1.563 +/- 0.001. The intrinsic spectral properties rank this XRF among the soft GRBs in the E-peak-E-iso diagram. Similar results were obtained for most XRFs at known redshift. Only XRF 060218 and XRF 020903 represent a good example of instrinsic XRF (i-XRF) and are possibly associated with a different progenitor population. This scenario may call for a new definition of XRFs. C1 Observ Midi Pyrenees, Lab Astrophys Toulouse, F-31400 Toulouse, France. Lab Astrophys Marseille, F-13012 Marseille, France. Univ Calif Berkeley, Space Sci Lab, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. IASF Roma, INAF, I-00133 Rome, Italy. Inst Astrophys Paris, F-75014 Paris, France. Thuringer Landessternwarte Tautenburg, D-07778 Tautenburg, Germany. IASF Bologna, INAF, I-40129 Bologna, Italy. CSIC, IAA, E-18080 Granada, Spain. Inst Nacl Pesquisas Espaciais, BR-12227010 Sao Jose Dos Campos, Brazil. MIT, Ctr Space Res, Cambridge, MA 02139 USA. Univ Chicago, Dept Astron & Astrophys, Chicago, IL 60637 USA. Observ Midi Pyrenees, Ctr Etud Spatiale Rayonnements, F-31028 Toulouse, France. Los Alamos Natl Lab, Los Alamos, NM 87545 USA. RIKEN, Tokyo 3510198, Japan. Tata Inst Fundamental Res, Dept Astron & Astrophys, Bombay 400005, Maharashtra, India. Natl Space Dev Agcy Japan, Tsukuba Space Ctr, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3058505, Japan. Natl Astron Observ, Mitaka, Tokyo 1818588, Japan. Aoyama Gakuin Univ, Dept Phys, Setagaya Ku, Tokyo 1578572, Japan. Miyazaki Univ, Fac Engn, Miyazaki 8892192, Japan. Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Astron & Astrophys, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA. NASA, Goddard Space Flight Ctr, Greenbelt, MD 20771 USA. Los Alamos Natl Lab, Los Alamos, NM 87545 USA. Univ Calif Berkeley, Space Sci Lab, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA. Tokyo Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Meguro Ku, Tokyo 1528551, Japan. RP Stratta, G, Observ Midi Pyrenees, Lab Astrophys Toulouse, 14 Av E Belin, F-31400 Toulouse, France. EM gstratta@ast.obs-mip.fr CR ALARD C, 2000, ASTRON ASTROPHYS SUP, V144, P363 AMATI L, 2002, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V390, P81 AMATI L, 2006, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V372, P233, DOI 10.1111/j.1365-2966.2006.10840.x AMATI L, 2006, UNPUB A A ANDERSEN MI, 2004, GCN, P2707 ATTEIA JL, 2003, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V407, L1, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20030958 BAND D, 1993, ASTROPHYS J, V413, P281 BARRAUD C, 2003, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V400, P1021, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20030074 BARRAUD C, 2005, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V440, P809, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20041572 BERSIER D, 2006, ASTROPHYS J 1, V643, P284 BERTIN E, 1996, ASTRON ASTROPHYS SUP, V117, P393 BRUZUAL G, 2003, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V344, P1000 BUTLER N, 2003, GCN, P2347 BUTLER N, 2004, GCN, P2701 BUTLER N, 2004, GCN, P2716 BUTLER N, 2004, GCN, P2728 CAMPANA S, 2004, GCN, P2649 CAMPANA S, 2006, NATURE, V442, P1008, DOI 10.1038/nature04892 CHEN SL, 2006, ASTROPHYS J 2, V647, L13 CHRISTENSEN L, 2004, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V425, P913, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20040361 CHRISTENSEN L, 2005, ASTROPHYS J 2, V631, L29 CREW G, 2005, GCN, P3890 DALESSIO V, 2005, IN PRESS A A DEPASQUALE M, 2006, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V455, P813, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20053950 DERMER CD, 1999, ASTROPHYS J 1, V513, P656 DICKEY JM, 1990, ANNU REV ASTRON ASTR, V28, P215 FORD P, 2004, GCN, P2731 FOX DB, 2002, GCN, P1392 FOX DB, 2004, GCN, P2630 FYNBO JPU, 2004, ASTROPHYS J 1, V609, P962 FYNBO JPU, 2005, GCN, P3874 GOROSABEL J, 2003, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V400, P127, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20021907 GOROSABEL J, 2004, GCN, P2724 HEISE J, 2001, P 2 ROM WORKSH GAMM, P16 HEISE J, 2003, AIP CONF PROC, V662, P229 HENDEN A, 2004, GCN, P2720 HOLLAND ST, 2006, ARXIVASTROPH0604316 JAKOBSSON P, 2004, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V427, P785, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20041233 KAHHAROV B, 2005, GCN, P3274 KELSON DD, 2004, GCN, P2627 KENNICUTT RC, 1998, ANNU REV ASTRON ASTR, V36, P189 KIPPEN P, 2001, GAMMA RAY BURSTS AFT, P22 KLOSE S, 2004, GCN, P2708 LAMB DQ, 2005, ASTROPHYS J 1, V620, P355 LEVAN A, 2006, ASTROPHYS J 1, V647, P471 LIANG E, 2006, UNPUB APJ MAIOLINO R, 2001, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V365, P37 MANGANO V, 2006, IN PRESS APJ MAZZALI PA, 2006, NATURE, V442, P1018, DOI 10.1038/nature05081 MESZAROS P, 2002, ASTROPHYS J 1, V578, P812 MIRABAL N, 2006, ASTROPHYS J 2, V643, L99 MOCHKOVITCH R, 2004, ASTR SOC P, V312, P381 OGURA K, 2004, GCN, P2705 PELANGEON A, 2005, 16 ANN OCT ASTR C MA, V836, P149 PIAN E, 2006, NATURE, V442, P1011 PIRO L, 2002, ASTROPHYS J 1, V577, P680 POSTIGO AD, 2004, GCN, P2621 RAU A, 2005, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V444, P425, DOI 10.1051/004-6361:20053773 REST A, 2004, GCN, P2710 ROL E, 2005, ASTROPHYS J 1, V624, P868 ROMANO P, 2006, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V450, P59, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20054172 SAKAMOTO T, 2004, ASTROPHYS J 1, V602, P875 SAKAMOTO T, 2005, ASTROPHYS J 1, V629, P311 SCHLEGEL DJ, 1998, ASTROPHYS J 1, V500, P525 SODERBERG A, 2006, UNPUB APJ SODERBERG AM, 2004, ASTROPHYS J 1, V606, P994 STRATTA G, 2004, ASTROPHYS J 1, V608, P846 STRATTA G, 2004, GCN, P2797 WATSON D, 2006, ASTROPHYS J 1, V636, P967 YAMAZAKI R, 2002, ASTROPHYS J 2, V571, L31 YANAGISAWA K, 2005, GCN, P3287 NR 71 TC 1 PU EDP SCIENCES S A PI LES ULIS CEDEX A PA 17, AVE DU HOGGAR, PA COURTABOEUF, BP 112, F-91944 LES ULIS CEDEX A, FRANCE SN 0004-6361 J9 ASTRON ASTROPHYS JI Astron. Astrophys. PD JAN PY 2007 VL 461 IS 2 BP 485 EP 492 PG 8 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 119HZ UT ISI:000243004700012 ER PT J AU Pernot, JP Moraru, G Veron, P AF Pernot, Jean-Philippe Moraru, George Veron, Philippe TI Filling holes in meshes using a mechanical model to simulate the curvature variation minimization SO COMPUTERS & GRAPHICS-UK LA English DT Article DE reverse engineering; geometric modelling; holes in meshes; triangle mesh deformation; curvature variation minimization; linear mechanical model; shape manipulations ID FORM DEFORMATION FEATURES; DESIGN; BOUNDARY AB The presence of holes in a triangle mesh is classically ascribed to the deficiencies of the point cloud acquired from a physical object to be reverse engineered. This lack of information results from both the scanning process and the object complexity. The consequences are simply not acceptable in many application domains (e.g. visualization, finite element analysis or STL prototyping). This paper addresses the way these holes can be filled in while minimizing the curvature variation between the surrounding and inserted meshes. The curvature variation is simulated by the variation between external forces applied to the nodes of a linear mechanical model coupled to the meshes. The functional to be minimized is quadratic and a set of geometric constraints can be added to further shape the inserted mesh. In addition, a complete cleaning toolbox is proposed to remove degenerated and badly oriented triangles resulting from the scanning process. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, CER ENSAM, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. RP Pernot, JP, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, CER ENSAM, 2 Cours Arts & Metiers, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. EM jean-philippe.pernot@aix.ensam.fr george.moraru@aix.ensam.fr philippe.veron@aix.ensam.fr CR *AIM SHAP, ADV INN MOD TOOLS DE AMENTA N, 1998, P 25 ANN C COMP GRAP BAREQUET G, 1995, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V12, P207 BERNARDINI F, 1999, IEEE T VIS COMPUT GR, V5, P349 CHEUTET V, 2005, P ASME DAC 05 INT DE CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO CLARENZ U, 2004, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V21, P427, DOI 10.1016/j.cagd.2004.02.004 CURLESS B, 1996, P SIGGRAPH 96, P303 DAVIS J, 2002, PROCESSING 1 INT S 3 DESBRUN M, 1999, SIGGRAPH 99 C P, P317 ECK M, 1996, P 23 ANN C COMP GRAP EDELSBRUNNER H, 1994, ACM T GRAPHICS, V13 FORSEY DR, 1995, ACM T GRAPHICS, V14 HOPPE H, 1992, P SIGGRAPH 92, P71 KOBBELT L, 1998, P SIGGRAPH 98, P105 LEE A, 2000, P SIGGRAPH 00 LIEN SL, 1984, IEEE COMPUT GRAPH, V4, P35 LIEPA P, 2003, P EUR ACM SIGGRAPH S, P200 MA W, 2000, P GEOM MOD PROC HONG, P274 MA WY, 1995, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V27, P663 NOORUDDIN FS, 2003, IEEE T VIS COMPUT GR, V9, P191 PERNOT JP, 2004, THESIS U GENOA PERNOT JP, 2005, J COMPUT INF SCI ENG, V5, P95, DOI 10.1115/1.1884146 PERNOT JP, 2005, J ENG DESIGN, V16, P115, DOI 10.1080/09544820500031617 PFEIFLE R, 1996, PROC GRAPH INTERF, P186 SCHEK HJ, 1974, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V3, P115 SCHNEIDER R, 2001, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V18, P359 SHARF A, 2004, P ACM SIGGRAPH EUR S, P179 TAKEUCHI S, 2000, P 8 PAC C COMP GRAPH, P2202 TAO J, 2004, ACM T GRAPHICS TOG, V23, P888 TEKUMALLA LS, 2004, UUCS04019 VERDERA J, 2003, INT C IM PROC ICIP VERON P, 1998, ENG COMPUT, V14, P23 WANG J, 2003, P SIBGRAPI 03 NR 34 TC 0 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0097-8493 J9 COMPUT GRAPH-UK JI Comput. Graph.-UK PD NOV PY 2006 VL 30 IS 6 BP 892 EP 902 PG 11 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 115VB UT ISI:000242760800002 ER PT J AU Audemard, G Benhamou, B Henocque, L AF Audemard, Gilles Benhamou, Belaid Henocque, Laurent TI Predicting and detecting symmetries in FOL finite model search SO JOURNAL OF AUTOMATED REASONING LA English DT Article DE finite models; symmetry; constraint programming AB Symmetries abound in logically formulated problems where many axioms are universally quantified, as this is the case in equational theories. Two complementary approaches have been used so far to dynamically tackle those symmetries: prediction and detection. The best-known predictive symmetry elimination method is the least number heuristic (LNH). A more recent predictive method, the extended least number heuristic (XLNH), focuses first on the enumeration of a bijection in the problem and easily exploits in the sequel the remaining isomorphisms. On the other hand, dynamic symmetry detection is costly in the general case (the problem is Graph Iso complete) but allows one to exploit more symmetries, and efficient (polytime) yet incomplete detection algorithms can be used on each node. This paper presents a generalization of XLNH that focuses on the enumeration of a unary function that does not require the function to be bijective, a general notion of symmetry for finite-model search in first-order logic together with an efficient symmetry detection algorithm, and a function-ordering heuristic that exploits the inherent structure of first-order logic theories to improve the search when using function-centric methods. A comprehensive study of the compared efficiency of all methods, in isolation and in combination, demonstrates the acceleration that can be expected in all cases. These ideas are implemented by using the known system SEM as an experimentation framework, to allow for accurate comparisons. C1 Univ Artois, CRIL, F-62307 Lens, France. Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, CMI, CNRS,UMR 6168, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Audemard, G, Univ Artois, CRIL, Rue Univ SP 16, F-62307 Lens, France. EM audemard@cril.univ-artois.fr belaid.benhamou@cmi.univ-mrs.fr lh@lsis.org CR ALLOUL FA, 2003, IEEE T COMPUT AID D, V22, P1117 ANDREWS G, 1998, CAMBRIDGE MATH LIB AUDEMARD G, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2083, P427 AUDEMARD G, 2002, LNCS, V2392, P226 BENHAMOU B, 1992, P 11 C AUT DED, P281 BENHAMOU B, 1994, J AUTOM REASONING, V12, P89 BENHAMOU B, 1994, P PPCP BENHAMOU B, 1999, FUNDAMENTA INFORMATI, V39, P21 COMTET L, 1970, ANAL COMBINATOIRE, V1, CH2 CRAWFORD J, 1992, P AAAI 92 WORKSH TRA, P17 CRAWFORD J, 1996, KNOWL REPR PRINC KNO, P148 DELATOUR TB, 1997, RISC LINZ REPORT SER, V9750, P29 DELATOUR TB, 2001, INT C ART INT SYMB C, P240 DUBOIS O, 2001, LNCS, V2239, P108 FAHLE T, 2001, LNCS, V2239, P93 FERMULLER CF, 1998, LOGIC J IGPL, V6, P17 FOCACCI F, 2001, LNCS, V2239, P77 FUJITA M, 1993, P IJCAI 93, P52 GENT IP, 2002, LNCS, V2470, P415 MCCUNE W, 1994, ANLMCSTM194 MCKAY BD, 1990, TRCS9002 AUSTR NAT U MESEGUER P, 1999, P IJCAI 99, P400 MONTANARI U, 1974, INF SCI, V7, P95 PELTIER N, 1998, J LOGIC COMPUT, V8, P511 PUGET J, 2001, LNCS, V2470, P446 PUGET JF, 2005, P CP 2005, P475 SLANLEY J, 1993, FINDER FINITE DOMAIN SUTTNER CB, 1997, JCUCS978 DEP COMP SC TAMMET T, 1992, THESIS GOTEBORG U ZHANG J, 1994, 12 INT C AUT DED NAN, P753 ZHANG J, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C AI, P298 ZHANG J, 1996, J AUTOM REASONING, V17, P1 ZHANG J, 2000, ASS AUTOMATED REASON, V47 NR 33 TC 0 PU SPRINGER PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0168-7433 J9 J AUTOM REASONING JI J. Autom. Reasoning PD APR PY 2006 VL 36 IS 3 BP 177 EP 212 PG 36 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA 117DQ UT ISI:000242853300001 ER PT S AU Paris, L Benhamou, B Siegel, P AF Paris, Lionel Benhamou, Belaid Siegel, Pierre TI A Boolean encoding including SAT and n-ary CSPs SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: METHODOLOGY, SYSTEMS, AND APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE logic and constraint programming; automated reasoning; knowledge representation and reasoning ID CONSTRAINT SATISFACTION AB We investigate in this work a generalization of the known CNF representation which allows an efficient Boolean encoding for n-ary CSPs. We show that the space complexity of the Boolean encoding is identical to the one of the classical CSP representation and introduce a new inference rule whose application until saturation achieves arc-consistency in a linear time complexity for n-ary CSPs expressed in the Boolean encoding. Two enumerative methods for the Boolean encoding are studied: the first one (equivalent to MAC in CSPs) maintains full arc-consistency on each node of the search tree while the second (equivalent to FC in CSPs) performs partial arc-consistency on each node. Both methods are experimented and compared on some instances of the Ramsey problem and randomly generated 3-ary CSPs and promising results are obtained. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. RP Paris, L, Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. EM Lionel.Paris@cmi.univ-mrs.fr Belaid.Benhamou@cmi.univ-mrs.fr Pierre.Siegel@cmi.univ-mrs.fr CR BENNACEUR H, 1996, P ECAI 96, P155 BESSIERE C, 2002, ARTIF INTELL, V141, P205 BESSIERE C, 2003, INT C THEOR APPL SAT, P400 DAVIS M, 1960, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V7, P201 DEKLEER J, 1989, P 11 INT JOINT C ART, P290 GOLDBERG E, 2002, P DES AUT TEST EUR C, P142 HARALICK RM, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V14, P263 KASIF S, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V45, P275 MALIK S, 2001, P 38 C DES AUT IEEE, P530 MONTANARI U, 1974, J INF SCI, V9, P95 SABIN D, 1997, P 3 INT C PRINC PRAC, P167 SILVA JPM, 1996, P INT C COMP AID DES, P220 WALSH T, 2000, P CP 2000, P441 NR 13 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4183 BP 33 EP 44 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFI88 UT ISI:000242122400004 ER PT J AU Ramdani, S Casties, JF Bouchara, F Mottet, D AF Ramdani, Sofiane Casties, Jean-Francois Bouchara, Frederic Mottet, Denis TI Influence of noise on the averaged false neighbors method for analyzing time series SO PHYSICA D-NONLINEAR PHENOMENA LA English DT Article DE false nearest neighbors; statistical parameters; noise; chaos; minimum embedding dimension ID SPACE RECONSTRUCTION; EMBEDDING DIMENSION; STRANGE ATTRACTORS; CHAOS; STATE AB This paper deals with the influence of noise on the averaged false neighbors method (AFN) proposed by L. Cao for analyzing time series and describing the dynamical properties of their underlying process. First, we give a theoretical justification of the AFN method results for a pure random time series (white gaussian noise). Then we present some numerical experiments corresponding to different known chaotic processes corrupted by noise. Simulations on real measured data are also presented. Eventually, after discussing these simulations, we are led to state some practical results on the critical noise level not to be exceeded for getting usable results of the AFN algorithm. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Montpellier 1, EA 2991, Montpellier, France. Univ Sud Toulon Var, LSIS, UMR 6168, CNRS, Toulon, France. RP Ramdani, S, Univ Montpellier 1, EA 2991, Montpellier, France. EM sofiane.ramdam@univ-montp1.fr CR ABARBANEL HDI, 1996, ANAL OBSERVED CHAOTI AITTOKALLIO T, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P416 CAO LY, 1997, PHYSICA D, V110, P43 CAO LY, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1491 CASDAGLI M, 1989, PHYSICA D, V35, P335 CASDAGLI M, 1991, PHYSICA D, V51, P52 CELLUCCI CJ, 2003, PHYS REV E, V67, P66210 ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617 FRASER AM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P1134 GUCKENHEIMER J, 1997, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO HENON M, 1976, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V50, P69 IKEDA K, 1979, OPT COMMUN, V30, P257 JUDD K, 1998, PHYSICA D, V120, P273 KANTZ H, 1997, NONLINEAR TIME SERIE KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P3403 LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130 MACKEY MC, 1977, SCIENCE, V197, P287 PACKARD NH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P712 PAPOULIS A, 1991, PROBABILITY RANDOM V RHODES C, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P6162 SMALL M, 2004, PHYSICA D, V194, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.physd.2004.03.006 TAKENS F, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V898, P366 THIEL M, 2002, PHYSICA D, V171, P128 NR 23 TC 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-2789 J9 PHYSICA D JI Physica D PD NOV 15 PY 2006 VL 223 IS 2 BP 229 EP 241 PG 13 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Mathematical GA 109OF UT ISI:000242317200012 ER PT S AU Madjarov, I Boucelma, O AF Madjarov, Ivan Boucelma, Omar TI Data and application integration in learning content management systems: A Web services approach SO INNOVATIVE APPROACHES FOR LEARNING AND KNOWLEDGE SHARING, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE Web services; learning object; interoperability; XML AB This paper describes a service-oriented approach for the integration of third-party external applications and resources into an existing open source e-Learning environment. We detail the architecture for creating customized learning environments composed of existing open source applications and systems. As a result, a Web services-oriented framework for e-Learning systems is proposed, providing a flexible integration model in which all the learning components and applications are loosely connected. Web services provide a suitable deployment environment to realize dynamic and interoperable e-Learning systems by facilitating application-to-application interaction. C1 Aix Marseille Univ, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Madjarov, I, Aix Marseille Univ, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM ivan.madjarov@iut-gtr.univ-mrs.fr omar.boucelma@lsis.org CR IMS QUESTION TEST IN *ADL, 2004, ADL SHAR CONT OBJ RE *AP AX, WEB SERV AX *AP SOFTW FDN, AP TOMC *EXIST, NAT XML DAT *IEEE LOM, 14841212002 IEEE LOM *IMS, 2003, IMS CONT PACK BEST P *LIN ZIN, LEARN NEW EC *SUN MICR, E LEARN INT STAND *SUN MICR, 2002, E LEARN APPL INFR *W3C XML, EXT MARK LANG *W3C XQUERY, 2005, 04 W3C XQUERY *W3C XSLT, 2005, 4 W3CXSLT *W3C, 2004, WEB SERV ARCH W3C WO *W3C, 2006, 05 W3C ALONSO G, 2004, WEB SERVICES CONCEPT BOOTH D, 2004, WEB SERVICES ARCHITE CALVO RA, E LEARNING INFRASTRU CHAPMAN B, 2001, LEARNING CONTENT MAN CHAUVET JM, 2002, SERVICES WEB AVEC SO DERNTL M, 2005, THESIS U WIEN GARRET JJ, AJ NEW APPR WEB APPL HULL R, 2004, SIGMOD 2004 JUN 13 1 LIU XF, IMPLEMENTATION ARCHI MADJAROV I, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3143, P27 MADJAROV I, 2004, NOUVELLES TECHNOLOGI, P218 MADJAROV I, 2005, ICHSL5CAPS5, P79 MADJAROV I, 2005, P 2 INT SCI C COMP S MADJAROV I, 2005, REV ELECT RECHERCHE PANKRATIUS V, 2004, 1 IFIP C ART INT APP QUINT V, 2004, ACM S DOC ENG MILW W, P115 SAYAR A, 2006, P IEEE INT C INT WEB SNELL J, 2005, CALL SOAP WEB SERV A VERCOUSTRE AM, 2003, REUSING ED MAT TEACH VOSSEN G, 2003, 7 INT DAT ENG APPL S, P242 WILSON S, 2001, GLUING LEARNING APPL XU ZF, 2003, CCGEI 2003 MONTR MAY NR 37 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4227 BP 272 EP 286 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFG87 UT ISI:000241812400022 ER PT J AU Pujo, P Pedetti, M Giambiasi, N AF Pujo, Patrick Pedetti, Massimo Giambiasi, Norbert TI Formal DEVS modelling and simulation of a flow-shop relocation method without interrupting the production SO SIMULATION MODELLING PRACTICE AND THEORY LA English DT Article DE flow-shop relocation project management; simulation; DEVS formalism; facilities relocation ID FACILITY LOCATION; SYSTEMS AB This paper presents an organizational method of transfer of a flow-shop to a new site without interrupting the production. This method, which can be used even in case of requirements during the removal period, consists in segmenting the flow-shop removal into successive removals of groups of machines. This method can be successfully applied provided a prime condition is met: there must be sufficient stock upstream of the different groups of machines. The role of these stocks is to ensure continuity of production operations between the old and the new site, while a non-operational group of machines is being removed. The removal of groups of machines goes on until the whole production line is transferred to the new site and operational on this site. To validate this approach, we used a simulation and developed a flow-shop model according to the DENTS formalism. Our model makes it possible to segment a production line. We can therefore simulate a sequential transfer of groups of machines to the new site. The most effective solutions among those proposed suggest starting with the final group of machines (finished products) to finish with the first group. In this paper, we present and discuss some simulation results for an industrial case study. These results demonstrate the compared effectiveness of different removal strategies, and help decide for the appropriate estimated project management. (C) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Res Grp Control & Simulat, UMR CNRS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Pujo, P, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Res Grp Control & Simulat, UMR CNRS, 6168 Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM patrick.pujo@lsis.org CR ANGLANI A, 2000, 14 EUR SIM MULT GHEN AQUILANO NJ, 1995, FUNDAMENTALS OPERATI BATTA R, 1989, COMPUT IND ENG, V16, P179 BEL G, 2002, METHODES PILOTAGE SY, P99 BRIMBERG J, 2000, NAV RES LOG, V47, P77 CHOI BK, 2003, SIMUL-T SOC MOD SIM, V79, P440, DOI 10.1177/0037549703040232 FISHWICK PA, 1997, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL, V14, P13 FRYDMAN C, 2001, T SCS, V18, P148 GIAMBIASI N, 1998, EUROPEAN J AUTOMATIO, V32, P275 GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 HEIZER J, 1999, OPERATIONS MANAGEMEN HUANG WV, 1990, EUR J OPER RES, V46, P61 KOSTURIAK J, 1998, SIMULAT PRACT THEORY, V6, P423 LEE JK, 2003, SIMUL-T SOC MOD SIM, V79, P423, DOI 10.1177/0037549703040233 LIN BMT, 1993, EUR J OPER RES, V69, P131 MOON G, 2001, COMPUT IND ENG, V40, P1 MUTHER R, 1969, SYSTEMATIC LAYOUT PL NIDUMOLU SR, 1998, SIMULAT PRACT THEORY, V6, P533 NOZICK LK, 1998, TRANSPORT RES E-LOG, V34, P173 NOZICK LK, 2001, TRANSPORT RES E-LOG, V37, P281 PIERREVAL H, 2003, SIMUL MODEL PRACT TH, V11, P5, DOI 10.1016/S1569-190X(02)00096-5 PRAEHOFER H, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P219 PUJO P, 2002, FONDEMENTS PILOTAGE, P25 RHEAULT M, 1996, COMPUT IND ENG, V31, P143 RICCIARDI V, 2003, P MAS2003 BERG IT TOMPKINS J, 1984, FACILITIES PLANNING ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELLING SIM ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELLI ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 29 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1569-190X J9 SIMUL MODEL PRACT THEORY JI Simul. Model. Pract. Theory PD OCT PY 2006 VL 14 IS 7 BP 817 EP 842 PG 26 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 105CG UT ISI:000242006300003 ER PT J AU Hamri, MEA Giambiasi, N Frydman, C AF Hamri, Maamar El-Amine Giambiasi, Norbert Frydman, Claudia TI Min-Max-DEVS modeling and simulation SO SIMULATION MODELLING PRACTICE AND THEORY LA English DT Article DE discrete event simulation; Min-Max delays; DEVS AB The representation of timing, a key element in modeling hardware behavior, is realized in hardware description languages including ADLIB-SABLE, Verilog, and VHDL, through delay constructs. The use of delays in the literature may be organized into four classes. Under the first category, the mean values are utilized as precise delay elements in the simulators. VHDL adopts this view to characterize transport delays, where a single value is utilized, rise and fall delays, and inertial delays. In describing the lifetime of a state, also termed time advance function, DEVS proposes to use precise delay elements. Under the second category, termed min-max delay, a delay is represented through an interval, implying that the value of the delay is not known precisely and that any of the values in the interval represents a possible value for the actual delay. In the third category, a delay is expressed in the form of a stochastic distribution. The use of fuzzy models of delays constitutes the fourth category. In the real world, however, precise values for delays are very difficult, if not impossible, to obtain with certainty. The reasons include variations in the manufacturing process, temperature voltage, and other environmental parameters. Consequently, simulations that employ precise delay values are susceptible to inaccurate results. This paper proposes an extension to the classical DEVS by introducing min-max delays for use in both internal and external transition functions. In the augmented formalism, termed Min-Max-DEVS, the state of a hardware model may, in some time interval, become unknown and is represented by the symbol, phi. The occurrence of 0 implies greater accuracy of the results, not lack of information. Min-Max-DEVS offers a unique advantage, namely, the execution of a single simulation pass utilizing min-max delays is equivalent to multiple simulation passes, each corresponding to a set of precise delay values selected from the interval. This, in turn, poses a key challenge - efficient execution of the Min-Max-DEVS simulator. (C) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Paul Cezanne, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Frydman, C, Univ Paul Cezanne, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, Av Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM amine.hamri@lsis.org norbert.giambiasi@lsis.org claudia.frydman@lsis.org CR *GE CALMA, TEGAS REF MAN *IEEE, 1988, IEEE STAND VHDL LANG *MENT GRAPH CORP, 1993, INTR VHDL ABROMOVICI M, 1990, DIGITAL SYSTEMS TEST ALUR R, 1994, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V126, P183 BREUER MA, 1976, DIAGNOSIS RELIABLE D BRZOZOWSKI JA, 1991, EATOS B, V43, P199 DUBOIS D, 1989, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V19, P729 FRIEDMAN AD, 1975, LOGICAL DESIGN DIGIT GHOSH S, 1989, IEEE T COMPUT, V38, P1595 GHOSH S, 1996, P EUR SIM S ESS GEN GIAMBIASI N, 1976, P DES AUT C DAC SAN GIAMBIASI N, 1979, P DES AUT C DAC SAN GIAMBIASI N, 2003, P 2003 WINT SIM C NE, P923 LUH CJ, 1993, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V23, P42 MAGNHAGEN B, 1977, THESIS LINKOPING NAVABI Z, 1993, VHDL ANAL MODELING D PAILLET JL, 1998, P ESS 98 NOTT, P29 PRAEHOFER H, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P219 SEONG MC, 1998, P SCSC REN NV SMAILI M, 1994, P EUR SIM S ESS 1994 WALKER P, 1996, IEEEE C COMP DES AUS ZEIGLER BP, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER BP, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELIN ZEIGLER BP, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 25 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1569-190X J9 SIMUL MODEL PRACT THEORY JI Simul. Model. Pract. Theory PD OCT PY 2006 VL 14 IS 7 BP 909 EP 929 PG 21 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 105CG UT ISI:000242006300008 ER PT S AU Benhamou, B Saydi, MR AF Benhamou, Belaid Saydi, Mohamed Reda TI Reasoning by dominance in not-equals binary constraint networks SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2006 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB In this paper, we extend the principle of symmetry to dominance in Not-Equals Constraint Networks and show how dominated values are detected and eliminated efficiently at each node of the search tree. C1 Ctr Math & Informat, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Benhamou, B, Ctr Math & Informat, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. EM Belaid.Benhamou@cmi.univ-mrs.fr saidi@cmi.univ-mrs.fr CR BENHAMOU B, 1992, CADE 11 BENHAMOU B, 1994, 6 INT C ART INT METH, P91 BENHAMOU B, 1994, PPCP 94 BENHAMOU B, 2004, SYMCON 04 BENHAMOU B, 2006, REASONING DOMINANCE COHEN D, 2005, P CP, P17 FREUDER EC, 1991, P AAAI 91 AN CA, P227 KRISHNAMURTY B, 1985, ACTA INFORM, P253 PUGET JF, 1993, ISMIS PUGET JF, 2005, P CP 05, P490 PUGET JF, 2005, P IJCAI 05, P272 SEWELL EC, 1995, DIMACS SERIES DISCRE NR 12 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4204 BP 670 EP 674 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFF33 UT ISI:000241582400047 ER PT S AU Jegou, P Ndiaye, SN Terrioux, C AF Jegou, Philippe Ndiaye, Samba Ndojh Terrioux, Cyril TI An extension of complexity bounds and dynamic heuristics for tree-decompositions of CSP SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2006 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID CONSTRAINT NETWORKS AB This paper deals with methods exploiting tree-decomposition approaches for solving constraint networks. We consider here the practical efficiency of these approaches by defining five classes of variable orders more and more dynamic which guarantee time complexity bounds from O(exp(w+1)) to O(exp(2(w+k))), with w the "tree-width" of a CSP and k a constant. Finally, we assess practically their relevance. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, UMR CNRS 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Jegou, P, Univ Aix Marseille 3, UMR CNRS 6168, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM philippe.jegou@univ-cezanne.fr samba-ndojh.ndiaye@univ-cezanne.fr cyril.terrioux@univ-cezanne.fr CR DECHTER R, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, V38, P353 GOTTLOB G, 2000, ARTIF INTELL, V124, P343 GOTTLOB G, 2002, P ECAI, P161 JEGOU P, 2003, ARTIF INTELL, V146, P43, DOI 10.1016/S0004-3702(02)00400-9 JEGOU P, 2005, P CP, P777 JEGOU P, 2006, P WIGSK ROBERTSON N, 1986, J ALGORITHM, V7, P309 SMITH B, 1994, P 11 EUR C ART INT, P100 TARJAN RE, 1984, SIAM J COMPUT, V13, P566 NR 9 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4204 BP 741 EP 745 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFF33 UT ISI:000241582400061 ER PT S AU Clouchoux, C Coulon, O Anton, JL Mangin, JF Regis, J AF Clouchoux, Cedric Coulon, Olivier Anton, Jean-Luc Mangin, Jean-Francois Regis, Jean TI A new cortical surface parcellation model and its automatic implementation SO MEDICAL IMAGE COMPUTING AND COMPUTER-ASSISTED INTERVENTION - MICCAI 2006, PT 2 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID HUMAN CEREBRAL-CORTEX; HUMAN BRAIN; ATLAS; VARIABILITY; SULCI AB In this paper, we present an original method that aims at parcellating the cortical surface in regions functionally meaningful, from individual anatomy. The parcellation is obtained using an anatomically constrained surface-based coordinate system from which we define a complete partition of the surface. The aim of our method is to exhibit a new way to describe the cortical surface organization, in both anatomical and functional terms. The method is described together with results applied to a functional somatotopy experiments. C1 CNRS, Lab LSIS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. Ctr IRM Fonct Marseille, Marseille, France. CEA, DSV, Equipe UNAF, SHFJ, Orsay, France. INSERM, U751, F-13258 Marseille, France. RP Clouchoux, C, CNRS, Lab LSIS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. CR CACHIA A, 2003, MED IMAGE ANAL, V7, P403, DOI 10.1016/S1361-8415(03)00031-8 CLOUCHOUX C, 2005, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3750, P344 FISCHL B, 2004, CEREB CORTEX, V14, P11, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhg087 MANGIN JF, 1995, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V5, P297 MESULAM MM, 2000, PRINCIPLES BEHAV COG ONO M, 1990, ATLAS CEREBRAL SULCI RACIK P, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1011 RAKIC P, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P170 REGIS J, 2005, NEUROL MED-CHIR, V45, P1 RIVIERE D, 2002, MED IMAGE ANAL, V6, P77 THOMPSON PM, 1996, NEUROIMAGE, V3, P19 TODD PH, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V97, P529 TORO R, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1468, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.008 TURNER O, 1948, MAN ARCH NEUROL PSYC, P1 VANESSEN DC, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P7079 ZILLES K, 1997, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V5, P218 NR 16 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4191 BP 193 EP 200 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFF19 UT ISI:000241556700024 ER PT S AU Operto, G Bulot, R Anton, JL Coulon, O AF Operto, Gregory Bulot, Remy Anton, Jean-Luc Coulon, Olivier TI Anatomically informed convolution kernels for the projection of fMRI data on the cortical surface SO MEDICAL IMAGE COMPUTING AND COMPUTER-ASSISTED INTERVENTION - MICCAI 2006, PT 2 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB We present here a method that aims at producing representations of functional brain data on the cortical surface from functional MRI volumes. Such representations are required for subsequent cortical-based functional analysis. We propose a projection technique based on the definition, around each node of the grey/white matter interface mesh, of convolution kernels whose shape and distribution rely on the geometry of the local anatomy. For one anatomy, a set of convolution kernels is computed that can be used to project any functional data registered with this anatomy. The method is presented together with experiments on synthetic data and real statistical t-maps. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab LSIS, Marseille, France. Ctr IRMf Marseille, Marseille, France. RP Operto, G, CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab LSIS, Marseille, France. CR ANDRADE A, 2001, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V12, P79 CLOUCHOUX C, 2005, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3750, P344 FISCHL B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P195 GOEBEL R, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, S64 GROVA C, 2005, IN PRESS NEUROIMAGE JOHNSON PB, 1993, EXP BRAIN RES, V97, P361 KIEBEL SJ, 2000, NEUROIMAGE 1, V11, P656 MANGIN JF, 1995, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V5, P297 MAUCH S, 2000, UNPUB FAST ALGORITHM MOUNTCASTLE VB, 1978, MINDFUL BRAIN, P7 SAAD ZS, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT S BI, P1510 VANERP TGM, 2004, LNCS WARNKING J, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V17, P1665, DOI 10.1006/nimg.2002.1304 NR 13 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4191 BP 300 EP 307 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFF19 UT ISI:000241556700037 ER PT J AU Dufaitre-Patouraux, L Riveline, JP Renard, E Melki, V Belicar-Schaepelynck, P Selam, JL Guerci, B Millot, L Brun, JM Fermon, C Catargi, B Gin, H Jeandidier, N Leieune, PJ Lassmann-Vague, V AF Dufaitre-Patouraux, L. Riveline, J. P. Renard, E. Melki, V. Belicar-Schaepelynck, P. Selam, J. L. Guerci, B. Millot, L. Brun, J. M. Fermon, C. Catargi, B. Gin, H. Jeandidier, N. Leieune, P. J. Lassmann-Vague, V. TI Continuous intraperitoneal insulin infusion does not increase the risk of organ-specific autoimmune disease in type 1 diabetic patients: results of a multicentric, comparative study SO DIABETES & METABOLISM LA English DT Article DE type 1 diabetes; implanted pump; thyroid autoimmunity; gastric autoimmunity; anti-insulin antibodies ID PROGRAMMABLE IMPLANTABLE PUMPS; 1ST-DEGREE RELATIVES; THYROID-DYSFUNCTION; IMMUNOGENICITY; MANIFESTATIONS; ABSORPTION; EXPERIENCE; STABILITY; FREQUENCY; MELLITUS AB Aim: The purpose of this national multicenter prospective study by the French EVADIAC group was to investigate the possibility that continuous intraperitoneal insulin infusion using an implanted pump (CIPII) increases the risk of autoimmune disease in type 1 diabetic patients as it increased anti-insulin immunogenicity. Methods: Prevalence of clinical (Hashimoto's disease, hyperthyroidism, gastric atrophic disease and vitiligo) and subclinical (presence of anti-thyroperoxidase antibodies, anti-intrinsic factor antibodies, abnormal TSH levels) autoimmune diseases was estimated by comparing two groups of patients already treated by either CIPII (n=154) or external pump (CSII) (n=121) for an average of 6 years. Incidence of autoimmune disease was determined by comparing the same measurements one year after inclusion. Results: No significant difference was observed for the total prevalence of clinical and subclinical auto-immune thyroid and gastric diseases (35.6% and 3.2% respectively in the CIPII group versus 40.4% and 2.6% in the CSII group). No significant difference for the incidence of clinical and subclinical auto-immune diseases was observed: 7.2% and 0% in CIPII and 7.3% and 1.7% in CSII. Conclusion: As previously shown AIA (anti-insulin antibodies) levels were higher in CIPII than in CSII (32.9% vs 20.2%, P < 0.0001) but no correlation was observed with either clinical or subclinical autoimmune disease. This large-scale study eliminates the possibility that CIPII increases the risk of autoimmune disease. C1 Univ Marseille, Biochem Lab, INSERM 555, Marseille, France. RP Lassmann-Vague, V, Hop St Marguerite, Serv Nutr Endocrinol Malad Metab, Blvd St Marguerite, F-13009 Marseille, France. EM vague.veronique@wanadoo.fr CR BARKER JM, 2005, DIABETES CARE, V28, P850 BELICAR P, 1998, DIABETES CARE, V21, P325 BETTERLE C, 1984, DIABETOLOGIA, V26, P431 BOIVIN S, 1999, DIABETES CARE, V22, P2089 BROUSSOLLE C, 1994, LANCET, V343, P514 CHARLES MA, 1998, DIABETES CARE, V11, P2043 DEBLOCK CE, 2000, VERH K ACAD GENEESKD, V62, P285 GIN H, 2003, DIABETES METAB, V29, P602 GREENBAUM CJ, 1992, DIABETOLOGIA, V35, P798 HANAIREBROUTIN H, 1995, DIABETES CARE, V18, P388 HANUKOGLU A, 2003, DIABETES CARE, V26, P1235 JEANDIDIER N, 1995, DIABETES CARE, V18, P888 JEANDIDIER N, 1995, DIABETOLOGIA, V38, P577 JEANDIDIER N, 1996, DIABETES CARE, V19, P780 JEANDIDIER N, 2002, DIABETES CARE, V25, P84 LASSMANNVAGUE V, 1995, DIABETES CARE, V18, P498 LASSMANNVAGUE V, 1996, DIABETIC MED, V13, P1051 LASSMANNVAGUE V, 1998, DIABETES CARE, V21, P2041 OLSEN CL, 1994, DIABETES CARE, V17, P169 PERROS P, 1995, DIABETIC MED, V12, P622 PERROS P, 2000, DIABETIC MED, V17, P749 RENARD E, 1995, DIABETES CARE, V18, P70 SCAVINI M, 1995, DIABETES CARE, V18, P56 SELAM JL, 1990, DIABETES, V39, P1361 SHAMOON H, 1993, NEW ENGL J MED, V329, P977 UMPIERREZ GE, 2003, DIABETES CARE, V26, P1181 NR 26 TC 0 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9 PA 21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE SN 1262-3636 J9 DIABETES METAB JI Diabetes Metab. PD NOV PY 2006 VL 32 IS 5 PN Part 1 BP 427 EP 432 PG 6 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA 106FY UT ISI:000242087600004 ER PT S AU Belussi, A Boucelma, O Catania, B Lassoued, Y Podesta, P AF Belussi, Alberto Boucelma, Omar Catania, Barbara Lassoued, Yassine Podesta, Paola TI Towards similarity-based topological query languages SO CURRENT TRENDS IN DATABASE TECHNOLOGY - EDBT 2006 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB In recent times, the proliferation of spatial data on the Internet is beginning to allow a much larger audience to access and share data currently available in various Geographic Information Systems (GISs). Unfortunately, even if the user can potentially access a huge amount of data, often, she has not enough knowledge about the spatial domain she wants to query, resulting in a reduction of the quality of the query results. This aspect is even more relevant in integration architectures, where the user often specifies a global query over a global schema, without having knowledge about the specific local schemas over which the query has to be executed. In order to overcome such problem, a possible solution is to introduce some mechanism of query relaxation, by which approximated answers are returned to the user. In this paper, we consider the relaxation problem for spatial topological queries. In particular, we present some relaxed topological predicates and we show in which application contexts they can be significantly used. In order to make such predicates effectively usable, we discuss how GQuery, an XML-based spatial query language, can be extended to support similarity-based queries through the proposed operators. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, LSIS, Marseille, France. Univ Genoa, DISI, Genoa, Italy. RP Belussi, A, Univ Verona, DI, I-37100 Verona, Italy. CR *OP CONS, 1999, 99049 OGC BELUSSI A, 2005, P ACM GIS, P220 BOUCELMA O, 2002, P 10 ACM INT S ADV G, P23 BOUCELMA O, 2004, PROC INT CONF DATA, P855 BURNS HT, 1996, P SDH, P31 CLEMENTINI E, 1993, LECTURE NOTES COMPUT, V692, P277 CLEMENTINI E, 2001, DATA KNOWL ENG, V37, P285 COLONNA FM, 2003, P COPSTIC, P11 EGENHOFER MJ, 1990, CATEGORIZING BINARY EGENHOFER MJ, 1992, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V639, P196 EGENHOFER MJ, 1995, INT J GEOGR INF SYST, V9, P555 NEDAS KA, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2750, P430 NR 12 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4254 BP 675 EP 686 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFG46 UT ISI:000241726200051 ER PT S AU Giordano, L Gliozzi, V Olivetti, N Pozzato, GL AF Giordano, Laura Gliozzi, Valentina Olivetti, Nicola Pozzato, Gian Luca TI Analytic tableau calculi for KLM rational logic R SO LOGICS IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article ID QUALITATIVE-DECISION-THEORY; CONDITIONAL LOGICS; CUMULATIVE LOGICS AB In this paper we present a tableau calculus for the rational logic R of default reasoning, introduced by Kraus, Lehmann and Magidor. Our calculus is obtained by introducing suitable modalities to interpret conditional assertions, and makes use of labels to represent possible worlds. We also provide a decision procedure for R, and study its complexity. C1 Univ Piemonte Orientale A Avogadro, Dipartimento Informat, I-15100 Alessandria, Italy. Univ Turin, Dipartimento Informat, I-10149 Turin, Italy. Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Giordano, L, Univ Piemonte Orientale A Avogadro, Dipartimento Informat, Via Bellini 25-G, I-15100 Alessandria, Italy. EM laura@mfn.unipmn.it gliozzi@di.unito.it nicola.olivetti@univ.u-3mrs.fr pozzato@di.unito.it CR ARIELI O, 2000, LOGIC J IGPL, V8, P119 ARTOSI A, 2002, J LOGIC COMPUT, V12, P1027 BENFERHAT S, 1997, ARTIF INTELL, V92, P259 BENFERHAT S, 2000, ARTIF INTELL, V122, P1 BOUTILIER C, 1994, ARTIF INTELL, V68, P87 CROCCO G, 1992, P 3 INT C PRINC KNOW, P565 DUBOIS D, 2002, J ACM, V49, P455 DUBOIS D, 2003, ARTIF INTELL, V148, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0004-3702(03)00037-7 FRIEDMAN N, 2000, ACM T COMPUTATIONAL, V1, P175 FRIEDMAN N, 2001, J ACM, V48, P648 GARDENFORS P, 1988, KNOWLEDGE FLUX GIORDANO L, 2003, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2796, P81 GIORDANO L, 2005, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V3835, P666 GIORDANO L, 2005, P M4M 4 INFORM BERIC, V194, P220 HUGHES G, 1984, COMPANION MODAL LOGI KRAUS S, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V44, P167 LEHMANN D, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V55, P1 MAKINSON D, 2003, LOGIC J IGPL, V11, P69 MAKINSON D, 2005, SERIES TEXTS COMPUTI, V5 PEARL J, 1990, P 3 C THEOR ASP REAS, P121 WEYDERT E, 2003, J APPL LOGIC, V1, P273 NR 21 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2006 VL 4160 BP 190 EP 202 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BFC84 UT ISI:000241024200017 ER PT S AU Bruno, E Murisasco, E AF Bruno, Emmanuel Murisasco, Elisabeth TI MSXD: A model and a schema for concurrent structures defined over the same textual data SO DATABASE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB This work aims at defining a model and a schema for multistructured (noted MS) textual documents. Our objectives are (1) to describe several independent hierarchical structures over the same textual data (represented by several structured documents) (2) to consider annotations added by the user in each structured document and (3) to define weak constrains over the concurrent structures and annotations. Our proposal is based on the use of hedge (the foundation of RelaxNG). It is associated with an algebra defined on the structures and annotations of a document in order to specify constraints between them (by means of Allen's relations). C1 Univ Toulon & Var, LSIS, Equipe INCOD, UMR 6168,CNRS, F-83957 La Garde, France. RP Bruno, E, Univ Toulon & Var, LSIS, Equipe INCOD, UMR 6168,CNRS, Ave Univ,BP 20132, F-83957 La Garde, France. EM bruno@univ-tln.fr murisasco@univ-tln.fr CR ALLEN JF, 1991, INT J INTELL SYST, V6, P341 BIRON PV, 2001, XML SCHEMA 2 BRAY T, 1998, EXTENSIBLE MARKUP LA BRAY T, 2004, NAMESPACES XML 1 1 R CHATTI N, 2004, P BDA 2004 MONTP FRA, P47 CLARK J, 2001, RELAX NG SPECIFICATI DEKHTYAR A, 2005, DATA KNOWL ENG, V52, P185, DOI 10.1016/j.datak.2004.05.005 DEROSE S, 2004, 2004 C P DURUASU P, 2002, P XML EUR ATL FERNANDEZ M, 2003, XQUERY 1 0 XPATH 2 0 GOLDFARB CF, 1990, SGML HDB HILBERT M, 2005, EXTREME MARKUP LANGU JAGADISH HV, 2004, SIGMOD C, P251 MURATA M, 2000, HEDGE AUTOMATA FORMA SPERBERGMCQUEEN CM, 2000, DDEP PODDP, P139 SPERBERGMCQUEEN CM, 2001, TEI P4 GUIDELINES EL TENNISON J, 2002, EXTREME MARKUP LANGU WITT A, 2004, EXTREME MARKUP LANGU NR 18 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4080 BP 172 EP 181 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BFD37 UT ISI:000241155300017 ER PT J AU Selvan, SE Xavier, CC Karssemeijer, N Sequeira, J Cherian, RA Dhala, BY AF Selvan, S. Easter Xavier, C. Cecil Karssemeijer, Nico Sequeira, Jean Cherian, Rekha A. Dhala, Bharathi Y. TI Parameter estimation in stochastic mammogram model by heuristic optimization techniques SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN BIOMEDICINE LA English DT Article DE breast density pattern; evolutionary programming (EP); expectation-maximization (EM); histogram quantization; parameter estimation; particle swarm optimization (PSO); segmentation; statistical image model ID PARTICLE SWARM OPTIMIZATION; MARKOV RANDOM-FIELD; IMAGE SEGMENTATION; MR-IMAGES; CLASSIFICATION; COMPUTATION; DENSITIES; RISK AB The appearance of disproportionately large amounts of high-density breast parenchyma in mammograms has been found to be a strong indicator of the risk of developing breast cancer. Hence, the breast density model is popular for risk estimation or for monitoring breast density change in prevention or intervention programs. However, the efficiency of such a stochastic model depends on the accuracy of estimation of the model's parameter set. We propose a new approach-heuristic optimization-to estimate more accurately the model parameter set as compared to the conventional and popular expectation-maximization (EM) algorithm. After initial segmentation of a given mammogram, the finite generalized Gaussian mixture (FGGM) model is constructed by computing the statistics associated with different image regions. The model parameter set thus obtained is estimated by particle swarm optimization (PSO) and evolutionary programming (EP) techniques, where the objective function to be minimized is the relative entropy between the image histogram and the estimated density distributions. When our heuristic approach was applied to different categories of mammograms from the Mini-MIAS database, it yielded lower floor of estimation error in 109 out of 112 cases (97.3%), and 101 out of 102 cases (99.0%), for the number of image regions being five and eight, respectively, with the added advantage of faster convergence rate, when compared to the EM approach. Besides, the estimated density model preserves the number of regions specified by the information-theoretic criteria in all the test cases, and the assessment of the segmentation results by radiologists is promising. C1 Univ Mediterranee, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Univ Nijmegen St Radboud Hosp, Med Ctr, Dept Radiol, NL-6500 HB Nijmegen, Netherlands. Wipro Technol, Bangalore 560100, Karnataka, India. Christian Med Coll & Hosp, Dept Radiol, Vellore 632004, Tamil Nadu, India. Precis Diagnost Pvt Ltd, Madras 600010, Tamil Nadu, India. RP Selvan, SE, Univ Mediterranee, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM Easter.Selvan@esil.univ-mrs.fr cecil.xavier@hotmail.com n.karssemeijer@rad.umcn.nl Jean.Sequeira@esil.univ-mrs.fr vtcherian@cmcvellore.ac.in bdhala@gmail.com CR ADALI T, 1997, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V45, P1051 AKAIKE H, 1974, IEEE T AUTOMATIC CON, V19, P716 ANGUH M, 1997, P 10 BRAZ S COMP GRA, P136 AYLWARD SR, 1998, DIGITAL MAMMOGRAPHY, P305 BACK T, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTA, V1, P1 BACK T, 1997, IEEE T EVOLUTIONARY, V1, P3 BOYD NF, 1995, J NATL CANCER I, V87, P670 BYNG JW, 1996, PHYS MED BIOL, V41, P909 CHELLAPILLA K, 1998, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V2, P91 DERIN H, 1987, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V9, P39 EBERHART RC, 1998, EVOLUTIONARY PROGRAM, V7, P611 ECKERT R, 2002, P REV PROGR QNDE B, V22, P1735 FERRARI RJ, 2004, MED BIOL ENG COMPUT, V42, P378 FOGEL DB, 1991, SYSTEM IDENTIFICATIO FOGEL DB, 1994, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V5, P3 FOGEL DB, 1997, IEEE T EVOLUTIONARY, V1, P1 FOGEL DB, 2000, IEEE SPECTRUM, V37, P26 KARSSEMEIJER N, 1998, PHYS MED BIOL, V43, P365 KENNEDY J, 2001, SWARM INTELLIGENCE KULLBACK S, 1951, ANN MATH STAT, V22, P79 KUPINSKI MA, 1998, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V17, P510 LEI TH, 1992, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V11, P62 LI H, 2001, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V20, P289 LI HD, 1995, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V14, P565 LIANG ZR, 1994, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V13, P441 OJALA T, 2001, COMPUT MED IMAG GRAP, V25, P47 PARSOPOULOS KE, 2002, FR ART INT, V76, P214 PARSOPOULOS KE, 2004, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V8, P211, DOI 10.1109/tevc.2004.826076 PING ZL, 2005, J ZHEJIANG U SCI A, V6, P528 RISSANEN J, 1978, AUTOMATICA, V14, P465 ROSE K, 1993, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V15, P785 SCHROETER P, 1998, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V17, P172 SHI Y, 1998, EVOLUTIONARY PROGRAM, V7, P591 SHI Y, 1998, P 7 ANN C EV PROGR, P591 SHI Y, 1998, P IEEE INT C EV COMP, P69 SUCKLING J, 1994, DIGITAL MAMMOGRAPHY, P375 TABAR L, 1985, TEACHING ATLAS MAMMO VICTOIRE TAA, 2004, ELECTR POW SYST RES, V71, P51, DOI 10.1016/j.epsr.2003.12.017 VOUDOURIS C, 1998, BT TECHNOL J, V16, P46 WANG XD, 1998, BIO-MED MATER ENG, V8, P1 WANG Y, 1995, THESIS U MARYLAND CO WANG Y, 1997, J BIOMEDICAL OPTICS, V2, P211 WOLFE JN, 1976, CANCER, V37, P2486 XU L, 1995, CONVERGENCE PROPERTI YAO X, 1999, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V3, P82 ZHANG J, 1990, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V12, P1009 ZHANG YY, 2001, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V20, P45 ZWIGGELAAR R, 1999, MED IMAGE ANAL, V3, P39 NR 48 TC 2 PU IEEE-INST ELECTRICAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS INC PI PISCATAWAY PA 445 HOES LANE, PISCATAWAY, NJ 08855 USA SN 1089-7771 J9 IEEE TRANS INF TECHNOL BIOMED JI IEEE T. Inf. Technol. Biomed. PD OCT PY 2006 VL 10 IS 4 BP 685 EP 695 PG 11 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematical & Computational Biology; Medical Informatics GA 092VH UT ISI:000241124900006 ER PT S AU Remy, E Ruet, P Thieffry, D AF Remy, Elisabeth Ruet, Paul Thieffry, Denis TI Positive or negative regulatory circuit inference from multilevel dynamics SO POSITIVE SYSTEMS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN CONTROL AND INFORMATION SCIENCES LA English DT Article ID BEHAVIOR; NETWORKS; LAMBDA AB In the course of his work on the analysis of genetic regulatory networks represented by signed directed graphs, R. Thomas has proposed that the occurrence of a positive regulatory circuit is a necessary condition for the existence of multiple stable states, whereas a negative circuit is necessary to generate stable oscillations. Here, we formulate and prove a theorem establishing these rules in a multilevel discrete framework. C1 Univ Mediterranee, Inst Math Luminy, CNRS, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, Inst Biol Dev Marseille Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Remy, E, Univ Mediterranee, Inst Math Luminy, CNRS, 163 Ave de Luminy,Case 907, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM remy@iml.univ-mrs.fr ruet@iml.univ-mrs.fr thieffry@ibdm.univ-mrs.fr CR ARKIN A, 1998, GENETICS, V149, P1633 PERKINS TJ, 2004, J THEOR BIOL, V230, P289, DOI 10.1016/j.jtbi.2004.05.022 PTACHNE M, 1992, GENETIC SWITCH REMY E, 2005, 20058 IML REMY E, 2005, IN PRESS SPRINGER LN RICHARD A, 2005, 1232005 LAMI ROBERT F, 1995, SYSTEMES DYNAMIQUES SOULE C, 2005, COMPLEXUS, V1, P123 THIEFFRY D, 1995, B MATH BIOL, V57, P277 THOMAS R, 1981, SPRINGER SERIES SYNE, V9, P180 THOMAS R, 1995, B MATH BIOL, V57, P247 NR 11 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0170-8643 J9 LECT NOTE CONTR INFORM SCI PY 2006 VL 341 BP 263 EP 270 PG 8 SC Automation & Control Systems; Computer Science, Information Systems GA BEV70 UT ISI:000239627400034 ER PT S AU Lanquetin, S Raffin, R Neveu, M AF Lanquetin, Sandrine Raffin, Romain Neveu, Marc TI Generalized SCODEF deformations on subdivision surfaces SO ARTICULATED MOTION AND DEFORMABLE OBJECTS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB This paper proposes to define a generalized SCODEF deformation method on a subdivision surface. It combines an "easy-to-use" free-form deformation with a Loop subdivision algorithm. The deformation method processes only on vertices of an object and permits the satisfaction of geometrical constraints given by the user. The method controls the resulting shape, defining the range (i.e. the impact) of the deformation on an object before applying it. The deformation takes into account the Loop properties to follow the subdivision scheme, allowing the user to fix some constraints at the subdivision-level he works on and to render the final object at the level he wants to. We also propose an adaptive subdivision of the object driven by the deformation influence. C1 Univ Bourgogne, LE21, UMR 5158, CNRS,UFR Sci & Tech, F-21078 Dijon, France. Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, UMR 6168, CNRS, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Lanquetin, S, Univ Bourgogne, LE21, UMR 5158, CNRS,UFR Sci & Tech, BP 47870, F-21078 Dijon, France. EM slanquet@u-bourgogne.fr romain.raffin@up.univ-mrs.fr mneveu@u-bourgogne.fr CR AGRON P, 2002, FREE FORM DEFORMATIO BARR A, 1984, COMPUT GRAPH, V18, P21 BORREL P, 1990, DEFORMATIONS N DIMEN BORREL P, 1994, ACM T GRAPHIC, V13, P137 CATMULL E, 1978, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V10, P350 CHAIKIN GM, 1974, COMPUT GRAPHICS IMAG, V3, P346 COQUILLART S, 1990, ACM COMPUTER GRAPHIC, V24 DOO D, 1978, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V10, P356 EHMANN S, 2001, J VISUALIZATION COMP KHODAKOVSKY A, S SOL MOD APPL 1999, P203 LANQUETIN S, 2004, THESIS U BURGUNDY FR LANQUETIN S, 2005, INT C COMP METH SC A, V4, P311 LANQUETIN S, 2006, IN PRESS INT C COMP LEE A, 2000, P SIGGRAPH 2000, P85 LOOP C, 1987, THESIS U UTAH RAFFIN R, 1999, INT C SHAP MOD APPL, P219 SCHWEITZER JE, 1996, THESIS U WASHINGTON SEDERBERG TW, 1986, P SIGGRAPH 86, V20 SHIMIN H, 2001, VISUAL COMPUT, V17, P370 NR 19 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 4069 BP 132 EP 142 PG 11 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BEU83 UT ISI:000239560700014 ER PT J AU Chouadria, R Veron, P AF Chouadria, R. Veron, P. TI Identifying and re-meshing contact interfaces in a polyhedral assembly for digital mock-up SO ENGINEERING WITH COMPUTERS LA English DT Article DE assembly; polyhedral model; contact detection; triangulation ID COLLISION DETECTION; SIMPLIFICATION; ERROR AB Polyhedral models are widely used for applications such as manufacturing, digital simulation or visualization. They are discrete models; easy to store, to manipulate, allowing levels of resolution for visualization. They can be easily exchanged between CAD systems without loss of data. Previous works (Comput Aided Des 29(4):287-298, 1997, Comput Graphics 22(5):565-585, 1998) have focused on simplification process applied to polyhedral part models. The goal of the proposed approach is to extend these processes to polyhedral assembly models, describing the digital mock-up of a future manufacturing product. To apply simplification techniques or other processes on polyhedral assemblies, contact surfaces between interacting objects have to be identified and specific constraints must be applied for processing. The approach proposed allows checking and maintaining a global consistency of the assembly model to ensure the reliability of the future processes. Thus, contacts between objects are detected using an approach that works for a static configuration of the assembly. Finally, a precise detection of the faces involved in each contact area is made and the resulting input domains identified are processed using a local Frontal Delaunay re-meshing technique to produce an identical tessellation on both objects involved in the processed contact. The quality of the triangulation produced is also checked. C1 Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, Equipe Ingn Mecan Syst, LSIS, CNRS,UMR 6168, F-13627 Aix En Provence, France. RP Chouadria, R, Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, Equipe Ingn Mecan Syst, LSIS, CNRS,UMR 6168, 2 Cours Arts & Metiers, F-13627 Aix En Provence, France. EM rym.chouadria@aix.ensam.fr philippe.veron@aix.ensam.fr CR BEALL MW, 2003, P 12 INT MESH ROUNDT, P33 CHOUADRIA R, 2003, P CPI 2003 GEORGE PL, 1999, MAILLAGES APPL ELEME GOLDSTEIN BLM, 1998, BRIEF HIST EARLY PRO JIMENEZ P, 2001, COMPUT GRAPH-UK, V25, P269 KITAMURA Y, 1998, PRESENCE-TELEOP VIRT, V7, P36 LIN MC, 1998, P IMA C MATH SURF LOHNER R, 1988, NUMERICAL GRID GENER, P687 MCLEOD P, 2001, PRIME FARADAY WA NOV OWEN S, 1998, P 7 INT MESH ROUNDT PEBAY PP, 1998, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, P313 ROCK SJ, 1991, P SOL FREEF FABR S 1, P1 SHEPHARD MS, 1991, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V32, P709 VERON P, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P287 VERON P, 1998, COMPUT GRAPH, V22, P565 WATSON DF, 1981, COMPUT J, V24, P167 NR 16 TC 0 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0177-0667 J9 ENG COMPUT JI Eng. Comput. PD AUG PY 2006 VL 22 IS 1 BP 47 EP 58 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Mechanical GA 072HS UT ISI:000239665100005 ER PT J AU Outbib, R Dovifaaz, X Rachid, A Ouladsine, M TI A theoretical control strategy for a diesel engine SO JOURNAL OF DYNAMIC SYSTEMS MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME LA English DT Article AB In this paper we present a theoretical strategy for diesel engine control. More precisely, we propose a new approach to control the speed of the engine using the fuel rate as the control law and we show how this approach can be used to control the opacity. We first establish a mathematical model that describes the behavior of the engine. Afterward, we propose a new nonlinear method to design a controller for a class of nonlinear systems. The proposed method, based on Lyapunov theory, is used to design a smooth feedback law that renders the closed-loop system asymptotically stable around a desired engine speed value. Finally, simulation results are proposed to highlight the performances of the closed-loop system. C1 UTBM, L2ES, F-90010 Belford, France. UPJV, F-80000 Amiens, France. LSIS, IUSPIM, F-13013 Marseille, France. RP Outbib, R, UTBM, L2ES, F-90010 Belford, France. CR ALKIDAS AC, 1984, 840412 SAE AMSTUTZ A, 1995, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V3, P39 BACCIOTTI A, 1991, SSSERIES ADV MATH AP, V8 BERGLUND S, 1994, THESIS GOTEBORG BLANKE M, 1980, IFAC ADAPTIVE SYSTEM, P197 DUPRAZ P, 1998, AVCS 98 AM, P93 GREEVES G, 1981, 810260 SAE GUZZELLA L, 1998, IEEE CONTR SYST MAG, V18, P53 HAHN W, 1967, STABILITY MOTION HAN Z, 9606333 SAE HEYWOOD JB, 1988, INTERNAL COMBUSTION JANKOVIC M, 1997, 86 IEEE C DEC CONTR JENSEN JP, 1991, 910070 SAE KAO MH, 1995, ASME, V117, P20 KONSTANDOPOULOS AG, 1997, P 1 M GREEK SECT COM, P317 OUENOUGAMO S, 1999, THESIS U AMIENS FRAN SETOKLOSA H, 1987, CIMAC 87 WARSCH 17 I STEFANOPOULOU AG, 1998, P AMER CONTR CONF, P1383 STEFANOPOULOU AG, 1999, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V7, P555 TAKASHI S, 2001, JSAE REV, V22, P3 WATSON N, 1984, ASME, V106, P27 YOUNES R, 1993, THESIS ECOLE CENTRAL NR 22 TC 0 PU ASME-AMER SOC MECHANICAL ENG PI NEW YORK PA THREE PARK AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10016-5990 USA SN 0022-0434 J9 J DYN SYST MEAS CONTR JI J. Dyn. Syst. Meas. Control-Trans. ASME PD JUN PY 2006 VL 128 IS 2 BP 453 EP 457 PG 5 SC Automation & Control Systems; Instruments & Instrumentation GA 058KY UT ISI:000238665100032 ER PT S AU Essid, M Colonna, FM Boucelma, O Betari, A TI Querying mediated geographic data sources SO ADVANCES IN DATABASE TECHNOLOGY - EDBT 2006 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB With the proliferation of geographic data and resources over the Internet, there is an increasing demand for integration services that allow a transparent access to massive repositories of heterogeneous spatial data. Recent initiatives such as Google Earth are likely to encourage other companies or state agencies to publish their (satellite) data over the Internet. To fulfill this demand, we need at minimum an efficient geographic integration system. The goal of this demonstration is to show some new and enhanced features of the VirCIS geographic mediation system. C1 LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. Univ Aix Marseille 3, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Essid, M, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM mehdi.essid@lsis.org francois-marie.colonna@lsis.org omar.boucelma@lsis.org abdelkader.betari@lsis.org CR *GOOGL, GOOGL EARTH BET 3D I *OP, 2002, WEB FEAT SERV IMPL S BOUCELMA O, 2002, P 10 ACM INT S ADV G, P23 BOUCELMA O, 2004, LNCS, V3428, P81 BOUCELMA O, 2004, P ICDE 2004 BOST MAR ESSID M, 2004, P 12 ACM INT S ADV G, P101 NR 6 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 3896 BP 1176 EP 1181 PG 6 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BEF20 UT ISI:000237081600086 ER PT S AU Albert, P Henocque, L Kleiner, M TI A constrained object model for configuration based workflow composition SO BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT WORKSHOPS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Automatic or assisted workflow composition is a field of intense research for applications to the world wide web or to business process modeling. Workflow composition is traditionally addressed in various ways, generally via theorem proving techniques. Recent research [1] observed that building a composite workflow bears strong relationships with finite model search, and that some workflow languages can be defined as constrained object metamodels [2,3]. This lead to consider the viability of applying configuration techniques to this problem, which was proven feasible. Constrained based configuration expects a constrained object model as input. The purpose of this document is to formally specify the constrained object model involved in ongoing experiments and research using the Z specification language. C1 ILOG, Gentilly, France. LSIS, Marseille, France. RP Albert, P, ILOG, Gentilly, France. EM palbert@ilog.fr laurent.henoque@lsis.org mkleiner@ilog.fr CR ALBERT P, 2005, P INT C WEB SERV ICW BENJAMINS VR, 1998, INT J HUM-COMPUT ST, V49, P305 CARMAN M, 2003, P ICAPS03 INT C AUT CONSTANTINESCU I, 2004, P IEEE INT C WEB SER DIJKMAN R, 2004, 0409 U TWENTE NETHER FELFERNIG A, 2002, P 5 INT C UN MOD LAN, P49 GOMEZPEREZ A, 2004, 2004 AAAI SPRING S S GOODELL TT, 2001, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2, P1 HENOCQUE L, 2004, REV REAL ACAD CIENCI, P127 MCILRAITH S, 2002, P C KNOWL REPR REAS PISTORE M, 2004, P WORKSH PLANN SCHED RAO J, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT C WE SIRIN E, 2003, P ICEIS 2003 WORKSH SIRIN E, 2004, J WEB SEMANT, V1, P377 SPIVEY JM, 2001, Z NOTATION REFERENCE THAKKAR S, 2002, P AAAI 02 WORKSH INT VANDERAALST W, 2003, DESIGN IMPLEMENTATIO VANDERAALST W, 2003, DISTRIBUTED PARALLEL, P5 VUKOVIC M, 2004, IN PRESS P 2 INT C P YI X, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT C WE NR 20 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 3812 BP 102 EP 115 PG 14 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BED51 UT ISI:000236884100008 ER PT S AU Mansar, SL Reijers, HA Ounnar, F TI BPR implementation: A decision-making strategy SO BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT WORKSHOPS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID BUSINESS PROCESS REDESIGN AB To support the efficient appraisal and selection of available best practices, this paper proposes a strategy for the implementation of Business Process Redesign (BPR). Its backbone is formed by the analytical hierarchy process (AHP) multi-criteria method and our earlier research on the popularity and impact of redesign:best practices. Using (AHP) we derive a classification of most suitable best practices for the process being redesigned. Criteria such as the popularity, the impact, the goals and the risks of BPR implementation are taken into account. A case study of a municipality in the Netherlands is included. It discusses which best practices should be applied to redesign the invoicing process at the municipality. C1 Zayed Univ, Business Sci Coll, Dubai, U Arab Emirates. Eindhoven Univ Technol, Dept Technol Management, NL-5600 MB Eindhoven, Netherlands. Univ Paul Cezanne, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, UMR 6168, CNRS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Mansar, SL, Zayed Univ, Business Sci Coll, POB 19282, Dubai, U Arab Emirates. EM Selma.limammansar@zu.ac.ae h.a.reijers@trn.tue.nl fouzia.ounnar@lsis.org CR ALMASHARI M, 1999, BUSINESS PROCESS MAN, V5, P87 ALTER AE, 1990, CIO, V4, P32 BASHEIN BJ, 1994, INFORMATION SYST SPR, P7 BELTON V, 1983, OMEGA-INT J MANAGE S, V11, P228 BOUYSSOU D, 2000, EVALUATION DECISION CROWE TJ, 2002, BUSINESS PROCESS MAN, V8, P490 DAVENPORT T, 1993, PROCESS INNOVATION R DAVENPORT TH, 1990, SLOAN MANAGE REV, V31, P11 DAVIDSON WH, 1993, IBM SYST J, V32, P65 DYER JS, 1990, MANAGE SCI, V36, P249 GROVER V, 1995, J MANAGEMENT INFORMA, V12, P109 GUIMARAES T, 1996, INT J OPER PROD MAN, V16, P5 HAMMER M, 1993, REENGINEERING CORPOR MANSAR L, 2004, P 2004 RES C INN INF MANSAR SL, 2005, COMPUT IND, V56, P457, DOI 10.1016/j.compind.2005.01.001 MAULL RS, 2003, INT J OPER PROD MAN, V23, P596, DOI 10.1108/01443570310476645 MIN DM, 1996, DECIS SUPPORT SYST, V18, P97 NISSENME, 1988, MIS Q, V22, P509 OUNNAR F, 1999, THESIS NAT POLYTECHN OUNNAR F, 2005, IN PRESS INT J LOGIS RANDALL A, 1993, BUSINESS PROCESS RED REIJERS HA, 2003, DESIGN CONTROL WORKF REIJIERS HA, 2005, OMEGA-INT J MANAGE S, V33, P283, DOI 10.1016/j.omega.2004.04.012 SAATY T, 1980, ANAL HIERARCHY PROCE NR 24 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2006 VL 3812 BP 421 EP 431 PG 11 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BED51 UT ISI:000236884100034 ER PT J AU Grimaldi, A Vialettes, B Brun, JM Halimi, S TI Glycemic increase at the end of the day: data of the Aladdin study SO DIABETES & METABOLISM LA French DT Meeting Abstract C1 Grp Hosp Pitie Salpetriere, Serv Diabetol, F-75634 Paris, France. Hop Enfants La Timone, Serv Endocrinol Diabetol, Marseille, France. Complexe Hosp Bocage, Serv Diabetol, Dijon, France. CHU Grenoble, Serv Endocrinol Nutr Diabetol, F-38043 Grenoble, France. NR 0 TC 0 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9 PA 21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE SN 1262-3636 J9 DIABETES METAB JI Diabetes Metab. PD MAR PY 2006 VL 32 SU Suppl. 1 BP S91 EP S91 PG 1 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA 026NB UT ISI:000236344600299 ER PT J AU De Luca, L Veron, P Florenzano, M TI Reverse engineering of architectural buildings based on a hybrid modeling approach SO COMPUTERS & GRAPHICS-UK LA English DT Article DE architectural knowledge; laser scanning; image-based modeling; range-based modeling; feature-based modeling ID SIMPLIFICATION; RECONSTRUCTION; ERROR AB This article presents a set of theoretical reflections and technical demonstrations that constitute a new methodological base for the architectural surveying and representation using computer graphics techniques. The problem we treated relates to three distinct concerns: the surveying of architectural objects, the construction and the semantic enrichment of their geometrical models, and their handling for the extraction of dimensional information. A hybrid approach to 3D reconstruction is described. This new approach combines rang-e-based modeling and image-based modeling techniques: it integrates the concept of architectural feature-based modeling. To develop this concept set up a first process of extraction and formalization of architectural knowledge based on the analysis of architectural treaties is carried oil. Then, the identified Features are used to produce a template shape library. Finally the problem of the overall model structure and organization is addressed. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, UMR 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. Ecole Architecture Marseille, Grp Rech Applicat Methodes Sci A Architecture & U, Equipe GAMSU, UMR CNRS MCC 694 MAP, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Veron, P, Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, UMR 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, 2 Cours Arts & Metiers, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. EM philippe.veron@ensam.fr CR BARBER D, 2001, CIPA S POTSD GERM BERNARDINI F, 2002, IEEE COMPUT GRAPH, V22, P59 BLAISE JY, 2004, P EVA EL VIS ARTS 04 CURLESS B, 1996, P SIGGRAPH 96 DEBEVEC PE, 1996, THESIS U CALIFORNIA DEKEYSER F, 2003, P ISPRS C VIS TECHN DOCCI M, 2000, GEOMETRICA ARCHITETT ELHAKIM S, 2002, P ISPRS WORKSH SCANN FAUGERAS O, 1998, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V69, P292 GOULD D, 2002, COMPLETE MAYA PROGRA GOULETTE F, 1999, MODELISATION 3D AUTO HARTLEY R, 2004, MULTIPLE VIEW GEOMET LEIBOWITZ D, 1999, P EUR 99 LICHTENSTEIN J, 1989, COULEUR ELOQUENTE MIGLIARAI R, 2001, TEORIA RILIEVO PALLADIO AL, 1965, 4 BOOKS ARCHITECTURE POLLEFEYS M, 1999, INT J COMPUT VISION, V32, P7 RATTNER D, 1998, PARALLEL CLASSICAL O REMONDINO F, 2003, P ISPRS INT WORKSH V SEQUEIRA V, 2001, SPIE P, V4309, P126 TREVISAN C, 2002, DISEGNARE IDEE IMMAG, P44 TSAI RY, 1986, P IEEE C COMP VIS PA TZONIS A, 1986, CLASSICAL ARCHITECTU VERON P, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P287 VERON P, 1998, COMPUT GRAPH, V22, P565 WITTKOWER R, 1998, ARCHITECTURAL PRINCI NR 26 TC 1 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0097-8493 J9 COMPUT GRAPH-UK JI Comput. Graph.-UK PD APR PY 2006 VL 30 IS 2 BP 160 EP 176 PG 17 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 028OQ UT ISI:000236498000002 ER PT J AU Glotin, H Tollari, S Giraudet, P TI Shape reasoning on mis-segmented and mis-labeled objects using approximated Fisher criterion SO COMPUTERS & GRAPHICS-UK LA English DT Article DE LDA; approximation; shape; segmentation; mis-label; high-dimensional problem; classification; CBIR; COREL ID LINEAR DISCRIMINANT-ANALYSIS; IMAGE SEGMENTATION; CLASSIFICATION; RECOGNITION; PICTURES AB To automatically determine semantics of a shape or to generate a set of keywords that describe the content of a given image is a difficult problem due to: (a) the high-dimensional problem, (b) the unsolved automatic object segmentation (mis-segmentation), and (c) the lack of well-labeled large image database (mis-labeling). In order to tackle (a), despite (b), (c) and the expensive handy image segmentation and labeling, visual features should be automatically selected to convey the most robust and discriminant information without requiring too computational cost. Therefore, we propose a novel method: 'Approximation of Linear Discriminant Analysis' (ALDA), which is more generic than LDA: ALDA does not require explicit class labeling of each training samples. We theoretically show that under weak assumption, ALDA allows efficient ranking estimation of the discriminant powers of the visual features. We apply ALDA on COREL database (I OK images, 267 words) with Normalized Cuts segmentation algorithm. First, we demonstrate an image classification gain of 43%, while reducing features set by a factor 10. Secondly, we demonstrate that for some words (like 'Door', 'Flag'), even low-level shape features (convex hull, or moment of inertia) are more discriminant than any color or texture features. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Sud Toulon Var, UMR 6168, CNRS, Syst & Informat Sci Lab, F-83957 La Garde, France. Univ Sud Toulon Var, Dept Biol, F-83957 La Garde, France. RP Glotin, H, Univ Sud Toulon Var, UMR 6168, CNRS, Syst & Informat Sci Lab, BP 20132, F-83957 La Garde, France. EM glotin@univ-tln.fr CR AMSALEG L, 2004, MULTIMED TOOLS APPL, V23, P221 BARNARD K, 2003, COMPUTER VISION PATT, P675 BARNARD K, 2003, J MACH LEARN RES, V3, P1107 DUDA RO, 2000, PATTERN CLASSIFICATI GLOTIN H, 2005, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3708, P170 GLOTIN H, 2005, P IEEE EURASIP 4 CON GOSSELIN PH, 2004, ACM WORKSH COMP VIS, P51 LI J, 2003, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V25, P1075 LIU QS, 2002, P INT C AUT FAC GEST, P197 LUETTIN J, 2001, P IEEE INT C ASSP MARTINEZ AM, 2004, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V95, P72, DOI 10.1016/j.cviu.2004.01.003 MONAY F, 2003, ACM MULTIMEDIA, P275 MULLER H, 2002, CHALLENGE IMAGE VIDE NETI C, 2001, P IEEE WORKSH MULT S, P619 ORDOWSKI M, 2004, PATTERN RECOGN, V37, P421, DOI 10.1016/j.patcog.2003.07.002 PENG J, 2003, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V14, P940, DOI 10.1109/TNN.2003.813835 ROSIN PL, 2005, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V99, P175, DOI 10.1016/j.cviu.2005.03.003 SHI JB, 2000, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V22, P888 SWETS DL, 1996, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V18, P831 TANASE M, 2005, THESIS UTRECHT U NET TOLLARI S, 2005, MULTIMED TOOLS APPL, V25, P405, DOI 10.1007/s11042-005-6543-6 TOLLARI S, 2006, P IEEE INT C AC SPEE VELTKAMP R, 1999, STATE OF THE ART CON, P97 YANG H, 2003, PATTERN RECOGN, V36, P563 NR 24 TC 1 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0097-8493 J9 COMPUT GRAPH-UK JI Comput. Graph.-UK PD APR PY 2006 VL 30 IS 2 BP 177 EP 184 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 028OQ UT ISI:000236498000003 ER PT J AU Laurent, E Ward, P Williams, AM Ripoll, H TI Expertise in basketball modifies perceptual discrimination abilities, underlying cognitive processes, and visual behaviours SO VISUAL COGNITION LA English DT Article ID EYE-MOVEMENTS; FIXATION POSITION; CHANGE-BLINDNESS; SIMILARITY; FEATURES; REPRESENTATIONS; CATEGORIZATION; SEARCH; SCENE AB In this paper, the links between cognitive constraints, visual behaviours, and perceptual judgements are examined. Two experiments investigated the perceptual processes employed during same-different judgement tasks. In Experiment 1, experts' eye movements (i.e., number of fixations and fixation duration) were consistent across discrepant source and target conditions where the number of displaced elements was manipulated. In contrast, novices decreased the number of fixations employed as the number of elements displaced increased. The findings are consistent with the view that both experts and novices process information in a manner (relational or attributional) that constrains the type of visual search used (low or high sensitive to attributional change). In Experiment 2, manipulation of target presentation confirmed that recognition was viewpoint dependent for both expert and novice players. The degradation in performance was accompanied by a change in the visual search behaviours employed by experts, which confirmed the strength of the search-cognition-performance links. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, IFR Marey, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. ERGOS, PERF COM, La Garde, France. Florida State Univ, Learning Syst Inst, Tallahassee, FL USA. Liverpool John Moores Univ, Inst Sport & Exercise Sci, Liverpool, Merseyside, England. RP Laurent, E, CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, IFR Marey, CP910, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. EM paperic@free.fr CR BIEDERMAN I, 1987, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V13, P640 GAUTHIER I, 2002, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V28, P431 GENTNER D, 1997, AM PSYCHOL, V52, P45 GENTNER D, 1998, COGNITION, V65, P263 GOLDSTONE R, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V123, P178 GOLDSTONE RL, 1991, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V23, P222 GOLDSTONE RL, 1998, COGNITION, V65, P231 HENDERSON JM, 1999, PSYCHOL SCI, V10, P438 HOLLINGWORTH A, 2001, MEM COGNITION, V29, P296 HOLYOAK KJ, 1987, MEM COGNITION, V15, P332 HOWELL DC, 1998, METHODES STAT SCI HU HUMMEL JE, 1997, PSYCHOL REV, V104, P427 LAURENT E, 2002, P 7 ANN C EUR COLL S, V2, P609 LAURENT E, 2002, PSYCOLOQUY, V13 LAURENT E, 2003, INTELLECTICA, V36, P385 LIVERSEDGE SP, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P6 MACK A, 2000, INATTENTIONAL BLINDN MARKMAN AB, 1993, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V25, P431 MARKMAN AB, 2000, AM J PSYCHOL, V113, P501 MARKMAN AB, 2001, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V52, P223 MEDIN DL, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P254 MEDIN DL, 1995, PSYCHON B REV, V2, P1 MUNAKATA Y, 2001, TRENDS COGN SCI, V5, P309 NOE A, 2000, PSYCHE, V6 OREGAN JK, 1999, NATURE, V398, P34 OREGAN JK, 2001, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V24, P973 PYLYSHYN Z, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P341 RAYNER K, 1998, PSYCHOL BULL, V124, P372 REINGOLD EM, 2001, PSYCHOL SCI, V12, P48 RENSINK RA, 2000, VIS COGN, V7, P345 RENSINK RA, 2002, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V53, P245 RIPOLL H, 2001, DAWN NEW MILLENNIUM, V2, P283 ROSS BH, 1987, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V13, P629 SALVUCCI DD, 2001, COGNITIVE SCI, V25, P67 SCHYNS PG, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P681 SCHYNS PG, 1998, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V21, P1 SIMONS DJ, 1997, TRENDS COGN SCI, V1, P261 SIMONS DJ, 1998, PSYCHON B REV, V5, P644 SIMONS DJ, 1999, PERCEPTION, V28, P1059 SLOMAN SA, 1998, COGNITION, V65, P87 WERNER S, 2000, VIS COGN, V7, P163 WILCOX RR, 1987, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V38, P29 ZELINSKY GJ, 2001, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V63, P209 NR 43 TC 2 PU PSYCHOLOGY PRESS PI HOVE PA 27 CHURCH RD, HOVE BN3 2FA, EAST SUSSEX, ENGLAND SN 1350-6285 J9 VIS COGN JI Vis. Cogn. PD JAN PY 2006 VL 13 IS 2 BP 247 EP 271 PG 25 SC Psychology, Experimental GA 014AP UT ISI:000235451400005 ER PT S AU Giordano, L Gliozzi, V Olivetti, N Pozzato, GL TI Analytic tableaux for KLM preferential and cumulative logics SO LOGIC FOR PROGRAMMING, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE, AND REASONING, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article ID CONDITIONAL LOGICS AB We present tableau calculi for some logics of default reasoning, as defined by Kraus, Lehmann and Magidor. We give a tableau proof procedure for preferential and cumulative logics. Our calculi are obtained by introducing suitable modalities to interpret conditional assertions. Moreover, they give a decision procedure for the respective logics and can be used to establish their complexity. C1 Univ Piemonte Orientale A Avogadro, Dipartimento Informat, Alessandria, Italy. Univ Turin, Dipartimento Informat, I-10149 Turin, Italy. Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Marseille, France. Univ Turin, Dipartimento Informat, I-10149 Turin, Italy. RP Giordano, L, Univ Piemonte Orientale A Avogadro, Dipartimento Informat, Alessandria, Italy. EM laura@mfn.unipmn.it gliozzi@di.unito.it nicola.olivetti@univ.u-3mrs.fr pozzato@di.unito.it CR ARTOSI A, 2002, J LOGIC COMPUT, V12, P1027 BOUTILIER C, 1994, ARTIF INTELL, V68, P87 CROCCO G, 1992, P 3 INT C PRINC KNOW, P565 FRIEDMAN N, 2000, ACM T COMPUTATIONAL, V1, P175 FRIEDMAN N, 2001, J ACM, V48, P648 GABBAY DM, 1985, LOGICS MODELS CONCUR, P439 GIORDANO L, 2003, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2796, P81 GORE R, 1999, HDB TABLEAU METHODS, P297 HEUERDING A, 1996, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V1071, P210 KATSUNO H, 1996, P IJCAI 91, P406 KRAUS S, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V44, P167 LEHMANN D, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V55, P1 SHOHAM Y, 1987, P 2 IEEE S LOG COMP, P275 NR 13 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2005 VL 3835 BP 666 EP 681 PG 16 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BDQ21 UT ISI:000234875300046 ER PT J AU Giambiasi, N Carmona, JC TI Generalized discrete event abstraction of continuous systems: GDEVS formalism SO SIMULATION MODELLING PRACTICE AND THEORY LA English DT Article DE discrete systems; discrete event model : DEVS; G-DEVS; hybrid continuous systems; piecewise linear trajectory AB In this paper, we propose to model basic continuous component of dynamic systems in a way that facilitate the transposition to a G-DEVS model, which is a paradigm that offers the ability to develop a uniform approach to model hybrid systems (abstraction closer to real systems), i.e. composed of both continuous and discrete components. In that, our approach is clearly a discrete event approach where the choice of the time interval between two steps of calculation is based on the behavior changes of the process and no longer constant and/or a priori given, the underlying objective being to strictly satisfy to a given accuracy with a low computational cost. More precisely, we present a generalized discrete event model of an integrator using polynomial descriptions of input-output trajectories. We shall show its great capability of easily handling the delicate problem of input discontinuities, and a detailed comparison with classical discrete time simulation methods, will demonstrate its relevant properties. Several examples, including a complete hybrid system, will illustrate our results. (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Giambiasi, N, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM norbert.giambiasi@lsis.org CR ASTRON K, 1998, 12 ESM MANCH JUN CARMONA JC, 2004, J INTELL ROBOT SYST, V41, P37 CARSTEN T, 1994, AIS 94, P208 CHICOIX C, 1976, DES AUT C SAN FRANC CLARK D, 2000, IEEE COMPUT, V33, P2 DAMIBA A, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL ESCUDE B, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL FREY P, 1997, PROC INT CONF PARAL, P227 GHOSH S, 1993, P 7 WORKSH PAR DISTR, P163 GHOSH S, 1996, ESS 1996 GEN IT GHOSH S, 2001, MODELING SIMULAT MAY GIAMBIASI N, 1994, EUR SIM S TURK OCT GIAMBIASI N, 2000, AIS 2000 TUCS US MAR GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 GIAMBIASI N, 2001, SCSI, P4 HOARE C, 1989, P IEEE, V77 LUH CJ, 1993, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V23, P42 NAAMANE A, 1997, 30 ISATA FLOR IT JUN OTTER M, 1999, CASCD 99 AUG 22 26 H PRAEHOFER H, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P219 WANG Q, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P241 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELLI ZEIGLER B, 1990, MODULAR MODELS ZEIGLER BP, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P72 NR 25 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1569-190X J9 SIMUL MODEL PRACT THEORY JI Simul. Model. Pract. Theory PD JAN PY 2006 VL 14 IS 1 BP 47 EP 70 PG 24 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 002TB UT ISI:000234633300003 ER PT J AU Van De Vlag, D Vasseur, B Stein, A Jeansoulin, R TI An application of problem and product ontologies for the revision of beach nourishments SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE problem ontology; product ontology; quality issues; fitness for use; accuracy assessment; coastal movement; object determination AB An ontological approach in GIS serves as a framework for the conceptualization of processes in the real world. In this paper, we examine an application in coastal change in the Netherlands, whereby beaches are subject to artificial nourishment to offset the effect of severe erosion. The use of ontologies helps to define two scenarios: S-I determined by the regulations from the Ministry for Public Works; S-II grounded on the abilities from an existing spatial dataset. A comparison between S-I and S-II shows that 72.8% of the objects suitable and unsuitable for nourishment are correctly classified. A higher overlap is found in areas where actual beach nourishments were carried out. Inaccuracies in attributes influence the determination of the objects. A sensitivity analysis applied to altitude illustrates a significant increase of objects suitable for nourishment for both scenarios, when altitude is decreased within the lower limit of the root mean square error for the 95% confidence interval. Moreover, the sensitivity of altitude shows that artificial boundaries for beach nourishment objects are not reasonable and consequently should be treated as vague objects. C1 Int Inst Geoinformat Sci & Earth Observ, Dept Earth Observ Syst, NL-7500 AA Enschede, Netherlands. Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Van De Vlag, D, Int Inst Geoinformat Sci & Earth Observ, Dept Earth Observ Syst, POB 6, NL-7500 AA Enschede, Netherlands. EM vandevlag@itc.nl CR 1994, CENTC287 *FGDC, 2000, FGDCSTD0011998 *ISO, 2000, 19115 ISODIS AALDERS HJG, 1998, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATI, P463 BEDARD Y, 1995, QUALITE DONNEES REFE BRASSEL K, 1995, ELEMENTS SPATIAL DAT, P81 BURROUGH PA, 1998, PRINCIPLES GEOGRAPHI CARTER RWG, 1988, INTRO PHYS ECOLOGICA CHANDRASEKARAN B, 1998, P KAW98 11 WORKSH KN CHANDRASEKARAN B, 1999, IEEE INTELL SYST APP, V14, P20 CHENG T, 1999, THESIS ENSCHEDE WAGE CHENG T, 2002, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V68, P41 CHRISMAN NR, 1983, INT S AUT CART DERUIG JHM, 1991, J COASTAL RES, V7, P1013 EDWARDS G, 2004, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V18, P303, DOI 10.1080/13658810410001672863 ELEVELD MA, 1996, PARTNERSHIP COASTAL, P491 ELEVELD MA, 1999, THESIS AMSTERDAM FRANK AU, 1991, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATI, P129 FRANK AU, 1997, SPATIAL TEMPORAL REA, P135 GOODCHILD MF, 1995, ELEMENTS SPATIAL DAT, P81 GRUNINGER M, 1995, METHODOLOGY DESIGN E GUARINO N, 1995, VERY LARGE KNOWLEDGE, P25 GUPTILL SC, 1995, ELEMENTS SPATIAL DAT JAKEMAN AJ, 1995, MODELLING CHANGE ENV, R17 JEANSOULIN R, 2002, 8 EC GI GIS WORKSH D JURAN JM, 1974, QUALITY OCNTROL HDB KAHN B, 1998, P 1998 C INF QUAL CA, P102 KUHN W, 2001, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V15, P613 MOLENAAR M, 1998, INTRO THEORY SPATIAL NOY N, 2001, ONTOLOGY DEV 101 GUI ROELSE P, 2002, WATER ZAND BALANS EV ROY AJO, 2001, IST199914189 REVGIS VASSEUR B, 2003, P 6 AG C GEOGR INF S, P497 VEREGIN H, 1999, GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMA, V1, P177 WANG RY, 1996, J MANAGEMENT INFORMA, V12, P5 WILSON N, 2002, SURVEY NUMERICAL UNC NR 36 TC 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1365-8816 J9 INT J GEOGR INF SCI JI Int. J. Geogr. Inf. Sci. PD NOV PY 2005 VL 19 IS 10 BP 1057 EP 1072 PG 16 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Geography; Geography, Physical; Information Science & Library Science GA 999VX UT ISI:000234420100004 ER PT S AU Lassoued, Y Boucelma, O TI Managing web GIS quality SO WEB INFORMATION SYSTEMS ENGINEERING - WISE 2005 WORKSHOPS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Data quality descriptions play a key role in Geographic Information Systems (GIS). With the availability of geographic data sources over the internet, there is a real issue to be addressed, that is how to ensure quality of web-based heterogeneous GIS. The issue is threefold: first, we have to per-form data integration, second we have to manage the quality information if any, and third, we have to provide a mechanism that mixes two technologies, which, to the best of our knowledge has not yet been fully addressed. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille, France. Univ Paul Cezanne, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Lassoued, Y, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM yassine.lassoued@lsis.org omar.boucelma@lsis.org CR *ISO TC, 211 ISO TC *MET AD HOK WORK G, 1998, CONT STAND DIG GEOSP AMANN B, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2519, P429 BENOIT D, 1997, QUALITE BASE DONNEES BUNEMAN P, 2001, WORLD WIDE WEB, P201 COLONNA FM, 2003, P 1 C SCI TECHN INF COX S, 2001, GEOGRAPHY MARKUP LAN CRANSTON CB, 1999, INTEROP99 WIEDERHOLD G, 1992, IEEE COMPUT, V25, P38 NR 9 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3807 BP 11 EP 20 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BDJ42 UT ISI:000233807000002 ER PT J AU Cheutet, V Catalano, CE Pernot, JP Falcidieno, B Giannini, F Leon, JC TI 3D sketching for aesthetic design using fully free-form deformation features SO COMPUTERS & GRAPHICS-UK LA English DT Article DE computational geometry and object modelling; computer-aided design; 3D sketching ID SHAPE DESIGN; SURFACES AB This paper addresses the designers' activity and in particular the way designers express an object shape in 2D sketches through character lines and how these lines form a basis for sketching shapes in 3D. The tools currently available in commercial CAS/CAD systems to manipulate the digital models are still not sufficiently suited to support design. In this paper, the so-called fully free-form deformation features (delta-F-4) are introduced as a modelling method to take into account the curve-oriented stylists' way of working. Both the advantages of a free-form surface deformation method and a feature-based approach are merged to define these high-level modelling entities allowing for a direct manipulation of surfaces through a limited number of intuitive parameters. Such features incorporate several characteristics designed to handle the uncertainties and/or inconsistencies of the designer's input during a sketching activity. In addition, a delta-F-4 classification is proposed to enable a fast access to the desired shape according to its semantics and characteristics. (c) 2005 Published by Elsevier Ltd. C1 CNR, Ist Matemat Applicata & Tecnol Informat, I-16149 Genoa, Italy. UJF, Lab 3S, Integrated Design Project, CNRS,INPG,UMR 5521, F-38041 Grenoble, France. LSIS, IMS, CER, ENSAM, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. RP Cheutet, V, CNR, Ist Matemat Applicata & Tecnol Informat, Via Marini,6, I-16149 Genoa, Italy. EM vincent.cheutet@hmg.inpg.fr chiara.catalano@ge.imati.cnr.it jean-philippe.pernot@aix.ensam.fr bianca.falcidieno@ge.imati.cnr.it franca.giannini@ge.imati.cnr.it jean-claude.leon@hmg.inpg.fr CR AU CK, 2000, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V32, P63 BARONE M, 2004, SKETCHBASED INTERFAC, P19 CATALANO CE, 2004, THESIS U GENOA CAVENDISH JC, 1995, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG, V15 CHEUTET V, 2004, P ASME DETC DAC C SE CHEUTET V, 2004, SKETCH BASED INTERFA, P9 CHEUTET V, 2005, P ASME DAC C SEPT 24 FONTANA M, 2000, INT J SHAPE MODELLIN, V6, P273 GUILLET S, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V30, P621 HU SM, 2001, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V33, P903 HUI KC, 2002, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V34, P583 JAMES DL, 1999, COMPUTER GRAPHICS SI LEYTON MA, 1998, ARTIF INTELL, V34, P213 MICHALIK P, 2002, SOLID MODELING 2002, P297 PERNOT JP, 2004, THESIS U GENOA PERNOT JP, 2005, J COMPUT INF SCI ENG, V5, P95, DOI 10.1115/1.1884146 PERNOT JP, 2005, J ENG DESIGN, V16, P115, DOI 10.1080/09544820500031617 POLDERMANN B, 1995, INT S TOOLS METH CON, V58, P59 RAFFIN R, 1999, SHAPE MODELING INT C SCHEK HJ, 1974, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V3, P115 SHAH JJ, 1995, PARAMETRIC FEATURE B TAKALA T, 1988, THEORETICAL FDN COMP TAURA T, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V30, P29 VANDENBERG E, 2003, SPECIFICATION FREEDO VANDIJK CGC, 1997, COMPUT IND, V34, P125 VERGEEST JSM, 2001, SHAP MOD INT C GEN I, P20 VOSNIAKOS G, 1999, INT J ADV MANUF TECH, V15, P188 XIE H, 2001, SHAP MOD INT C GEN I, P267 ZHANG M, 2001, SHAP MOD INT C GEN I, P257 ZHENG JM, 1999, SOL MOD INT C, P33 NR 30 TC 2 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0097-8493 J9 COMPUT GRAPH-UK JI Comput. Graph.-UK PD DEC PY 2005 VL 29 IS 6 BP 916 EP 930 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 994ZR UT ISI:000234070200010 ER PT S AU Henocque, L Kleiner, M Prcovic, N TI Advances in polytime isomorph elimination for configuration SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2005, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID GENERATION; SYSTEMS; GRAPHS AB An inherent and often very underestimated difficulty in solving configuration problems is the existence of many structural isomorphisms. This issue of considerable importance attracted little research interest despite its applicability to almost all configuration problems. We define two search procedures allowing the removal of large portions of the search space that provably solely contain non canonical solutions. The tests performed on each node are time polynomial. Experimental results are reported on a simple generic configuration example. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 2, Fac St Jerome, LSIS, F-13013 Marseille, France. Univ Aix Marseille 3, Fac St Jerome, LSIS, F-13013 Marseille, France. RP Henocque, L, Univ Aix Marseille 2, Fac St Jerome, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13013 Marseille, France. EM laurent.henocque@lsis.org mathias.kleiner@lsis.org nicolas.prcovic@lsis.org CR AMILHASTRE J, 2002, ARTIF INTELL, V135, P199 BACKOFEN R, 1999, P CP 99, P73 BARKER VE, 1989, COMMUN ACM, V32, P298 BRINKMANN G, 1996, J GRAPH THEOR, V23, P139 GENT I, 2000, P ECAI GRANDCOLAS S, 2003, P CP 2003 GRANDCOLAS S, 2003, PRUNING ISOMORPHIC S HENOCQUE L, 2004, P 16 IEEE INT C TOOL LUKS E, 1982, J COMPUTER SYSTEM SC, V25, P42 MAILHARRO D, 1998, ENG DESIGN MANUFACTU, P383 MCDERMOTT J, 1982, ARTIF INTELL, V19, P39 MCKAY BD, 1981, C NUMERANTIUM, V30, P45 MCKAY BD, 1998, J ALGORITHM, V26, P306 MESEGUER P, 2001, ARTIF INTELL, V29, P133 MITTAL S, 1990, P 8 NAT C ART INT, P25 PUGET JF, 2000, P CP 02 READ RC, 1978, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V2, P107 SABIN D, 1996, ART INT MAN RES PLAN, P153 SOININEN T, 2001, P AAAI SPRING S ANSW, P195 STUMPTNER M, 1997, AI COMMUN, V10, P111 VANHENTENRICK P, 2003, P IJCAI 03, V3, P277 NR 21 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3709 BP 301 EP 313 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BDI18 UT ISI:000233596400024 ER PT S AU Jegou, P Ndiaye, SN Terrioux, C TI Computing and exploiting tree-decompositions for solving constraint networks SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2005, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Methods exploiting tree-decompositions seem to provide the best approach for solving constraint networks w.r.t. the theoretical time complexity. However, they have not shown a real practical interest yet. In this paper, we study several methods for computing a rough optimal tree-decomposition and assess their relevance for solving CSPs. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Jegou, P, Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM philippe.jegou@univ.u-3mrs.fr samba-ndojh.ndiaye@univ.u-3mrs.fr cyril.terrioux@univ.u-3mrs.fr CR AMIR E, 2001, P 17 C UNC ART INT U, P7 ARNBORG S, 1987, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V8, P277 BERRY A, 1999, P SODA JAN DECHTER R, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, V38, P353 GOLUMBIC MC, 1980, ALGORITHMIC GRAPH TH GOTTLOB G, 2002, P ECAI, P161 JEGOU P, 2003, ARTIF INTELL, V146, P43, DOI 10.1016/S0004-3702(02)00400-9 JEGOU, 2005, LSISRR2005005 KJAERULFF U, 1990, TRIANGULATION GRAPHS KOSTER AMC, 2001, TREEWIDTH COMPUTATIO ROSE DJ, 1976, SIAM J COMPUT, V5, P266 TARJAN RE, 1984, SIAM J COMPUT, V13, P566 NR 12 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3709 BP 777 EP 781 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BDI18 UT ISI:000233596400063 ER PT S AU Prcovic, N TI Extremal CSPs SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2005, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB We present a new class of binary CSPs called extremal CSPs. The CSPs of this class are inconsistent but would become consistent if any pair of variable assignments among the forbidden ones was allowed. Being inconsistent, they cannot be solved by any local repair method. As they allow a great number of partial (almost complete) solutions, they can be very hard to solve with tree search methods integrating domain filtering. We experiment that balanced extremal CSPs are much harder to solve than random CSPs of same size at the complexity peak. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS, Fac St Jerome, F-13013 Marseille, France. RP Prcovic, N, Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS, Fac St Jerome, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13013 Marseille, France. EM nicolas.prcovic@lsis.org CR HULUBEI T, 1999, CSP LIB MCKAY BD, 1981, C NUMERANTIUM, V30, P45 NR 2 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3709 BP 807 EP 811 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BDI18 UT ISI:000233596400069 ER PT S AU Clouchoux, C Coulon, O Riviere, D Cachia, A Mangin, JF Regis, J TI Anatomically constrained surface parameterization for cortical localization SO MEDICAL IMAGE COMPUTING AND COMPUTER-ASSISTED INTERVENTION - MICCAI 2005, PT 2 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID GENERIC MODEL; CORTEX AB We present here a method that aims at defining a surface-based coordinate system on the cortical surface. Such a system is needed for both cortical localization and intersubject matching in the framework of neuroiniaging. We propose an automatic parameterization based on the spherical topology of the grey/white matter interface of each hemisphere and on the use of naturally organized and reproducible anatomical features. From those markers used as initial constraints, the coordinate system is propagated via a PDE solved on the cortical surface. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab LSIS, Marseille, France. CEA, DSV, SHFJ, Equipe UNAF, Orsay, France. Serv Neurochirurg Fonct & Stereotax, Marseille, France. RP Clouchoux, C, CNRS, UMR 6168, Lab LSIS, Marseille, France. CR BRECHBUHLER C, 1995, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V61, P154 CACHIA A, 2003, MED IMAGE ANAL, V7, P403, DOI 10.1016/S1361-8415(03)00031-8 CHUNG M, 2004, IEEE INT S BIOM IM I CLOUCHOUX C, 2004, LNCS ESSEN DCV, 1997, J NEUROSCI, V17, P7079 FISCHL B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P195 FRISTON KJ, 1995, HUMAN BRAIN MAPPING, V2, P165 LOHMANN G, 2000, MED IMAGE ANAL, V4, P179 MANGIN JF, 1995, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V5, P297 MANGIN JF, 1996, IEEE SIAM WORKSH MAT, P319 ONO M, 1990, ATLAS CEREBRAL SULCI REGIS J, 1995, STEREOT FUNCT NEUROS, V65, P72 REGIS J, 2005, NEUROL MED-CHIR, V45, P1 RIVIERE D, 2002, MED IMAGE ANAL, V6, P77 TODD PH, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V97, P529 TORO R, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1468, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.008 NR 16 TC 3 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3750 BP 344 EP 351 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BDG25 UT ISI:000233356900043 ER PT J AU Mokart, D Leone, M Sannini, A Brun, JP Tison, A Delpero, JR Houvenaeghel, G Blache, JL Martin, C TI Predictive perioperative factors for developing severe sepsis after major surgery SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF ANAESTHESIA LA English DT Article DE complications, postoperative sepsis; sepsis, predictors; surgery, major, cancer ID INFLAMMATORY RESPONSE SYNDROME; INTENSIVE-CARE-UNIT; CRITICALLY-ILL PATIENTS; ORGAN DYSFUNCTION; CONSENSUS CONFERENCE; SURGICAL-PATIENTS; SYNDROME SIRS; SEPTIC SHOCK; MORTALITY; EPIDEMIOLOGY AB Background. Early identification of high-risk patients undergoing major surgery can result in an aggressive management affecting the outcome. Methods. We designed a prospective cohort study of 93 adult patients undergoing major oncological surgery to identify the predictive risk factors for developing postoperative severe sepsis. Results. Nineteen of 93 patients developed a severe sepsis after surgery; seven of the septic patients died in intensive care unit. Multivariate analysis discriminated preoperative and postoperative (first and second day after surgery) predictive risk factors. The postoperative severe sepsis was independently associated with preoperative factors like male gender (OR 4.7, 95% CI between 1.5 and 15.5, P < 0.01) and Charlson co-morbidity index (OR 1.3, 95% CI between 1.07 and 1.6, P < 0.01). After the surgery, the presence of systemic inflammatory response syndrome (OR 4.0, 95% CI between 1.02 and 15.7, P < 0.05) and a logistic organ dysfunction score on day 2 (OR 3.3, 95% CI between 1.9 and 5.7, P < 0.001) were found as independent predictive factors. Conclusion. We have shown that some of the markers that can be easily collected in the preoperative or postoperative visits can be used to screen the patients at high risk for developing severe sepsis after major surgery. C1 Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Intens Care Unit, F-13009 Marseille, France. Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Anesthesiol, F-13009 Marseille, France. Hop Nord Marseille, Dept Anesthesiol & Intens Care, Marseille, France. Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Surg, F-13009 Marseille, France. RP Mokart, D, Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Intens Care Unit, F-13009 Marseille, France. EM mokartd@marseille.fnclcc.fr CR ADRIE C, 2005, J CRIT CARE, V20, P46, DOI 10.1016/j.jcrc.2004.10.005 ANGELE MK, 1997, ARCH SURG-CHICAGO, V132, P1207 ANGELE MK, 2000, SHOCK, V14, P81 ANGUS DC, 2001, CRIT CARE MED, V29, P1303 BOCHICCHIO GV, 2002, J TRAUMA, V53, P245, DOI 10.1097/01.TA.0000022086.35916.D6 BONE RC, 1992, CHEST, V101, P1481 DELLINGER RP, 2004, CRIT CARE MED, V32, P858 DESBOROUGH JP, 2000, BRIT J ANAESTH, V85, P109 FAIST E, 1997, CURR OPIN CRIT CARE, V3, P293 HOTCHKISS RS, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V348, P138 KEATS AS, 1978, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V49, P233 KNAUS WA, 1985, CRIT CARE MED, V13, P818 LEGALL JR, 1993, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V270, P2957 LEGALL JR, 1996, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V276, P802 LEONE M, 2004, J INFECT DIS, V189, P339 LIEM BJ, 2002, J CANCER EDUC, V17, P138 LOBO SMA, 2000, CRIT CARE MED, V28, P3396 MARTIN C, 1999, ENCY MED CHIR ANESTH MENGER MD, 1996, INTENS CARE MED, V22, P616 MOKART D, 2002, BRIT J SURG, V89, P1450 MOKART D, 2005, BRIT J ANAESTH, V94, P767, DOI 10.1093/bja/aei143 MONK TG, 2005, ANESTH ANALG, V100, P4, DOI 10.1213/01.ANE.0000147519.82841.5E MUCKART DJJ, 1997, CRIT CARE MED, V25, P1789 OSBORN TM, 2004, CRIT CARE MED, V32, P2234, DOI 10.1097/01.CCM.0000145586.23276.0F RIVERS E, 2001, NEW ENGL J MED, V345, P1368 SOUFIR L, 1999, INFECT CONT HOSP EP, V20, P396 SQUADRONE V, 2005, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V293, P589 TALMOR M, 1999, ARCH SURG-CHICAGO, V134, P81 TIMSIT JF, 2002, CRIT CARE MED, V30, P2003, DOI 10.1097/01.CCM.0000025210.75241.3E VELASCO E, 1996, AM J INFECT CONTROL, V24, P1 NR 30 TC 2 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0007-0912 J9 BRIT J ANAESTH JI Br. J. Anaesth. PD DEC PY 2005 VL 95 IS 6 BP 776 EP 781 PG 6 SC Anesthesiology GA 985TC UT ISI:000233400400010 ER PT J AU Simao, E Remy, E Thieffry, D Chaouiya, C TI Qualitative modelling of regulated metabolic pathways: application to the tryptophan biosynthesis in E.Coli SO BIOINFORMATICS LA English DT Article ID PETRI NETS; ESCHERICHIA-COLI; TRP OPERON; SYSTEMS; ATTENUATION; INHIBITION; NETWORKS; BIOLOGY; GRAPHS AB Motivation: The integrated dynamical modelling of mixed metabolic/genetic networks constitutes one of the challenges of systems biology. Furthermore, as most of available data about genetic and metabolic regulations are qualitative, there is a pressing need for rigorous qualitative mathematical approaches. Results: On the basis of two established formalisms, the logical modelling of genetic regulatory networks and the Petri net modelling of metabolic networks, we propose a systematic approach for the modelling of regulated metabolic networks. This approach leans on previous work defining a systematic procedure to translate logical regulatory graphs into standard (discrete) Petri nets (PNs). This approach is illustrated by the qualitative modelling of the biosynthesis of tryptophan (Trp) in Escherichia coli, taking into account two types of regulatory feedbacks: the direct inhibition of the first enzyme of the pathway by the final product of the pathway, and the transcriptional inhibition of the Trp operon by the Trp-repressor complex. On the basis of this integrated PN model, we further indicate how available dynamical analysis tools can be applied to obtain significant insights in the behaviour of the system. C1 Inst Dev Biol, F-13288 Marseille, France. Inst Math Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Lab Engn Genom, BR-88040900 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil. RP Chaouiya, C, Inst Dev Biol, Campus Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. EM chaouiya@ibdm.univ-mrs.fr CR BHARTIYA S, 2003, EUR J BIOCHEM, V270, P2644, DOI 10.1046/j.1432-1033.2003.03641.x CHAOUIYA C, 2003, LECT NOTES CONTR INF, V294, P119 CHAOUIYA C, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3099, P137 DEJONG H, 2002, J COMPUT BIOL, V9, P67 GOSS PJE, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P6750 HEINER M, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3099, P216 KUFFNER R, 2000, BIOINFORMATICS, V16, P825 MATSUNO H, 2003, IN SILICO BIOL, V3, P389 MURATA T, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P541 REDDY VN, 1996, COMPUT BIOL MED, V26, P9 REMY E, 2005, 102005 IML SANTILLAN M, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P1364 SANTILLAN M, 2004, J THEOR BIOL, V231, P287, DOI 10.1016/j.jtbi.2004.06.023 THOMAS R, 1995, B MATH BIOL, V57, P247 XIU ZL, 2002, BIOTECHNOL PROGR, V18, P686, DOI 10.1021/bp020552n YANOFSKY C, 2004, TRENDS GENET, V20, P367, DOI 10.1016/j.tig.2004.06.007 ZEVEDEIOANCEA I, 2003, IN SILICO BIOL, V3, P323 NR 17 TC 7 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 1367-4803 J9 BIOINFORMATICS JI Bioinformatics PD SEP PY 2005 VL 21 SU Suppl. 2 BP 190 EP 196 PG 7 SC Biochemical Research Methods; Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematical & Computational Biology; Statistics & Probability GA 971YN UT ISI:000232421000032 ER PT S AU Benferhat, S Bennaim, J Jeansoulin, R Khelfallah, M Lagrue, S Papini, O Wilson, N Wurbel, E TI Belief revision of GIS systems: The results of REV!GIS SO SYMBOLIC AND QUANTITATIVE APPROACHES TO REASONING WITH UNCERTAINTY, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB This paper presents a synthesis of works performed on the practical tractability of revision on geographic information within the european REV!GIS project(1). It surveys different representations of the revision problem as well as different implementations of the adopted stategy: Removed Set Revision (RSR). A comparison of the representation formalisms is provided, a formal and an experimental comparison is conducted on the various implementations on real scale applications in the context of GIS. C1 Univ Artois, CNRS, CRIL, F-62307 Lens, France. Univ Sud Toulon & Var, CNRS, LSIS, F-83957 La Garde, France. CMI Technopole Chateau Gombert, CNRS, LSIS, F-13353 Marseille, France. CMI Technopole Chateau Gombert, CNRS, LIF, F-13353 Marseille, France. Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Cork, Cork, Ireland. RP Benferhat, S, Univ Artois, CNRS, CRIL, Rue Jean Souvraz, F-62307 Lens, France. EM benferhat@cril.univ-artois.fr jbennaim@lif.univ-mrs.fr jeansoulin@cmi.uni-mrs.fr mahat@cmi.uni-mrs.fr lagrue@cri1.univ-artois.fr papini@univ-tln.fr n.wilson@4C.ucc.ie wurbel@univ-tln.fr CR BELLICHA A, 1995, ACT 5 J NAT PRC GDR, P159 BENFERHAT S, 1993, P 13 INT JOINT C ART, P640 BENNAIM J, 2004, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, P604 BRYANT RE, 1986, IEEE T COMPUT, V35, P8 DEKLEER J, 1986, ARTIF INTELL, V28, P127 DEKLEER J, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V45, P381 EEN N, 2003, P ICTAS 03 JEANSOULIN R, 2000, TEMPS ESPACE EVOLUTI, P293 KHELFALLAH M, 2003, 3134 REVIGIS LAGRUE S, 2004, P DEXA 04 NEBEL B, 1992, BELIEF REVISION, P52 NIEMELA I, 1997, P 4 INT C LOG PROGR, P420 PAPINI O, 1992, P ECAI92, P339 RACLOT D, 1998, REV INT GEOMATIQUE, V8, P191 WILSON N, 2002, LOGIC LINEAR CONSTRA WILSON N, 2003, 3134 REVIGIS WURBEL E, 2000, P 7 PRINC KNOWL REPR, P505 WURBEL E, 2001, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2143, P454 NR 18 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3571 BP 452 EP 464 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BCQ50 UT ISI:000230770500039 ER PT S AU Khelfallah, M Benhamou, B TI A local fusion method of temporal information SO SYMBOLIC AND QUANTITATIVE APPROACHES TO REASONING WITH UNCERTAINTY, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Information often comes from different sources and merging these sources usually leads to apparition of inconsistencies. Fusion is the operation which consists in restoring the consistency of the merged information by changing a minimum of the initial information. There are many fields or applications where the information can be represented by simple linear constraints. For instance in scheduling problems, some geographic information can be also expressed by linear constraints. In this paper, we are interested in linear constraints fusion in the framework of simple temporal problems (STPs). We propose a fusion method and we experiment with it on random temporal problem instances. C1 CMI Technopole Chateau Gombert, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille, France. RP Khelfallah, M, CMI Technopole Chateau Gombert, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille, France. EM mahat@cmi.univ-mrs.fr Belaid.Benhamou@cmi.univ-mrs.fr CR BENFERHAT S, 1997, STUDIA LOGICA, V58, P17 CORMEN T, 1990, INTRO ALGORITHMS DECHTER R, 1991, ARTIF INTELL, V49, P61 GAREY M, 1979, COMPUTERS INTRACTABI KHELFALLAH M, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3249, P265 KHELFALLAH M, 2004, P 14 EUR C ART INT E, P828 KOLISCH R, 2001, OMEGA-INT J MANAGE S, V29, P249 KONIECZNY S, 2002, P 8 INT C PRINC KNOW, P97 KUPER G, 2000, CONSTRAITN DATABASES LEISERSON CE, 1983, P 21 ANN ALL C COMM, P204 LIA YZ, 1983, IEEE T COMPUT AID D, V2, P62 LIN J, 1999, APPL LOGIC SERIES, V12 RIGAUX P, 2002, SPATIAL DATABASES AP SHOSTAK R, 1981, J ACM, V28, P769 NR 14 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3571 BP 477 EP 488 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BCQ50 UT ISI:000230770500041 ER PT S AU Estratat, M Henoeque, L TI An intuitive tool for constraint based grammars SO CONSTRAINT SOLVING AND LANGUAGE PROCESSING SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article ID CONFIGURATION AB dRecent linguistic theories are feature-based and heavily rely upon the concept of constraint. Several authors have pointed out the similarity existing between the representation of the features in feature-based theories and the notions of objects or frames. Object-oriented configuration allows us to deal with these modern grammars. We propose here a systematic translation of the concepts and constraints introduced by two linguistic formalisms: the recent property grammars and the HPSG theory, to configuration problems representing specific target languages. We assess the usefulness of these translations by studying first a natural language subset with lexical ambiguities, using property grammars. Detailed explanations on the solver's behavior are given in this case. The article then presents a configuration model for a fragment of the HPSG grammar for English, together with details on implementing HPSG principles as configuration constraints. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Estratat, M, Univ Aix Marseille 3, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM mathieu.estratat@lsis.org laurent.henocque@lsis.org CR BLACHE P, 2001, GRAMMAIRES PROPRIETE DUCHIER D, 1999, 6 M MATH LANG ORL FL, P115 DUCHIER D, 2001, P 39 INT C ACL 2001, P180 ESTRATAT M, 2004, P EUR C ART INT ECAI, P591 ESTRATAT M, 2004, P TRAIT AUT LANG NAT, P163 FELFERNIG A, 2002, P 5 INT C UN MOD LAN, P49 FLEISCHANDERL G, 1998, IEEE INTELLIGENT SYS, V13 GAZDAR G, 1985, GEN PHRASE STRUCTURE GROUP OM, 2004, 20 UML OMG MAILHARRO D, 1998, AI EDAM, V12, P383 MITTAL S, 1990, P 8 NAT C ART INT, P25 NEBEL B, 1990, LECT NOTES ARTIFICAL, V422 POLLARD C, 1994, HEAD DRIVEN PHRASE S SMOLKA G, 1994, J LOGIC PROGRAM, V18, P229 SOININEN T, 2001, P AAAI SPRING S ANSW, P195 STUMPTNER M, 1997, AI COMMUN, V10, P111 NR 16 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2005 VL 3438 BP 121 EP 139 PG 19 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BCO65 UT ISI:000230427600008 ER PT S AU Boucelma, O Colonna, FM TI Mediation for online geoservices SO WEB AND WIRELESS GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Interoperating Geographic Information Systems (GIS) poses several challenges. First, despite OpenGIS Consortium recommendations, GML is an emerging standard. Second, each GIS provides its own proprietary format as well as its specific query language; while geographic resources axe designed for a variety of different purposes, Finally, orthogonal directions in the design of geographic resources may affect the semantics of the data they contain and impair their integration. With the proliferation of GIS data and resources over the Internet, there is an increasing demand for robust geospatial information services that allow federation/interoperation of massive repositories of heterogeneous spatial data and metadata. The purpose of this paper is to show how mediation - a data integration technique - can help in building such a Web-based required geospatial service. This technique has been fully implemented in the context of a geographic mediation/wrapper system that provides an integrated view of the data together with a spatial query language. As a proof of concept, we deployed the service in building a prototype for an interoperability application involving several catalogues of satellite images. C1 CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille, France. Univ Aix Marseille 3, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Boucelma, O, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM Omar.Boucelma@lsis.org Francois-Marie.Colonna@lsis.org CR *OP GIS CONS, 2003, OP GIS SPEC *OP GIS, 2001, 01029 OP GIS *OP GIS, 2001, OGC REQ 13 OP GIS WE *OP GIS, 2003, 02023R4 OP GIS *WORLD WID WEB CON, 2003, W3C SPEC AMANN B, 2002, MOVE MEANINGFUL INTE, P429 BEECH D, 1999, FORMAL DATA MODEL AL BOUCELMA O, 2002, ACM GIS02 NOV, P23 BOUCELMA O, 2004, ICDE04 BOSTON US MAR CORCOLES JE, 2002, ACM GIS01 NOV, P112 EGENHOFER MJ, 1994, IEEE T KNOWL DATA EN, V6, P86 ESSID M, 2004, P 12 INT S ACM GIS W RIGAUX P, 2001, SPATIAL DATABASES AP VATSAVAI RR, 2002, UCGIS SUMMER 2002 AT WANG F, 2000, CSIT2000 NR 15 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2005 VL 3428 BP 81 EP 93 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BCO06 UT ISI:000230369300007 ER PT J AU Espinasse, B Franchesquin, N TI Multiagent modeling and simulation of hydraulic management of the Camargue SO SIMULATION-TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE multiagent system; modeling; simulation; negotiation; human-influenced ecosystem; hydraulic management; Camargue AB Modeling and simulation of human-influenced ecosystems require the integration of natural and decision-making processes. In such ecosystems, natural resource management aims at protecting natural areas while enabling human activities that contribute to these area characteristics. The object of this research is the modeling and simulation of the hydraulic management of the Camargue ecosystem with a multiagent system. The authors first present the problematics of this hydraulic management, its objectives, and a formalization of the different decision processes centered on a social contract and associated with two main phases: the contract elaboration phase and the contract realization phase. They present conceptual modeling and multiagent with details on agent models, agent behaviors, and negotiation models. C1 Univ Aix Marseille, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Espinasse, B, Univ Aix Marseille, LSIS, CNRS, UMR 6168, Domaine Univ St Jerome, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM bernard.espinasse@univ.u-3mrs.fr CR *FDN INT PHYS AG, 1997, SPEC VERS 2 0 2 BECU N, 2003, ECOL MODEL, V170, P319, DOI 10.1016/S0304-3800(03)00236-9 BOUSQUET F, 1994, THESIS U C BERNARD I CHAUVELON P, 1996, THESIS U MONTPELLIER DAVIS R, 1988, READINGS DISTRIBUTED, V333, P356 DEADMAN P, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P121 DELOACH S, 1999, WORKSH AG OR INF SYS DERVIEUX A, 2002, FAIRE SAVOIRS, V2, P65 FARANTIN P, 2000, THESIS U LONDON FEUILLETTE S, 2003, ENVIRON MODELL SOFTW, V18, P413, DOI 10.1016/S1364-8152(03)00006-9 FRANCHESQUIN N, 2000, AGENT BASED SIMULATI FRANCHESQUIN N, 2001, MULT BAS MOD SIM WOR FRANCHESQUIN N, 2003, AGENT BASED SIMULATI FRIEDMANHILL J, 1998, SAND988206 DISTR COM GINDRE D, 1999, US EAU EQ HYDR CAM C, P44 HEURTEAUX P, 1992, ANN LIMNOL, V28, P157 HILL DR, 2000, THESIS U BLAIZE PASC JENNINGS NR, 1995, APPL ARTIF INTELL, V9, P357 KINNY D, 1996, INTELLIGENT AGENT, V3 PICON B, 1988, ACTES SUD ARLES ROSENSCHEIN JS, 1994, T SYSTEMS MAN CYBERN, V11, P1317 TRANVOUEZ E, 1998, ACT JOURN FRANC INT NR 22 TC 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMUL-TRANS SOC MODEL SIMUL I JI Simul.-Trans. Soc. Model. Simul. Int. PD MAR PY 2005 VL 81 IS 3 BP 201 EP 221 PG 21 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 935TN UT ISI:000229806400004 ER PT J AU Wainer, GA Giambiasi, N TI Cell-DEVS/GDEVS for complex continuous systems SO SIMULATION-TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE DEVS models; Cell-DEVS models; GDEVS; cellular automata; discrete event simulation; heart tissue modeling; Hodgkin-Huxley model ID MODELS AB The Cell-Discrete Event System Specification (Cell-DEVS) formalism allows defining asynchronous cell spaces with explicit timing delays (based on the specifications of the DEVS formalism). The authors used Cell-DEVS to solve different applications and go one step further in the definition of complex continuous systems by combining Cell-DEVS and Generalized DEVS (GDEVS). They focus on a model describing the electrical behavior of the heart tissue, as previous research in this field has thoroughly studied this problem using differential equations and cellular automata. The authors show that they can provide adequate levels of precision at a fraction of the computing cost of differential equations. Their thesis is that the use of the GDEVS formalism is perfectly suited to attack problems such as this one, improving complex systems analysis. The authors show that their approach permits making models easily extensible to provide different actions in different cells while not affecting performance. C1 Carleton Univ, Dept Syst & Comp Engn, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille 3, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Wainer, GA, Carleton Univ, Dept Syst & Comp Engn, 4456 Mackenzie Bldg,1125 Colonel Dr, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada. EM Gabriel.Wainer@sce.carleton.ca CR ALBERTS B, 1983, MOL BIOL CELL AMEGHINO J, 2000, P 32 SCS SUMM COMP S AMEGHINO J, 2001, P 34 IEEE SCS ANN SI ASCHENBRENNE RT, 2000, INT J BIOELECTROMAGN, V2 DESANMIGUEL L, 2001, IMPLEMENTING HODGKIN FENTON FH, 2000, COMPUT CARDIOL, V27, P251 GIAMBIASI N, 1998, J EUR SYSTEMS AUTOMA, V32, P275 GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 GOLDSCHLAGER N, 1989, PRINCIPLES CLIN ELEC HODGKIN AL, 1952, J PHYSIOL, V117, P500 NAAMANE A, 1998, IEE ELECT LETT, V34, P1615 SAXBERG B, 1991, THEORY HEART SIPPER M, 1999, IEEE COMPUTER JUL, P18 TALIA D, 2000, IEEE COMPUTER SEP, P44 TAYLOR M, 1996, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL TOFFOLI T, 1987, CELLULAR AUTOMATA MA TROCCOLI A, 2002, P 35 IEEE SCS ANN SI WAINER G, 2000, P AIS 2000 TUCSON AZ WAINER G, 2001, DISCRETE EVENT MODEL WAINER G, 2001, SIMULATION, V71, P22 WAINER G, 2002, SOFTWARE PRACT EXPER, V32, P1261, DOI 10.1002/spe.482 WOLFRAM S, 1986, THEORY APPL CELLULAR WOLFRAM S, 2002, NEW KIND SCI ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER BP, 1998, DEVS THEORY QUANTIZA NR 25 TC 2 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMUL-TRANS SOC MODEL SIMUL I JI Simul.-Trans. Soc. Model. Simul. Int. PD FEB PY 2005 VL 81 IS 2 BP 137 EP 151 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 926WG UT ISI:000229153800005 ER PT J AU Carmona, J TI Asymptotic support and growth of proper functions on a semi-single symmetric space SO JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS LA French DT Article DE harmonic analysis; symmetric spaces; eigenfunctions; support ID DISCRETE-SERIES; EIGENFUNCTIONS AB We associate several distribution boundary values to an eigenfunction with moderate growth on a riemannian symmetric space G/K; the associated character of the algebra D(G/K) of invariant differential operators is allowed to be non-regular. We prove results on the support of these boundary values. These allow us to recover the theorems of Matsuki-Oshima and Oshima on the equivalence between growth of an eigenfunction and limitations on the supports of its boundary values. Our approach is based on an asymptotic analysis that makes no use of hyperfunction theory. © 2005 Published by Elsevier Inc. C1 CNRS, Fac Sci Luminy, UPR 9016, Inst Math Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Carmona, J, CNRS, Fac Sci Luminy, UPR 9016, Inst Math Luminy, 163 Ave Luminy,Case 907, F-13288 Marseille, France. EM cannona@iml.univ-mrs.fr CR CARMONA J, 1997, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V491, P17 CARMONA J, 2001, J FUNCT ANAL, V182, P16 DELORME P, 1998, ANN MATH, V147, P417 DIXMIER J, 1974, ALGEBRES ENVELOPPANT FLENSTEDJENSEN M, 1980, ANN MATH, V111, P253 MATSUKI T, 1979, J MATH SOC JAPAN, V31, P331 MATSUKI T, 1988, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P531 OSHIMA T, 1984, ADV STUDIES PURE MAT, V4, P331 OSHIMA T, 1986, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P561 OSHIMA T, 1986, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P603 VANDENBAN E, ARXIVMATHRT0107063 VANDENBAN E, ARXIVMATHRT0111304 VANDENBAN E, 2001, EUR C MATH BARC 2000, V1 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V380, P108 VANDENBAN EP, 1989, INVENT MATH, V98, P639 VANDENBAN EP, 1992, J FUNCT ANAL, V109, P331 VANDENBAN EP, 1997, ANN MATH, V145, P267 VANDENBAN EP, 1999, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V182, P25 WALLACH NR, 1983, LECT NOTES MATH, V1024 NR 19 TC 0 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0022-1236 J9 J FUNCT ANAL JI J. Funct. Anal. PD JUN 1 PY 2005 VL 223 IS 1 BP 1 EP 27 PG 27 SC Mathematics GA 926DZ UT ISI:000229104500001 ER PT J AU Kempf, MC Andres, A Morel, P Benhamou, PY Bayle, F Kessler, L Badet, L Thivolet, C Penfornis, A Renoult, E Brun, JM Atlan, C Renard, E Colin, C Milliat-Guittard, L Pernin, N Demuylder-Mischler, S Toso, C Bosco, D Berney, T CA GRAGIL grp TI Logistics and transplant coordination activity in the GRAGIL Swiss-French Multicenter Network of Islet Transplantation SO TRANSPLANTATION LA English DT Article DE islet transplantation; collaborative network; islet isolation; organ allocation ID SUCCESS; LANGERHANS; ELSEWHERE; PANCREAS AB Background. Since the Edmonton trial in 2000, increasing numbers of transplant centers have been implementing islet transplantation programs. Some institutions have elected to associate in multicenter networks, such as the Swiss-French GRAGIL (Groupe Rhin-Rhone-Alpes-Geneve pour la Transplantation dIlots de Langerhans) consortium. Methods. All pancreata offers to the University of Geneva Cell Isolation and Transplantation Center from within the network in 2002 and 2003 were reviewed. Islet preparations were attributed to the most suitable recipient on a centrally managed waiting list. All shipments were performed by ambulance in less than 5 hr. Results. Over the period of study, 260 pancreata were offered, from a total of 1,304 cadaveric donors in the four allocation regions (20%). Fifty-two patients were on the waiting list at any time during this 2-year period. The percentage of organs offered varied in the range of 0.5% to 42%, depending on region of origin, with a correlation with number of patients on the waiting list in each region. Of these, 104 (40%) were accepted for processing. Ninety-two pancreata were actually processed, resulting in 42 islet preparations being transplanted. The number of international equivalents of transplanted preparations was 378,500 &PLUSMN; 16,000 versus 165,400 &PLUSMN; 15,400 (P < 0.0001) for nontransplanted preparations. Total cold ischemia time was 6 &PLUSMN; 0.3 hr for transplanted preparations versus 6.7 &PLUSMN; 0.4 hr for nontransplanted preparations (not significant). Conclusions. A high rate of pancreas offers, successful isolation, and islet transplantation can be achieved in multicenter networks such as GRAGIL. Such an approach can expand both the donor pool and the recipient population. C1 Univ Hosp Geneva, Cell Isolat & Transplantat Ctr, Dept Surg, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland. Grenoble Univ, Ctr Hosp, Dept Urol Nephrol & Endocrinol, Grenoble, France. Strasbourg Univ Hosp, Dept Diabetes Endocrinol, Strasbourg, France. Lyon Univ, Ctr Hosp, Dept Urol, Lyon, France. Lyon Univ, Ctr Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, Lyon, France. Univ Besancon, Ctr Hosp, Dept Diabetes Endocrinol, Besancon, France. Nancy Univ, Ctr Hosp, Dept Nephrol, Vandoeuvre Les Nancy, France. Univ Dijon, Ctr Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, F-21004 Dijon, France. Marseille Univ, Ctr Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, Marseille, France. Univ Montpellier, Ctr Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, F-34059 Montpellier, France. Lyon Univ, Ctr Hosp, Dept Med Informat, Lyon, France. RP Berney, T, Univ Hosp Geneva, Cell Isolat & Transplantat Ctr, Dept Surg, 24 Rue Micheli Crest, CH-1211 Geneva, Switzerland. EM thierry.berney@hcuge.ch CR ALABDULLAH IH, 2002, TRANSPLANTATION S, V74, P555 AULT A, 2003, LANCET, V361, P2054 BAIDAL DA, 2003, CELL TRANSPLANT, V12, P809 BARSHES NR, 2004, TRANSPLANT P, V36, P1127, DOI 10.1016/j.transproceed.2004.04.057 BENHAMOU PY, 1994, TRANSPLANTATION, V57, P1804 BENHAMOU PY, 2001, DIABETOLOGIA, V44, P859 BERNEY T, 2003, TRANSPLANTATION S, V76, S23 BERNEY T, 2004, CURR OPIN ORGAN TRAN, V9, P72 BERNEY T, 2004, TRANSPLANT P S, V36, S362, DOI 10.1016/j.transproceed.2003.12.035 BERNEY T, 2004, TRANSPLANT P, V36, P1121, DOI 10.1016/j.transproceed.2004.04.027 BRENDEL MD, 2001, INT ISLET TRANSPLANT GOSS JA, 2003, TRANSPLANTATION, V76, P199, DOI 10.1097/01.TP.0000073976.26604.96 GOSS JA, 2004, TRANSPLANTATION, V77, P462, DOI 10.1097/01.TP.0000100397.86756.A3 GUIGNARD AP, 2004, DIABETES CARE, V27, P895 KESSLER L, 2004, TRANSPLANTATION, V77, P1301, DOI 10.1097/01.TP.0000122223.79315.5D LAKEY JRT, 1996, TRANSPLANTATION, V61, P1047 LEE TC, 2004, TRANSPLANTATION, V78, P481, DOI 10.1097/01.TP.0000128910.41921.4B LUNDGREN T, 2004, TRANSPLANTATION S2, V78, P178 MATHE Z, 2004, TRANSPLANTATION S, V78, P353 OBERHOLZER J, 2000, TRANSPLANTATION, V69, P1115 RABKIN JM, 1999, AM J SURG, V177, P423 RICORDI C, 1988, DIABETES, V37, P413 SHAPIRO AMJ, 2000, NEW ENGL J MED, V343, P230 SHAPIRO AMJ, 2003, LANCET, V362, P1242 NR 24 TC 8 PU LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106-3621 USA SN 0041-1337 J9 TRANSPLANTATION JI Transplantation PD MAY 15 PY 2005 VL 79 IS 9 BP 1200 EP 1205 PG 6 SC Immunology; Surgery; Transplantation GA 925HT UT ISI:000229044900045 ER PT J AU Mokart, D Merlin, M Sannini, A Brun, JP Delpero, JR Houvenaeghel, G Moutardier, V Blache, JL TI Procalcitonin, interleukin 6 and systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS): early markers of postoperative sepsis after major surgery SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF ANAESTHESIA LA English DT Article DE complications, sepsis; complications, SIRS; polypeptides, cytokines, interleukin 6; protein, procalcitonin; surgery ID NECROSIS-FACTOR-ALPHA; C-REACTIVE PROTEIN; SEPTIC SHOCK; COMPLICATIONS; INFECTION; DISEASE; TRAUMA; PLASMA; SERUM AB Background. Patients who undergo major surgery for cancer are at high risk of postoperative sepsis. Early markers of septic complications would be useful for diagnosis and therapeutic management in patients with postoperative sepsis. The aim of this study was to investigate the association between early (first postoperative day) changes in interleukin 6 (IL-6), procalcitonin (PCT) and C-reactive protein (CRP) serum concentrations and the occurrence of subsequent septic complications after major surgery. Methods. Serial blood samples were collected from 50 consecutive patients for determination of IL-6, PCT and CRP serum levels. Blood samples were obtained on the morning of surgery and on the morning of the first postoperative day. Results. Sixteen patients developed septic complications during the first five postoperative days (group 1), and 34 patients developed no septic complications (group 2). On day 1, PCT and IL-6 levels were significantly higher in group 1 (P-values of 0.003 and 0.006, respectively) but CRP levels were similar. An IL-6 cut-off point set at 310 pg ml(-1) yielded a sensitivity of 90% and a specificity of 58% to differentiate group 1 patients from group 2 patients. When associated with the occurrence of SIRS on day 1 these values reached 100% and 79%, respectively. A PCT cut-off point set at 1.1 ng ml(-1) yielded a sensitivity of 81% and a specificity of 72%. When associated with the occurrence of SIRS on day 1, these values reached 100% and 86%, respectively. Conclusions. PCT and IL-6 appear to be early markers of subsequent postoperative sepsis in patients undergoing major surgery for cancer. These findings could allow identification of postoperative septic complications. C1 Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Anaesthesiol & Intens Care Unit, F-13273 Marseille, France. Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Biol Lab, F-13273 Marseille, France. Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Surg, F-13273 Marseille, France. RP Mokart, D, Inst J Paoli I Calmettes, Dept Anaesthesiol & Intens Care Unit, 232 Blvd St Marguerite, F-13273 Marseille, France. EM mokartd@marseille.fnclcc.fr CR ASSICOT M, 1993, LANCET, V341, P515 BAIGRIE RJ, 1992, BRIT J SURG, V79, P757 BIFFL WL, 1996, ANN SURG, V224, P647 BONE RC, 1992, CRIT CARE MED, V20, P864 BRUNKHORST FM, 1999, CRIT CARE MED, V27, P2172 CHARLSON ME, 1987, J CHRON DIS, V40, P373 HANLEY JA, 1982, RADIOLOGY, V143, P29 HARBARTH S, 2001, AM J RESP CRIT CARE, V164, P396 HAUPT W, 1996, EUR J SURG, V162, P769 HENEY D, 1992, J INFECT DIS, V165, P886 HENSEL M, 1998, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V89, P93 KARZAI W, 1997, INFECTION, V25, P329 KNAUS WA, 1985, CRIT CARE MED, V13, P818 MARTIN C, 1997, CRIT CARE MED, V25, P1813 MEISNER M, 1998, INTENS CARE MED, V24, P680 MIMOZ O, 1998, INTENS CARE MED, V24, P185 MOKART D, 2002, BRIT J SURG, V89, P1450 OBERHOFFER M, 1999, CRIT CARE MED, V27, P1814 PITTET D, 1995, INTENS CARE MED, V21, P302 RANGELFRAUSTO MS, 1995, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V273, P117 REITH HB, 1998, DIGEST SURG, V15, P260 RIVERS E, 2001, NEW ENGL J MED, V345, P1368 UGARTE H, 1999, CRIT CARE MED, V27, P498 VELASCO E, 1996, AM J INFECT CONTROL, V24, P1 NR 24 TC 13 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0007-0912 J9 BRIT J ANAESTH JI Br. J. Anaesth. PD JUN PY 2005 VL 94 IS 6 BP 767 EP 773 PG 7 SC Anesthesiology GA 923SX UT ISI:000228930700013 ER PT S AU Seck, M Frydman, C Giambiasi, N TI Using DEVS for modeling and simulation of human behaviour SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND SIMULATION SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Throughout the last decade, research in cognitive sciences has proven emotions to be playing a prominent role in human behaviour. The military is being more and more interested in modelling human behaviour for simulation and training purposes. The aim of our work is to, from models coming from physiology and psychology, give to such models an operative semantics in order to simulate the human behaviour. We propose a DEVS model of stress states as well as a model of physical tiredness. The latter models interact with the behavioural model within an architecture that we also present. C1 LSIS, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Seck, M, LSIS, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM Mamadou.seck@lsis.org Claudia.frydman@lsis.org Norbert.giambiasi@lsis.org CR BOURNE LE, 2003, STRESS COGNITION COG GRATCH J, 1999, P AG 99 WORKSH EM BA HANCOCK PA, 1989, HUM FACTORS, V31, P519 PRAEHOFER H, 1993, WINT SIM C 1993 SYST, P595 ZEIGLER B, 1984, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 5 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3397 BP 692 EP 698 PG 7 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BBZ55 UT ISI:000228359600073 ER PT S AU Hamri, ME Giambiasi, N Frydman, C TI Simulation semantics for min-max DEVS models SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND SIMULATION SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB The representation of timing, a key element in modeling hardware behavior, is realized in hardware description languages including ADLIB-SABLE, Verilog, and VHDL, through delay constructs. In the real world, precise values for delays are very difficult, if not impossible, to obtain with certainty. The reasons include variations in the manufacturing process, temperature, voltage, and other environmental parameters. Consequently, simulations that employ precise delay values are susceptible to inaccurate results. This paper proposes an extension to the classical DEVS by introducing Min-Max delays. In the augmented formalism, termed Min-Max DEVS, the state of a hardware model may, in some time interval, become unknown and is represented by the symbol, phi. The occurrence of phi implies greater accuracy of the results, not lack of information. Min-Max DEVS offers a unique advantage, namely, the execution of a single simulation pass utilizing Min-Max delays is equivalent to multiple simulation passes, each corresponding to a set of precise delay values selected from the interval. This, in turn, poses a key challenge-efficient execution of the Min-Max DEVS simulator. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Hamri, ME, Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Av Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM amine.hamri@lsis.org norbert.giambiasi@lsis.org claudia.frydman@lsis.org CR *IEEE, 1988, IEEE STAND VHDL LANG BREUER MA, 1976, DIAGNOSIS RELIABLE D GHOSH S, ESS 1996 GHOSH S, 1989, IEEE T COMPUTERS, V38 GIAMBIASI N, 1976, SILOG PRACTICAL TOOL GIAMBIASI N, 1979, 16 DES AUT C SAN DIE GIAMBIASI N, 2001, P ESS 2001 EUR SIM S, P616 MAGNHAGEN B, 1977, THESIS LINKOPING SWE SEONG MC, P SCSC 98 JUL 19 22 SMAILI M, 1994, THESIS U MONTPELLIER WALKER P, 1996, IEEE C COMP DES AUST ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELIN ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 13 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3397 BP 699 EP 708 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BBZ55 UT ISI:000228359600074 ER PT J AU Bourdon-Lanoy, E Roujeau, JC Joly, P Guillaume, JC Bernard, P Prost, C Tancrede-Bohin, E Delaporte, E Picard-Dahan, C Albes, B Bedane, C Doutre, MS Chosidow, O Lok, C Pauwels, C Chevrand-Breton, J Sassolas, B Richard, MA TI Bullous pemphigoid in young patients: a retrospective study of 74 cases SO ANNALES DE DERMATOLOGIE ET DE VENEREOLOGIE LA French DT Article ID ULCERATIVE-COLITIS; ELDERLY-PATIENTS; AUTOANTIBODIES; DISEASES; SKIN; SPIRONOLACTONE; PUVATHERAPY; SCLEROSIS; MEMBRANE; THERAPY AB Introduction. Bullous pemphigoid usually affects elderly people. Only a few isolated cases among people younger than 65 years have been reported. Objectives. Describe the clinical and biological characteristics of patients younger than 60 years suffering from bullous pemphigoid, compare them with the usual characteristics known among elderly people and search for potential pathological associations. Patients and methods. Retrospective, national, multicenter study. Clinical, biological and histological characteristics were recorded with a standardised questionnaire as well as treatments and associated pathologies. Results. Seventy-four cases of bullous pemphigoid diagnosed between June 1970 and March 2002 were analyzed. Mean age at the beginning of the disease was 46 +/- 11.6 years. Further explorations by indirect immunofluorescence of separated skin and/or immuno-electron microscopy and/or immunoblotting were performed for 42 patients (56.8 p. 100). Clinical characteristics among this restricted population were comparable to those found among the 32 other cases. Compared to usual data on bullous pemphigoid in elderly people, we observed a greater proportion of extensive form of disease (75 p. 100), a more frequent head and neck involvement (39.2 p. 100) and an overexpression of anti-BP180 autoantibodies (48 p. 100). Neoplasm was notified for 7 patients (9.5 p. 100), 18 (24.3 p. 100) suffered from a pathology of the basement membrane zone (6 psoriasis, 6 atopic dermatitis and 6 lichen) and 13 from neurological disease, among which 4 were bedridden. Fourty-six patients (62.2 p. 100) received drugs for the long term (mean 2.12 +/- 2.43), 4 patients were treated by PUVAtherapy and 2 by radiotherapy. Discussion. Our results suggest that bullous pemphigoid among young people is more severe and more active than the usual form in the elderly. This particular form could be the result of a higher expression of anti-BP180 autoantibodies, which are considered as a marker of poor prognosis in this disease. We also found a high frequency of pathological associations and physical treatment, all responsible for damage to the basement membrane zone, which can involve auto-immunization against hemidesmosome components. C1 Hop Henri Mondor, Serv Dermatol, F-94010 Creteil, France. Hop Charles Nicolle, Serv Dermatol, F-76931 Rouen, France. Hop Louis Pasteur, Serv Dermatol, F-68000 Colmar, France. Hop Robert Debre, Serv Dermatol, F-51092 Reims, France. Hop St Louis, Serv Dermatol, F-75010 Paris, France. Hop Claude Huriez, Serv Dermatol, F-59037 Lille, France. Hop Bichat, Serv Dermatol, F-75018 Paris, France. Hop Purpan, Serv Dermatol, F-31059 Toulouse, France. Hop Dupuytren, Serv Dermatol, F-87042 Limoges, France. Hop Haut Leve, Serv Dermatol, F-33064 Pessac, France. Hop La Pitie Salpetriere, Serv Dermatol, Paris, France. Ctr Hosp, Serv Dermatol, F-80080 Amiens, France. Ctr Hosp, Serv Dermatol, F-78100 St Germain En Laye, France. Hop Pontchaillou, Serv Dermatol, F-35000 Rennes, France. Hop Morvan, Serv Dermatol, F-29609 Brest, France. Hop St Marguerite, Serv Dermatol, F-13009 Marseille, France. RP Richard, MA, Hop Henri Mondor, Serv Dermatol, F-94010 Creteil, France. EM marie-aleth.richard@mail.hp-hm.fr CR BARTH JH, 1988, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V19, P303 BASTIAN P, 1990, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V117, P734 BASTUJIGARIN S, 1996, ARCH DERMATOL, V132, P272 BERNARD P, 1995, ARCH DERMATOL, V131, P48 BERNARD P, 1997, BRIT J DERMATOL, V136, P694 BROWN MD, 1987, ARCH DERMATOL, V12, P1119 BRUN P, 1982, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V109, P461 CHOSIDOW O, 2000, ARCH DERMATOL, V136, P521 CORDEL N, 2000, ANN DERMATOL VENER S, V127, P3 CRAM DL, 1972, ARCH DERMATOL, V106, P819 FELLNER MJ, 1976, ARCH DERMATOL, V112, P75 FOUREUR N, 2001, EUR J DERMATOL, V11, P230 GRANGE F, 1997, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V124, P700 HARRISON PV, 1996, BRIT J DERMATOL, V134, P599 JOLY P, 1997, ARCH DERMATOL, V133, P719 JOLY P, 2002, NEW ENGL J MED, V346, P321 JOSHI RK, 1994, BRIT J DERMATOL, V130, P537 JUNG M, 1999, J AM ACAD DERMATOL 1, V41, P266 KAPLAN RP, 1991, ARCH DERMATOL, V127, P1728 KOERBER WA, 1978, ARCH DERMATOL, V114, P1643 KORMAN N, 1987, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V16, P907 LABIB RS, 1986, J IMMUNOL, V136, P1231 LAZAROVA Z, 1996, J AM ACAD DERMATOL 1, V35, P398 LECONTEBOULARD C, 2000, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V127, P70 LINDELOF B, 1990, ARCH DERMATOL, V126, P66 MASOUYE I, 1989, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V21, P63 MILLARD TP, 1999, CLIN EXP DERMATOL, V24, P263 MODESTE AB, 2002, ANN DERMATOL VENER 1, V129, P56 MUELLER S, 1989, J INVEST DERMATOL, V92, P33 PROST C, 1984, BRIT J DERMATOL, V110, P1 ROUJEAU JC, 1998, ARCH DERMATOL, V134, P465 SCHMIDT E, 2000, ARCH DERMATOL, V136, P174 STANLEY JR, 1984, J INVEST DERMATOL, V82, P108 STONE SP, 1975, ARCH DERMATOL, V111, P991 VAILLANT L, 1998, ARCH DERMATOL, V134, P1075 VENNING VA, 1990, BRIT J DERMATOL, V123, P439 WEBER PJ, 1989, ARCH DERMATOL, V125, P693 NR 37 TC 2 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9 PA 21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE SN 0151-9638 J9 ANN DERMATOL VENEREOL JI Ann. Dermatol. Venereol. PD FEB PY 2005 VL 132 IS 2 BP 115 EP 122 PG 8 SC Dermatology GA 906TC UT ISI:000227665200003 ER PT J AU Barret, D Kluzniak, W Olive, JF Paltani, S Skinner, GK TI On the high coherence of kHz quasi-periodic oscillations SO MONTHLY NOTICES OF THE ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY LA English DT Article DE accretion, accretion discs; stars : individual; GO136-536; stars : neutron; X-rays : stars ID X-RAY BINARIES; BLACK-HOLE BINARIES; ACCRETION DISKS; NEUTRON-STAR; 4U 1608-52; DISCOVERY; VORTICES; DWARF; MODEL; PEAK AB We have carried out a systematic study of the properties of the kHz quasi-periodic oscillations (QPOs) observed in the X-ray emission of the neutron star low-mass X-ray binary 4U 1608-052, using archival data obtained with the Rossi X-ray Timing Explorer. We have investigated the quality factor, Q, of the oscillations (defined as the ratio, v/Deltav, of the frequency v of the QPO peak to its full width at half-maximum Deltav). In order to minimize the effect of long-term frequency drifts, power spectra were computed over the shortest times permitted by the data statistics. We show that the high Q of similar to200 reported previously for the lower-frequency kHz QPO is by no means exceptional, as we observe a mean Q value in excess of 150 in 14 out of the 21 observations analysed and Q can remain above 200 for thousands of seconds. The frequency of the QPO varies over the wide range 560-890 Hz and we find a systematic trend for the coherence time of the QPO, estimated as tau = Q/(pi v) = 1/(piDeltav), to increase with v, up to a maximum level at similar to800 Hz, beyond which it appears to decrease, at frequencies where the QPO weakens. There is a more complex relationship between tau and the QPO rms amplitude, in which positive and negative correlations can be found. A higher-frequency QPO, revealed by correcting for the frequency drift of the 560-890 Hz one, has a much lower Q (similar to10) which does not follow the same pattern. We discuss these results in the framework of competing QPO models and we show that those involving clumps orbiting within or above the accretion disc are ruled out. C1 CNRS, Ctr Etud Spatiale Rayonnements, UPS, F-31028 Toulouse 04, France. Zielona Gora Univ, Inst Astron, PL-65265 Zielona Gora, Poland. Copernicus Astron Ctr, PL-00716 Warsaw, Poland. Lab Astrophys Marseille, F-13376 Marseille 12, France. RP Barret, D, CNRS, Ctr Etud Spatiale Rayonnements, UPS, 9 Ave Colonel Roche, F-31028 Toulouse 04, France. EM Didier.Barret@cesr.fr CR ABRAMOWICZ MA, 1992, NATURE, V356, P41 BATH GT, 1973, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V246, P84 BATH GT, 1974, MNRAS, V167, P7 BERGER M, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 2, V469, L13 BOIRIN L, 2000, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V361, P121 BRADT HV, 1993, ASTRON ASTROPHYS SUP, V97, P355 DISALVO T, 2003, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V406, P177, DOI 10.1051/0004-6361:20030490 GOLDREICH P, 1988, AP J, V326, P462 KATO S, 2001, PUBL ASTRON SOC JPN, V53, P1 LIVIO M, 1982, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V116, P286 LOVELACE RVE, 1999, ASTROPHYS J 1, V513, P805 MAUCHE CW, 2002, ASTROPHYS J 1, V580, P423 MENDEZ M, 1998, APJ, V505, P23 MENDEZ M, 1998, ASTROPHYS J 2, V494, L65 MENDEZ M, 1999, APJ, V511, P49 MILLER MC, 1998, ASTROPHYS J 1, V508, P791 ORTEGARODRIGUEZ M, 2000, ASTROPHYS J 1, V537, P922 PRINGLE JE, 1981, ANNU REV ASTRON ASTR, V19, P137 SHAKURA NI, 1973, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V24, P337 STELLA L, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P17 TAGGER M, 2001, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V380, P750 TITARCHUK L, 1998, ASTROPHYS J 1, V499, P315 VANDERKLIS M, 1989, ANNU REV ASTRON ASTR, V27, P517 VANDERKLIS M, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 2, V481, L97 VANDERKLIS M, 2000, ANNU REV ASTRON ASTR, V38, P717 VANDERKLIS M, 2004, COMPACT STELLAR XRAY WAGONER RV, 1999, PHYS REP, V311, P259 ZHANG W, 1995, ASTROPHYS J 1, V449, P930 NR 28 TC 12 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0035-8711 J9 MON NOTIC ROY ASTRON SOC JI Mon. Not. Roy. Astron. Soc. PD MAR 11 PY 2005 VL 357 IS 4 BP 1288 EP 1294 PG 7 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics GA 902JA UT ISI:000227349800017 ER PT J AU Le Goc, M TI SACHEM, a real-time intelligent diagnosis system based on the discrete event paradigm SO SIMULATION-TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE fault diagnosis; monitored control systems; knowledge-based systems; discrete event systems; artificial intelligence ID MODEL-BASED DIAGNOSIS; 1ST PRINCIPLES; SUPERVISION AB SACHEM is an extensive large-scale, real-time, knowledge-based system designed to monitor and diagnose complex dynamic processes such as blast furnaces. This article aims at illustrating the way the paradigm of discrete events allowed the design of SACHEM as a recursive abstraction process of discrete events. This recursive abstraction process is the basis of a "perception-based", approach of diagnosis. A first formalization of this kind of diagnosis is proposed and illustrated with the example of the perception of a "scaffolding" phenomenon. Some considerations about blast furnaces, SACHEM, and its development are also provided to argue the operational flavor of a "perception-based" approach for diagnosis. C1 Paul Cezanne Univ, LSIS UMR LNRS 6168, Lab Syst & Informat Sci, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Le Goc, M, Paul Cezanne Univ, LSIS UMR LNRS 6168, Lab Syst & Informat Sci, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM marc.legoc@lsis.org CR ACOSTA G, 2001, INT SUGAR J, V103, P171 AGUILAR J, 1994, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, V3, P103 ALBERS P, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1348, P1 ALONSO G, 1998, 11 INT C IND ENG APP ANGELE J, 1993, KNOWLEDGE ORIENTED S ARZEN K, 1992, INT S ARTIFICIAL INT, P611 BALAKRISHNAN K, 1998, J INTELLIGENT SYSTEM, V8, P239 BASSEVILLE M, 1996, IRISA PUB, V1004 BENJAMINS R, 1993, THESIS U AMSTERDAM BENJAMINS R, 1995, INT J EXPERT SYST, V8, P93 BOBROW DG, 1977, COGNITIVE SCI, V1, P3 BOUCHE P, 2004, P HIS 04 4 INT C HYB BREDEWEG B, 1994, COMMON KADS LIB EXPE, P121 BREDILLET P, 1994, P INT C INT SYST APP, P295 BREUKER J, 1994, COMMON KADS LIB EXPE BUCHANAN B, 1984, RULE BASED EXPERT SY CAUVIN S, 1992, REV I FRANCAIS PETRO, V47, P175 CAUVIN S, 1993, APPL ARTIF INTELL, V2, P219 CAUVIN S, 1993, ENG APPL ARTIF INTEL, V6, P333 CAUVIN S, 1998, AI COMMUN, V11, P139 CHANDRASEKARAN B, 1992, COMMUN ACM, V35, P124 CHANTLER MJ, 1998, ARTIF INTELL ENG, V12, P81 CONSOLE L, 1990, INT J INTELL SYST, V5, P83 CONSOLE L, 1998, 9 INT WORKSH PRINC D, P16 CORDIER MO, 1997, 8 INT WORKSH PRINCIP, P286 DAGUE P, 2001, DIAGNOSTIC INTELLIGE DAUGE PO, 1991, P 12 INT JOINT C ART, P1109 DAVIS R, 1983, INT J MAN MACH STUD, V19, P403 DAVIS R, 1984, ARTIF INTELL, V24, P347 DEKLEER J, 1987, ARTIF INTELL, V32, P97 DEKLEER J, 1989, P 11 INT JOINT C ART, P1324 DOUSSON C, 1993, 13 INT JOINT C ART I, P166 DOUSSON C, 1996, ANN TELECOMMUN, V51, P501 ESHELMAN L, 1988, AUTOMATING KNOWLEDGE, P37 FERENCZI M, 1995, GENIE LOGICIEL, V35, P48 FORBUS KD, 1988, EXPLORING ARTIFICIAL, P239 FOULLOY L, 1989, P AIPAC 89 NANC FRAN, V1, P239 FRYDMAN C, 2001, T SOC MODEL SIMUL I, V18, P147 GENESERETH MR, 1982, P AAAI 92, P278 GENESERETH MR, 1984, ARTIF INTELL, V24, P411 GHALLAB M, 1996, P PRINC KNOWL REPR R, P597 GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 GUCKENBIEHL T, 1990, EXPERT SYSTEMS ENG P HAMSCHER W, 1988, 1074 AITR HANKS S, 1994, ARTIF INTELL, V66, P1 KLINKER G, 1991, KNOWL ACQUIS, V3, P117 KUIPERS B, 1986, ARTIF INTELL, V29, P289 LABORIE P, 1997, INT WORKSH PRINC DIA, P61 LEGOC M, 1998, NEUR 98 4 INT C NEUR, P315 LEGOC M, 1999, P 27 MCM S IR STEELM LEGOC M, 2002, INT J HUM-COMPUT ST, V56, P199 LEGOC M, 2003, IN PRESS J INT STRUC MCDERMOTT J, 1988, PRELIMINARY STEPS TO MILNE R, 1994, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, V3, P103 NEWELL A, 1982, ARTIF INTELL, V18, P87 PIERRETGOLBREIC.C, 1994, P 8 BANFF KNOWL ACQ PORCHERON M, 1994, P EUR C ART INT ECAI PUERTA AR, 1992, KNOWL ACQUIS, V4, P171 REITER R, 1987, ARTIF INTELL, V32, P57 SCHREIBER G, 2000, KNOWLEDGE ENG MANAGE SHORTLIFFE E, 1976, COMPUTER BASED MED C SOHAM Y, 1987, REASONING CHANGE TIM STEELS L, 1990, AI MAG, V11, P28 STEELS L, 1993, COMPONENTIAL FRAMEWO STEFIK M, 1983, ARFIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V4, P3 STRUSS P, 1989, 11 INT JOINT C ART I, P1318 TRAVEMASSUYES L, 1996, APPL ARTIFICIAL INTE, V3 TRAVEMASSUYES L, 1997, IEEE INTELL SYST APP, V12, P22 VILA L, 1994, AI COMMUN, V7, P4 YAN Y, 2004, 16 EUR C ART INT WOR, P39 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, DEVS MULTIFACTED MOD NR 72 TC 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMUL-TRANS SOC MODEL SIMUL I JI Simul.-Trans. Soc. Model. Simul. Int. PD NOV PY 2004 VL 80 IS 11 BP 591 EP 617 PG 27 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 901PD UT ISI:000227293500004 ER PT J AU Gavault, E Ripoll, T Laurent, E Ripoll, H TI Visual attention modulates categorical perception effects in basket-ball SO PERCEPTION LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, CNRS, UMR 6146, Lab Psychol Cognit, F-13621 Aix En Provence 1, France. Univ Mediterrannee, Lab Sport & Adapt, F-13288 Marseille, France. EM gavault@up.univ-aix.fr NR 0 TC 0 PU PION LTD PI LONDON PA 207 BRONDESBURY PARK, LONDON NW2 5JN, ENGLAND SN 0301-0066 J9 PERCEPTION JI Perception PY 2004 VL 33 SU Suppl. S BP 127 EP 128 PG 2 SC Psychology; Psychology, Experimental GA 858NN UT ISI:000224198700399 ER PT J AU Devillers, R Bedard, Y Jeansoulin, R TI Multidimensional management of geospatial data quality information for its dynamic use within GIS SO PHOTOGRAMMETRIC ENGINEERING AND REMOTE SENSING LA English DT Article ID UNCERTAINTY AB Metadata should help users to assess the quality (fitness for use) of geospatial data, thus reducing the risk of data misuse. However, metadata presents limitations and remain largely unused. There still exists a need to provide information to users about data quality in a more meaningful way. This research aims to dynamically communicate quality information to the users in a rapid and intuitive way in order to reduce user meta-uncertainty related to geospatial data quality, and then reduce the risks of data misuses. Such a solution requires a data model able to support heterogeneous data quality information at different levels of analysis. Using a multidimensional database approach, this paper proposes a conceptual framework named the Quality Information Management Model (QIMM) relying on quality dimensions and measures. This allows a user to easily and rapidly navigate into the quality information using a Spatial On-Line Analytical Processing (SOLAP) client-tied to its GIS application. QIMM potential is illustrated by examples, and then a prototype and ways to communicate data quality to users are explored. C1 Univ Laval, CRG, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Devillers, R, Univ Laval, CRG, Quebec City, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. EM rodolphe.devillers.1@ulaval.ca yvan.bedard@scg.ulaval.ca robert.jeansoulin@cmi.univ-mrs.fr CR 1994, CENTC287 1995, CENTC287 2003, ISOTC211 *COMPINFO, 2004, COMPINFO COM INF CTR *FGDC, 2000, CONT STAND DIG GEOSP *IGN, 1997, B INF IGN AALDERS HJG, 1998, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATI, P463 AGUMYA A, 1997, ITC J, V2, P109 AGUMYA A, 2002, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V16, P405 BEARD MK, 1989, P 9 INT S COMP ASS C, P808 BEARD MK, 1997, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATI, P280 BEDARD Y, 1995, QUALITE DONNEES REFE BEDARD Y, 1997, 2 ANN R D FOR GEOM 6 BEDARD Y, 2003, INT J MED INFORM, V70, P79, DOI 10.1016/S1386-5056(02)00126-0 BERSON A, 1997, DATA WAREHOUSING DAT CHRISMAN NR, 1983, P INT S AUT CART AUT, P303 CODD EF, 1993, PROVIDING OLAP ONLIN CURRY MR, 1998, DIGITAL PLACES LIVIN DEVILLERS R, 2002, P OEEPEISPRS JOINT W DUCKHAM M, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P63 FAIZ SO, 1996, THESIS U PARIS SUD F FAIZ SO, 1999, SYSTEMES INFORMATION FRANK AU, 1998, DATA QUALITY GEOGRAP, P15 GERVAIS M, 2001, P GEOINFORMATION FUS GERVAIS M, 2004, THESIS U LAVAL QUEBA GOODCHILD MF, 1995, SHARING GEOGRAPHIC I, P413 GUPTILL SC, 1995, ELEMENTS SPATIAL DAT HARVEY F, 1998, QUALITY NEEDS MORE T, P37 HUNTER GJ, 2000, P 4 INT S SPAT ACC A, P313 HUNTER GJ, 2001, P GEO 2001 S, P1 JURAN JM, 1974, QUALITY CONTROL HDB MARCHAND P, 2004, ISPRS J PHOTOGRAMM, V59, P6, DOI 10.1016/j.isprsjprs.2003.12.002 MILLER HJ, 2001, GEOGRAPHIC DATA MINI MONMONIER M, 1994, P C LAW INF POL SPAT, P293 QIU J, 1999, P INT S SPAT DAT QUA, P384 QIU J, 2002, SPATIAL DATA QUALITY, P230 RIVEST S, 2001, GEOMATICA, V55, P539 THRALL SE, 1999, GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMA, P331 TIMPF S, 1996, ADV GIS RES, V2, UNSP 12B.31-12B.43 UNWIN DJ, 1995, PROG HUM GEOG, V19, P549 VEREGIN H, 1999, GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMA, V1, P177 WANG RY, 1996, J MANAGEMENT INFORMA, V12, P5 NR 42 TC 2 PU AMER SOC PHOTOGRAMMETRY PI BETHESDA PA 5410 GROSVENOR LANE SUITE 210, BETHESDA, MD 20814-2160 USA SN 0099-1112 J9 PHOTOGRAMM ENG REMOTE SENSING JI Photogramm. Eng. Remote Sens. PD FEB PY 2005 VL 71 IS 2 BP 205 EP 215 PG 11 SC Geography, Physical; Geosciences, Multidisciplinary; Remote Sensing; Imaging Science & Photographic Technology GA 894BM UT ISI:000226764800009 ER PT J AU Le Goc, M Gaeta, M TI Modelling structures in generic space, a condition for adaptiveness of Monitoring Cognitive Agent SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE autonomous agent; cognitive agent; expert systems; diagnosis; monitoring ID SACHEM AB The adaptiveness of agents is one of the basic conditions for the autonomy. This paper describes an approach of adaptiveness for Monitoring Cognitive Agents based on the notion of "generic spaces". This notion allows the definition of virtual "generic processes" so that any particular actual process is then a simple configuration of the "generic process", that is to say a set of values of parameters. Consequently, "generic domain ontology" containing the generic knowledge for solving problems concerning the "generic process" can be developed. This lead to the design of "Generic Monitoring Cognitive Agent", a class of agent in which the whole knowledge corpus is generic. In other words, modeling a process within a generic space becomes configuring a "generic process" and adaptiveness becomes genericity, that is to say independence regarding technology. In this paper, we present an application of this approach on Sachem, a Generic Monitoring Cognitive Agent designed in order to help the operators in operating a blast furnace. Specifically, the "NeuroGaz" module of Sachem will be used to present the notion of a "generic blast furnace". The adaptiveness of Sachem can then be noted through the low cost of the deployment of a Sachem instance on different blast furnaces and the ability of "NeuroGaz" in solving problem and learning from various top gas instrumentation. C1 Polytech Marseille, UMR 6168, LSIS, CNRS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. SACHEM Res, ARCELOR Grp, TIXIS Syst, F-13776 Fos Mer, France. VIBRIA, ZAC Playes, F-83507 Seyne Sur Mer, France. RP Le Goc, M, Polytech Marseille, UMR 6168, LSIS, CNRS, Av Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM marc.legoc@lsis.org gaeta@vibria.com CR BRAZIER FMT, 1999, P 3 ANN C AUT AG AG, P356 CAUVIN S, 1998, AI COMMUN, V11, P139 FRYDMAN C, 2001, SIMUL-T SOC MOD SIM, V18, P147 GRUBER TR, 1993, FORMAL ONTOLOGY CONC GRUBER TR, 1993, KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITIO, V5 LEGOC M, 1998, 4 INT C NEUR NETW TH, P315 LEGOC M, 1999, P 27 MCMAST S IR STE LEGOC M, 2000, 4 WORLD MULT SYST CY LEGOC M, 2002, INT J HUM-COMPUT ST, V56, P199 LEMOIGNE JL, 1984, THEORIE SYSTEME GEN NEWELL A, 1982, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V18 PAGE E, 1994, THESIS VIRGINIA POL SCHREIBER G, 2000, KNOWLEDGE ENG MANAGE VALENTE A, 1994, COMMONKADS LIBR EXPE ZEIGLER B, 1984, DEVS MULTIFACETED MO ZOUAOUI F, 1998, THESIS U PARIS 11 OR NR 16 TC 0 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD OCT-NOV PY 2004 VL 41 IS 2-3 BP 113 EP 140 PG 28 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA 886DJ UT ISI:000226206800003 ER PT J AU Ouladsine, M Bloch, G Dovifaaz, X TI Neural modelling and control of a Diesel engine with pollution constraints SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE Diesel engine; nonlinear modelling; neural networks; neural controller; pollution reduction ID NETWORKS; SYSTEMS; DESIGN AB The paper describes a neural approach for modelling and control of a turbocharged Diesel engine. A neural model, whose structure is mainly based on some physical equations describing the engine behaviour, is built for the rotation speed and the exhaust gas opacity. The model is composed of three interconnected neural submodels, each of them constituting a nonlinear multi-input single-output error model. The structural identification and the parameter estimation from data gathered on a real engine are described. The neural direct model is then used to determine a neural controller of the engine, in a specialized training scheme minimising a multivariable criterion. Simulations show the effect of the pollution constraint weighting on a trajectory tracking of the engine speed. Neural networks, which are flexible and parsimonious nonlinear black-box models, with universal approximation capabilities, can accurately describe or control complex nonlinear systems, with little a priori theoretical knowledge. The presented work extends optimal neuro-control to the multivariable case and shows the flexibility of neural optimisers. Considering the preliminary results, it appears that neural networks can be used as embedded models for engine control, to satisfy the more and more restricting pollutant emission legislation. Particularly, they are able to model nonlinear dynamics and outperform during transients the control schemes based on static mappings. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. Ctr Rech Automat Nancy, CRAN, CNRS, UMR 7039,CRAN ESSTIN, F-54500 Vandoeuvre Les Nancy, France. RP Ouladsine, M, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM mustapha.ouladsine@univ.u-3mrs.fr gerard.bloch@esstin.uhp-nancy.fr CR BLANKE M, 1985, P 9 TRIENN WORLD C I, V4, P2015 BLOCH G, 2003, 13 IFAC S SYST ID SY BLOCH G, 2003, ISA T, V42, P39 CHEN FC, 1995, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V40, P791 CHEN S, 1990, INT J CONTROL, V51, P1191 CHEN Z, 1999, P 14 IFAC WORLD C BE COOK JA, 1996, CONTROL HDB, P1261 EATON JW, 1994, P AM CONTR C BALT, P2481 HAFNER M, 1999, P 14 IFAC WORLD C BE HE S, 1999, P 14 WORLD C IFAC, P408 HUNT KJ, 1991, IEE PROC-D, V138, P431 HUNT KJ, 1992, AUTOMATICA, V28, P1083 LJUNG L, 1983, THEORY PRACTICE RECU MAGNER S, 2002, P AMER CONTR CONF, P1407 MAJORS M, 1994, P IEEE INT S INT CON, P31 NARENDRA KS, 1990, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V1, P4 NARENDRA KS, 1996, P IEEE, V84, P1385 NARENDRA KS, 2001, AUTOMATICA, V37 NORGAARD M, 2000, NEURAL NETWORKS MODE PHAM DT, 1995, NEURAL NETWORKS IDEN PLUMER ES, 1996, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V7, P408 PSALTIS D, 1988, IEEE CONTROL SYSTEMS, V8, P17 RIVALS I, 2000, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V11, P80 SOLOWAY D, 1996, P 11 IEEE INT S INT, P277 VILA JP, 2003, AUTOMATICA, V39, P767, DOI 10.1016/S0005-1098(03)00005-0 NR 25 TC 0 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD OCT-NOV PY 2004 VL 41 IS 2-3 BP 157 EP 171 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA 886DJ UT ISI:000226206800005 ER PT J AU Remy, E Thiel, E TI Exact medial axis with euclidean distance SO IMAGE AND VISION COMPUTING LA English DT Article DE medial axis; centres of maximal disks; look-up tables; Squared Euclidean Distance Transform; digital shape representation ID LOOK-UP TABLES; TRANSFORMATION; REPRESENTATION; SKELETONS; ALGORITHM; PICTURE; TIME; MAPS; SET AB Medial Axis (MA), also known as Centres of Maximal Disks, is a useful representation of a shape for image description and analysis. MA can be computed on a distance transform, where each point is labelled to its distance to the background. Recent algorithms allow one to compute Squared Euclidean Distance Transform (SEDT) in linear time in any dimension. While these algorithms provide exact measures, the only known method to characterise MA on SEDT, using local tests and Look-Up Tables (LUT), is limited to 2D and small distance values [Borgefors, et al., Seventh Scandinavian Conference on Image Analysis, 1991]. We have proposed [Remy, et al., Pat. Rec. Lett. 23 (2002) 649] an algorithm which computes the LUT and the neighbourhood to be tested in the case of chamfer distances. In this article, we adapt our algorithm for SEDT in arbitrary dimension and show that results have completely different properties. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 ESIL, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CNRS, UMR 6166, LIF, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Remy, E, ESIL, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Case 925,163 Av Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM eric.remy@up.univ-mrs.fr edouard.thiel@lim.univ-mrs.fr CR ARCELLI C, 1988, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V43, P361 BLUM H, 1967, MODELS PERCEPTION SP, P362 BORGEFORS G, 1991, 7 SCAND C IM AN, V2, P974 BORGEFORS G, 1993, 8 SCAND C IM AN TROM, P105 BORGEFORS G, 1997, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V18, P465 COEURJOLLY D, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2886, P327 DANIELSSON PE, 1980, COMPUT GRAPHICS IMAG, V14, P227 DIBAJA GS, 1996, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V14, P47 HARDY GH, 1978, INTRO THEORY NUMBERS HIRATA T, 1996, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V58, P129 MEIJSTER A, 2000, MATH MORPHOLOGY ITS, P331 NILSSON F, 1997, GRAPH MODEL IM PROC, V59, P55 PFALTZ JL, 1967, COMMUN ACM, V10, P119 RAGNEMALM I, 1993, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V14, P883 REMY E, 2001, THESIS U MEDITERRANE REMY E, 2002, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V23, P649 REMY E, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2886, P224 ROSENFELD A, 1966, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V13, P471 SAITO T, 1994, IEICE T INF SYST, V77, P1005 SAITO T, 1994, PATTERN RECOGN, V27, P1551 THIEL E, 2001, GEOMETRIE DISTANCES WEISSTEIN EW, LANDAU RAMANUJAN CON NR 22 TC 5 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0262-8856 J9 IMAGE VISION COMPUT JI Image Vis. Comput. PD FEB 1 PY 2005 VL 23 IS 2 BP 167 EP 175 PG 9 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Software Engineering; Computer Science, Theory & Methods; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics GA 883OE UT ISI:000226021800008 ER PT J AU Levy, A Doutre, MS Lesage, FX Richard, MA Picard-Dahan, C Beylot-Barry, M Bernard, P Crickx, B Descamps, V TI Treatment of pemphigus with intravenous immunoglobulin. SO ANNALES DE DERMATOLOGIE ET DE VENEREOLOGIE LA French DT Article ID AUTOIMMUNE BLISTERING DISORDERS; GAMMA-GLOBULIN; THERAPEUTIC FAILURE; VULGARIS; ADJUVANT; FOLIACEUS; DISEASES; HDIVIG AB Introduction. The interest of intravenous immunoglobulins (IgIV) in the treatment of pemphigus is discussed. Pemphigus is not a recognized indication for this treatment by the CEDIT (French Committee for the assessment and diffusion of technological innovations). The aim of this study was to assess the efficacy of IgIV in the treatment of severe corticosteroid-depend ant or resistant pemphigus. Material and methods. A retrospective study using a standardized questionnaire was conducted in the various departments of dermatology among the "Groupe Bulles" of the French Society of Dermatology. The study collected the following information from 12 patients suffering from pemphigus and treated with IgIV: 1) general demographical data; 2) characteristics of the pemphigus; 3) different treatments applied, and 4) efficacy and side effects of treatments. Results. Among the 12 patients studied at the end of treatment with IgIV, 8 were in complete remission It fleetingly for 2 months and 1 preceding initiation of IgIV), and 2 were improved (1 temporarily for 4 months). A reduction in corticosteroid therapy was possible in 75 p. 100 of cases (9 patients). During treatment with IgIV, immunosuppressors were combined with oral corticosteroids in 3 cases. It was possible to reduce their dose 1 one case and to stop them in another case. No major side effect related to treatment with IgIV was observed. Six months and one year after the treatment, complete remission rates were respectively 6/10 and 5/8. One patient relapsed more than one year after the end of IgIV treatment. Conclusions. Although very expensive, treatment with IgIV appears of interest in the treatment of severe corticosteroid-dependant or resistant pemphigus. Moreover tolerance is excellent. The results of our study warrant confirmation in a prospective study. C1 Hop Bichat Claude Bernard, AP HP, Serv Dermatol, F-75877 Paris 18, France. Hop Laut Leveque, Serv Dermatol, Pessac, France. Hop Robert Debre, Serv Dermatol, Reims, France. Hop St Marguerite, Serv Dermatol, Marseille, France. Grp Bulles Soc Francaise Dermatol, Paris, France. RP Descamps, V, Ctr Hosp Bichat Claude Bernard, Serv Dermatol, 46 Rue Henri Huchard, F-75018 Paris, France. EM vincent.descamps@bch.ap-hop-paris.fr CR AHMED AR, 2001, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V45, P679 AHMED AR, 2002, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V46, P42 ANHALT GJ, 1982, NEW ENGL J MED, V306, P1189 BECKERS RCY, 1995, BRIT J DERMATOL, V133, P289 BEWLEY AP, 1996, BRIT J DERMATOL, V135, P128 BHOL KC, 2001, CLIN IMMUNOL, V100, P172 BYSTRYN JC, 2002, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V47, P358, DOI 10.1067/mjd.2002.122735 COLONNA L, 1998, BRIT J DERMATOL, V138, P1102 DEHEN L, 1993, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V120, P874 ENGINEER L, 2000, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V43, P1049 HARMAN KE, 1999, BRIT J DERMATOL, V140, P865 HERBST A, 2000, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V42, P422 IOANNIDES D, 2000, ARCH DERMATOL, V136, P868 JEGOU R, 2001, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V128, P786 JOLLES S, 1999, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V40, P499 JOLLES S, 2001, CLIN EXP DERMATOL, V26, P127 JOLLES S, 2002, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V129, P385 KAZATCHKINE MD, 2001, NEW ENGL J MED, V345, P747 MESSER G, 1995, BRIT J DERMATOL, V133, P1014 SAMI N, 2002, ARCH DERMATOL, V138, P1158 SAMI N, 2002, EUR J DERMATOL, V12, P174 SAMI N, 2003, EUR J DERMATOL, V13, P377 SIBAUD V, 2000, ANN DERMATOL VENER, V127, P408 TAPPEINER G, 1989, J AM ACAD DERMATOL, V20, P684 WEVER S, 1996, BRIT J DERMATOL, V135, P862 NR 25 TC 2 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9 PA 21 STREET CAMILLE DESMOULINS, ISSY, 92789 MOULINEAUX CEDEX 9, FRANCE SN 0151-9638 J9 ANN DERMATOL VENEREOL JI Ann. Dermatol. Venereol. PD NOV PY 2004 VL 131 IS 11 BP 957 EP 961 PG 5 SC Dermatology GA 880KR UT ISI:000225789200006 ER PT J AU Martin, D Brun, C Remy, E Mouren, P Thieffry, D Jacq, B TI GOToolBox: functional analysis of gene datasets based on Gene Ontology SO GENOME BIOLOGY LA English DT Article ID GENOME DATABASE; RESOURCE; BIOLOGY; TOOL AB We have developed methods and tools based on the Gene Ontology (GO) resource allowing the identification of statistically over- or under-represented terms in a gene dataset; the clustering of functionally related genes within a set; and the retrieval of genes sharing annotations with a query gene. GO annotations can also be constrained to a slim hierarchy or a given level of the ontology. The source codes are available upon request, and distributed under the GPL license. C1 Univ Mediterranee, INSERM, CNRS, IBDM,Lab Genet & Physiol Dev, F-13288 Marseille, France. Inst Math Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Martin, D, Univ Mediterranee, INSERM, CNRS, IBDM,Lab Genet & Physiol Dev, Parc Sci Luminy,Case 907, F-13288 Marseille, France. EM martin@ibdm.univ-mrs.fr CR TREEDYN DYNAMIC GRAP ALSHAHROUR F, 2004, BIOINFORMATICS, V20, P578, DOI 10.1093/bioinformatics/btg455 ASHBURNER M, 2000, NAT GENET, V25, P25 BEISSBARTH T, 2004, BIOINFORMATICS, V20, P1464, DOI 10.1093/bioinformatics/bth088 BLAKE JA, 2000, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V28, P108 BRUN C, 2003, GENOME BIOL, V5, R6 CAMON E, 2004, IN SILICO BIOL, V4, P5 CASTILLODAVIS CI, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS, V19, P891, DOI 10.1093/bioinformatics/btg114 CHERRY JM, 1998, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V26, P73 GELBART WM, 1999, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V27, P85 HUALA E, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P102 MASSEROLI M, 2004, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES S2, V32, W293, DOI 10.1093/nar/gkh432 ROBINSON MD, 2002, BMC BIOINFORMATICS, V3, ARTN 35 SOLANO PJ, 2003, DEVELOPMENT, V130, P1243, DOI 10.1242/dev.00348 STEIN L, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P82 ZEEBERG BR, 2003, GENOME BIOL, V4, ARTN R28 ZHANG B, 2004, BMC BIOINFORMATICS, V5, ARTN 16 NR 17 TC 52 PU BIOMED CENTRAL LTD PI LONDON PA MIDDLESEX HOUSE, 34-42 CLEVELAND ST, LONDON W1T 4LB, ENGLAND SN 1465-6914 J9 GENOME BIOL JI Genome Biol. PY 2004 VL 5 IS 12 AR R101 DI ARTN R101 PG 8 SC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Genetics & Heredity GA 875YY UT ISI:000225460600013 ER PT J AU Carmona, JC Giambiasi, N Naamane, A TI Generalized discrete event abstraction of continuous systems: Application to an integrator SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE discrete systems; discrete event model : DEVS, G-DEVS, hybrid continuous systems, piecewise linear trajectory AB In this paper we present our recent work on generalized discrete event modelling. In the general framework of modelling and simulation of linear systems under time-continuous - or not - signals, the description of the integrator operator becomes fundamental as well as the description the time delay operator and the concept of output feedback. Therefore, this paper shall present the description of an integrator under piecewise linear input trajectories in a first step, then under trajectories described by a sequence of general order polynomials, ensuring a user given accuracy. Moreover, its remarkable behaviour in case of input discontinuities strongly contrast with the rather bad one of classical numerical solvers. Furthermore, a thorough comparison with discrete-time simulation techniques, like the classical Euler one, allows the assessment of an important computational gain using the techniques proposed here. Finally, the complete treatment of an hybrid system example not only illustrates the relevance of this approach, but underlines the interest of its application in the more general context of mixed-mode simulation and distributed simulation. C1 CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. RP Carmona, JC, CNRS, LSIS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. EM jc.carmona@esm2.inrt-mrs.fr CR ASTRON K, 1998, P 12 ESM JUN MANCH U CLARK PI, 2000, ANN ONCOL S4, V11, P4 DAMIBA A, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL FREY P, 1997, PROC INT CONF PARAL, P227 GHOSH S, 1993, P 7 WORKSH PAR DISTR, P163 GHOSH S, 2001, MODELING SIMULAT MAY GIAMBIASI N, 1998, APII JESA, V32, P275 GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 GIAMBIASI N, 2001, SIMULATION SCSI, V77, P4 GOODWIN GC, 1984, ADAPTIVE FILTERING P NAAMANE A, 1997, P ESS 97 PASS GERM O NAAMANE A, 2002, P INT C AIS LISB POR OTTER M, 1999, CASCD 99 HAW US AUG PRAEHOFER H, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P219 ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELLI ZEIGLER B, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELLING SIM NR 17 TC 1 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD SEP PY 2004 VL 41 IS 1 BP 37 EP 64 PG 28 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA 873RV UT ISI:000225299500003 ER PT S AU Frank, AU Grum, E Vasseur, R TI Procedure to select the best dataset for a task SO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SCIENCE, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID DATABASES AB This paper models the decision process when selecting among different datasets the one most suitable for a task. It shows how metadata describing the quality of the dataset and descriptions of the task are used to make this decision. A simple comparison of task requirements and available data quality is supplemented with general, common-sense knowledge about effects of errors, lack of precision in the data and the dilution of quality over time. It consists of two steps: first, compute the data quality considering the time elapsed since the data collection; and second, assess the utility of the available data for the decision. A practical example of an assessment of the suitability of two datasets for two different tasks is computed and leads to the intuitively expected result. C1 Vienna Tech Univ, Inst Geoinformat & Cartog, A-1040 Vienna, Austria. Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Frank, AU, Vienna Tech Univ, Inst Geoinformat & Cartog, Gusshausstr 27-29, A-1040 Vienna, Austria. EM frank@geoinfo.tuwien.ac.at grum@geoinfo.tuwien.ac.at berengere.vasseur@lsis.org CR *INSPIRE, 2003, INFR SPAT INF EUR *UNE, 2001, US MET U LIBR CAMP BURROUGH PA, 1996, GEOGRAPHIC OBJECTS I, P3 CHRISMAN NR, 1984, CARTOGRAPHICA, V21, P79 FRANK AU, 1987, 8TH P INT S COMP ASS, P16 FRANK AU, 1998, DATA QUALITY GEOGRAP, P15 FRANK AU, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2520, P9 GOODCHILD MF, 1990, ACCURACY SPATIAL DAT GRUM E, 2004, INT S SPAT DAT QUAL, P197 HUNTER GJ, 1995, PHOTOGRAMM ENG REM S, V61, P529 HUTCHINS E, 1995, COGNITION WILD JAHN M, 2004, INT S SPAT DAT QUAL, P169 KREK A, 1999, P 11 ANN C SPAT INF, P151 KREK A, 2000, GEO INFORMATIONS SYS, V13, P10 KREK A, 2002, AGENT BASED MODEL QU KUIPERS B, 1994, QUALITATIVE REASONIN MOELLERING H, 1987, DRAFT PROPOSED STAND MORRISON J, 1988, AM CARTOGRAPHER, V15, P9 REITER R, 1984, CONCEPTUAL MODELLING, P191 TIMPF S, 1996, P 7 INT S SPAT DAT B, V12, P31 WIEN M, 2004, MAPS CITY VIENNA WILMERSDORF E, 1992, P EGIS 92 MUN GERM E, P1408 NR 22 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3234 BP 81 EP 93 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BBD28 UT ISI:000224989100006 ER PT J AU Grimaldi, A Brun, JM Vialettes, B Halimi, S Vaur, L Dubroca, I Blayo, A TI Equivalent efficacy of dinner or bedtime administration of insulin glargine combined with regular or fast-acting analogues in Type 1 diabetes SO DIABETOLOGIA LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 Hop La Pitie Salpetriere, Paris, France. CHU, Dijon, France. Hop St Marguerite, Marseille, France. Hop Nord, Grenoble, France. Lab Aventis, Med, Paris, France. NR 0 TC 0 PU SPRINGER PI NEW YORK PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013 USA SN 0012-186X J9 DIABETOLOGIA JI Diabetologia PD AUG PY 2004 VL 47 SU Suppl. 1 BP A304 EP A305 PG 2 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA 855CW UT ISI:000223951600843 ER PT J AU Benguigui, N Broderick, M Ripoll, H TI Age differences in estimating arrival-time SO NEUROSCIENCE LETTERS LA English DT Article DE arrival-time; motion extrapolation; prediction-motion task; development ID TO-CONTACT ESTIMATION; MOTION EXTRAPOLATION; PREDICTION-MOTION; INFORMATION; PERCEPTION; ACCURACY; TASKS; BALL; TAU AB The present study examined the accuracy in extrapolating an occluded trajectory in relation to observer age. Adults and children aged 7, 10, and 13 were tested in a prediction-motion task which consisted of judging, after the occlusion of the final part of its path, the moment of arrival of a moving stimulus towards a specified position. Results showed that children as young as 7 years old are able to use the same strategy as adults in the extrapolation of an occluded moving object. However, accuracy in responses improves most significantly for occlusion times equal to or more than 400 ms and this improvement occurs mainly between 7 and 10 years of age. This confirms that children are less efficient in performing the computations necessary to extrapolate in time an occluded trajectory. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Paris 11, Ctr Rech Sci Sport, UFR STAPS, F-91405 Orsay, France. Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. Univ Mediterranean, Marseille, France. RP Benguigui, N, Univ Paris 11, Ctr Rech Sci Sport, UFR STAPS, Batiment 335, F-91405 Orsay, France. EM nicolas.benguigui@staps.u-psud.fr CR BARD C, 1990, COINCIDENCE ANTICIPA BENGUIGUI N, 1997, THESIS U POITIERS FR BENGUIGUI N, 2003, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V29, P1083, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.29.6.1083 BOOTSMA RJ, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P21 CAIRD JK, 1994, ECOL PSYCHOL, V6, P83 DELUCIA PR, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V24, P901 DORFMAN PW, 1977, J MOTOR BEHAV, V9, P67 FISHER RA, 1942, DESIGN EXPT JAGACINSKI RJ, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V9, P43 KAISER MK, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V19, P1028 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 LEE DN, 1984, ERGONOMICS, V27, P1271 LEVIN I, 1989, TIME HUMAN COGNITION LYON DR, 1995, ACTA PSYCHOL, V89, P239 MANSER MP, 1996, ECOL PSYCHOL, V8, P71 PIAGET J, 1969, CHILDS CONCEPTION TI PIAGET J, 1970, CHILD CONCEPTION MOV RIPOLL H, 1994, SPORT EXERC PSYCHOL, V16, P97 ROSENBAUM DA, 1975, J EXPT PSYCHOLOGY HU, V1, P395 SAVELSBERGH GJP, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V17, P315 SCHIFF W, 1979, PERCEPTION, V8, P647 SCHIFF W, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P303 TRESILIAN JR, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P231 WHITING HTA, 1970, ERGONOMICS, V13, P265 WILLIAMS K, 1986, ADV MOTOR DEV RES, P201 YAKIMOFF N, 1981, ACTA PHYSL PHARM BUL, V7, P72 YAKIMOFF N, 1993, HUM FACTORS, V35, P501 NR 27 TC 2 PU ELSEVIER SCI IRELAND LTD PI CLARE PA CUSTOMER RELATIONS MANAGER, BAY 15, SHANNON INDUSTRIAL ESTATE CO, CLARE, IRELAND SN 0304-3940 J9 NEUROSCI LETT JI Neurosci. Lett. PD OCT 21 PY 2004 VL 369 IS 3 BP 197 EP 202 PG 6 SC Neurosciences GA 863XL UT ISI:000224596700006 ER PT S AU Clouchoux, C Coulon, O Cachia, A Riviere, D Mangin, JF Regis, J TI Towards an anatomically meaningful parameterization of the cortical surface SO MEDICAL IMAGE COMPUTING AND COMPUTER-ASSISTED INTERVENTION - MICCAI 2004, PT 2, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB We present here a method that aims at defining a surface-based coordinate system on the cortical surface. Such a system is needed for both cortical localization and intersubject matching in the framework of neuroimaging. We therefore propose an automatic parameterization based on the spherical topology of the grey/white matter interface of each hemisphere and on the use of organised and reproductible, anatomical markers. From those markers used as initial constraints, the coordinate system is propagated via a PDE solved on the cortical surface. Preliminary work and results are presented here as well as further directions of research. C1 CNRS, Lab LSIS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. CEA, DSV, SNFJ, Equipe UNAF, Orsay, France. Serv Neurochirurg Fonct & Stereotax, Marseille, France. RP Clouchoux, C, CNRS, Lab LSIS, UMR 6168, Marseille, France. CR BRECHBUHLER C, 1995, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V61, P154 FISCHL B, 1999, NEUROIMAGE, V9, P195 REGIS J, 2004, UNPUB SULCAL ROOTS G RIVIERE D, 2002, MED IMAGE ANAL, V6, P77 TORO R, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, P1468, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.07.008 NR 5 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3217 PN Part 2 BP 1046 EP 1047 PG 2 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAZ67 UT ISI:000224322400131 ER PT S AU Le Troter, A Mavromatis, S Sequeira, J TI Soccer field detection in video images using color and spatial coherence SO IMAGE ANALYSIS AND RECOGNITION, PT 2, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB We present an original approach based on the joint use of color and spatial coherence to automatically detect the soccer field in video sequences. We assume that the corresponding area is significant enough for that. This assumption is verified when the camera is oriented toward the field and does not focus on a given element of the scene such as a player or the ball. We do not have any assumption on the color of the field. We use this approach to automatically validate the image area in which the relevant scene elements are. This is a part of the SIMULFOOT project whose objective is the 3D reconstruction of the scene (players, referees, ball) and its animation as a support for cognitive studies and strategy analysis. C1 Univ Marseilles, LSIS Lab LXAO Grp, Marseille, France. RP Le Troter, A, Univ Marseilles, LSIS Lab LXAO Grp, Marseille, France. CR AMER A, 2002, INT C PATT REC QUEB BEBIE B, 1998, IEEE INT C IM PROC C CARRON, 1995, SEGMENTATION IMAGES CARVALHO S, 1998, P INT S COMP GRAPH I ERICSSON KA, 1996, ANNU REV PSYCHOL, V47, P273 LEFVRE S, 2002, IST EUR C COL GRAPH, P363 MAVROMATIS S, ICISP 2003 JUN AG MO MAVROMATIS S, MIRAGE 2003 NIC FRAN OHNO M, 2000, IAPR INT C PATT REC RIPOLL H, 1994, INT PERSPECTIVES SPO, P70 SAITTA L, 2001, APPL ARTIF INTELL, V15, P761 SEO C, 1997, IAPR INT C IM AN PRO VANDENBROUCKE N, 1998, INT C IM PROC, P176 VANDENBROUCKE N, 2000, SEGMENTATION IMAGES, P238 NR 14 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3212 PN Part 2 BP 265 EP 272 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAZ52 UT ISI:000224317200033 ER PT S AU Khelfallah, M Benhamou, B TI Two revision methods based on constraints: Application to a flooding problem SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND SYMBOLIC COMPUTATION, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE revision; linear constraints; geographic information AB In this paper, we axe interested in geographic information revision in the framework of a flooding problem. We show how to express and how to revise this problem by using simple linear constraints. We present two revision strategies based on linear constraints resolution: the partial revision and the global revision methods. We apply these approaches on both a real-world flooding problem and random flooding instances. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, Lab LSIS, F-13453 Marseille, France. RP Khelfallah, M, Univ Aix Marseille 1, Lab LSIS, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille, France. EM mahat@cmi.univ-mrs.fr banhamou@cmi.univ-mrs.fr CR ALCHOURRON CE, 1985, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V50, P510 GAREY M, 1979, COMPUTERS INTRACTABI KHELFALLAH M, 2004, IN PRESS 16 EUR C AR KHELFALLAH M, 2004, UNPUB 2 REVISION MET NEBEL B, 1998, HDB DEFEASIBLE REASO, V3, P77 NR 5 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3249 BP 265 EP 270 PG 6 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAX58 UT ISI:000224110900022 ER PT S AU Manoah, S Boucelma, O Lassoued, Y TI Schema matching in GIS SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: METHODOLOGY, SYSTEMS, AND APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB With the proliferation of spatial data on the Internet, there is an increasing need for flexible and powerful GIS data integration solutions. Recall that a data integration system provides users with a uniform access to a multitude of (local) data sources. The user poses his query against a virtual (global) schema, which is rewritten into queries against the local sources. A key issue in this context is to provide (semi)automatic schema mappings between schemas. In this paper we describe a machine-learning based approach for GIS schema matching. Our approach extends existing machine-learning approaches for (traditional) data mapping but departs from them due to the nature of geographic data. Our solution reduces the complex mappings by identifying different values of a determining property. C1 CNRS, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Manoah, S, CNRS, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille, France. EM Snezhana.Manoah@lsis.org Omar.Boucelma@lsis.org Yassine.Lassoued@lsis.org CR 2001, BASE DONNEES TOPOGRA *MIN EC FIN IND, 2001, STAND ECH OBJ PLAN C *URL, OP GIS CONS BERNSTEIN PA, WORKSH INF INT WEB I CASTANO S, 2001, IEEE T KNOWL DATA EN, V13, P277 DOMINGOS P, P WEDDB 2000 DOMINGOS P, 2001, P ACM SIGMOD LAKE R, 2001, GEOGRAPHY MARKUP LAN MADHAVAN J, 2001, P 27 INT C VER LARG, P49 MITRA P, 1999, PROCOF FUSION 99 PALOPOLI L, 1999, INT C COOP INF SYST, P34 RAHM E, 2001, VLDB J, V10 NR 12 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3192 BP 500 EP 509 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAV74 UT ISI:000223825100051 ER PT J AU Le Goc, M Frydman, C TI The discrete event concept as a paradigm for the "perception-based diagnosis" of Sachem SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE fault diagnosis; monitored control systems; knowledge-based systems; discrete event systems; artificial intelligence AB Sachem is an extensive large-scale real time knowledge-based system designed to monitor and diagnose blast furnaces. This paper aims at illustrating the way the concept of discrete event allowed the definition of a "perception-based diagnosis" approach as a recursive and holographic abstraction process of a discrete event. The example of the diagnosis of a "thermal load" phenomenon on a blast furnace is used in order to illustrate the way Sachem apply the "perception-based diagnosis" approach. Some considerations about the blast furnace and the development of Sachem are also presented in the paper to recall the complexity and the issue of the design of powerful perception systems. C1 Sachem Consulting, Sollac Mediterranee, F-13776 Fos Sur Mer, France. RP Le Goc, M, LSIS, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie,N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM marc.legoc@lsis.org Claudia.frydman@lsis.org CR AGUILAR J, 1994, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, P103 ALBERS P, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1348, P1 BREDILLET P, 1994, P INT C INT SYST APP, P295 BREUKER J, 1994, COMMONKADS LIB EXPER CAUVIN S, 1998, AI COMMUN, V11, P139 DAGUE P, 2001, DIAGNOSTIC INTELLIGE, P17 DOUSSON C, 1993, 13 INT JOINT C ART I, P166 DOUSSON C, 1996, ANN TELECOMMUN, V51, P501 FRYDMAN C, 2001, RECENT ADV DEVS METH, V18, P147 GHALLAB M, 1996, P PRINC KNOWL REPR R, P597 GIAMBIASI N, 1999, J EUROPEEN SYSTE JAN GIAMBIASI N, 2000, C SCI 2000 ORL US JU HANKS S, 1994, ARTIF INTELL, V66, P1 LABORIE P, 1997, INT WORKSH PRINC DIA, P61 LEGOC M, 1998, NEUR 98 4 INT C NEUR, P315 LEGOC M, 1999, P 27 MCMAST S IR STE LEGOC M, 2002, INT J HUM-COMPUT ST, V56, P199 LEGOC M, 2003, IN PRESS J INTELLIGE MILNE R, 1994, INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS, V3, P103 NEWELL A, 1982, ARTIF INTELL, V18, P87 SCHREIBER G, 2000, KNOWLEDGE ENG MANAGE SOHAM Y, 1997, REASONING CHANGE TIM TRAVEMASSUYES L, 1997, IEEE EXPERT MAY, P22 VILA L, 1994, AI COMMUN, V7, P4 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, DEVS MULTIFACETED MO ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 27 TC 1 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD JUN PY 2004 VL 40 IS 2 BP 207 EP 232 PG 26 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA 848RF UT ISI:000223484100005 ER PT S AU Mari, JL Sequeira, J TI Expression of a set of points' structure within a specific geometrical model SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2004, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB We present a new approach based on a multi-layer model to represent the structure of an object defined by a cloud of points. This technique focuses on the ability to take into account both the global characteristics and the local specificities of a complex object, on topological and morphological levels, as well as on the geometric level. To do that, the proposed model is composed of three layers. We call the boundary mesh the external layer, adding a multiresolution feature. We enhance this representation by including an internal structure: the inner skeleton, which is topologically equivalent to the input object. In addition to that, a third layer links the structural entity and the geometrical crust, to induce an intermediary level of representation. This approach, which overcomes the limitations of skeleton based models and free-form surfaces, is applied to classical and medical data through a specific algorithm. C1 Mediterranee Univ, LSIS Lab, LXAO Dept, ESIL, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Mari, JL, Mediterranee Univ, LSIS Lab, LXAO Dept, ESIL, Campus Luminy,Case 925, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM jlmari@esil.univ-mrs.fr CR AMENTA N, 2000, 16 S COMP GEOM, P213 BERTRAND G, 1994, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V15, P1003 BITTAR E, 1995, COMPUT GRAPH FORUM, V14, P457 DELINGETTE H, 1994, 2214 INRIA ECK M, 1995, SIGGRAPH 95 C P, P173 FORSEY DR, 1988, COMPUT GRAPH, V22, P205 GARLAND M, 1997, SURFACE SIMPLIFICATI, V31, P209 LEE A, 1998, COMPUTER GRAPHICS, P95 LOUNSBERY M, 1997, ACM T GRAPHIC, V16, P34 MARI JL, 2002, THESIS U MEDITERRANE MARKOSIAN L, 1999, COMP GRAPH, P393 MEAGHER D, 1982, COMPUT GRAPHICS IMAG, V19, P129 ROSENFELD A, 1975, INFORM CONTR, V29, P286 SCHROEDER WJ, 1992, COMPUT GRAPH, V26, P65 NR 14 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3039 PN Part 4 BP 156 EP 163 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAO62 UT ISI:000223079700020 ER PT S AU Madjarov, I Boucelma, O Betari, A TI An agent- and service-oriented e-Learning platform SO ADVANCES IN WEB-BASED LEARNING - ICWL 2004 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB This paper presents an e-Leaming Web-reachable hypermedia system as the foundation of a course content development toolset. Course content, developed in XML, is stored in native XML databases and propagated via Web services. A helper agent delivers the learning objects that compose a course based on a pedagogical strategy pre-defined by the course author. The agent dynamically establishes the learning objects delivery order. The sequencing of Web pages in the proposed system relies on a Petri Net analysis of incoming events such as student responses to exercises. C1 Univ Mediterranee, Dept GTR, IUT Aix Provence, Marseille, France. CNRS, LSIS, Marseille, France. Univ Aix Marseille 1, Marseille, France. Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, Lab Informat Fondamentale Marseille, Marseille, France. RP Madjarov, I, Univ Mediterranee, Dept GTR, IUT Aix Provence, Marseille, France. EM ivmad@iut-gtr.univ-mrs.fr omar@cmi.univ-mrs.fr betari@lif.univ-mrs.fr CR *IEEE COMP SOC LEA, 2001, P14841D8 IEEE COMP S *IEEE, 2003, LEARN OBJ MET *XML DB IN, ENT TECHN XML DAT BOURRET R, 2003, XML DATABASES HAMADI R, ADC2003 KURT KJ, 1997, COLOURED PETRI NETS, V1 MADJAROV I, IN PRESS NOTERE 2004 MADJAROV I, IN PRESS SAER 2004 NAQUET V, 1992, RESEAUX PETRI SYSTEM NR 9 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3143 BP 27 EP 34 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAO42 UT ISI:000223068900004 ER PT J AU Keller, J Ripoll, H TI Stability of reflective-impulsive style in coincidence-anticipation motor tasks SO LEARNING AND INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES LA English DT Article DE reflective-impulsive; coincidence-anticipation motor tasks; matching familiar figures test ID FAMILIAR FIGURES TEST; CONCEPTUAL TEMPO; COGNITIVE TEMPO; MISGIVINGS; CHILDREN AB The relationships between response latencies and accuracy on the matching familiar figures test (MFFT) and two gross motor tasks (batting or catching a ball) were studied in twenty-nine 9-year-old boys. Children were classified into four groups using a double dichotomy of response latencies and errors on the MFFT: reflective, impulsive, fast-accurate, and slow-inaccurate on intertask comparison. The components (errors and time) used to classify the children show stability for errors but not latencies on cognitive versus motor intertask comparison. The comparison between motor tasks shows the stability for latencies and accuracy, a nonlinear relationship between latency and accuracy for the ball-hitting but not the ball-catching task, and reflective boys to be the most efficient on the task requirement. These results lend support to the hypothesis that strategies are more a consequence of a "competence" than a "conceptual tempo" factor. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Paris 05, Lab Sci Sport, UFR, STAPS, F-75015 Paris, France. Univ Mediterranee, UPRES, EA3294 Sport & Adaptat, Marseille, France. RP Keller, J, Univ Paris 05, Lab Sci Sport, UFR, STAPS, 1 Rue Lacretelle, F-75015 Paris, France. EM jean.keller@staps.univ-paris5.fr CR AULT RL, 1972, CHILD DEV, V25, P485 AULT RL, 1973, CHILD DEV, V44, P259 BARRATT ES, 1981, J MOTOR BEHAV, V13, P286 BLOCK J, 1974, DEV PSYCHOL, V10, P611 BLOCK J, 1986, DEV PSYCHOL, V22, P820 BLOCK J, 1987, DEV PSYCHOL, V23, P740 BROWN SD, 1988, ADV MOTOR DEV RES, V2, P103 BUCKY SF, 1972, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V34, P813 BUSH ES, 1975, DEV PSYCHOL, V11, P567 COSTANTINI AF, 1973, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V37, P779 EGELAND B, 1976, CHILD DEV, V47, P483 KAGAN J, 1964, PSYCHOL MONOGR, V78, P578 KAGAN J, 1966, J ABNORM PSYCHOL, V71, P17 KELLER J, 1987, RECHERCHES PSYCHOL S, P86 KELLER J, 2001, PERCEPT MOTOR SKIL 1, V92, P739 LAWRY JA, 1983, CHILD DEV, V54, P912 MEICHENBAUM D, 1969, CHILD DEV, V40, P785 MITCHELL C, 1979, CHILD DEV, V50, P1043 SALKIND NJ, 1980, DEV PSYCHOL, V16, P237 STANFORD MS, 1996, BRAIN COGNITION, V31, P35 ZELNIKER T, 1976, MONOGRAPHS SOC RES C, V41 NR 21 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1041-6080 J9 LEARN INDIVID DIFFER JI Learn. Individ. Differ. PY 2004 VL 14 IS 4 BP 209 EP 218 PG 10 SC Psychology, Educational GA 836SK UT ISI:000222575900002 ER PT S AU Chaouiya, C Remy, E Ruet, P Thieffry, D TI Qualitative modelling of genetic networks: From logical regulatory graphs to standard Petri nets SO APPLICATIONS AND THEORY OF PETRI NETS 2004, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE regulatory graphs; gene regulation; discrete dynamics; qualitative analysis ID SYSTEMS AB In this paper, a systematic rewriting of logical genetic regulatory graphs in terms of standard Petri net models is proposed. We show that, in the Boolean case, the combination of the logical approach with the standard Petri net framework enables the analysis of isolated regulatory circuits, confirming their most fundamental dynamical properties. Furthermore, two more realistic applications are also presented, the first dealing with the control of the early cell cycles in the developing fly, the second dealing with flower morphogenesis. The combination of logical and Petri net formalisms open new prospects for the delineation of specific relationships between the feedback structure and the dynamical properties of complex regulatory systems. Moreover, this approach should ease the definition of integrated models of networks encompassing various kinds of interactions: genetic or metabolic regulations, signal transduction cascades... C1 Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, INSERM, IBDM,Lab Genet & Physiol Dev, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, Inst Math, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Chaouiya, C, Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, INSERM, IBDM,Lab Genet & Physiol Dev, Campus Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. EM chaouiya@ibm.univ-mrs.fr remy@im1.univ-mrs.fr ruet@im1.univ-mrs.fr thieffry@ibdm.univ-mrs.fr CR CHAOUIYA C, 2003, SPRINGER LECT NOTES, V294, P119 COEN ES, 1991, NATURE, V353, P31 DEJONG H, 2002, J COMPUT BIOL, V9, P67 GLASS L, 1973, J THEOR BIOL, V39, P103 GOSS PJE, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P6750 HOFESTADT R, 1998, SILICO BIOL, V1, P39 KUFNER R, 2000, BIOINFORMATICS, V16, P925 MARSAN MA, 1995, MODELLING GEN STOCHA MATSUNO H, 2003, SILICO BIOL, V3, P389 MENDOZA L, 1999, BIOINFORMATICS, V15, P593 MURATA T, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P541 REDDY VN, 1996, COMPUT BIOL MED, V26, P9 REISIG W, 1985, PETR NETS REMY E, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS S2, V19, P172 THOMAS R, 1973, J THEOR BIOL, V42, P563 THOMAS R, 1995, B MATH BIOL, V57, P247 TYSON JJ, 2001, NAT REV MOL CELL BIO, V2, P908 VALLET MC, P JOBIM 2002 C ST MA, P329 WUENSCHE A, P PAC S BIOC 1998 HA, P89 NR 19 TC 10 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2004 VL 3099 BP 137 EP 156 PG 20 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BAK10 UT ISI:000222626100009 ER PT J AU Hickman, SJ Hadjiprocopis, A Coulon, O Miller, DH Barker, GJ TI Cervical spinal cord MTR histogram analysis in multiple sclerosis using a 3D acquisition and a B-spline active surface segmentation technique SO MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING LA English DT Article DE multiple sclerosis; MRI; spinal cord; magnetization transfer; magnetization transfer histograms ID MAGNETIZATION-TRANSFER RATIO AB The application of a three-dimensional magnetization transfer (MT) sequence and B-spline active surface segmentation method to produce MT histograms of the cervical spinal cord in a pilot study of controls and multiple sclerosis (MS) patients is presented. Subjects' cervical spinal cords were imaged with (a) a volume-acquired inversion-prepared fast spoiled gradient echo sequence and (b) a volume-acquired noninversion-prepared fast spoiled gradient echo MT sequence. The images were segmented using the B spline active surface technique and MT histograms were produced from the MT images. The method was sensitive enough to detect differences between seven MS patients and 10 controls in mean MT ratio (42.4 pu versus 44.0 pu, p = 0.03) and peak location (45.2 versus 46.8, p = 0.03). The spinal cord volumes obtained from the two sequences were associated with each other (parameter estimate 0.972, 95% confidence intervals 0.742, 1.202, p < 0.001). (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Coll London, NMR Res Unit, Inst Neurol, London WC1N 3BG, England. Ecole Super Ingenieurs Luminy, CNRS, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Marseille, France. Univ London Kings Coll, Neuroimaging Res Grp, Inst Psychiat, London SE5 8AF, England. RP Hickman, SJ, Univ Coll London, NMR Res Unit, Inst Neurol, Queen Sq, London WC1N 3BG, England. EM s.hickman@ion.ucl.ac.uk CR *ALD HEY HOSP, 1994, ALD HEY BOOK CHILDR BARKER GJ, 1996, MAGN RESON IMAGING, V14, P403 BOZZALI M, 1999, AM J NEURORADIOL, V20, P1803 COULON O, 2002, MAGNET RESON MED, V47, P1176 FILIPPI M, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V54, P207 FISCHER JS, 2001, MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS F HICKMAN SJ, 2000, NEUROIMAG CLIN N AM, V10, P689 HICKMAN SJ, 2002, P INT SOC MAGN RESON, V10, P942 KURTZKE JF, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1444 SILVER NC, 1997, NEURORADIOLOGY, V39, P441 NR 10 TC 4 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA SN 0730-725X J9 MAGN RESON IMAGING JI Magn. Reson. Imaging PD JUL PY 2004 VL 22 IS 6 BP 891 EP 895 PG 5 SC Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging GA 835ON UT ISI:000222493200017 ER PT J AU Edwards, G Jeansoulin, R TI Data fusion - from a logic perspective with a view to implementation SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SCIENCE LA English DT Editorial Material C1 Univ Laval, Dept Sci Geomatiques, Ctr Rech Geomatique, Canada Res Chair Cognit Geomatics, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Edwards, G, Univ Laval, Dept Sci Geomatiques, Ctr Rech Geomatique, Canada Res Chair Cognit Geomatics, Pavillon Casault, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. EM geoffrey.edwards@scg.ulaval.ca robert.jeansoulin@up.univ-mrs.fr NR 0 TC 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 1365-8816 J9 INT J GEOGR INF SCI JI Int. J. Geogr. Inf. Sci. PD JUN PY 2004 VL 18 IS 4 BP 303 EP 307 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Geography; Geography, Physical; Information Science & Library Science GA 822FJ UT ISI:000221522800001 ER PT J AU Jeansoulin, R Wurbel, E TI An anytime revision operator for large and uncertain geographic data sets SO SOFT COMPUTING LA English DT Article DE non-classical logics; belief revision; approximate reasoning; spatial constraints; geographic information systems; geomatics AB The environmental data are in general imprecise and uncertain, but they are located in space and therefore obey to spatial constraints. The "spatial analysis" is a (natural) reasoning process through which geographers take advantage of these constraints to reduce this uncertainty and to improve their beliefs. Trying to automate this process is a really hard problem. We propose here the design of a revision operator able to perform a spatial analysis in the context of one particular "application profile": it identifies objects bearing a same variable bound through local constraints. The formal background, on which this operator is built, is a decision algorithm from Reiter [9]; then the heuristics, which help this algorithm to become tractable on a true scale application, are special patterns for clauses and "spatial confinement" of conflicts. This operator is "anytime" because it uses "samples" and works on small (tractable) blocks, it reaggregates the partial revision results on larger blocks, thus we name it a "hierarchical block revision" operator. Finally we illustrate a particular application: a flooding propagation. Of course this is among possible approaches of "soft-computing" for geographic applications. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13453 Marseille, France. Univ Toulon & Pays Var, Toulon, France. RP Jeansoulin, R, Univ Aix Marseille 1, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13453 Marseille, France. EM robert.jeansoulin@cmi.univ-mrs.fr eric.wurbel@univ-tln.fr CR ALCHOURRON CE, 1985, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V50, P510 BENFERHAT S, 2000, P 16 INT C UNC ART I, P24 FREUDER EC, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V58, P21 KATSUNO H, 1991, ARTIF INTELL, V52, P263 KONIECZNY S, 1998, P 6 INT C PRINC KNOW, P488 NEBEL B, 2000, P ECAI 2000 14 EUR C, P763 PEARL J, 1993, ARTIF INTELL, V59, P49 RANDELL DA, 1992, P 3 INT C KNOWL REPR, P165 REITER R, 1987, ARTIF INTELL, V32, P57 STASSOPOULOU A, 1998, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V12, P23 WURBEL E, 2000, P 7 PRINC KNOWL REPR, P505 WURBEL E, 2000, THESIS U PROVENCE NR 12 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 1432-7643 J9 SOFT COMPUT JI Soft Comput. PD MAY PY 2003 VL 7 IS 6 BP 386 EP 393 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications GA 818TX UT ISI:000221268500003 ER PT J AU Kessler, L Bucher, P Milliat-Guittard, L Benhamou, PY Berney, T Penfornis, A Badet, L Thivolet, C Bayle, F Oberholzer, J Renoult, E Brun, JM Rifle, G Atlan, C Colin, C Morel, P CA GRAGIL Grp TI Influence of islet transportation on pancreatic islet allotransplantation in type 1 diabetic patients within the swiss-french GRAGIL network SO TRANSPLANTATION LA English DT Article ID TRANSPLANTATION AB Background. The influence of islet transportation on pancreatic islet allotransplantation in type 1 diabetic patients was evaluated within the GRAGIL network. Patients and Methods. From December 2001 to April 2003, 16 human pancreatic islet transplants were performed in 9 type I diabetic patients with an established kidney graft (functioning for at least 6 months) in four centers of the GIRAGIL network. Islet isolation was performed in a core laboratory in Geneva, and the islet preparations were shipped by ambulance to each center for transplantation. One month after transplantation, the efficiency of the graft was assessed according to islet transportation time (ITT): ITT less than 2 hours (group 1, n = 5), and ITT greater than 4.5 hours (group 2, n = 4, mediant 5 hours). Results. Primary graft dysfunction was observed in one patient in group 1 after one month. Two patients became insulin independent in groups I and 2. All other patients in both groups had a plasma C-peptide level greater than 0.5 ng/ml. The RbA(1c) level and the exogenous insulin needs decreased in both groups. Conclusions. ITT does not seem to influence the efficiency of pancreatic islet allotransplantation in type 1 diabetic patients. These results emphasize the scope for multicenter networks such as the GRAGIL group. C1 Univ Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, Strasbourg, France. Univ Hosp, Dept Surg, Geneva, Switzerland. Hospices Civils, Dept Med Informat, Lyon, France. Univ Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, Grenoble, France. Univ Hosp, Dept Endocrinol, Besancon, France. Hospices Civils, Dept Urol, Lyon, France. Univ Hosp, Dept Nephrol, Nancy, France. Univ Hosp Dijon, Dept Endocrinol, Dijon, France. Univ Hosp Dijon, Dept Nephrol, Dijon, France. Univ Hosp Marseille, Dept Endocrinol, Marseille, France. RP Kessler, L, Hop Civil, Serv Endocrinol & Diabetol, 1 Pl Hop, F-67091 Strasbourg, France. EM laurence.kessler@medecine.u-strasbg.fr CR BENHAMOU PY, 2001, DIABETOLOGIA, V44, P859 BERTUZZI F, 2002, DIABETOLOGIA, V45, P77 BIRKELAND SA, 2002, TRANSPLANTATION, V73, P1527 GOSS JA, 2002, TRANSPLANTATION, V74, P1761, DOI 10.1097/01.TP.0000038968.06766.D6 GOSS JA, 2003, TRANSPLANTATION, V76, P199, DOI 10.1097/01.TP.0000073976.26604.96 RABKIN JM, 1997, PANCREAS, V15, P416 RICORDI C, 1990, ACTA DIABETOL LAT, V27, P185 RYAN EA, 2002, DIABETES, V51, P2148 RYDGARD KJ, 2001, TRANSPLANT P, V33, P2538 TIBELL A, 2001, TRANSPLANT P, V33, P2535 NR 10 TC 9 PU LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106-3621 USA SN 0041-1337 J9 TRANSPLANTATION JI Transplantation PD APR 27 PY 2004 VL 77 IS 8 BP 1301 EP 1304 PG 4 SC Immunology; Surgery; Transplantation GA 816SZ UT ISI:000221130900031 ER PT J AU Mathieu, P Remy, E TI Isoperimetry and heat kernel decay on percolation clusters SO ANNALS OF PROBABILITY LA English DT Article DE percolation; isoperimetry; spectral gap; heat kernel decay ID RANDOM-WALK AB We prove that the heat kernel on the infinite Bernoulli percolation cluster in Z(d) almost surely decays faster than t(-d/2). We also derive estimates on the mixing time for the random walk confined to a finite box. Our approach is based on local isoperimetric inequalities. Some of the results of this paper were previously announced in the note of Mathieu and Remy. C1 CMI, F-13013 Marseille, France. IML, F-13009 Marseille, France. RP Mathieu, P, CMI, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13013 Marseille, France. EM pierre.mathieu@cmi.univ-mrs.fr remy@iml.univ-mrs.fr CR ANTAL P, 1996, ANN PROBAB, V24, P1036 BENJAMINI I, 2003, PROBAB THEORY REL, V125, P408, DOI 10.1007/s00440-002-0246-y CARNE TK, 1985, B SCI MATH, V109, P399 COULHON T, 1999, RANDOM WALKS DISCRET, P165 DEMASI A, 1989, J STAT PHYS, V55, P787 DEUSCHEL JD, 1996, PROBAB THEORY REL, V104, P467 GRIMMETT GR, 1993, PROBAB THEORY REL, V96, P33 HEICKLEN D, 1999, RETURN PROBABILITIES KESTEN H, 1982, PERCOLATION THEORY M LIGGETT TM, 1997, ANN PROBAB, V25, P71 MATHIEU P, 2001, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V332, P927 PITTET C, 1997, SURVEY RELATIONSHIPS SALOFFCOSTE L, 1997, LECT NOTES MATH, V1665, P301 SINAI YG, 1982, THEORY PHASE TRANSIT NR 14 TC 12 PU INST MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS PI BEACHWOOD PA PO BOX 22718, BEACHWOOD, OH 44122 USA SN 0091-1798 J9 ANN PROBAB JI Ann. Probab. PD JAN PY 2004 VL 32 IS 1A BP 100 EP 128 PG 29 SC Statistics & Probability GA 808LH UT ISI:000220570100004 ER PT J AU Mangin, JF Riviere, D Coulon, O Poupon, C Cachia, A Cointepas, Y Poline, JB Le Bihan, D Regis, J Papadopoulos-Orfanos, D TI Coordinate-based versus structural approaches to brain image analysis SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN MEDICINE LA English DT Article DE brain mapping; structural models; model inference; matching with a model; Markovian random fields; random graph; cortical sulci ID HUMAN CEREBRAL-CORTEX; MAGNETIC-RESONANCE IMAGES; SPACE PRIMAL SKETCH; HUMAN VISUAL-CORTEX; CORTICAL SURFACE; FUNCTIONAL LOCALIZATION; SPATIAL NORMALIZATION; PROBABILISTIC ATLAS; MAPS; TRACKING AB A basic issue in neurosciences is to look for possible relationships between brain architecture and cognitive models. The lack of architectural information in magnetic resonance images, however, has led the neuroimaging community to develop brain mapping strategies based on various coordinate systems without accurate architectural content. Therefore, the relationships between architectural and functional brain organizations are difficult to study when analyzing neuroimaging experiments. This paper advocates that the design of new brain image analysis methods inspired by the structural strategies often used in computer vision may provide better ways to address these relationships. The key point underlying this new framework is the conversion of the raw images into structural representations before analysis. These representations are made up of data-driven elementary features like activated clusters, cortical folds or fiber bundles. Two classes of methods are introduced. Inference of structural models via matching across a set of individuals is described first. This inference problem is illustrated by the group analysis of functional statistical parametric maps (SPMs). Then, the matching of new individual data with a priori known structural models is described, using the recognition of the cortical sulci as a prototypical example. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Serv Hosp Frederic Joliot, CEA, F-91401 Orsay, France. Ecole Super Ingn Luminy, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Marseille, France. Serv Neurochirurg Fonct & Stereotax, Marseille, France. Inst Federatif Rech 49, Paris, France. RP Mangin, JF, Serv Hosp Frederic Joliot, CEA, 4 Pl Gen Leclerc, F-91401 Orsay, France. EM mangin@shfj.cea.fr CR ASHBURNER J, 2000, NEUROIMAGE 1, V11, P805 AYACHE N, 1991, ARTIFICIAL VISION MO BESAG J, 1976, JR STAT SOC B, V36, P721 BRAAK H, 1980, ARCHITECTONICS HUMAN BRETT M, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P243 BRODMANN K, 1909, VERGLEICHENDE LOKALI CACHIA A, 2001, LNCS, V2208, P897 CACHIA A, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2488, P427 CACHIER P, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2208, P734 CHICUREL M, 2000, NATURE, V406, P822 COLLINS DL, 1994, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V18, P192 COLLINS DL, 1995, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V3, P190 COLLINS DL, 1998, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1496, P974 CONTURO TE, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P10422 COULON O, 2000, NEUROIMAGE 1, V11, P767 CRIVELLO F, 2002, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V16, P228, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10047 DEHAENE S, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P3809 EVANS AC, 1992, SOC NEUR ABSTR, V18, P408 EVANS GP, 1992, ADV ELECTROCHEMICAL, V1, P1 FELLEMAN DJ, 1991, CEREB CORTEX, V1, P1 FISCHL B, 1999, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V8, P272 FISCHL B, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P11050 FLECHSIG P, 1920, ANATOMIE MENSCHLICHE FOX P, 1985, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO FOX PT, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P319 FRISTON KJ, 1995, HUMAN BRAIN MAPPING, V2, P165 FRISTON KJ, 1995, HUMAN BRAIN MAPPING, V2, P189 GEMAN S, 1984, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V6, P721 GEYER S, 1996, NATURE, V382, P805 GOODEY CF, 2001, HIST HUM SCI, V14, P1 HASNAIN MK, 2001, CEREB CORTEX, V11, P702 HELLIER P, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2208, P258 KOTTER R, 2001, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V356, P1111 KRUGGEL F, 2001, LNCS, V2082, P239 LANCASTER JL, 2000, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V10, P120 LEBIHAN D, 2001, J MAGN RESON IMAGING, V13, P534 LINDEBERG T, 1993, INT J COMPUT VISION, V11, P283 LINDEBERG T, 1999, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V7, P166 LOHMANN G, 2000, MED IMAGE ANAL, V4, P179 MACDONALD D, 2000, NEUROIMAGE, V12, P340 MANGIN JF, 1995, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V5, P297 MANGIN JF, 1995, LNCS, V905, P177 MANGIN JF, 2002, NMR BIOMED, V15, P481, DOI 10.1002/nbm.780 MAZZIOTTA J, 2001, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V356, P1293 MAZZIOTTA JC, 1995, NEUROIMAGE, V2, P89 MORI S, 1999, ANN NEUROL, V45, P265 MOUNTCASTLE VB, 1997, BRAIN 4, V120, P701 NORTHCUTT RG, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V18, P400 NORTHCUTT RG, 1995, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V18, P373 ONO M, 1990, ATLAS CEREBRAL SULCI PASSINGHAM RE, 2002, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V3, P606, DOI 10.1038/nrn893 PAUS T, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1908 PETRIDES M, 1994, HDB NEUROPSYCHOLOGY, V9, P17 POLINE JB, 1997, NEUROIMAGE, V5, P83 POUPON C, 2000, NEUROIMAGE, V12, P184 PRESS WA, 2001, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V356, P1147 REGIS J, 1995, STEREOT FUNCT NEUROS, V65, P72 RETTMANN ME, 2002, NEUROIMAGE, V15, P329 RIVIERE D, 2002, MED IMAGE ANAL, V6, P77 ROLAND PE, 1994, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V17, P458 ROLAND PE, 1997, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V5, P222 SARKISOV SA, 1955, ATLAS CYTOARCHITECTO STEPHAN KE, 2000, PHILOS T R SOC B, V355, P37 STEPHAN KE, 2001, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V356, P1159 SUBSOL G, 1998, MED IMAGE ANAL, V2, P37 TALAIRACH J, 1967, ATLAS ANATOMIE STERE TALAIRACH J, 1988, COPLANAR STEREOTAXIC THOMPSON P, 1996, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V15, P402 THOMPSON PM, 2000, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V9, P81 TOGA AW, 2001, ANAT EMBRYOL, V204, P267 TOOTELL RBH, 1996, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V19, P481 VANESSEN DC, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P419 VANESSEN DC, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P788 VONECONOMO C, 1929, CYTOARCHITECTONICS H WATKINS KE, 2001, CEREB CORTEX, V11, P868 WATSON JDG, 1993, CEREB CORTEX, V3, P79 WELKER W, 1988, CEREBRAL CORTEX WHY, P3 WIEGELL MR, 2000, RADIOLOGY, V217, P897 WILKE M, 2002, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V17, P48, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10053 ZEKI S, 1993, VISION BRAIN ZILLES K, 1997, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V5, P218 NR 81 TC 5 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0933-3657 J9 ARTIF INTELL MED JI Artif. Intell. Med. PD FEB PY 2004 VL 30 IS 2 BP 177 EP 197 PG 21 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Engineering, Biomedical; Medical Informatics GA 804IA UT ISI:000220291200006 ER PT J AU Coulon, O Alexander, DC Arridge, S TI Diffusion tensor magnetic resonance image regularization SO MEDICAL IMAGE ANALYSIS LA English DT Article DE diffusion tensor magnetic resonance images; regularization; tensor field; direction field; variational methods; anisotropic diffusion ID COHERENCE-ENHANCING DIFFUSION; SCALE-SPACE; HUMAN BRAIN; ANISOTROPIC DIFFUSION; NONLINEAR DIFFUSION; EDGE-DETECTION; COLOR IMAGES; FLOW; ALGORITHMS; SYSTEMS AB As multi-dimensional complex data become more common, new regularization schemes tailored to those data are needed. In this paper we present a scheme for regularising diffusion tensor magnetic resonance (DT-MR) data, and more generally multi-dimensional data defined by a direction map and one or several magnitude maps. The scheme is divided in two steps. First, a variational method is proposed to restore direction fields with preservation of discontinuities. Its theoretical aspects are presented, as well as its application to the direction field that defines the main orientation of the diffusion tensors. The second step makes use of an anisotropic diffusion process to regularize the magnitude maps. The main idea is that for a range of data it is possible to use the restored direction as a prior to drive the regularization process in a way that preserves discontinuities and respects the local coherence of the magnitude map. We show that anisotropic diffusion is a convenient framework to implement that idea, and define a regularization process for the magnitude maps from our DT-MR data. Both steps are illustated on synthetic and real diffusion tensor magnetic resonance data. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Lab Sci Informat & Syst, CNRS, Marseille, France. Univ Coll London, Dept Comp Sci, London, England. RP Coulon, O, ESIL, Equipe LXAO, Lab LSIS, Campus Luminy,Case 925, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. EM olivier.coulon@lsis.org CR ALDROUBI A, 1999, CONT MATH, V247, P1 ALEXANDER D, 2001, RN0114 UCL DEP COMP ALEXANDER DC, 2002, MAGNET RESON MED, V48, P331 ALVAREZ J, 1992, J ASTHMA, V29, P3 ALVAREZ L, 1993, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V123, P3 BASSER P, 1996, J MAGN RESON SER B, V11, P209 BASSER PJ, 1994, BIOPHYS J, V66, P259 BASSER PJ, 2000, MAGNET RESON MED, V44, P41 BERTALMIO M, 2000, 0023 CAMTR UCLA BESAG J, 1974, J R STAT SOC B, V36, P192 CASELLES V, 1998, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V7 CATTE F, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P182 CHAN T, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V61, P1338 CONTURO TE, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P10422 COULON O, 2000, BRIT C MED IM UND AN, P141 COULON O, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2082, P92 GEMAN S, 1985, AM STAT ASS, P12 GREEN PJ, 1990, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V52, P443 JONES DK, 1999, MAGNET RESON MED, V42, P515 KIMMEL R, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1252, P212 KIMMEL R, 2000, 200002 CIS KIRSCH A, 1996, APPL MATH SCI, V120 KOENDERINK JJ, 1984, BIOL CYBERN, V50, P363 KORNPROBST P, 1998, THESIS U NICE SOPHIA KRISSIAN K, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1251, P345 LEBIHAN D, 2001, J MAGN RESON IMAGING, V13, P534 MOHIADDIN RH, 1994, J COMPUT ASSIST TOMO, V18, P383 NIELSEN M, 1997, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V7, P291 NIESSEN W, 1994, GEOMETRY DRIVEN DIFF, P393 PARKER GJM, 2000, J MAGN RESON IMAGING, V11, P702 PARKER GJM, 2001, LECT NOTES COMP SCI, V2082, P106 PERONA P, 1990, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V12, P629 PERONA P, 1998, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V7, P457 PIERPAOLI C, 1996, MAGNET RESON MED, V36, P893 PIERPAOLI C, 1996, RADIOLOGY, V201, P637 POUPON C, 2001, MED IMAGE ANAL, V5, P1 RADMOSER E, 2000, J VIS COMMUN IMAGE R, V11, P96 RUDIN LI, 1992, PHYSICA D, V60, P259 SAPIRO G, 1993, INT J COMPUT VISION, V11, P25 SAPIRO G, 1995, IEEE C IM PROC WASH SAPIRO G, 1996, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V5, P1582 SCHERZER O, 2000, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V12, P43 SHAH J, 1996, IEEE P C COMP VIS PA, P136 TANG B, 1999, COLOR IMAGE ENHANCEM TANG B, 2000, INT J COMPUT VISION, V36, P149 TEBOUL S, 1998, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V7, P387 TRAHANIAS PE, 1996, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V5, P868 TSCHUMPERLE D, 2001, 12 SCAND C IM AN BER TSCHUMPERLE D, 2001, IEEE WORKSH VAR LEV VEMURI B, 2001, IEEE WORKSH VAR LEV WEICKERT J, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1252, P260 WEICKERT J, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1252, P3 WEICKERT J, 1998, ANISOTROPIC DIFFUSIO WEICKERT J, 1999, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V17, P201 WEICKERT J, 1999, INT J COMPUT VISION, V31, P111 WEICKERT J, 2001, J MATH IMAGING VIS, V14, P245 WHITAKER R, 1994, GEOMETRY DRIVEN DIFF, P93 YOU YL, 1996, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V5, P1539 NR 58 TC 17 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 1361-8415 J9 MED IMAGE ANAL JI Med. Image Anal. PD MAR PY 2004 VL 8 IS 1 BP 47 EP 67 PG 21 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Biomedical; Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging GA 762VM UT ISI:000188002900004 ER PT S AU Phan-Luong, V Pham, TT Jeansoulin, R TI Integrating information under lattice structure SO FOUNDATIONS OF INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB Different observations on a domain framework can result in different information sources, which can be complementary or in conflict with each other. In this paper, we propose a framework to deal with this problem, assuming the information space has a lattice structure. When inconsistencies exist in information sources, our approach can allow consensus solutions for integration. Our approach can apply for integrating geographic information, in particular, the spatio-therm atic information. C1 LIF, Marseille, France. Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Phan-Luong, V, LIF, Marseille, France. EM phan@gyptis.univ-mrs.fr pham@gyptis.univ-mrs.fr jeansoulin@gyptis.univ-mrs.fr CR BENFERHAT S, 1998, P KR 98 TRENT CHOLVY L, 2000, P FUSION PAR FONSECA F, 2002, T GEOL INFORM SYSTEM, V6 KASHYAP V, 1998, COOP INFORMATION SYS MCGUINNESS DL, 2000, P KR 00 COL US STUMME G, 2001, P 17 INT JOINT C ART WORBOYS M, 2002, P INT C GISC COL US NR 7 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2003 VL 2871 BP 83 EP 87 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BY15P UT ISI:000187959000012 ER PT S AU Terrioux, C Jegou, P TI Bounded backtracking for the valued constraint satisfaction problems SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2003, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID TREE; NETWORKS AB We propose a new method for solving Valued Constraint Satisfaction Problems based both on backtracking techniques-branch and bound- and the notion of tree-decomposition of valued constraint networks. This mixed method aims to benefit from the practical efficiency of enumerative algorithms while providing a warranty of a bounded time complexity. Indeed the time complexity of our method is O(d(w+)+ (1)) with w(+) an approximation of the tree-width of the constraint network and d the maximum size of domains. Such a complexity is obtained by exploiting optimal bounds on the sub-problems defined from the tree-decomposition. These bounds associated to some partial assignments are called "structural valued goods". Recording and exploiting these goods may allow our method to save some time and space with respect to ones required by classical dynamic programming methods. Finally, this method is a natural extension of the BTD algorithm [1] proposed in the classical CSP framework. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Terrioux, C, Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR ARNBORG S, 1987, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V8, P277 BECKER A, 2001, ARTIF INTELL, V125, P3 BISTARELLI S, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C ART, P624 DAGO P, 1996, PROC INT C TOOLS ART, P132 DECHTER R, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, V38, P353 DECHTER R, 2001, ARTIF INTELL, V125, P93 FREUDER EC, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V58, P21 GOTTLOB G, 2000, ARTIF INTELL, V124, P343 JEGOU P, 2003, ARTIF INTELL, V146, P43, DOI 10.1016/S0004-3702(02)00400-9 KOSTER A, 1999, THESIS U MAASTRICHT LARROSA G, 2002, P AAAI LARROSA J, 1996, P CP 96 BOST MA, P308 LARROSA J, 1999, ARTIF INTELL, V107, P149 LARROSA J, 2002, P 15 ECAI, P131 MESEGUER P, 2000, P WORKSH SOFT CONSTR ROBERTSON N, 1986, J ALGORITHM, V7, P309 SCHIEX T, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C ART, P631 SCHIEX T, 2002, ACT JNPC 2002, P209 VERFAILLIE G, 1996, P 13 NAT C ART INT A, P181 WALLACE R, 1994, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V923, P121 WALLACE R, 1996, P AAAI 96 PORTL OR, P188 NR 21 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2003 VL 2833 BP 709 EP 723 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BY05K UT ISI:000187420600048 ER PT S AU Grandcolas, S Henocque, L Prcovic, N TI A canonicity test for configuration SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2003, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Configuring consists in simulating the realization of a complex product from a catalog of component parts, using known relations between types, and picking values for object attributes. An inherent difficulty in solving configuration problems is the existence of many isomorphisms among interpretations. We describe a formalism independent approach to improve the detection of isomorphisms by configurators, which does not require to adapt the problem model. We exploit the properties of a structural subset of configuration problems, which canonical solutions can be produced or tested at low cost by an algorithm, possibly used as a symmetry breaking constraint. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Grandcolas, S, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Campus Sci St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie Nie, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR AUDEMARD G, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2083, P427 GRANDCOLAS S, 2003, 6168 LSIS UMR CNRS MAILHARRO D, 1998, AI EDAM, V12, P383 MCDERMOTT J, 1982, ARTIF INTELL, V19, P39 TIIHONEN J, 2002, P CONF WORKSH 15 EUR, P17 WEIGEL R, 1998, WORKSH CAS BAS REAS, P166 NR 6 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2003 VL 2833 BP 853 EP 857 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BY05K UT ISI:000187420600066 ER PT S AU Prcovic, N TI Tree local search SO PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING - CP 2003, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB This paper presents Tree Local Search (TLS), a generic algorithm that hybridizes tree and local search methods. It has the following properties: it can filter all its instantiations and allows to freely select the variable whose value changes in case of failure. The primitive version of TLS can be regarded as a Hill-Climbing method that handles filtered instantiations. An extended version generalizes the Backtracking and Min-Conflicts algorithms. C1 UMR CNRS 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Prcovic, N, UMR CNRS 6168, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Campus Sci St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie Nie, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR HARVEY WD, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C ART, P607 MINTON S, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V58, P160 MLADENOVIC N, 1997, COMPUT OPER RES, V24, P1097 NR 3 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2003 VL 2833 BP 935 EP 939 PG 5 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BY05K UT ISI:000187420600082 ER PT S AU Remy, E Thiel, E TI Look-up tables for medial axis on squared Euclidean distance transform SO DISCRETE GEOMETRY FOR COMPUTER IMAGERY, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE medial axis; centres of maximal disks; look-up tables; squared Euclidean distance transform; digital shape representation ID REPRESENTATION; ALGORITHM; PICTURE; MAPS; SET AB Medial Axis (MA), also known as Centres of Maximal Disks, is a useful representation of a shape for image description and analysis. MA can be computed on a distance transform, where each point is labelled to its distance to the background. Recent algorithms allow to compute Squared Euclidean Distance Transform (SEDT) in linear time in any dimension. While these algorithms provide exact measures, the only known method to characterize MA on SEDT, using local tests and Look-Up Tables, is limited to 2D and small distance values [5]. We have proposed in [14] an algorithm which computes the look-up table and the neighbourhood to be tested in the case of chamfer distances. In this paper, we adapt our algorithm for SEDT in arbitrary dimension and show that results have completely different properties. C1 LSIS, UMR 6168, CNRS, ESIL, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. LIF, CNRS, UMR 6166, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Remy, E, LSIS, UMR 6168, CNRS, ESIL, Case 925,163 Av Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR ARCELLI C, 1988, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V43, P361 BLUM H, 1967, MODELS PERCEPTION SP, P362 BORGEFORS G, 1991, 7 SCAND C IM AN, V2, P974 BORGEFORS G, 1993, 8 SCAND C IM AN TROM, P105 BORGEFORS G, 1997, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V18, P465 DANIELSSON PE, 1980, COMPUT GRAPHICS IMAG, V14, P227 DIBAJA GS, 1996, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V14, P47 HARDY GH, 1978, INTRO THEORY NUMBERS HIRATA T, 1996, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V58, P129 MEIJSTER A, 2000, MATH MORPHOLOGY ITS, P331 NILSSON F, 1997, GRAPH MODEL IM PROC, V59, P55 PFALTZ JL, 1967, COMMUN ACM, V10, P119 RAGNEMALM I, 1993, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V14, P883 REMY E, 2001, THESIS U MEDITERRANE REMY E, 2002, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V23, P649 ROSENFELD A, 1966, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V13, P471 SAITO T, 1994, PATTERN RECOGN, V27, P1551 THIEL E, 2001, THESIS U MEDITERRANE NR 18 TC 3 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2003 VL 2886 BP 224 EP 235 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BY07B UT ISI:000187499600021 ER PT J AU Benguigui, N Ripoll, H Broderick, MP TI Time-to-contact estimation of accelerated stimuli is based on first-order information SO JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-HUMAN PERCEPTION AND PERFORMANCE LA English DT Article ID BALL-CATCHING TASK; VISUAL INFORMATION; MANUAL INTERCEPTION; MOVING TARGETS; MOVEMENT TIME; MOTION EXTRAPOLATION; COLLISION ESTIMATION; PREDICTION-MOTION; JUDGING TIME; PERCEPTION AB The goal of this study was to test whether 1st-order information, which does not account for acceleration, is used (a) to estimate the time to contact (TTC) of an accelerated stimulus after the occlusion of a final part of its trajectory and (b) to indirectly intercept an accelerated stimulus with a thrown projectile. Both tasks require the production of an action on the basis of predictive information acquired before the arrival of the stimulus at the target and allow the experimenter to make quantitative predictions about the participants' use (or nonuse) of 1st-order information. The results show that participants do not use information about acceleration and that they commit errors that rely quantitatively on 1st-order information even when acceleration is psychophysically detectable. In the indirect interceptive task, action is planned about 200 ms before the initiation of the movement, at which time the 1st-order TTC attains a critical value. C1 Univ Paris 11, Div STAPS, Ctr Rech Sci Sport, F-91405 Orsay, France. Univ Mediterranean, Sport & Adaptat Lab, Marseille, France. Arizona State Univ, Cotor Control Lab, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Benguigui, N, Univ Paris 11, Div STAPS, Ctr Rech Sci Sport, Batiment 335, F-91405 Orsay, France. CR BABLER TG, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V19, P15 BENGUIGUI N, 1997, THESIS U POITIERS PO BENGUIGUI N, 2002, DYNAMIC INTERCEPTION, P158 BOOTSMA RJ, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P21 BOOTSMA RJ, 1991, STUDIES PERCEPTION A, P188 BOOTSMA RJ, 1992, VISION MOTOR CONTROL, P285 BOOTSMA RJ, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V19, P1041 BOOTSMA RJ, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P1282 BRENNER E, 1998, EXP BRAIN RES, V122, P467 BROUWER AM, 2002, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V64, P1160 CAIRD JK, 1994, ECOL PSYCHOL, V6, P83 CALDERONE JB, 1989, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V45, P391 CAREL WL, 1961, R61ELC60 GEN EL CO A CARLTON LG, 1992, VISION MOTOR CONTROL, P3 CAVALLO V, 1988, PERCEPTION, V17, P623 CHAPMAN S, 1968, AM J PHYS, V36, P868 CUTTING JE, 1986, PERCEPTION EYE MOTIO DELUCIA PR, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V24, P901 DESSING JC, 2002, NEURAL NETWORKS, V15, P163 DUBROWSKI A, 2000, ACTA PSYCHOL, V104, P103 DUBROWSKI A, 2000, BRAIN COGNITION, V43, P172 DUBROWSKI A, 2002, VISION RES, V42, P1465 FLEURY M, 1999, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V37, P723 GOODALE MA, 1992, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V15, P20 KAISER MK, 1993, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V19, P1028 KAISER MK, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P817 KEIL D, 2000, J SPORT SCI, V18, P433 LACQUANITI F, 1989, J NEUROSCI, V9, P134 LACQUANITI F, 1989, J NEUROSCI, V9, P149 LACQUANITI F, 1993, MULTISENSORY CONTROL, P379 LEE D, 1997, EXP BRAIN RES, V116, P421 LEE DN, 1976, PERCEPTION, V5, P437 LEE DN, 1980, TUTORIALS MOTOR BEHA, P281 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 LEE DN, 1985, BRAIN MECH SPATIAL V, P1 MCINTYRE J, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P693 MCLEOD P, 1987, PERCEPTION, V16, P49 MCLEOD P, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V27, P1347 MCLEOD RW, 1983, PERCEPTION, V12, P417 MICHAELS CF, 1992, ECOL PSYCHOL, V4, P199 MICHAELS CF, 2001, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V54, P69 MONTAGNE G, 2000, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V19, P59 OUDEJANS RRD, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V25, P531 PEPER L, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P591 PORT NL, 1997, EXP BRAIN RES, V116, P406 REGAN D, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P533 REGAN DM, 1986, HDB HUMAN PERCEPTION, V1 RIPOLL H, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P573 ROSENBAUM DA, 1975, J EXPT PSYCHOLOGY HU, V1, P395 SAVELSBERGH GJP, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V17, P315 SCHIFF W, 1979, PERCEPTION, V8, P647 SCHIFF W, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P303 SCHMIDT RA, 1972, J EXP PSYCHOL, V96, P315 SHEA CH, 1980, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V51, P369 SIDAWAY B, 1996, HUM FACTORS, V38, P101 SMEETS BJ, 1998, ADV PERCEPTION ACTIO, P36 SMEETS JBJ, 1996, PERCEPTION, V25, P583 TODD JT, 1981, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V7, P795 TRESILIAN JR, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P223 TRESILIAN JR, 1993, PERCEPTION, V22, P653 TRESILIAN JR, 1994, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V13, P335 TRESILIAN JR, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P154 TRESILIAN JR, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P231 TRESILIAN JR, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P1272 TRESILIAN JR, 1999, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V61, P515 TRESILIAN JR, 1999, TRENDS COGN SCI, V3, P301 TRESILIAN JR, 2002, EXP BRAIN RES, V142, P193 WANN JP, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V22, P1031 WERKHOVEN P, 1992, VISION RES, V32, P2313 WHITING HTA, 1970, ERGONOMICS, V13, P265 WHITING HTA, 1974, J MOTOR BEHAV, V6, P11 YAKIMOFF N, 1993, HUM FACTORS, V35, P501 ZELAZNIK HN, 1987, ACTA PSYCHOL, V65, P181 NR 73 TC 9 PU AMER PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC PI WASHINGTON PA 750 FIRST ST NE, WASHINGTON, DC 20002-4242 USA SN 0096-1523 J9 J EXP PSYCHOL-HUM PERCEP PERF JI J. Exp. Psychol.-Hum. Percept. Perform. PD DEC PY 2003 VL 29 IS 6 BP 1083 EP 1101 PG 19 SC Psychology; Psychology, Experimental GA 753EB UT ISI:000187218100001 ER PT J AU Saux, E Daniel, M TI An improved Hoschek intrinsic parametrization SO COMPUTER AIDED GEOMETRIC DESIGN LA English DT Article DE b-spline curve; parameter values; approximation; root mean square error; maximum error ID CURVE INTERPOLATION; SPLINES AB Smoothing a set of points p(i) with a B-spline curve is an usual CAGD application, which remains an open problem due to the choice of the parameter values. J. Hoschek proposed one of the first iterative solution called intrinsic parametrization. This idea has been improved several times by introducing different parameter corrections. This paper deals with a new improvement of Hoschek's method providing better results with a higher speed of convergence. Examples are proposed and compared with the different approaches. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Naval Acad Res Inst, Ecole Naval, F-29240 Brest, France. Ecole Super Ingenieurs Luminy, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Saux, E, Naval Acad Res Inst, Ecole Naval, Lanveoc Poulm BP 600, F-29240 Brest, France. CR ALBAALI M, 1985, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V5, P121 ALHANATY M, 2001, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V33, P167 BRENT RP, 1973, ALGORITHMS MINIMIZAT DANIEL M, 1996, MODELLING GRAPHICS S, P91 DEBOOR C, 1978, PRACTICAL GUIDE SPLI DIETZ U, 1996, ADV COURSE FAIRSHAPE, P229 FLETCHER R, 1989, PRACTICAL METHODS OP FOLEY TA, 1989, MATH METHODS COMPUTE, P261 GOLDENTHAL R, 2002, 5 INT C CURV SURF SA HOSCHEK J, 1988, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V5, P27 HOSCHEK J, 1989, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V6, P293 HOSCHEK J, 1990, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V22, P580 HOSCHEK J, 1992, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V24, P611 LEE ETY, 1989, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V21, P363 ROGERS DF, 1989, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V21, P641 SAUX E, 1999, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V31, P507 SPEER T, 1998, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V15, P869 ZHANG CM, 1998, COMPUT AIDED GEOM D, V15, P399 ZOUTENDIJK G, 1970, INTEGER NONLINEAR PR, P37 NR 19 TC 5 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-8396 J9 COMPUT AIDED GEOM DESIGN JI Comput. Aided Geom. Des. PD DEC PY 2003 VL 20 IS 8-9 BP 513 EP 521 PG 9 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering; Mathematics, Applied GA 753TJ UT ISI:000187246400003 ER PT S AU Hamri, MEA Frydman, C Torres, L TI Specifying and validating reactive systems with CommonKADS methodology SO KNOWLEDGE-BASED INTELLIGENT INFORMATION AND ENGINEERING SYSTEMS, PT 1, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB We present an extension of the CommonKADS methodology that is relevant to the specification and validation of reactive system behavior. CommonKADS is considered as one of the best-known methodology for specifying and designing knowledge systems. It provides a language for describing the system behavior, which is suitable for transformational systems. We introduce the elements useful for event-driven behavior specification in this language. The later translation of these elements into statecharts formalism allows us to validate the reactive behavior of the system by simulation. C1 LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Hamri, MEA, LSIS, Campus Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie Ni, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR FRYDMAN C, 2000, REV INTELLIGENCE ART HAREL D, 1987, SCI COMPUT PROGRAM, V8, P231 HAREL D, 1996, STATEMATE SEMANTICS SCHREIBER G, 1999, KNOWLEDGE ENG MANAGE TORRES L, 2001, 5 INT C KNOWL BAS IN NR 5 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2003 VL 2773 BP 39 EP 44 PG 6 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BX81T UT ISI:000186518000009 ER PT J AU Jumpamule, W Paillet, JL Giambiasi, N TI Using simulation for the validation of high level specifications of control systems SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE discrete event control systems; multiformalism; validation; simulation AB In this paper, we present a methodology for modeling real-time systems using high level specification DECM(discrete event calculus model) and DEVS formalisms. In this methodology, the control system is specified by the way of a DECM user language description. This formal specification is automatically transformed into an atomic DEVS (discrete event system specification) model, and DEVS simulation of the coupled models (control system and plant) is used to validate the initial DECM specifications. The paper discusses the building of DECM specifications, the transformation of DECM specifications into a DEVS model and the simulation of the coupled DEVS model. C1 Chiang Mai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Chiang Mai 50202, Thailand. CMI, LSIS, F-13009 Marseille 13, France. LSIS, F-13387 Marseille 20, France. RP Jumpamule, W, Chiang Mai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Chiang Mai 50202, Thailand. CR ALUR R, 1994, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V126, P183 BALCI O, 1997, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL, V14, P3 BOOLOGNESI T, 1994, THEORIES EXPERIENCES, P205 BOYARM A, 1999, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL BUSS AH, 1996, COMM ACM, V26 DAMIBA A, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL GAJSKI D, 1994, SPECIFICATION DESIGN GIAMBIASI N, 1995, P ESS 95 ERL GERM, P51 GIAMBIASI N, 1999, P INT C CARS FOF 99 GIAMBIASI N, 2000, P AIS2000 TUCS US MA, P163 HOARE CAR, 1978, CACM, V21, P8 JUMPAMULE W, 2001, P 15 EUR SIM MULT ES, P230 JUMPAMULE W, 2002, P 2002 AI SIM PLANN, P201 JUMPAMULE W, 2002, THESIS U PROVENCE AI JUMPAMULE W, 2003, RRLSIS2003001 U PROV LEWERENTZ C, 1995, FORMAL DEV REACTIVE MILNER R, 1980, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V92 PAILLET JL, 1998, P ESS 98 NOTT, P29 PAILLET JL, 1999, 1999308 LIM U PROV PAILLET JL, 2000, P SCI2000 ORL FL US, V2, P346 PAILLET JL, 2002, J INTELL ROBOT SYST, V34, P27 PETERSON JL, 1981, PETRI NET THEORY MOD PRAEHOFER H, 1993, P 1993 WINT SIM C LO, P595 QUEMADA J, 1994, THEORIES EXP REAL TI, P239 SCHRUBEN L, 1997, P ESS 97 INST TURK VANGHELUWE H, 2001, P 15 EUR SIM MULT ES, P7 ZEIGLER BP, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER BP, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELLI ZEIGLER BP, 1984, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER BP, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P72 ZEIGLER BP, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU NR 31 TC 0 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD DEC PY 2003 VL 38 IS 3-4 BP 345 EP 375 PG 31 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA 746DZ UT ISI:000186732600005 ER PT J AU Ounnar, F Ladet, P TI Consideration of machine breakdown in the control of flexible production systems SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING LA English DT Article ID PETRI NETS AB Control of operational production systems requires a reaction to disturbances. In this paper, the authors present a Petri net model describing a decision-making mechanism induced by the breakdown of a machine. The aim of such a proposal is to reassign the operations to the workshop's resources. A decision-making aid methodology is essential to consider the disturbances according to several criteria. Therefore, the authors propose a Petri net model composed of Deterministic and Stochastic Petri nets (DSPN) and Object Petri nets (OPN). The decision-making process is based on the introduced concept of 'potential' associated with each machine. This potential is evaluated by means of several criteria to take the 'right' decision. In this study, the three following criteria are retained: Time, Cost, and machine reliability. A state of the art survey about the multicriteria decision aid methods has led to the choice of a method called AHP (Analytic Hierarchy Process). The authors thus present a multicriteria algorithm, based on the AHP method, developed for the reassignment of the operations that are blocked following a machine breakdown. The reassignment of the blocked operation is carried out on the machine providing 'the best' compromise between the three criteria. C1 Lab Sci Informat & Syst, UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. UJF, ENSIEG, CNRS, LAG,UMR 5528,INPG, F-38402 St Martin Dheres, France. RP Ounnar, F, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, UMR 6168, Domaine Univ Saint Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandi, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. EM Fouzia.Ounnar@lsis.org Pierre.Ladet@inpg.fr CR ALETTE R, 1995, RESEAUX PETRI BASTIDE R, 1995, APPROACHES UNIFYING BEAN JC, 1991, OPER RES, V39, P470 BEL G, 1985, APII, V19, P3 CARADEC M, 1998, THESIS U MONTPELLIER CHOI H, 1993, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V691 CIARDO G, 1993, 5 INT WORKSH PETR NE HARKER P, 1989, ANAL HIERARCHY PROCE HOITOMT D, 1989, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P528 LAKOS CA, 1995, 1 WORKSH OBJ PROGR M LIMAM S, 1999, CONTRIBUTION MODELIS MARSAN MA, 1987, PETRI NETS DETERMINI, P132 MEHTA SV, 1999, INT J COMP INTEG M, V12, P15 MURATA T, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P541 OUNNAR F, 1998, LAG98050 OUNNAR F, 1999, 2 C MOD SYST REACT M, P91 OUNNAR F, 1999, 3 C INT GEN IND MONT, P1771 OUNNAR F, 1999, EUROPEAN J AUTOMATIO, V33, P977 OUNNAR F, 1999, PRISE COMPTE ASPECTS PALUDETTO M, 1990, P 3 INT WORKSH SOFTW, V685 PUJO P, 1995, ACT 2 C INT GEN IND, P415 RAMAMOORTHY CV, 1980, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V6, P440 SAATY TL, 1982, LOGIC PRIORITIES SAATY TL, 1996, MULTICRITERIA DECISI, V1 SABUNCUOGLU I, 1999, J MANUF SYST, V18, P268 SASSINE C, 1998, INTEGRATION POLITIQU SIBERTINBLANC CA, 1985, 6 EUR WORKSH PETR NE SIBERTINBLANC CA, 1993, LNCS, V691 SILVA M, 1996, 1 INT WORKSH MAN PET, P31 THOMAS V, 1980, THESIS U P SABATIER TRENTESAUX D, 1998, INT J COMP INTEG M, V11, P3 WU DS, 1993, COMPUTERS OPERATIONS, V20, P1 ZWEBEN M, 1994, INTELLIGENT SCHEDULI, P241 NR 33 TC 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI ABINGDON PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0951-192X J9 INT J COMP INTEG MANU JI Int. J. Comput. Integr. Manuf. PD JAN-FEB PY 2003 VL 17 IS 1 BP 69 EP 82 PG 14 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Manufacturing; Operations Research & Management Science GA 737ZW UT ISI:000186263100006 ER PT S AU Labarthe, O Tranvouez, E Ferrarini, A Espinasse, B Montreuil, B TI A heterogeneous multi-agent modelling for distributed simulation of supply chains SO HOLONIC AND MULTI-AGENT SYSTEMS FOR MANUFACTURING SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB This paper presents a heterogeneous (cognitive/reactive) agent based approach to model supply chains. The proposed model based on an actors' representation introduce the behavioural studies of active entities constituting the logistics organization. Supply chains member's behaviours are split up into two categories: deliberative and operational. The design and exploitation of distributed simulation model with multi-agents systems permits to support the representation of entities realizing decision-making and operational activities. To facilitate the design of such models, a dedicated agent model is proposed for each category of behaviour: the Decision Agent and Simulation Agent. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 2, Poltech Marseille, CNRS, LSIS,UMR 6168, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. Univ Laval, CENTOR, Network Org Technol Res Ctr, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. RP Labarthe, O, Univ Aix Marseille 2, Poltech Marseille, CNRS, LSIS,UMR 6168, Domaine Sci St Jerome, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR AMBLARD F, 1998, MODELISATION MULTI A, P153 BOOCH G, 1999, UNIFIED MODELING LAN FERRARINI A, 2001, 13 EUR SIM S FRANC FISHER K, 1996, APPL ARTIF INTELL, V10, P1 HUGET MP, 2002, P AGENT ORIENTED INF MEURISSE T, 2001, MAINTENANT QUI TOUR MOULIN B, 1996, OVERVIEW DISTRIBUTED, P3 ODELL J, 2000, AAAI AG C SPAIN PARUNAK H, 1998, AGENT BASED MODELING PARUNAK H, 1998, WHAT CAN AGENTS DO I RUSSELL S, 1995, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE SADEH N, 2001, PRODUCTION PLANNING, V12 TEIGEN R, 1997, THESIS U TORONTO TRANVOUEZ E, 1999, PROTOCOLES COOPERATI WOOLDRIDGE M, 1994, NOTES ARTIFICIAL INT, P1 NR 15 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2003 VL 2744 BP 134 EP 145 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BX62T UT ISI:000185936900013 ER PT J AU Bemey, T Bucher, P Kessler, L Penfomis, A Badet, L Thivolet, C Bayle, F Milliat-Guittard, L Brun, JM Rifle, G Kessler, M Atlan, C Oberholzer, J Colin, C Philippe, J Morel, P Benhamou, PY CA GRAGIL grp TI Islet after kidney (IAK) transplantation in patients with type 1 diabetes using a novel immunosupprfssion protocol: Prfliminary results of the GRAGIL 1B multicenter trial SO TRANSPLANTATION LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 Univ Hosp Geneva, Geneva, Switzerland. Univ Hosp, Grenoble, France. Univ Hosp, Strasbourg, France. Univ Hosp, Besancon, France. Univ Hosp, Lyon, France. Univ Hosp, Dijon, France. Univ Hosp, Nancy, France. Univ Hosp, Marseille, France. NR 0 TC 0 PU LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS PI PHILADELPHIA PA 530 WALNUT ST, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106-3621 USA SN 0041-1337 J9 TRANSPLANTATION JI Transplantation PD AUG 27 PY 2003 VL 76 IS 4 SU Suppl. S BP S23 EP S23 PG 1 SC Immunology; Surgery; Transplantation GA 718FV UT ISI:000185135200014 ER PT J AU Coma, O Mascle, C Veron, P TI Geometric and form feature recognition tools applied to a design for assembly methodology SO COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN LA English DT Article DE design for assembly; bounding box; symmetry; feature recognition; orientation analysis; fuzzy logic ID SOLID MODELS; DECOMPOSITION; SYSTEM AB The paper presents geometric tools for an automated Design for Assembly (DFA) assessment system. For each component in an assembly a two step features search is performed: firstly (using the minimal bounding box) mass, dimensions and symmetries are identified allowing the part to be classified, according to DFA convention, as either rotational or prismatic; secondly form features are extracted allowing an effective method of mechanised orientation to be determined. Together these algorithms support the fuzzy decision support system, of an assembly-orientated CAD system known as FuzzyDFA. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Ecole Polytech, Dept Mecan, Sect Fabricat, Montreal, PQ H3C 3A7, Canada. ENSAM, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. RP Mascle, C, Ecole Polytech, Dept Mecan, Sect Fabricat, CP 6079,Succ Ctr Ville, Montreal, PQ H3C 3A7, Canada. CR AMES AL, 1991, P S SOL MOD FDN CAD, P161 BOOTHROYD G, 1994, PRODUCT DESIGN MANUF BRUN JM, 1995, ADV CAD CAM SYSTEMS, CH10 COMA O, 2002, P 4 INT C INT DES MA CORNA O, 2001, 4 INT IND ENG C AIX, P109 DONALDSON IA, 1993, INT J COMPUT INTEG M, V6, P51 FALCIDIENO B, 1987, EUROGRAPHICS 87 AMST, P249 FEBRANSYAH A, 2001, THESIS N CAROLINA ST HAN JH, 2000, IEEE T ROBOTIC AUTOM, V16, P782 JABBOUR T, 1998, INT J COMPUT GEOM AP, V8, P483 JI Q, 1985, ACM COMPUT SURV, V24, P265 KYPRIANOU L, 1980, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE LI RK, 1992, COMPUT IND ENG, V22, P403 LU Y, 2001, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V33, P221 MARTIN RR, 1988, THEORY PRACTICE GEOM MARTIN RR, 1996, J SYST ENG, V6, P98 MIDDLEDITCH A, 1994, BUG CSG 94 SET THEOR, P1 NOORT A, 2002, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V34, P899 ONG NS, 1992, J DES MANUFACT, V2, P135 PARRYBARWICK S, 1993, FEATURE TECHNOLOGY PRABHAKAR S, 1992, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V24, P381 REGL W, 1995, THESIS U MARYLAND REJNERI N, 2000, THESIS I NATL POLYTE ROSARIO M, 1988, THESIS U RHODE ISLAN SASHIKUMAR V, 2001, P 6 ACM S SOL MOD AP, P99 SEED GM, 1996, COMPUT J, V39, P808 STURGES RH, 1992, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V24, P67 TATE S, 1999, P 5 S SOL MOD APPL A, P151 TOLLENAERE M, 1998, CONCEPTION PRODUITS VERON P, 1998, COMPUT GRAPH, V22, P565 VERON P, 1998, P 2 INT C INT DES MA, P1187 WACO DL, 1994, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V26, P477 YOUNG B, 2000, P 3 INT C INT DES MA NR 33 TC 4 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0010-4485 J9 COMPUT AID DES JI Comput.-Aided Des. PD NOV PY 2003 VL 35 IS 13 BP 1193 EP 1210 PG 18 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 728DH UT ISI:000185699600005 ER PT J AU Chouraqui, E Doniat, C TI The S-ETHOS system: A methodology for systematic flight analysis centered on human factors SO APPLIED ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB The aeronautics community needs several alternative methods and tools to describe and analyze interactions between human operators and systems, according to some constraints (e.g. human factors, air safety, etc.). Hence, it needs to build models from the observation of real interactions, especially piloting, and to use extant theories from several fields: cognitive ergonomics and artificial intelligence, mainly. S-ETHOS sketches out a knowledge-based system that analyzes human pilot activities and provides feedback to improve air safety by giving measured appraisal of pilot error. The core of S-ETHOS is the ETHOS model that depicts the standard behavior based oil the human pilot. S-ETHOS helps any air safety expert to simulate the pilot behavior during his mission and then will compare behavior between the simulation and real situations. It allows the air safety expert to know how the pilot assesses each situation. We implemented the ETHOS model according to an object-oriented approach, relying on a knowledge modeling language called OBJLOG II+. This model provides a first keystone to understanding how the human pilot captures and builds his environment through complex states. We will discuss the identified behaviors and potential deviations and associated situations. C1 Tech Univ Troyes, TechCICO Lab, F-10010 Troyes, France. Domaine Univ Saint Jerome, Polytech LSIS, Marseille, France. RP Doniat, C, Tech Univ Troyes, TechCICO Lab, 10 Rue Marie Curie,BP 2060, F-10010 Troyes, France. CR *BRIME GROUP, 1997, ETUD MIN IND POST TE AMALBERTI R, 1992, INT J MAN MACH STUD, V36, P639 AMALBERTI R, 1996, CONDUITE SYSTEMES RI BADDELEY AD, 1987, OXFORD PSYCHOL SERIE, V11 BADDELEY AD, 1999, ESSENTIAL HUMAN MEMO BYRNE MD, 1997, ATOMIC COMPONENTS TH CHOURAQUI E, 1981, THESIS I NATL POLYTE CHOURAQUI E, 1998, P 1 CHIN FRENCH S MA CORKER KM, 1993, AIAA C COMP AER SAN DEKEYSER V, 1995, ERGONOMICS, V38, P1639 DOANE SM, 2000, USER MODEL USER-ADAP, V10, P1 DONIAT C, 1994, RAPPORT DEA AUTOMATI DONIAT C, 1998, P 3 INT C DES COOP S, V2 DONIAT C, 1999, P KAW 99 12 WORKSH, P16 DONIAT C, 1999, THESIS U DROIT DONIAT C, 2000, P AVT S UVA MIL OP, P9 DONIAT C, 2002, ES2002 22 SGAI INT ERICSSON K, 1996, PROTOCOL ANAL EROL K, 1996, ANN MATH ARTIFICIAL, V18, P68 FAUCHER C, 1991, THESIS U STJEROME AI HOC JM, 1996, SUPERVISION CONTROLE HOLLNAGEL E, 1993, CHAPTER THEORIES MET, V56, P51 HOLLNAGEL E, 1993, INT J MAN MACH STUD, P1 JOHNSON CW, 1997, INT J HUM-COMPUT ST, V47, P659 JONES RM, 1999, AI MAG, V20, P27 KINTSCH W, 1998, COMPREHENSION PARADI LEPLAT J, 1990, OCTARES ENTREPRISES, P273 NEWELL A, 1990, UNIFIED THEORIES COG NORMAN DA, 1994, HUMAN COMPUTER INTER OBST O, 1999, ROBOT LOG SOCCER SER POIROTDELPECH SL, 1994, PUBLICATIONS SORB HS, V20 POLLOACK M, 1990, INTENTIONS COMMUNICA QURESHI Z, 1999, P INF DEC CONTR C ID RASMUSSEN J, 1986, INFORMATION PROCESSI REASON J, 1990, HUMAN ERROR ROUSE WB, 1987, HUMAN COMPUTER INTER, V3, P87 SCARDIGLI V, 1995, NATURE SCI SOC SLOMAN A, 1996, P PRINC KNOWL REPR R, P627 SOWA JF, 2000, KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTA THAGARD P, 1997, GOALD RIVEN LEARNING VICENTE JK, 1999, COGNITIVE WORK ANAL VOGEL C, 1988, GENIE COGNITIF WIOLAND L, 1998, 9 EUR C COGN ERG COG NR 43 TC 0 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC PI PHILADELPHIA PA 325 CHESTNUT ST, SUITE 800, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA SN 0883-9514 J9 APPL ARTIF INTELL JI Appl. Artif. Intell. PD AUG PY 2003 VL 17 IS 7 BP 583 EP 629 PG 47 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic GA 718ND UT ISI:000185152200002 ER PT J AU Hickman, SJ Coulon, O Parker, GJM Barker, GJ Stevenson, VL Chard, DT Arridge, SR Thompson, AJ Miller, DH TI Application of a B-spline active surface technique to the measurement of cervical cord volume in multiple sclerosis from three-dimensional MR images SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING LA English DT Article DE multiple sclerosis; MRI; cervical spinal cord; atrophy; B-spline ID ATROPHY; DISABILITY AB Purpose: To evaluate the ability of a B-spline active surface technique to detect cervical spinal cord atrophy due to multiple sclerosis (MS) compared with intensity based contouring. Materials and Methods: In a previously reported study, the cervical spinal cords of 28 MS patients and 13 age-matched controls were imaged with a volume acquired inversion prepared fast spoiled gradient echo sequence at baseline and after one year. The images were reanalyzed using the B spline technique and the results compared with the results obtained in the original report using intensity based contouring. Results: The mean cervical spinal cord volume determined by the active surface programme was 6487 mm(3) in 28 patients compared with 7117 mm(3) in controls (P = 0.002, corrected for age and gender). The patients' cervical spinal cord volumes were associated with expanded disability status scale scores (parameter estimate = -1.21 x 10(-3), r(2) = 0.39, P = 0.001). The patients cervical spinal cord volumes did not decrease significantly over one year, unlike the mean cervical spinal cord areas at C2/3 calculated using intensity-based contouring. Conclusion: The active surface technique can detect cervical spinal cord atrophy due to MS, which has functional significance. However, this methodology is less sensitive at detecting small serial changes compared with the previously reported method. C1 Univ Coll London, Inst Neurol, NMR Res Unit, London WC1N 3BG, England. Univ Coll London, Dept Comp Sci, London WC1N 3BG, England. Ecole Super Ingn Luminy, CNRS, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Marseille, France. Univ Manchester, Manchester, Lancs, England. RP Miller, DH, Univ Coll London, Inst Neurol, NMR Res Unit, Queen Sq, London WC1N 3BG, England. CR BLAND JM, 1986, LANCET, V1, P307 COULON O, 2002, MAGNET RESON MED, V47, P1176 GARCIAFINANA M, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V18, P505, DOI 10.1016/S1053-8119(02)00021-6 HICKMAN SJ, 2000, NEUROIMAG CLIN N AM, V10, P689 KURTZKE JF, 1983, NEUROLOGY, V33, P1444 LIU C, 1999, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V66, P323 LOSSEFF NA, 1996, BRAIN 3, V119, P701 MATTHEWS B, 1998, MCALPINES MULTIPLE S, P145 STEVENSON VL, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P234 ZAR J, 1984, BIOSTAT ANAL, P27 NR 10 TC 7 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS INC PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN, NJ 07030 USA SN 1053-1807 J9 J MAGN RESON IMAGING JI J. Magn. Reson. Imaging PD SEP PY 2003 VL 18 IS 3 BP 368 EP 371 PG 4 SC Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging GA 716EW UT ISI:000185016700015 ER PT J AU Kessler, L Bucher, P Milliat-Guittard, L Benhamou, PY Berney, T Penfornis, F Badet, L Thivolet, C Bayle, F Oberholzer, J Renoult, E Brun, JM Rifle, G Atlan, C Colin, C Morel, P CA GRAGIL Grp TI Influence of islet transport on pancreatic islet allotransplantation in type I diabetic patients from the Swiss-French GRAGIL consortium SO CELL TRANSPLANTATION LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 Univ Hosp, Strasbourg, France. Univ Hosp, Grenoble, France. Univ Hosp, Besancon, France. Univ Hosp, Lyon, France. Univ Hosp, Nancy, France. Univ Hosp, Dijon, France. Univ Hosp, Marseille, France. Univ Hosp Geneva, Dept Surg, Geneva, Switzerland. DIM, Lyon, France. NR 0 TC 0 PU COGNIZANT COMMUNICATION CORP PI ELMSFORD PA 3 HARTSDALE ROAD, ELMSFORD, NY 10523-3701 USA SN 0963-6897 J9 CELL TRANSPLANT JI Cell Transplant. PY 2003 VL 12 IS 2 BP 167 EP 167 PG 1 SC Cell Biology; Transplantation GA 680CM UT ISI:000182958800059 ER PT S AU Chaouiya, C Remy, E Mosse, B Thieffry, D TI Qualitative analysis of regulatory graphs: A computational tool based on a discrete formal framework SO POSITIVE SYSTEMS, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN CONTROL AND INFORMATION SCIENCES LA English DT Article ID NETWORKS AB Building upon the logical approach developed by the group of R. Thomas in Brussels, we are defining a rigorous mathematical framework to model genetic regulatory graphs. Referring to discrete mathematics and graph-theoretic notions, our formal approach supports the development of a software suite in Java, GIN-sim, which allows the qualitative simulation and the analysis of the dynamics of regulatory graphs, under either synchronous or asynchronous updating assumptions. C1 IBDM, LGPD, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. IML, F-13288 Marseille, France. RP Chaouiya, C, IBDM, LGPD, Campus Luminy,Case 907, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR CHAOUIYA C, 2002, P JOBIM 2002 SAINT M, P17 DEJONG H, 2001, J COMP BIOL, V9, P69 DEVLOO V, 2003, B MATH BIOL SANCHEZ L, 2001, J THEOR BIOL, V211, P115 THOMAS R, 1991, J THEOR BIOL, V153, P1 THOMAS R, 1995, B MATH BIOL, V57, P247 NR 6 TC 5 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0170-8643 J9 LECT NOTE CONTR INFORM SCI PY 2003 VL 294 BP 119 EP 126 PG 8 SC Automation & Control Systems; Computer Science, Information Systems GA BX28F UT ISI:000184831100015 ER PT J AU Baratgin, J TI Is the human mind definitely not Bayesian? A review of the various arguments SO CAHIERS DE PSYCHOLOGIE COGNITIVE-CURRENT PSYCHOLOGY OF COGNITION LA English DT Article DE probabilistic reasoning; Bayesian theory ID BASE-RATE FALLACY; SUBJECTIVE-PROBABILITY; STATISTICAL-INFERENCE; SUPPORT THEORY; JUDGMENT; HYPOTHESIS; BELIEFS; REPRESENTATION; ADDITIVITY; PREDICTION AB The various experimental studies conducted by psychologists on probabilistic reasoning tend to conclude that the "human mind is not Bayesian". However this conclusion appears debatable when one tries to shed light on the notion of Bayesian coherence. The main arguments of the literature illustrating the failure of human behaviour to adhere to the Bayesian model are analyzed. Conversely, the ineffectiveness of the studies themselves to fully comprehend what Bayesianism implies is extensively exposed. C1 Univ Mediterranee, IFR Marey, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Baratgin, J, Univ Mediterranee, IFR Marey, 163 Ave Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR ADLER JE, 1984, J THEOR SOC BEHAV, V14, P165 ADLER JE, 1991, POSNAN STUDIES PHILO, V21, P251 AYTON P, 1997, ORGAN BEHAV HUM DEC, V72, P99 BARATGIN J, 1999, THESIS ECOLE POLYTEC BARATGIN J, 2000, MEM COGNITION, V1, P519 BARATGIN J, 2002, ADV PSYCHOL RES, P183 CHRISTENSEN D, 1992, PHILOS SCI, V59, P540 COHEN J, 1955, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V46, P382 COHEN J, 1956, ACTA PSYCHOL, V12, P371 COHEN J, 1957, J PSYCHOL NORMALE PA, V4, P431 COHEN LJ, 1979, COGNITION, V7, P385 COHEN LJ, 1982, J THEOR SOC BEHAV, V12, P251 COX RP, 1946, AM J PHYS, V17, P1 CURLEY SP, 1994, ORGAN BEHAV HUM, V58, P271 DEFINETTI B, 1930, B UNIONE MAT ITAL, V9, P258 DEFINETTI B, 1931, FUND MATH, V17, P298 DEFINETTI B, 1931, LOGOS, V14, P163 DEFINETTI B, 1936, C INT PHIL SCI 4 2ND, P31 DEFINETTI B, 1937, ANN I H POINCARE, V7, P1 DEFINETTI B, 1955, J PSYCHOL NORMALE PA, V2, P253 DEFINETTI B, 1959, IND STAT, P141 DEFINETTI B, 1961, DECISION C INT CNRS, P159 DEFINETTI B, 1965, PROBABILITA GUIDA PE DEFINETTI B, 1970, THEORIA PROBABILITA, V1 DEFINETTI B, 1974, INT STAT REV, V42, P117 DEFINETTI B, 1976, SCIENZIA, V70, P56 DUBOIS D, 1985, 9 INT JOINT C ART IN, P111 DULANY DL, 1988, SOC COGNITION, V9, P85 EDDY DM, 1982, JUDGMENT UNCERTAINTY, P249 EDWARDS W, 1963, PSYCHOL REV, V70, P193 EDWARDS W, 1968, FORMAL REPRESENTATIO, P17 EVANS JSB, 1985, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V76, P469 FIELDER K, 1988, PSYCHOL RES, V50, P123 FISCHHOFF B, 1978, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V4, P330 GIGERENZER G, 1995, PSYCHOL REV, V102, P684 GOOD IJ, 1971, AM STAT, V25, P62 GOOD IJ, 1975, SYNTHESE, V30, P39 GOOD IJ, 1976, FDN PROBABILITY THEO, V2, P125 HACKING I, 1967, PHILOS SCI, V34, P311 HACKING I, 1975, EMERGENCE PROBABILIT HADJICHRISTIDIS C, 1999, P EUR C COGN SCI, P185 HERTWIG R, 1998, THINK REASONING, V4, P319 HERTWIG R, 1999, J BEHAV DECIS MAKING, V12, P275 HILTON DJ, 1995, PSYCHOL BULL, V118, P248 HILTON DJ, 2000, JUDGMENT DECISION MA, P651 HINTIKKA J, 1999, UNPUB FALLACIOUS FAL HOFFRAGE U, IN PRESS COGNITION JAYNES ET, 1994, PROBABILITY THEORY L JEFFREY R, 1983, TESTING SCI THEORIES, V10, P133 JEFFREYS H, 1931, THEORY PROBABILITY KAHNEMAN D, 1972, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V3, P430 KAHNEMAN D, 1972, ORI RES MONOGRAPH, V12 KAHNEMAN D, 1973, PSYCHOL REV, V80, P237 KAHNEMAN D, 1982, JUDGMENT UNCERTAINTY KAPLAN M, 1989, PHILOS SCI, V56, P48 KAYE DH, 1988, PROBABILITY INFERENC, P1 KEYNES JM, 1921, TREATISE PROBABILITY, V8 KLEITER GD, 1994, CONTRIBUTIONS MATH P, P375 KOEHLER DJ, 1997, J BEHAV DECIS MAKING, V10, P293 KOEHLER JJ, 1996, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V19, P1 LAPLACE PS, 1814, ESSAI PHILOS PROBABI LEVI I, 1981, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V4, P341 LEVI I, 1983, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V6, P502 LOGUE J, 1995, PROJECTIVE PROBABILI MACCHI L, 1999, PSYCHOL REV, V106, P210 MCKENZIE CRM, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V24, P771 NIINILUOTO I, 1981, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V4, P349 PETERSON CR, 1965, J EXP PSYCHOL, V70, P526 PETERSON CR, 1967, PSYCHOL BULL, V68, P29 PHILLIPS LD, 1966, J EXP PSYCHOL, V72, P346 PHILLIPS LD, 1970, ACTA PSYCHOL, V34, P254 PIATELLIPALMERI.M, 1993, ILLUSIONE SAPERE POLITZER G, 1991, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V20, P83 POLITZER G, 1999, MIND SOC, V1, P73 RAMSEY FP, 1926, FDN MATH, P156 ROBINSON LB, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V11, P443 ROUANET H, 1961, DECISION, P33 SANBONMATSU DM, 1997, J EXP SOC PSYCHOL, V33, P276 SCHOLZ RW, 1987, COGNITIVE STRATEGIES SCHUM DA, 1982, LAW SOC REV, V17, P105 SEDLMEIER P, 1997, J BEHAV DECIS MAKING, V10, P33 SEIDENFELD T, 1979, THEOR DECIS, V11, P413 SHAFER G, 1985, INT STAT REV, V53, P261 SHERMAN SJ, 1992, J EXP SOC PSYCHOL, V28, P401 SIDES A, IN PRESS MEMORY COGN SLOMAN A, IN PRESS ORG BEHAV H SLOVIC P, 1971, ORGAN BEHAV HUM PREF, V6, P649 TEIGEN KH, 1983, SCAND J PSYCHOL, V24, P97 TVERSKY A, 1971, PSYCHOL BULL, V76, P105 TVERSKY A, 1974, SCIENCE, V185, P1124 TVERSKY A, 1982, JUDGMENT UNCERTAINTY, P84 TVERSKY A, 1994, PSYCHOL REV, V101, P547 VANWALLENDAEL LR, 1989, ORGAN BEHAV HUM, V43, P385 VANWALLENDAEL LR, 1990, MEM COGNITION, V18, P240 VILLEJOUBERT G, 2002, MEM COGNITION, V30, P171 WINDSCHITL PD, 2000, ORGAN BEHAV HUM DEC, V81, P195 ZADEH LA, 1979, M7924 U CAL DEP EL E NR 97 TC 0 PU ADRSC-ASSOC DIFFUSION RECHERCHES SCIENCES COGNITIVES PI MARSEILLE CEDEX 20 PA C N R S-C R N C, 31, CHEMIN JOSEPH ALGUIER, 13402 MARSEILLE CEDEX 20, FRANCE SN 0249-9185 J9 CAH PSYCHOL COGNITIVE JI Cah. Psychol. Cogn.-Curr. Psychol. Cogn. PD DEC PY 2002 VL 21 IS 6 BP 653 EP 680 PG 28 SC Psychology, Experimental GA 704JT UT ISI:000184337100003 ER PT S AU Boucelma, O Essid, M Lacroix, Z Betari, A TI Exploiting and completing Web data sources capabilities SO EFFICIENCY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF XML TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES AND DATA INTEGRATION OVER THE WEB SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Complex applications require integration systems that access data locally or on the Web while being capable to exploit and complete the various capabilities available at integrated resources. In scientific applications such as biomedical, engineering or geographical, information systems (IS) are highly heterogeneous: they differ-by their data representation and by their radically different query languages. Therefore, in addition to the common problem of data integration, provided scientific query languages shall also be integrated. In this paper we propose an approach that not only focuses on the data integration, but also addresses the integration of query capabilities available at the sources. An IS may provide a query capability inexistent at another IS, whereas two query capabilities may be similar but with slightly different semantics. We introduce the notion of derived wrapper that captures. additional query capabilities to either compensate capabilities lacking at a source, or to adjust an existing capability in order to make it homogeneous with other similar capabilities, wrapped at other sources. The use of derived wrappers extends traditional mediation approaches. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Boucelma, O, Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSIS, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CR *GGF, GLOB GRID FOR OV *OPENGIS, GEOGR MARK LANG GML *OPENGIS, OGC REQ, V13 *OPENNAP, OP SOURC NAPST SERV *PEER TO PEER WORK, WHAT IS PEER TO PEER *PEPITO, PEER TO PEER IMPL TH ABITEBOUL S, 2002, VLDB2002 BOUCELMA O, 2001, ISI HERMES, V6, P33 BRIGHT L, 1999, J COMPUTER SYSTEMS S, V14 CHAMBERLIN D, 2000, XQUERY QUERY LANGUAG CLUET S, 1998, P ACM SIGMOD INT C M, P177 CODY WF, 1995, IFIP 2 6 3 WORK C VI DESSARD V, 2002, GEOINFORMATICS, P38 DEVOGELE T, 1998, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V12, P335 GARCIAMOLINA H, 1997, J INTELLIGENT INFORM LAURINI R, 1998, INT J GEOGR INF SCI, V12, P373 LEVY A, 1996, VIEWS96 WORKSH MAT V RIGAUX P, 2001, SPATIAL DATABASES AP RODRIGUEZMARTINEZ M, 2000, SIGMOD RECORD, V29, P213 ROTH MT, 1997, P 23 INT C VER LARG, P266 SUBRAHMANIAN VS, HERMES HETEROGENEOUS TOMASIC A, 1998, IEEE T KNOWL DATA EN, V10, P808 VOISARD A, 1999, INTEROPERATING GEOGR, P165 WIDERHOLD G, 1992, IEEE COMPUT, V25, P38 WIDOM J, 1995, P 4 INT C INF KNOWL, P25 NR 25 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2003 VL 2590 BP 241 EP 258 PG 18 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BW71L UT ISI:000182919100019 ER PT J AU Jegou, P Terrioux, C TI Hybrid backtracking bounded by tree-decomposition of constraint networks SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article DE constraint networks; time-space; hybrid algorithms; tree-decomposition; empirical evaluation ID SATISFACTION PROBLEMS; ALGORITHMS; SEARCH AB We propose a framework for solving CSPs based both on backtracking techniques and on the notion of tree-decomposition of the constraint networks. This mixed approach permits us to define a new framework for the enumeration, which we expect that it will benefit from the advantages of two approaches: a practical efficiency of enumerative algorithms and a warranty of a limited time complexity by an approximation of the tree-width of the constraint networks. Finally, experimental results allow us to show the advantages of this approach. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Science B.V. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS CNRS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Terrioux, C, Univ Aix Marseille 3, LSIS CNRS, Av Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR ARNBORG S, 1987, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V8, P277 BAGET JF, 2001, P 17 INT JOINT C ART, P291 BAYARDO R, 2000, P 17 NAT C AI 12 C I, P157 BAYARDO RJ, 1994, ARTIF INTELL, V71, P159 BAYARDO RJ, 1996, P 13 NAT C ART INT, P298 BECKER A, 2001, ARTIF INTELL, V125, P3 BERRY A, 1999, P SODA 99 SIAM C BESSIERE C, 1996, P CP 96, P61 BESSIERE C, 2001, P IJCAI 01, P309 CABON C, 1999, CONSTRAINTS, V4, P79 CHEN XQ, 2001, J ARTIF INTELL RES, V14, P53 DECHTER R, 1987, P 3 IEEE C AI APPL, P224 DECHTER R, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, V38, P353 DECHTER R, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V41, P273 DECHTER R, 2001, ARTIF INTELL, V125, P93 FREUDER EC, 1982, J ACM, V29, P24 GASCHNIG J, 1979, CMUCS79124 GINSBERG M, 1993, J ARTIFICIAL INTELLI, V1, P25 GOLUMBIC M, 1980, ALGORITHMIC GRAPH TH GOTTLOB G, 2000, ARTIF INTELL, V124, P282 HARALICK RM, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V14, P263 KONDRAK G, 1997, ARTIF INTELL, V89, P365 KOSTER A, 1999, THESIS U MAASTRICHT LARROSA J, 2000, P 6 CP MACKWORTH AK, 1977, ARTIF INTELL, V8, P99 MONTANARI U, 1974, INF SCI, V7, P95 NADEL B, 1988, SEARCH ARTIFICIAL IN, P287 PROSSER P, 1993, COMPUT INTELL, V9, P268 ROBERTSON N, 1986, J ALGORITHM, V7, P309 ROSE DJ, 1976, SIAM J COMPUT, V5, P266 SABIN D, 1994, P ECAI 94, P125 SCHIEX T, 1994, INT J ARTIFICIAL INT, V3, P187 SCHIEX T, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C ART, P631 STALLMAN RM, 1977, ARTIF INTELL, V9, P135 TARJAN RE, 1984, SIAM J COMPUT, V13, P566 VERFAILLIE G, 1996, P 13 NAT C ART INT A, P181 NR 36 TC 7 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0004-3702 J9 ARTIF INTELL JI Artif. Intell. PD MAY PY 2003 VL 146 IS 1 BP 43 EP 75 PG 33 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA 676VT UT ISI:000182773800002 ER PT J AU Suzan, F Guasch, G Terre, C Garcia, I Bastie, JN Maarek, O Ribaud, P Gluckman, E Daniel, MT Pebusque, MJ Castaigne, S TI Long-term complete haematological and molecular remission after allogeneic bone marrow transplantation in a patient with a stem cell myeloproliferative disorder associated with t(8;13)(p12;q12) SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF HAEMATOLOGY LA English DT Article DE myeloproliferative disorder; t(8;13); allogeneic bone marrow transplantation; molecular remission ID LYMPHOBLASTIC LYMPHOMA; T(8-13)(P11-Q12); TRANSLOCATION AB A rare atypical myeloproliferative disorder (aMPD) associated with chromosomal translocations involving the short arm of chromosome 8, region p11-p12 has been described. In most patients, the cytogenetic abnormality is a t(8;13)(p12;q12) that fuses fibroblast growth factor receptor 1, the 8p12 key gene, to FIM /ZNF198 gene. Prognosis is poor with frequent evolution to acute myeloid leukaemia within 1 year of diagnosis. We report a new patient with aMPD with a t(8;13) translocation. Complete haematological, cytogenetic and molecular remission was demonstrated 39 months after allogeneic bone marrow transplantation. This is the first report to demonstrate a molecular remission in this disorder. C1 Ctr Hosp Versailles, Hematol Serv, Dept Haematol, F-78157 Le Chesnay, France. INSERM, U119, F-13258 Marseille, France. Ctr Hosp Versailles, Lab Biochem Cytogenet & Haematol, Le Chesnay, France. Hop St Louis, Haematol Lab, Paris, France. Hop St Louis, Dept Haematol, Paris, France. RP Castaigne, S, Ctr Hosp Versailles, Hematol Serv, Dept Haematol, 177 Rue Versailles, F-78157 Le Chesnay, France. CR CHAFFANET M, 1998, ONCOGENE, V16, P945 GUASCH G, 2000, BLOOD, V95, P1788 INHORN RC, 1995, BLOOD, V85, P1881 MACDONALD D, 1994, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V86, P879 MARTINI N, 1998, CHEST SURG CLIN N AM, V8, P13 MATSUMOTO K, 1999, INT J HEMATOL, V70, P278 MITELMAN F, 1995, INT SYSTEM HUMAN CYT NAEMM R, 1995, GENE CHROMOSOME CANC, V12, P148 OLLENDORFF V, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P26922 SCHESTED J, 1974, HUM GENET, V21, P55 SOMERS GR, 1997, PEDIATR PATHOL LAB M, V17, P141 STILL IH, 1997, BLOOD, V90, P3136 NR 12 TC 6 PU BLACKWELL PUBLISHING LTD PI OXFORD PA 9600 GARSINGTON RD, OXFORD OX4 2DG, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0007-1048 J9 BRIT J HAEMATOL JI Br. J. Haematol. PD APR PY 2003 VL 121 IS 2 BP 312 EP 314 PG 3 SC Hematology GA 666MT UT ISI:000182181600013 ER PT J AU Boucelma, O Castano, S Goble, C Josifovski, V Lacroix, Z Ludascher, B TI Report on the EDBT'02 panel on scientific data integration SO SIGMOD RECORD LA English DT Article ID BIOINFORMATICS C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSI Labs, F-13331 Marseille 3, France. Univ Milan, I-20122 Milan, Italy. Univ Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, Lancs, England. San Diego Supercomp Ctr, San Diego, CA USA. Arizona State Univ, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Boucelma, O, Univ Aix Marseille 1, LSI Labs, F-13331 Marseille 3, France. CR 2001, BIOMEDICAL INFORMATI BAKER PG, 1999, BIOINFORMATICS, V15, P510 BERGAMASCHI S, 2001, DATA KNOWLEDGE ENG, V36 CASTANO S, 2001, P DEXA WEBH WORKSH S FOSTER I, 2001, INT J SUPERCOMPUTER GOBLE CA, 2001, IBM SYST J, V40, P532 HORROCKS I, 1998, PRINCIPLES KNOWLEDGE KIFER M, 1995, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V42, P741 LUDASCHER B, 2000, VLDB LUDASCHER B, 2001, 17 INT C DAT ENG ICD NR 10 TC 1 PU ASSOC COMPUTING MACHINERY PI NEW YORK PA 1515 BROADWAY, NEW YORK, NY 10036 USA SN 0163-5808 J9 SIGMOD RECORD JI Sigmod Rec. PD DEC PY 2002 VL 31 IS 4 BP 107 EP 112 PG 6 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 643KM UT ISI:000180860500016 ER PT J AU Cavalier, L Golubev, GK Picard, D Tsybakov, AB TI Oracle inequalities for inverse problems SO ANNALS OF STATISTICS LA English DT Article DE statistical inverse problems; oracle inequalities; adaptive curve estimation; model selection; exact minimax constants ID GENERALIZED CROSS-VALIDATION; ASYMPTOTIC OPTIMALITY; WAVELET SHRINKAGE; HILBERT SCALES; REGRESSION; CP; CL AB We consider a sequence space model of statistical linear inverse problems where we need to estimate a function f from indirect noisy observations. Let a finite set A of linear estimators be given. Our aim is to mimic the estimator in A that has the smallest risk on the true f. Under general conditions, we show that this can be achieved by simple minimization of an unbiased risk estimator, provided the singular values of the operator of the inverse problem decrease as a power law. The main result is a nonasymptotic oracle inequality that is shown to be asymptotically exact. This inequality can also be used to obtain sharp minimax adaptive results. In particular, we apply it to show that minimax adaptation on ellipsoids in the multivariate anisotropic case is realized by minimization of unbiased risk estimator without any loss of efficiency with respect to optimal nonadaptive procedures. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. Univ Paris 07, Lab Probabil & Modeles Aleatoires, F-75252 Paris, France. Univ Paris 06, Lab Probabil & Modeles Aleatoires, F-75252 Paris 05, France. RP Cavalier, L, Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, 39 Rue F Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CR AKAIKE H, 1973, INT S INFORMATION TH, V2, P267 BIRGE L, 2001, J EUR MATH SOC, V3, P203 BIRGE L, 2001, STATE ART PROBABILIT, P113 CAVALIER L, 2002, IN PRESS PROBAB THEO DONOHO DL, 1994, BIOMETRIKA, V81, P425 DONOHO DL, 1995, APPL COMPUT HARMON A, V2, P101 DONOHO DL, 1995, J AM STAT ASSOC, V90, P1200 DONOHO DL, 1996, BERNOULLI, V2, P39 GOLDENSHLUGER A, 2000, PROBAB THEORY REL, V118, P169 GOLDENSHLUGER A, 2001, ANN STAT, V29, P1601 GOLUBEV GK, 1987, PROBLEMY PEREDACHI I, V23, P57 GOLUBEV GK, 1992, PROBLEMS INFORM TRAN, V28, P44 GOLUBEV GK, 1992, THEOR PROBAB APPL, V37, P521 GOLUBEV GK, 1999, PROBLEMS INFORM TRAN, V35, P136 GOLUBEV GK, 2001, STATE ART PROBABILIT, P419 HARDLE W, 1985, ANN STAT, V13, P1465 JOHNSTONE IM, 1990, ANN STAT, V18, P251 JOHNSTONE IM, 1999, STAT SINICA, V9, P51 KERKYACHARIAN G, 2002, BERNOULLI, V8, P219 KNEIP A, 1994, ANN STAT, V22, P835 KOO JY, 1993, ANN STAT, V21, P590 KOROSTELEV AP, 1993, LECT NOTES STAT, V82 LI KC, 1986, ANN STAT, V14, P1101 LI KC, 1987, ANN STAT, V15, P958 MAIR BA, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1424 MALLOWS CL, 1973, TECHNOMETRICS, V15, P661 NEMIROVSKI A, 2000, LECT NOTES MATH, V1738, P85 PINSKER MS, 1980, PROBLEMS INFORM TRAN, V16, P120 POLYAK BT, 1990, THEOR PROBAB APPL, V35, P293 POLYAK BT, 1992, THEOR PROBAB APPL, V37, P471 STEIN E, 1971, INTRO FOURIER ANAL E WAHBA G, 1977, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V14, P651 WAHBA G, 1990, SPLINE MODELS OBSERV NR 33 TC 27 PU INST MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS PI BEACHWOOD PA PO BOX 22718, BEACHWOOD, OH 44122 USA SN 0090-5364 J9 ANN STATIST JI Ann. Stat. PD JUN PY 2002 VL 30 IS 3 BP 843 EP 874 PG 32 SC Statistics & Probability GA 582MG UT ISI:000177354600009 ER PT J AU Lu, JX Descamps, M Dejou, J Koubi, G Hardouin, P Lemaitre, J Proust, JP TI The biodegradation mechanism of calcium phosphate biomaterials in bone SO JOURNAL OF BIOMEDICAL MATERIALS RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE biodegradation; bone tissue; bone cement; bioceramics; calcium phosphate; rabbit ID CERAMIC COMPOSITION; IN-VITRO; BEHAVIOR; IMPLANTATION; DEGRADATION; TISSUE; VIVO AB This study was undertaken to understand the biodegradation mechanisms of calcium phosphate (Ca-P) biomaterials with different crystallization. Two types of sintered Ca-P porous ceramic (HA and beta-TCP) and a Ca-P bone cement (CPC were implanted into cavities drilled in rabbit femoral and tibiae condyles. The results have show n that a material biodegradation was rapid in the beta-TCP and the CPC. but very weak in the HA. This biodegradation presented a decrease of material volume from the periphery to the center as well as a particle formation causing phagocytosis by, numerous macrophages and multinucleated giant cells in the CPC. In the beta-TCP, there was a peripheral and central decrease of material volume as well as an absence of particle formation or visible phagocytosis. The process of biodegradation is considered to be directly influenced by the type of material crystallization. The sintered bioceramics processed at a high temperature exhibit good crystallization and are primarily degraded by a process dependent on interstitial liquids. However, the bone cement is formed by physicochemical crystallization and is degraded through a dissolution process associated with a cellular process. (C) 2002 Wiley Periodicals. Inc. C1 Univ Littoral Cote Opale, Inst Rech Biomat & Biotechnol, F-62608 Berck Sur Mer, France. Lab Interface Matr Extracellulaire Biomat, Fac Odontol, Marseille, France. Univ Valenciennes & Hainaut & Cambresis, Lab Mat Avances & Ceram, Maubeuge, France. Ecole Polytech Fed Lausanne, Lab Technol Poudres, Lausanne, Switzerland. RP Lu, JX, Univ Littoral Cote Opale, Inst Rech Biomat & Biotechnol, 52 Rue Docteur Calot, F-62608 Berck Sur Mer, France. CR BASLE MF, 1993, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V4, P273 CATELAS I, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V41, P600 CHEUNG HS, 1997, OSTEOARTHR CARTILAGE, V5, P145 DACULSI G, 1990, CALCIFIED TISSUE INT, V46, P20 DEGROOT K, 1988, BIOCERAMICS MAT CHAR, P227 DENHOLLANDER W, 1991, BIOMATERIALS, V12, P569 DUCHEYNE P, 1993, J BIOMED MATER RES, V27, P25 KLEIN CAP, 1983, BIOMATERIALS, V6, P189 KLEIN CPAT, 1985, BIOMATERIALS, V6, P189 KOERTEN HK, 1999, J BIOMED MATER RES, V44, P78 KOHRI M, 1993, BIOMATERIALS, V14, P299 KURASHINA K, 1997, BIOMATERIALS, V18, P539 LI R, 1991, J APPL BIOMATER, V2, P231 LIN FH, 1997, BIOMATERIALS, V18, P915 LU JX, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V42, P357 LU JX, 1999, BONE S, V25, S41 MALARD O, 1999, J BIOMED MATER RES, V46, P103 PARFITT AM, 1987, J BONE MINER RES, V2, P595 RADIN SR, 1994, J BIOMED MATER RES, V28, P1303 NR 19 TC 46 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS INC PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN, NJ 07030 USA SN 0021-9304 J9 J BIOMED MATER RES JI J. Biomed. Mater. Res. PD AUG PY 2002 VL 63 IS 4 BP 408 EP 412 PG 5 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Materials Science, Biomaterials GA 575KN UT ISI:000176945600006 ER PT J AU Tichkiewitch, S Moraru, G Brun-Picard, D Gouskov, A TI Self-excited vibration drilling models and experiments SO CIRP ANNALS-MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE vibration cutting; modeling; drilling AB A nonlinear dynamical model of vibration drilling is presented. It takes in consideration cutting interruption through surface generation equations, The linear stability analysis yields stability charts and the nature of Hopf bifurcation is discussed at critical values of cutting parameters. Dimensionless equations have been employed in order to obtain graphical charts that completely describe the dynamics of a pair of vibration-drilling head - workpiece material. The analysis of "finite amplitude instability" phenomenon is carried out in time domain by computer simulations. A dynamic cutting fixture was used to run vibration drilling experiments. Based upon simulations and general vibration cutting model described here, the dispersion of the results from experimental work was explained. Important conclusions are drawn concerning forthcoming experiments in vibration drilling. C1 Inst Natl Polytech Grenoble, Lab 3S, F-38031 Grenoble, France. ENSAM, LSIS IMS, Aix En Provence, France. BAUMAN State Tech Univ, Moscow, Russia. RP Tichkiewitch, S, Inst Natl Polytech Grenoble, Lab 3S, F-38031 Grenoble, France. CR BRUNPICARD D, 1999, PPF WORKSH ENSAM AIX, P11 GOUSKOV AM, 2000, ASME DE, V108, P263 GOUSKOV AM, 2000, ASME DSC, V68, P263 HALE JK, 1977, THEORY FUNCTIONAL EQ, V3 MORARU G, 2000, P ICMAS BUCH ROM MORIWAKI T, 1995, ANN CIRP, V44, P31 PODURAEV VN, 1977, CUTTING VIBRATIONS PRATT JR, 1999, ANN CIRP, V48, P39 SHI HM, 1984, INT J MACH TOOL MANU, V24, P45 STEPAN G, 1997, P ASME DETC97 SACR U TLUSTY J, 1981, ANN CIRP, V30, P299 NR 11 TC 2 PU TECHNISCHE RUNDSCHAU EDITION COLIBRI LTD PI BERN PA NORDRING 4, CH-3001 BERN, SWITZERLAND J9 CIRP ANN-MANUF TECHNOL JI CIRP Ann-Manuf. Technol. PY 2002 VL 51 IS 1 BP 311 EP 314 PG 4 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing GA 570QM UT ISI:000176669000072 ER PT J AU Coulon, O Hickman, SJ Parker, GJ Barker, GJ Miller, DH Arridge, SR TI Quantification of spinal cord atrophy from magnetic resonance images via a B-spline active surface model SO MAGNETIC RESONANCE IN MEDICINE LA English DT Article DE active surface; atrophy; spinal cord; multiple sclerosis ID MULTIPLE-SCLEROSIS; MRI; CONTOURS; ECHO AB A method is presented that aims at segmenting and measuring the surface of the spinal cord from MR images in order to detect and quantify atrophy. A semiautomatic segmentation with very little intervention from an operator is proposed. It is based on the optimization of a B-spline active surface. The method allows for the computation of orthogonal cross-sections at any level along the cord, from which measurements are derived, such as cross-sectional area or curvature. An evaluation of the accuracy and reproducibility of the method is presented. C1 Univ Coll London, Dept Comp Sci, London, England. Univ Coll London, Inst Neurol, NMR Res Unit, London, England. Univ Manchester, Manchester, Lancs, England. CNRS, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Marseille, France. RP Coulon, O, Ecole Super Ingn Luminy, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Equipe LXAO, Campus Luminy,Case 925, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR AMINI AA, 1992, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V10, P418 AMINI AA, 1996, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1065, P251 CASELLES V, 1997, INT J COMPUT VISION, V22, P61 DOCARMO MP, 1976, DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETR FILIPPI M, 1996, J NEUROL, V243, P502 GOODKIN DE, 1992, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V49, P261 GROSSMAN RI, 2000, J NEUROL SCI S1, V172, S36 HACKBUSCH W, 1985, SPRINGER SERIES COMP, V4 HICKMAN SJ, 2000, NEUROIMAG CLIN N AM, V10, P689 HICKMAN SJ, 2001, ECTRIMS 01 EUR COM T HICKMAN SJ, 2001, NEURORADIOLOGY, V43, P123 KASS M, 1987, INT J COMPUT VISION, V1, P321 KIDD D, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2632 KLEIN AK, 1997, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V16, P468 LIAO CW, 1992, 11 INT C PATT REC C, V3, P745 LOSSEFF NA, 1996, BRAIN 3, V119, P701 LOSSEFF NA, 1998, J NEUROL NEUROSUR S1, V64, S102 MCINERNEY T, 1996, MED IMAGE ANAL, V1, P91 MORSE BS, 1994, THESIS U N CAROLINA SCHNABEL JA, 1999, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V17, P419 WILLIAMS DJ, 1992, CVGIP-IMAG UNDERSTAN, V55, P14 NR 21 TC 9 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS INC PI HOBOKEN PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN, NJ 07030 USA SN 0740-3194 J9 MAGN RESON MED JI Magn. Reson. Med. PD JUN PY 2002 VL 47 IS 6 BP 1176 EP 1185 PG 10 SC Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging GA 557XV UT ISI:000175935100016 ER PT J AU Paillet, JL Giambiasi, N TI DECM, a user oriented formalism for high level discrete event specifications of real-time systems SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE discrete event dynamic systems; formal specifications; control systems; production systems AB In this paper, we present DECM (Discrete Event Calculus Model), an original discrete event mathematical model for the specification of control systems at a high level of abstraction. Because the concept of event is more natural for nonspecialists than the concept of state, the proposed model is centered on the latter concept. This in turn permits the expression of asynchronous behavior without relying on the classical concept of state. In addition, DECM-based formalism offers an explicit representation of time that allows the use of timed simulations for the validation of formal specifications. This formalism is illustrated on a real-world industrial example. C1 Lab Sci Informat & Syst, F-13387 Marseille 20, France. RP Paillet, JL, Lab Sci Informat & Syst, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13387 Marseille 20, France. CR *IS, 1989, 8807 ISO IS ALLEMAND M, 1995, THESIS U PROVENCE MA ALLEMAND M, 1996, ADV TECHN WORKSH 199, P45 ALUR R, 1994, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V126, P183 BERRY G, 1992, SCI COMPUT PROGRAM, V19, P87 BOLOGNESI T, 1994, AMAST SERIES COMPUTI, P205 BOYARM A, 1999, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL BUSS A, 1996, COMMUN ACM, V26 DAMIBA A, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL GAJSKI D, 1994, SPECIFICATION DESIGN GIAMBIASI N, 1995, ESS 95 ERL GERM, P51 GIAMBIASI N, 1999, P INT C CARS FOF 99 HALBWACHS N, 1987, IFIP WG 10 2 WORKSH HOARE C, 1978, COMMUN ACM, V21 JUMPAMULE W, 2001, P 15 EUR SIM MULT ES, P230 LESAGE JJ, 1996, P IMACS IEEE MUL COM LEWERENTZ C, 1995, FORMAL DEV REACTIVE MILNER R, 1980, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V92 NICOLLIN X, LECT NTOES COMPUT SC, V600 NICOLLIN X, 1992, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V575, P376 PAILLET JL, 1995, ATW 95 ATL TEST WORK PAILLET JL, 1998, P ESS 98 NOTT, P29 PAILLET JL, 2000, INT MULT SCI 2000 OR, P346 PETERSON JL, 1981, PETRI NET THEORY MOD QUEMADA J, 1994, AMAST SERIES COMPUTI, P239 SCHRUBEN L, 1994, ESS 97 IST TURK SUBRAMANYAM P, 1989, LNCS, V408, P202 ZIEGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZIEGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELLI NR 29 TC 1 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD MAY PY 2002 VL 34 IS 1 BP 27 EP 81 PG 55 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA 554CF UT ISI:000175715000002 ER PT J AU Remy, E Thiel, E TI Medial axis for chamfer distances: Computing look-up tables and neighbourhoods in 2D or 3D SO PATTERN RECOGNITION LETTERS LA English DT Article DE medial axis; centres of maximal disks; chamfer distances; distance transform; shape representation ID GEOMETRIC-PROPERTIES; TRANSFORMATIONS; DIMENSIONS; SET AB Medial axis, also known as centres of maximal disks, is a representation of a shape, which is useful for image description and analysis. Chamfer or weighted distances are discrete distances which allow to approximate the Euclidean distance with integers. Medial axis extraction for chamfer distances is discussed in the literature, but only for simple cases. The principle is to use local tests and look-up tables. In this paper, we give an algorithm which computes for any chamfer distance in 2D or 3D, the look-up table and, very important, the neighbourhood to be tested. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Fac Sci Luminy, Lab Informat Marseille, LIM, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Thiel, E, Fac Sci Luminy, Lab Informat Marseille, LIM, Case 901,163 Av Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR ARCELLI C, 1988, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V43, P361 ARCELLI C, 1992, VISUAL FORM ANAL REC, P21 BLUM H, 1967, MODELS PERCEPTION SP, P362 BORGEFORS G, 1984, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V27, P321 BORGEFORS G, 1986, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V34, P344 BORGEFORS G, 1991, P 7 SCAND C IM AN AA, V2, P974 BORGEFORS G, 1993, P 8 SCAND C IM AN TR, P105 BORGEFORS G, 1996, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V64, P368 BORGEFORS G, 1997, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V18, P465 BORGEFORS G, 2000, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, P325 CORDELLA LP, 1989, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V11, P214 DAVIES ER, 1980, 5 ICPR MIAM, P1150 DIBAJA GS, 1953, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, P443 DIBAJA GS, 1996, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V14, P47 HARDY GH, 1978, INTRO THEORY NUMBERS HUJTER M, 1987, RAMANUJAN MATH SOC, V2, P117 JENQ JF, 1992, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V14, P1218 KISELMAN CO, 1996, COMPUT VIS IMAGE UND, V64, P390 MARI JL, 2000, RECPAD 00, P285 NACKEN PFM, 1994, THESIS AMSTERDAM NILSSON F, 1997, GRAPH MODEL IM PROC, V59, P55 PFALTZ JL, 1967, COMMUN ACM, V10, P119 REMY E, 2000, P 7 IWCIA INT WORKSH, P39 ROSENFELD A, 1966, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V13, P471 ROSENFELD A, 1982, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES SYLVESTER JJ, 1884, ED TIMES, V41, P21 THIEL E, 1994, THESIS U J FOURIER G VERWER BJH, 1991, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V12, P671 VERWER JH, 1991, THESIS TU DELFT WU AY, 1986, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V34, P76 NR 30 TC 9 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-8655 J9 PATTERN RECOGNITION LETT JI Pattern Recognit. Lett. PD APR PY 2002 VL 23 IS 6 BP 649 EP 661 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA 532JK UT ISI:000174470900004 ER PT J AU Wainer, GA Giambiasi, N TI N-dimensional Cell-DEVS models SO DISCRETE EVENT DYNAMIC SYSTEMS-THEORY AND APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article DE DEVS models; modeling paradigms; cellular automata; discrete event simulation; cell-DEVS models AB This article presents an extension to the timed binary Cell-DEVS paradigm. The goal is to allow the modeling of n-dimensional generic cell spaces, including transport or inertial delays for each cell. The automatic definition of cell spaces is achieved, simplifying the construction of new models. The model definition is independent of the simulation mechanism, easing the verification of the structural models. It was shown that the Cell-DEVS models can be integrated in a DEVS hierarchy, improving the definition and description of complex systems. This approach allows improvements in the execution times and precision for the cell spaces simulations due to the use of a continuous time base. C1 Carleton Univ, Dept Syst & Comp Engn, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille 3, DIAM IUSPIM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Wainer, GA, Carleton Univ, Dept Syst & Comp Engn, 4456 Mackenzie Bldg,1125 Colonel Dr, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada. CR CHOW A, 1994, P WINT SIM C GHOSH S, 1996, P 8 EUR SIM S GEN IT, V1, P562 GIAMBIASI N, 1976, P 16 DAC SAN DIEG US MOON Y, 1996, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, P288 RODRIGUEZ D, 1999, P SCS SUMM MULT COMP TOFFOLI T, 1987, CELLULAR AUTOMATA MA TROCCOLI A, 2001, IN PRESS P 35 SUMM C WAINER G, 2000, P AIS 2000 TUCS AR U WAINER G, 2000, T SCS JUN WAINER G, 2001, DISCRETE EVENT MODEL WAINER G, 2001, SIMULATION JAN WOLFRAM S, 1986, ADV SERIES COMPLEX S, V1 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELIN ZEIGLER B, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1998, DEVS HLA DISTRIBUTED ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU NR 17 TC 13 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0924-6703 J9 DISCRETE EVENT DYNAM SYST JI Discret. Event Dyn. Syst.-Theory Appl. PD APR PY 2002 VL 12 IS 2 BP 135 EP 157 PG 23 SC Automation & Control Systems; Operations Research & Management Science; Mathematics, Applied GA 530RA UT ISI:000174371700001 ER PT J AU Le Goc, M Frydman, C Torres, L TI Verification and validation of the SACHEM conceptual model SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HUMAN-COMPUTER STUDIES LA English DT Article DE specification; validation; operationalizing; knowledge-based system; KADS ID LANGUAGES; KNOWLEDGE; EXPERTISE AB We present a method for transforming a KADS conceptual model (informal) into an operational model (formal) based on high-level Petri nets. The KADS model we consider specifies the functional architecture of the knowledge-based system called SACHEM, designed for blast furnace control. The operationalizing process we propose allows the KADS model to be completed and validated. Upon execution of the operational model, the dynamics of the system can be simulated, Thus the proposed operationalizing process contributed to the validation and verification of the SACHEM conceptual model. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. C1 LBI, Sachem, Usinor, F-13776 Fos Sur Mer, France. LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Le Goc, M, LBI, Sachem, Usinor, F-13776 Fos Sur Mer, France. CR BANATRE JP, 1991, PROGRAMMATION PARALL BAX M, 1995, THESIS U MONTPELLI 2 CALVEZ JP, 1990, SPECIFICATION CONCEP FENSEL D, 1994, KNOWL ENG REV, V9, P105 FENSEL D, 1995, KNOWL ENG REV, V10, P361 FENSEL D, 1996, KNOWL ACQ WORKSH NOV FRYDMAN C, 2000, C ING CONN TOUL MAI GROOT P, 1999, 11 EUR WORKSH KNOWL HAOUCHE C, 1996, 12 EUR C ART INT BUD JACOBDELOUIS, 1995, REV INTELLIGENCE ART, V9, P53 JENSEN K, 1990, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V483, P313 JENSEN RW, 1994, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V803, P230 KIRSH P, 1993, GENIE LOGICIEL SYSTE LEGOC M, 1999, 27 MCMAST S IR STEEL LEGOC M, 1999, KNOWL ACQ WORKSH BAN MERLIN P, 1976, IEEE T COMMUN, V24, P1036 NEWELL A, 1982, ARTIF INTELL, V18, P87 PEZZE M, 1994, CUSTOMIZABLE ENV SPE PIERRA G, 1991, BASES PROGRAMMATION PIERRETGOLBREIC.C, 1994, KNOWL ACQ WORKSH U C PIPARD E, 1987, THESIS U PARIS SUD SILVA S, 1994, CABERNET USER MANUAL SOMMERVILLE I, 1992, SOFTWARE ENG STEELS L, 1990, AI MAG, V11, P28 TORRES L, EUR C ART INT BRIGHT VANHARMELEN F, 1991, ML 2 FORMAL LANGUAGE VANHARMELEN F, 1997, 4 EUR S VAL VER KNOW WIELINGA BJ, 1992, KNOWL ACQUIS, V4, P5 NR 28 TC 4 PU ACADEMIC PRESS LTD ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI LONDON PA 24-28 OVAL RD, LONDON NW1 7DX, ENGLAND SN 1071-5819 J9 INT J HUM-COMPUT STUDIES JI Int. J. Hum.-Comput. Stud. PD FEB PY 2002 VL 56 IS 2 BP 199 EP 223 PG 25 SC Computer Science, Cybernetics; Ergonomics; Psychology, Multidisciplinary GA 528LK UT ISI:000174245100002 ER PT J AU Naamane, A Giambiasi, N Damiba, A TI Generalized discrete event simulation of bond graph SO SIMULATION LA English DT Article DE bond graph; computational causality; discrete event modeling and simulation; polynomial approximation ID SYSTEMS AB We propose a new approach dealing with the combination of bond-graph with GDEVS formalism for modeling and simulation of complex systems using discrete event techniques. We show how to build discrete event simulation models for bond graph elements, with either piecewise linear input-output trajectories or any kind of polynomial trajectories. One of the main advantages of our method is the reduction in the number of simulation Steps, and therefore the possibility of studying dynamic hybrid systems using only the discrete event paradigin. C1 Inst Univ Sci Ing Enieur Marseille, DIAM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Naamane, A, Inst Univ Sci Ing Enieur Marseille, DIAM, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR 1999, 20 SIM REFERENCE MAN ASTRON K, 12 ESM MANCH JUN BORNE P, 1992, MODELISATION IDENTIF BOYARM A, P ESS 97 CELLIER FE, 1991, CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MO CELLIER FE, 1995, SIMULATION, V64, P154 CHICOIX C, 1976, DES AUT C SAN FRANC DAMIBA A, P SPES 97 EDSTROM K, 1996, THESIS ERARD JP, 1996, PRESSES POLYTECHNIQU GHOSH S, 1996, NEED CONSISTENCY VHD GIAMBIASI N, EVENT DRIVEN SIMULAT GIAMBIASI N, 1994, DISCRETE EVENT SIMUL GIAMBIASI N, 1998, ASTRACTIONS EVENEMEN GRANDA JJ, 1995, FUTURE ROLE BAND GRA GRANDA JJ, 1997, ICBGM 97 KARNOPP DC, 1990, SYSTEM DYNAMICS UNIF PRAEHOFER H, 1991, THESIS ROSENBERG RC, 1992, SIMULATION, V58, P175 THOMA JU, 1991, SIMULATION BOND GRAP ZEID AA, 1994, SIMULATION, V62, P7 ZEIGLER BP, 1976, THEORY MODELLING SIM ZEIGLER BP, 1984, MULTIFACETTED MODELI ZEIGLER BP, 1989, P IEEE JAN ZEIGLER BP, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU NR 25 TC 0 PU SIMULATION COUNCILS INC PI SAN DIEGO PA PO BOX 17900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92117 USA SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMULATION JI Simulation PD JUL-AUG PY 2001 VL 77 IS 1-2 BP 4 EP 22 PG 19 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 514HB UT ISI:000173432200001 ER PT J AU Veron, P Leon, JC TI Using polyhedral models to automatically sketch idealized geometry for structural analysis SO ENGINEERING WITH COMPUTERS LA English DT Article DE conformity; dimensional reduction; geometry adaptation and idealization; geometry preservation; non-manifold models; polyhedral simplification; structural analysis; topologic changes; vertex removal; visualization ID SIMPLIFICATION; GENERATION; ERROR AB Simplification of polyhedral Models, which may incorporate large numbers of faces and nodes, is often required to reduce their amount of data, to allow their efficient manipulation, and to speed tip computation. Such a simplification process must be adopted to the use of the resulting polyhedral model. Several applications require simplified shapes which have the same topology as the original model (e.g. reverse engineering, medical applications, etc.). Nevertheless, in the fields of structural analysis and computer visualization, for example, several adaptations and idealizations of the initial geometry are often necessary. To this end, within this paper a new approach is proposed to simplify an initial manifold or non-manifold polyhedral model with respect to bounded errors specified by the user, or set up, for example, from a preliminary RE analysis. The topological changes which may occur during a simplification because of the bounded error (or tolerance) values specified are performed using specific curvature and topological criteria and operators. Moreover, topological changes, whether or not they kept the manifold of the object, are managed simultaneously with the geometric operations of the simplification process. C1 Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, Ctr Etud & Rech, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. RP Veron, P, Ecole Natl Super Arts & Metiers, Ctr Etud & Rech, 2 Cours Arts & Metiers, F-13617 Aix En Provence, France. CR ARMSTRONG CG, 1994, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V26, P573 BLUM H, 1967, MODELS PERCEPTION SP, P362 BOIX E, 1995, THESIS ECOLE POLYTEC CAGAN J, 1987, ENG COMPUT, V2, P199 CIAMPALINI A, 1997, VISUAL COMPUT, V13, P228 COHEN J, 1996, COMPUTER GRAPHICS, P119 DABKE P, 1994, P ASME C COMP ENG, V1, P183 ERIKSON C, 96016 U N CAROLINA D FINE L, 1996, ADAPTATION MAILLAGES GREGORY BL, 1987, ENG COMPUT, V2, P65 GURSOY HN, 1992, ENG COMPUT, V8, P121 HE T, 1995, VISUALIZATION 95, P296 HOFFMANN CM, 1994, P 4 IMA C MATH SURF, P421 HOPPE H, 1993, COMPUTER GRAPHICS, P19 PELLE JP, 1994, CONTROLE PARAMETRES PUPPO E, 1997, EUROGRAPHICS 97 BUDA REDDY JM, 1995, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V27, P677 REZAYAT M, 1996, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V28, P905 ROSSIGNAC J, 1993, MODELING COMPUTER GR, P455 SCHROEDER WJ, 1992, COMPUT GRAPH, V26, P65 TURK G, 1992, COMPUTER GRAPHICS, V26, P55 VERON P, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P287 VERON P, 1998, COMPUT GRAPH, V22, P565 NR 23 TC 1 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0177-0667 J9 ENG COMPUT JI Eng. Comput. PY 2001 VL 17 IS 4 BP 373 EP 385 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Mechanical GA 506VV UT ISI:000172993200004 ER PT J AU Giambiasi, N Escude, B Ghosh, S TI Generalized discrete event simulation of dynamic systems SO SIMULATION-TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE dynamic systems; discrete event model; DEVS; hybrid systems; coupled models; GDEVS AB Given a process whose output is a dynamic function of time, the traditional discrete event abstraction approximates the input, output, and state trajectories through piecewise constant segments. For processes that defy accurate modeling through piecewise constant segments, this paper presents GDEVS, a Generalized Discrete Event Specification, wherein the trajectories are organized through piecewise polynomial segments. The utilization of arbitrary polynomial functions for segments promises higher accuracies in modeling continuous processes as discrete event abstractions that, in turn, permit faster execution on host computers in contrast to continuous simulations. A key contribution of GDEVS is that it permits the development of a uniform simulation environment for hybrid, i.e., both continuous and discrete, systems. For complex systems that employ hierarchical descriptions, the need to interconnect models at different levels of abstraction gives rise to the issue of coupled models in GDEVS. This paper introduces the notion of a coupled model and illustrates with examples of GDEVS simulations of continuous systems. C1 IUSPIM, DIAM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. Stevens Inst Technol, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Hoboken, NJ 07030 USA. RP Giambiasi, N, IUSPIM, DIAM, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR ASTRON K, 1998, 12 ESM MANCH JUN BOYARM A, P ESS 97 CARSTEN T, 1994, AIS 94, P208 CELLIER FE, 1995, SIMULATION, V64, P154 CHICOIX C, 1976, DES AUT C SAN FRANC DAMIBA A, 1997, P EUR MULT ESM 97 IS DAMIBA A, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL ESCUDE B, 2000, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL GHOSH S, ESS 1996 GEN IT GHOSH S, 1999, HARDWARE DESCRIPTION GHOSH S, 2001, IEEE T COMPUT, V50, P28 GIAMBIASI N, J EUROPEEN SYSTE JAN GIAMBIASI N, 1994, EUROPEAN SIMULATION GIAMBIASI N, 1994, JOURN FRANC FLOU LIL GIAMBIASI N, 2000, AIS 2000 TUCS MARCH GIAMBIASI N, 2000, T SOC COMPUT SIMUL I, V17, P120 HOARE C, 1989, P IEEE, V77 LUH CJ, 1993, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V23, P42 NAAMANE A, 1997, 30 ISATA FLOR IT JUN NOUGIER JP, 1991, METHODE CALCUL NUMER PRAEHOFER H, AUTOMATIC ABSTRACTIO PRAEHOFER H, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P219 PRAEHOFER H, 1991, THESIS J KEPLER U OI THOMA JU, 1991, SIMULATION BOND GRAP WANG Q, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P241 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELIN ZEIGLER B, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELLING SIM ZEIGLER BP, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P72 NR 30 TC 0 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMUL-TRANS SOC MODEL SIMUL I JI Simul.-Trans. Soc. Model. Simul. Int. PD DEC PY 2001 VL 18 IS 4 BP 216 EP 229 PG 14 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA V3349 UT ISI:000181810600004 ER PT J AU Frydman, C Le Goc, M Torres, L Giambiasi, N TI Using DEVS formalism to operationalize ELP models for diagnosis in SACHEM SO SIMULATION-TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY FOR MODELING AND SIMULATION INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE ELP language; DEVS; computer-aided diagnosis; SACHEM system AB This paper describes an original approach to discrete event control of continuous processes by means of expert knowledge. We present an application of this approach on the SACHEM diagnosis subsystem. The SACHEM system is a large-scale knowledge-based system that aims in helping a set of operators to control the dynamics of complex continuous systems (e.g., blast furnaces). The proposed method is based on: (i) The definition of a language facilitating the acquisition and representation of expert knowledge, called ELP (Expert Language Process); (ii) The use of the DEVS formalism to make ELP models operational; (iii) Algorithims for exploiting operational models. C1 CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. SACHEM, PIA USINOR, LB1, F-13776 Fos Sur Mer, France. RP Frydman, C, CNRS, UMR 6168, LSIS, Av Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR AHO A, 1972, THEORY PARSING TRANS, V1 CAUVIN S, 1998, AI COMMUN, V11, P139 GIAMBIASI N, 1999, J EUROPEEN SYSTE JAN GIAMBIASI N, 2000, C SCI2000 ORL KOHAVI Z, 1978, SWITCHING FINITE AUT LEGOC M, P 27 MCMA S IR STEEL LEGOC M, 1989, THESIS I NAT SCI APP LEGOC M, 1998, DISA LRRECH012 LEGOC M, 1998, NEUR 98 4 INT C NEUR, P315 LUKOSE D, 1998, KNOWL ACQ WORKSH ALB RENUCCI Y, 1999, KNOWL ACQ WORKSH BAN SCHRUBEN L, 1983, COMMUNICATION ACM, V26 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, DEVS MULTIFACETED MO ZOUAOUI F, 1998, THESIS U PARIS 11 OR NR 15 TC 1 PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD PI LONDON PA 6 BONHILL STREET, LONDON EC2A 4PU, ENGLAND SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMUL-TRANS SOC MODEL SIMUL I JI Simul.-Trans. Soc. Model. Simul. Int. PD SEP PY 2001 VL 18 IS 3 BP 147 EP 158 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA V3357 UT ISI:000183349800004 ER PT J AU Kerkyacharian, G Lepski, O Picard, D TI Nonlinear estimation in anisotropic multi-index denoising SO PROBABILITY THEORY AND RELATED FIELDS LA English DT Article DE nonparametric estimation; denoising; anisotropic smoothness; minimax rate of convergence; curse of dimensionality; anisotropic Besov spaces AB In the framework of denoising a function depending of a multidimensional variable (for instance an image), we provide a nonparametric procedure which constructs a pointwise kernel estimation with a local selection of the multidimensional bandwidth parameter. Our method is a generalization of the Lepski's method of adaptation,and roughly consists in choosing the "coarsest" bandwidth such that the estimated bias is negligible. However, this notion becomes more delicate in a multidimensional setting. We will particularly focus on functions with inhomogeneous smoothness properties and especially providing a possible disparity of the inhomogeneous aspect in the different directions. We show, in particular that our method is able to exactly attain the minimax. rate or to adapt to unknown degree of anisotropic smoothness up to a logarithmic factor, for a large scale of anisotropic Besov spaces. C1 CNRS UMR 7599, Lab Probabil & Modeles Aleatoires, F-92001 Nanterre, France. Univ Paris 10, F-92001 Nanterre, France. Univ Aix Marseille 1, CNRS UMR 6632, Lab Anal, F-13453 Marseille, France. CNRS UMR 7599, Lab Probabil & Modeles Aleatoires, F-75013 Paris, France. Univ Paris 07, F-75013 Paris, France. RP Kerkyacharian, G, CNRS UMR 7599, Lab Probabil & Modeles Aleatoires, 200,Ave Republ, F-92001 Nanterre, France. CR DONOHO DL, 1995, APPL COMPUT HARMON A, V2, P101 GRANAS A, 1990, NATO ADV STUDIES HARDLE W, 1998, LECT NOTES STAT, V129 LEPSKI OV, 1997, ANN STAT, V25, P929 LEPSKII OV, 1990, THEOR PROBAB APPL, V35, P454 LEPSKII OV, 1991, THEOR PROBAB APPL, V36, P682 NEUMANN MB, 1998, MULTIVARIATE WAVELET NIKOLSKII SM, 1975, APPROXIMATION FUNCTI NUSSBAUM M, 1985, ANN STAT, V13, P984 NUSSBAUM M, 1986, THEORY PROBABILITY I, V31, P118 SKOROHOD AV, 1974, INTEGRATION HILBERT TRIBOULEY K, 1995, STAT NEERL, V49, P41 WALSH JB, 1986, LECT NOTES MATH, V1180, P265 NR 13 TC 6 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0178-8051 J9 PROBAB THEORY RELAT FIELD JI Probab. Theory Relat. Field PD OCT PY 2001 VL 121 IS 2 BP 137 EP 170 PG 34 SC Statistics & Probability GA 492HZ UT ISI:000172163500001 ER PT J AU Faucher, C TI Easy definition of new facets in the frame-based language Objlog SO DATA & KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING LA English DT Article DE knowledge representation; frame-based languages; extensibility; facet reification; automatic management of facet control structure AB This article aims at presenting a method that allows to extend frame-based languages at the level of their facets, in the framework of a language called Objlog+. First, we describe the different methods classically used to create new facets and show their limitations. We then propose our facet definition method which keeps them their status of descriptive elements within slots. Its fundamental principle consists in representing every facet by means of a frame which contains its properties as well as the knowledge allowing our language to manage the control structure of this facet automatically at the moment one of its occurrences within a frame slot is accessed. For that purpose, the facet notion has been first analyzed systematically in order to extract its main characteristics. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Fac Sci & Tech St Jerome, IUSPIM, DIAM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Faucher, C, Fac Sci & Tech St Jerome, IUSPIM, DIAM, Ave Escadrille Normandie Niemen, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR *INT, 1988, KEE US GUID VERS 3 1 ALBERT P, 1984, P 6 ECAI PIS IT ALBERT P, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, P15 CHOURAQUI E, 1990, P IASTED 90 DUBOIS D, 1987, THEORY POSSIBILITY DUCOURNAU R, 1986, 72 INRIAROCQUENCOURT DUGERDIL P, 1988, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL DUGERDIL P, 1989, P WORKSH INH HIER KN, P233 FAUCHER C, 1991, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL FAUCHER C, 1992, P 12 JOURN SYST EXP FAUCHER C, 1992, P REPR PAR OBJ, P31 FAUCHER C, 1995, P SCSC 95 SUMM COMP FAUCHER C, 1997, UKCBR3 3 UK CAS BAS FAUCHER C, 2001, INT J INTELL SYST, V16, P743 FERBER J, 1983, THESIS U PARIS 6 FERBER J, 1987, META LEVEL ARCHITECT, P177 FERBER J, 1989, THESIS U P M CURIE P FURTADO JJV, 1996, J BRAZILIAN COMPUT S, V3 GONZALEZGOMEZ M, 1995, P FLAIRS 95, P52 GONZALEZGOMEZ M, 1995, P ISFL 95 INT S FUZZ, P18 MEYER B, 1987, SIGPLAN NOTICES, V22 MINSKY M, 1977, PSYCHOL COMPUTER VIS RECHENMANN F, 1988, SHIRKA SYSTEM GESTIO RECHENMANN F, 1991, ARTIF INTELL, P9 RECHENMANN F, 1993, P IEEE INT C SYST MA, P98 WRIGHT JM, 1984, SRL2 USERS MANUAL YAGER RR, 1987, IEEE T SYST, V14, P630 YAGER RR, 1992, INFORM SCIENCES, V61, P1 YAGER RR, 1994, INT J INTELL SYST, V9, P542 ZADEH LA, 1985, IEEE, V6, P754 NR 30 TC 0 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0169-023X J9 DATA KNOWL ENG JI Data Knowl. Eng. PD SEP PY 2001 VL 38 IS 3 BP 223 EP 263 PG 41 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Information Systems GA 483CJ UT ISI:000171615900001 ER PT S AU Remy, E Thiel, E TI Computing 3D Medial Axis for chamfer distances SO DISCRETE GEOMETRY FOR COMPUTER IMAGERY, PROCEEDINGS SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE Medial axis; Centres of Maximal Disks; chamfer distances; lookup table transform; shape representation AB Medial Axis, also known as Centres of Maximal Disks, is a representation of a shape, which is useful for image description and analysis. Chamfer or Weighted Distances, are discrete distances which allow to approximate the Euclidean Distance with integers. Computing medial axis with chamfer distances has been discussed in the literature for some simple cases, mainly in 2D. In this paper we give a method to compute the medial axis for any chamfer distance in 2D and 3D, by local tests using a lookup table. Our algorithm computes very efficiently the lookup tables and, very important, the neighbourhood to be tested. C1 LIM, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. RP Remy, E, LIM, Case 901,163 Av Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR ARCELLI C, 1988, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V43, P361 BORGEFORS G, 1984, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V27, P321 BORGEFORS G, 1991, 7 SCAND C IM AN, V2, P974 BORGEFORS G, 1993, 8 SCAND C IM AN TROM, P105 HARDY GH, 1978, INTRO THEORY NUMBERS HUJTER M, 1987, RAMANUJAN MATH SOC, V2, P117 MARI JL, 2000, RECPAD 00, P285 REMY E, 2000, 12 RFIA C REC FORM L, V1, P483 REMY E, 2000, 7 IWCIA INT WORKSH C, P39 ROSENFELD A, 1966, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V13, P471 SYLVESTER JJ, 1884, ED TIMES, V41, P21 THIEL E, 1994, THESIS UJF GRENOBLE VERWER JH, 1991, THESIS TU DELFT NR 13 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 2001 VL 1953 BP 418 EP 430 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BS85K UT ISI:000171232100034 ER PT J AU Cloutier, L Frayret, JM D'Amours, S Espinasse, B Montreuil, B TI A commitment-oriented framework for networked manufacturing co-ordination SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING LA English DT Article ID COORDINATION; SYSTEMS; MARKETS AB In the rapidly changing world of market place evolution and pressures, many authors have studied new organizational forms. Within these new trends, this paper deals particularly with network organizations. An approach is thus proposed to integrate the overall business organization and to co-ordinate the business processes involved in achieving the overall organization goals. In this study, integration is concerned with the implementation of collaborative information structures, enabling efficient operation management and control among heterogeneous business entities. Thus, based on the contract theory from economic science, philosophical work done on conventions and the multiagent systems paradigm, a commitment-oriented co-ordination framework for business integration is proposed. These concepts present a new comprehensive formalization of business collaboration within networked manufacturing, insofar as they concern the modelling of many kinds of business interactions, including collaborative contingencies management and collaboration performance measurement. In order to illustrate this approach, a multiagent prototype using the commitment-oriented approach is finally presented. C1 Univ Laval, CENTOR, Network Org Technol Res Ctr, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. APG Solut & Technol, Quebec City, PQ G1K 4B2, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille, DIAM IUSPIM, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Frayret, JM, Univ Laval, CENTOR, Network Org Technol Res Ctr, St Foy, PQ G1K 7P4, Canada. CR ACHROL RS, 1997, J ACAD MARKET SCI, V25, P56 ACKOFF RL, 1993, INTERNAL MARKETS, P15 BARBUCEANU M, 1995, P 1 INT C MULT SYST, P17 BROUSSEAU E, 1993, REV ECON POLIT, V103, P1 BROWNE J, 1995, COMPUT IND, V25, P235 BURMEISTER B, 1993, REACT COGN P 5 EUR W, P157 CLOUTIER L, 1999, P 14 WORLD C INT FED CREED WED, 1996, TRUST ORG FRONTIERS, P16 DEGREEF HP, 1996, 10 KNOWL ACQ KNOWL B DUFFIE NA, 1990, COMPUT IND, V14, P167 DURFEE EH, 1991, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V21, P1167 ETTIGHOFFER D, 1992, ENTERPRISE VIRTUELLE FININ T, 1994, SPECIFICATION KQML A FORRESTER JW, 1965, IND MANAGEMENT REV, V7, P5 FRAYET JM, IN PRESS INT J PRODU GOLDMAN SL, 1995, AGILE COMPETITORS VI GRANDORI A, 1997, ORGAN STUD, V18, P897 GUNASEKARAN A, 1998, INT J PROD RES, V36, P1223 HALAL WE, 1994, ACADEMY MANAGEMENT E, V8, P69 HAUSER JR, 1996, J MARKETING RES, V33, P268 JAGDEV HS, 1998, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V9, P216 JENNINGS NR, 1996, FDN DISTRIBUTED ARTI, CH6 JOHANSON J, 1987, INT STUDIES MANAGEME, V17, P34 LEWIS DK, 1969, CONVENTIONS PHILOS S LIN FR, 1998, INT J FLEX MANUF SYS, V10, P197 MACAULAY S, 1963, AM SOCIOL REV, V28, P55 MACMILLAN K, 1979, J IND ECON, V27, P277 MALONE TW, 1987, MANAGE SCI, V33, P1317 MATHEWS J, 1996, HUMAN SYSTEMS MANAGE, V15, P27 MILES RE, 1986, CALIF MANAGE REV, V28, P62 MILES RE, 1995, ORGAN DYN, V24, P5 MILES RE, 1997, ACAD MANAGEMENT EXEC, V11, P7 MONTREUIL B, 1996, PROGR MAT HANDLING, P375 MONTREUIL B, 2000, COMPUT IND, V42, P299 PACHE G, 1993, QUE SAIS JE POULIN D, 1994, ENTERPRISE RESEAU POWELL WW, 1990, RES ORGAN BEHAV, V12, P295 POWELL WW, 1996, TRUST ORG FRONTIERS, P51 SHOHAM Y, 1991, P 9 NAT C ART INT, P704 SMITH RG, 1980, IEEE T COMPUT, V29, P1104 SNOW CC, 1991, ORGAN DYN, V20, P5 THORELLI HB, 1986, STRATEGIC MANAGE J, V7, P37 VERNADAT FB, 1996, ENTERPRISE MODELING WILLIAMSON OE, 1975, MARKETS HIERARCHIES WOOLDRIDGE M, 1995, KNOWL ENG REV, V10, P115 NR 45 TC 3 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA 11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND SN 0951-192X J9 INT J COMP INTEG MANU JI Int. J. Comput. Integr. Manuf. PD NOV PY 2001 VL 14 IS 6 BP 522 EP 534 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Manufacturing; Operations Research & Management Science GA 473HV UT ISI:000171036100003 ER PT J AU Mathieu, P Remy, E TI Heat kernel decay and isoperimetry on a percolation cluster SO COMPTES RENDUS DE L ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES SERIE I-MATHEMATIQUE LA French DT Article AB We estimate the decay of the heat kernel for the random walk on an infinite percolation cluster in Z(d). (C) 2001 Academie des sciences/Edition scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. Univ Versailles, Lab Genome & Informat, F-78035 Versailles, France. RP Mathieu, P, Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, 39 Rue Frederic Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CR CARNE TK, 1985, B SCI MATH, V109, P399 COULHON T, IN PRESS P 1997 CORT KESTEN H, 1982, PROGR PROBABILITY PITTET C, SURVEY RELATIONSHIPS SALOFFCOSTE L, 1997, LECT NOTES MATH SINAI YG, 1982, INT SERIES NATURAL P, V108 SZNITMAN AS, 1998, SPRINGER MONOGRAPHS NR 7 TC 4 PU EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES MEDICALES ELSEVIER PI PARIS CEDEX 15 PA 23 RUE LINOIS, 75724 PARIS CEDEX 15, FRANCE SN 0764-4442 J9 C R ACAD SCI SER I MATH JI Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Ser. I-Math. PD MAY 15 PY 2001 VL 332 IS 10 BP 927 EP 931 PG 5 SC Mathematics GA 448DV UT ISI:000169612400011 ER PT J AU Piatnitski, A Remy, E TI Homogenization of elliptic difference operators SO SIAM JOURNAL ON MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS LA English DT Article DE random media; homogenization; H-convergence; difference operator; percolation; random walk ID ENVIRONMENTS; PERCOLATION; WALKS AB We develop some aspects of general homogenization theory for second order elliptic difference operators and consider several models of homogenization problems for random discrete elliptic operators with rapidly oscillating coefficients. More precisely, we study the asymptotic behavior of effective coefficients for a family of random difference schemes whose coefficients can be obtained by the discretization of random high-contrast checker-board structures. Then we compare, for various discretization methods, the effective coefficients obtained with the homogenized coefficients for corresponding differential operators. C1 RAS, PN Lebedev Phys Inst, Moscow 117924, Russia. INRIA, LATP, F-13451 Marseille 13, France. RP Piatnitski, A, RAS, PN Lebedev Phys Inst, Leninskii Prospect 53, Moscow 117924, Russia. CR AIZENMAN M, 1991, J STAT PHYS, V63, P817 AVELLANEDA M, 1991, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V25, P693 BAKHVALOV NS, 1984, HOMOGENIZATION PROCE BENSOUSSAN A, 1978, STUD MATH APPL, V5 BERLYAND L, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P2114 BRICMONT J, 1991, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V142, P345 DALMASO G, 1993, INTRO GAMMA CONVERGE DEGIORGI E, 1975, REND MATEM UN ROMA, V8, P277 DEGIORGI E, 1984, P INT C MATH WARSZ 1, P1175 GOLDEN K, 1994, 9422 U PROV LAB AN T GRIMMETT GR, 1989, PERCOLATION JIKOV VV, 1994, HOMOGENIZATION DIFFE KESTEN H, 1982, PROGR PROBABILITY ST, V2 KOZLOV SM, 1979, MATH USSR SB, V35, P481 KOZLOV SM, 1985, RUSS MATH SURV+, V40, P73 KOZLOV SM, 1987, MATH USSR SB, V57, P351 KRASNIANSKY MB, 1995, MATH PHYS ANAL GEOM, V1, P51 KUNNEMANN R, 1983, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V90, P27 MCCARTHY JF, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P445 MEYERS NG, 1963, ANN SCUOLA NORM SUP, V17, P189 MURAT F, 1978, ANN SCUOLA NORM SU S, V5, P489 MURAT F, 1978, ANN SCUOLA NORM SU S, V5, P489 MURAT F, 1997, PROGR NONLINEAR DIFF, V31 NOETINGER B, 1994, TRANSPORT POROUS MED, V15, P99 PAPANICOLAOU GC, 1982, STAT PROBABILITY ESS, P547 QUARTERONI A, 1994, NUMERICAL APPROXIMAT SPAGNOLO S, 1968, ANN SCUOLA NORM SUP, V22, P571 TARTAR L, 1979, RES NOTES MATH, V39, P136 ZHIKOV VV, 1979, RUSS MATH SURV, V34, P69 NR 29 TC 6 PU SIAM PUBLICATIONS PI PHILADELPHIA PA 3600 UNIV CITY SCIENCE CENTER, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19104-2688 USA SN 0036-1410 J9 SIAM J MATH ANAL JI SIAM J. Math. Anal. PD JUN 14 PY 2001 VL 33 IS 1 BP 53 EP 83 PG 31 SC Mathematics, Applied GA 443UH UT ISI:000169359700003 ER PT J AU Carmona, J TI Embeddings of discrete series for a reductive symmetric space SO JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS LA French DT Article ID EIGENFUNCTIONS AB Using the realization of a discrete series A(lambda) of a semi-simple symmetric space GH as ii space of boundary values in the dual space G(d)/K-d, we construct an explicit embedding of A(lambda) in a principal series Ind delta circle times v circle times 1 associated to an open subgroup a, of a minimal sigma theta -stable parabolic subgoup a of G. The construction of Q(1), delta and v use the properties of what we call a "fundamental system of root". (C) 2001 Academic Press. C1 Fac Sci Luminy, UPR 9016 CNRS, Inst Math, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. RP Carmona, J, Fac Sci Luminy, UPR 9016 CNRS, Inst Math, 163 Ave Luminy,Case 930, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. CR CARMONA J, 1997, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V491, P17 CARMONA J, 1998, INVENT MATH, V134, P59 DELORME P, 1998, ANN MATH, V147, P417 FLENSTEDJENSEN M, 1980, ANN MATH, V111, P253 KASHIWARA M, 1978, ANN MATH, V107, P1 KNAPP AW, 1976, INVENT MATH, V34, P163 MATSUKI T, 1979, J MATH SOC JAPAN, V31, P331 MATSUKI T, 1988, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P531 OSHIMA T, 1984, ADV STUDIES PURE MAT, V4, P331 OSHIMA T, 1986, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P561 OSHIMA T, 1986, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P603 ROSSMANN W, 1979, CAN J MATH, V31, P157 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V380, P108 VANDENBAN EP, 1989, INVENT MATH, V98, P639 VANDENBAN EP, 1992, J FUNCT ANAL, V109, P331 VOGAN D, 1988, ADV STUD PURE MATH, V14, P191 NR 16 TC 1 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA SN 0022-1236 J9 J FUNCT ANAL JI J. Funct. Anal. PD MAY 10 PY 2001 VL 182 IS 1 BP 16 EP 50 PG 35 SC Mathematics GA 433NN UT ISI:000168766600002 ER PT J AU Faucher, C TI Approximate knowledge modeling and classification in a frame-based language: The system CAIN SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS LA English DT Article ID CLASS HIERARCHIES; REPRESENTATION; CATEGORIES; SIMILARITY; FEATURES AB In this article, we present an extension of the frame-based language Objlog+, called CAIN, which allows the homogeneous representation of approximate knowledge (fuzzy, uncertain, and default knowledge) by means of new facets. We developed elements to manage approximate knowledge: fuzzy operators, extension of the inheritance mechanisms, and weighting of structural links. Contrary to other works in the domain, our system is strongly based on a theoretical approach inspired from Zadeh's and Dubois' works. We also defined an original instance classification mechanism, which has the ability to take into account the notions of typicality and similarity as they are presented in the psychological literature. Our model proposes consideration of a particular semantics of default values to estimate the typicality between a class and the instance to classify (ITC). In that way, the possibilities of the typicality representation proposed by frame-based languages are exploited. To find the most appropriate solution we do not systematically choose the most specific class that matches the ITC but we retain the most typical solution. Approximate knowledge is used to make the matching used during the classification process more flexible. Taking into account additional knowledge concerning heuristics and elements of cognitive psychology leads to the enrichment of the classification mechanism. (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. C1 IUSPIM, DIAM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Faucher, C, IUSPIM, DIAM, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR AHA DW, 1991, INT WORKSH MAH LEARN BARSALOU LW, 1989, SIMILARITY ANAL REAS BISSON G, 1994, LANGAGES MODELES OBJ COHEN B, 1984, COGNITIVE SCI, V8, P27 DEKKER L, 1994, THESIS U LILLE FRANC DUBOIS D, 1987, THEORY POSSIBILITY DUBOIS D, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V35, P243 DUBOIS D, 1991, INT J INTELL SYST, V6, P167 FAUCHER C, 1991, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL FIKES R, 1985, COMMUN ACM, V28, P904 FININ T, 1986, EXPERT DATABASE SYST, P79 GATI I, 1984, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V16, P341 GEORGE R, 1993, FUZZY SET SYST, V60, P259 GONZALEZGOMEZ M, 1996, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL GRAHAM I, 1987, BUSEFAL, V31, P109 GRAHAM I, 1987, BUSEFAL, V32, P120 GRANGER C, 1986, EUR C ART INT ECAI 8 GRANGER C, 1988, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS, V28, P351 HAMPTON J, 1993, COGNITIVE SCI SERIES MALT BC, 1984, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V23, P250 MARINO O, 1990, EUR C ART INT ECAI 9 MEDIN DL, 1989, SIMILARITY ANAL REAS MEDIN DL, 1993, PSYCHOL REV, V100, P254 MEDIN DL, 1994, CATEGORIZATION HDB C MINSKY M, 1975, PSYCHOL COMPUTER VIS MIYOSHI T, 1992, EXPERT SYST APPL, V5, P359 MOUADDID N, 1989, THESIS U NANCY 1 FRA MURPHY GL, 1985, PSYCHOL REV, V92, P289 MURPHY GL, 1993, PSYCHOL LEARN MOTIV, V29, P327 PETRY FE, 1992, FUZZY IEEE PORTER BW, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V45, P229 RECHENMANN F, 1985, RECONNAISSANCE FORME RIEU D, 1991, INFORSID 91 ROSCH E, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7, P573 SALOTTI S, 1992, APPL ENSEMBLES FLOUS SMITH EE, 1981, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS TVERSKY A, 1977, PSYCHOL REV, V84, P327 TVERSKY A, 1978, COGNITION CATEGORIZA VANGYSEGHEM N, 1994, APPL ENSEMBLES FLOUS YAGER RR, 1984, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V14, P630 YAGER RR, 1992, INFORM SCIENCES, V61, P1 YAGER RR, 1994, INT J INTELL SYST, V9, P542 ZADEH LA, 1978, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS, V1, P1 ZADEH LA, 1985, IEEE, V6, P754 NR 44 TC 2 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS INC PI NEW YORK PA 605 THIRD AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10158-0012 USA SN 0884-8173 J9 INT J INTELL SYST JI Int. J. Intell. Syst. PD JUN PY 2001 VL 16 IS 6 BP 743 EP 780 PG 38 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA 433WZ UT ISI:000168784800004 ER PT J AU Wainer, GA Giambiasi, N TI Application of the Cell-DEVS paradigm for cell spaces modelling and simulation SO SIMULATION LA English DT Article DE discrete-event simulation; DEVS; cellular automata; modelling methodologies; simulation development tools AB We present the results obtained when using the Cell-DEVS paradigm for cell spaces modelling and simulation. This formalism allows one to model and simulate cell spaces, including delay functions, to specify their timing behavior. Cell spaces can de defined in an automated fashion, simplifying the construction of new models, and easing the verification of the structural models. The approach was implemented in a development tool, showing that development times can improve by several orders of magnitude. The main results of development experiences are presented, showing the usefulness of the approach. C1 Carleton Univ, Dept Syst & Comp Engn, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada. Univ Aix Marseille 3, DIAM, IUSPIM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Wainer, GA, Carleton Univ, Dept Syst & Comp Engn, 4456 Mackenzie Bldg,1125 Colonel By Dr, Ottawa, ON K1S 5B6, Canada. CR GIAMBIASI N, 1976, P 16 DAC SAN DIEG MOON Y, 1996, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, P288 RODRIGUEZ D, 1999, P SCS SUMM MULT COMP WAINER G, 1997, P SCS EUR MULT SIM I WAINER G, 1998, 98007 U BUEN AIR FAC WAINER G, 1998, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL WAINER G, 2000, IN PRESS DISCRETE EV WOLFRAM S, 1986, ADV SERIES COMPLEX S, V1 ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELIN ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER BP, DEVS HLA DISTRIBUTED NR 12 TC 10 PU SIMULATION COUNCILS INC PI SAN DIEGO PA PO BOX 17900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92117 USA SN 0037-5497 J9 SIMULATION JI Simulation PD JAN PY 2001 VL 76 IS 1 BP 22 EP 39 PG 18 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 431LC UT ISI:000168631800002 ER PT J AU Forget, L Risch, V Siegel, P TI Preferential logics are X-logics SO JOURNAL OF LOGIC AND COMPUTATION LA English DT Article DE nonmonotonic logic; preferential model approach; representation theorem; circumscription AB This paper shows how to define nonmonotonic logics from any classical logics L and any set X of formulas of L. In this context, the nonmonotonic inference relation proves x is defined by A proves x B if every classical theorem of A boolean OR B which is in X is a theorem of A. The properties of the relation proves x are studied. We show, in particular, that the elementary properties (supraclassicity, or, left logical equivalence, cut,etc.) are verified for any X. Moreover, we prove that cumulativity is verified if the set of formulas of the language, which are not in X, is deductively closed. Then we prove a representation theorem, i.e. in the finite case every preferential nonmonotonic logic is an X-Iogic. We also study a particular form of the set X for general propositional circumscription. C1 CNRS, ESA 6077, LIM, Ctr Math & Informat, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CNRS, ESA 6077, LIM, Parc Sci & Technol Luminy, F-13288 Marseille, France. CR BESNARD P, 1988, P 9 INT C AUT DED AR BOI JM, 1992, REV INTELLIGENCE ART, V6, P235 BOSSU G, 1981, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL BOSSU G, 1982, WORKSH LOG DAT BOSSU G, 1984, ADV DATA BASES THEOR, P239 BOSSU G, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P13 FORGET L, 1998, WORKSHOP COMPUTATION, P19 FREUND M, 1998, ARTIF INTELL, V98, P209 INOUE K, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V56, P301 KATSUNO H, 1989, IJCAI 89, P269 KATSUNO H, 1991, ARTIF INTELL, V52, P263 KRAUS S, 1990, ARTIF INTELL, V44, P167 LIFSCHITZ V, 1985, P 9 INT JOINT C ART, P121 MAKINSON D, 1989, LECTURE NOTES ARTIFI, V346, P1 MCCARTHY J, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P7 REITER R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P81 SCHWIND C, 1994, FUNDAMENTA INFORMATI, V21 SIEGEL P, 1987, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL SIEGEL P, 1996, 5 C PRINC KNOWL REAS NR 19 TC 2 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0955-792X J9 J LOGIC COMPUT JI J. Logic Comput. PD FEB PY 2001 VL 11 IS 1 BP 71 EP 83 PG 13 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA 423VX UT ISI:000168199400005 ER PT S AU Audemard, G Benhamou, B Henocque, L TI Two techniques to improve finite model search SO AUTOMATED DEDUCTION - CADE-17 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB This article introduces two techniques to improve the prop agation efficiency of CSP based finite model generation methods. One approach consists in statically rewriting some selected clauses so as to trigger added constraint propagations. The other approach uses a dynamic lookahead strategy to both filter out inconsistent domain values and select the most appropriate branching variable according to a first fail heuristic. C1 Lab Informat Marseille, Ctr Math & Informat, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Audemard, G, Lab Informat Marseille, Ctr Math & Informat, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CR AUDEMARD G, 1999, 2 TECHNIQUES IMPROVE AUDEMARD G, 1999, JNPC, P17 BENHAMOU B, 1999, FUNDAMENTA INFORMATI, V39, P21 LI CM, 1997, P 15 INT JOINT C ART, P366 PELTIER N, 1998, J LOGIC COMPUT, V8, P511 SLANEY J, 1995, COMPUT MATH APPL, V29, P115 SLANLEY J, 1993, FINDER FINITE DOMAIN ZHANG H, 1994, IMPLEMENTING DAVIS P ZHANG J, 1995, P 14 INT JOINT C AI, P298 ZHANG J, 1995, P CP95 MARS ZHANG J, 1996, J AUTOM REASONING, V17, P1 NR 11 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2000 VL 1831 BP 302 EP 308 PG 7 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BR52Z UT ISI:000166717300024 ER PT J AU Dussol, B Moal, V Daniel, L Pain, C Berland, Y TI Spontaneous remission of HCV-induced cryoglobulinaemic glomerulonephritis SO NEPHROLOGY DIALYSIS TRANSPLANTATION LA English DT Article DE glomerulonephritis; hepatitis C virus infection; type II mixed cryoglobulinaemia ID HEPATITIS-C VIRUS; MEMBRANOPROLIFERATIVE GLOMERULONEPHRITIS; MIXED CRYOGLOBULINEMIA; INTERFERON-ALPHA; INFECTION; THERAPY; RIBAVIRIN C1 Hop St Marguerite, Serv Nephrol & Hemodialyse, F-13274 Marseille 09, France. Hop Enfants La Timone, Serv Anat Pathol, Marseille, France. Ctr Hemodialyse St Marguerite, La Garde, France. RP Dussol, B, Hop St Marguerite, Serv Nephrol & Hemodialyse, 270 Bd St Marguerite,BP 29, F-13274 Marseille 09, France. CR CAMPISE M, 1999, NEPHROL DIAL TRANSPL, V14, P281 DIEGO JM, 1998, CURR OPIN NEPHROL HY, V7, P557 FABRIZI F, 1998, NEPHROL DIAL TRANSPL, V13, P1991 FORNASIERI A, 1996, NEPHROL DIAL TRAN S4, V11, P25 JOHNSON RJ, 1994, KIDNEY INT, V46, P1700 MISIANI R, 1994, NEW ENGL J MED, V330, P751 MISIANI R, 1999, NEPHROL DIAL TRANSPL, V14, P1558 PHAM HP, 1998, KIDNEY INT, V54, P1311 QUIGG RJ, 1995, AM J KIDNEY DIS, V25, P798 SARAC E, 1997, AM J KIDNEY DIS, V30, P113 TARANTINO A, 1995, KIDNEY INT, V47, P618 YAMABE H, 1995, J AM SOC NEPHROL, V6, P220 NR 12 TC 3 PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS PI OXFORD PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND SN 0931-0509 J9 NEPHROL DIALYSIS TRANSPLANT JI Nephrol. Dial. Transplant. PD JAN PY 2001 VL 16 IS 1 BP 156 EP 159 PG 4 SC Transplantation; Urology & Nephrology GA 393HD UT ISI:000166462400031 ER PT J AU Carcaillet, C Brun, JJ TI Changes in landscape structure in the northwestern Alps over the last 7000 years: lessons from soil charcoal SO JOURNAL OF VEGETATION SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE altitudinal gradient; present-day vegetation; Holocene; paleo-ecology; pedo-anthracology; Savoy; taxonomic richness; tree limit; vegetation pattern ID NORTH FRENCH ALPS; ENVIRONMENTAL-CHANGE; MAURIENNE-VALLEY; TREE-LIMIT; HOLOCENE; FOREST; CLIMATE; VEGETATION; DYNAMICS; ABIES AB Current land-use abandonment and the current rise in temperature in the Alps both suggest that tree limits may change. When it is assumed that the climate of the early mid-Holocene between 8000 and 5000 yr before present is analogous to that of the predicted climate of the late 21st century, palaeo-ecological studies of the early Holocene may provide data for the prediction of the vegetation pattern in a century from now. It appears that mid-Holocene charcoal assemblages can be used to reconstruct the spatial patterns of the vegetation before, or during, the practice of slash-and-burn. Correspondence analysis (Ch) of charcoal assemblages shows that an important, ecological gradient is determined by elevation. However CA also shows that charcoal assemblages in profiles between 1700 and 2100 m a.s.l. are roughly stratified: the more recent assemblages from the topmost centimetres of soil are intermediate between the lowermost assemblages and assemblages from higher elevations. This suggests that the woody communities at the highest elevation were located at lower elevations at a later date. The taxonomic diversity of the soil charcoal assemblages has been compared to that of present-day phytosociological releves after transformation to charcoal-equivalent data. This comparison revealed that the vegetation pattern along the altitudinal gradient in the mid-Holocene was different from that at present. The assemblages indicate that some communities disappeared, that Picca is a late-Holocene invading species, and that there is no strict modern analogue for the vegetation structure prior to that of 3000 yr ago. The past structure of the woody vegetation was also different from that of today. Although past vegetation is not a good analogue for predicting future vegetation patterns, it still has potential as an indicator for the potential presence of tree species where then is none today. If we assume a temperature rise, and take into account current trends of landscape use abandonment, then we can expect strong vegetation dynamics at the upper tree line in the future: Abies alba may expand to occupy elevations of ca. 1800-2000 m in mixed communities with Picca abies, Pinus sylvestris and hardwood species, and Pinus cembra, may expand up to 2500-2700 m a.s.l. C1 Cemagref Grenoble, Ecosyst & Paysages Montagne, F-38402 St Martin Dheres, France. Univ Aix Marseille 3, CNRS, Inst Mediterraneen Ecol & Paleoecol, Fac Sci & Tech St Jerome, F-13397 Marseille, France. RP Carcaillet, C, Swedish Univ Agr Sci, Dept Forest Vegetat Ecol, S-90183 Umea, Sweden. CR 1992, REFERENTIEL PEDOLOGI AUSSENAC G, 1980, ANN SCI FOREST, V37, P201 BARTOLI C, 1966, ANN SCI FOREST, V23, P432 BERGLUND BE, 1991, ECOLOGICAL B, V41, P1 BOCQUET A, 1997, ANTHROPOLOGIE, V101, P291 BOZON N, 1994, ECOLOGIE, V25, P111 BRAUNBLANQUET J, 1961, INNERALPINE TROCKENV BRETHES A, 1995, ANN SCI FOREST, V52, P535 BRUN JJ, 1994, FUNCTIONING DYNAMICS, P468 CARCAILLET C, 1996, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V91, P399 CARCAILLET C, 1997, ECOLOGIA MEDITERRANE, V23, P131 CARCAILLET C, 1998, ECOLOGIE, V29, P277 CARCAILLET C, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P384 CARRARA PE, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P233 CLARK JS, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P19 DASNIAS P, 1987, THESIS U SCI MED GRE DAVID F, 1995, HIST BIOL, V9, P269 DELARZE R, 1992, J VEG SCI, V3, P55 DELCROS P, 1994, ETUD CEMAGREF GT, V13, P1 DIDIER L, 1998, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V52, P245 DIDIER L, 1998, THESIS U J FOURIER G EIBERLE K, 1987, EXPERIENTIA, V43, P127 FLANNIGAN MD, 1998, J VEG SCI, V9, P469 FLORET C, 1990, J VEG SCI, V1, P71 FRENZEL B, 1979, B ASS FR ETUDES QUAT, V4, P191 GUICHERD P, 1994, ANN SCI FOREST, V51, P599 GUTHORI V, 1994, Z JAGDWISS, V40, P122 HATTENSCHWILER S, 1995, J VEG SCI, V6, P357 KULLMAN L, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2490 KUTZBACH JE, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P1043 LAMARCHE VC, 1973, QUATERNARY RES, V3, P632 OVERPECK J, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P1251 PLAMODON AP, 1984, GEOG PHYS QUAT, V38, P27 PONS A, 1998, CR ACAD SCI II A, V327, P755 PRENTICE IC, 1992, J BIOGEOGR, V19, P117 RAMEAU JC, 1993, FLORE FORESTIERE FRA RAUNKIAER C, 1934, LIFE FORMS PLANTS PL SAINTANDRIEUX C, 1995, B MENS OFF NAT CHASS, V196, P2 SCHWEINGRUBER FH, 1990, ANATOMIE EUROPAISCHE TALON B, 1997, CR ACAD SCI III-VIE, V320, P581 TALON B, 1998, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V52, P195 TAN BS, 1992, ANN SCI FOREST, V49, P337 TATONI T, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P295 TESSIER L, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P244 THIOULOUSE J, 1997, STAT COMPUT, V7, P75 TILMAN D, 1998, SUCCESSES LIMITATION, P452 TUTIN TG, 1968, FLORA EUROPAEA, V2 VELICHKO AA, 1993, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V7, P51 VONHUMBOLDT A, 1807, ESSAI GEOGRAPHIE PLA WEGMULLER S, 1977, POLLENANALYTISCHE UN WEIHER E, 1999, J VEG SCI, V10, P609 WEIN RW, 1987, CAN J BOT, V65, P1180 NR 52 TC 22 PU OPULUS PRESS UPPSALA AB PI UPPSALA PA BOX 25137, S 752 25 UPPSALA, SWEDEN SN 1100-9233 J9 J VEG SCI JI J. Veg. Sci. PD OCT PY 2000 VL 11 IS 5 BP 705 EP 714 PG 10 SC Plant Sciences; Ecology; Forestry GA 389TD UT ISI:000166253100010 ER PT J AU Genisson, R Jegou, P TI On the relations between SAT and CSP enumerative algorithms SO DISCRETE APPLIED MATHEMATICS LA English DT Article DE proportional calculus; constraint satisfaction; algorithms; complexity AB We show the equivalence between the so-called Davis-Putnam procedure (Davis et al., Comm. ACM 5 (1962) 394-397; Davis and Putnam (J. ACM 7 (1960) 201-215)) and the Forward Checking of Haralick and Elliot (Artificial Intelligence 14 (1980) 263-313). Both apply the paradigm choose and propagate in two different formalisms, namely the propositional calculus and the constraint satisfaction problems formalism. They happen to be strictly equivalent as soon as a compatible instantiation order is chosen. This equivalence is shown considering the resolution of the clausal expression of a CSP by the Davis-Putnam procedure. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, LIM ESA CNRS 6077, F-13433 Marseille 13, France. RP Jegou, P, Univ Aix Marseille 1, CMI, LIM ESA CNRS 6077, 39 Rue Jolliot Curie, F-13433 Marseille 13, France. CR CHVATAL V, 1988, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V35, P759 DALAL M, 1992, PRINCIPLES KNOWLEDGE, P393 DAVIS M, 1960, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V7, P201 DAVIS M, 1962, COMMUN ACM, V5, P394 DEKLEER J, 1989, P IJCAI 89 DINCBAS M, 1988, P 2 INT C 5 GEN COMP, P249 DUBOIS O, 1996, DIMACS SERIES DM TCS, V26 GENISSON R, 1996, THESIS U PROVENCE FR HARALICK RM, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V14, P263 MONTANARI U, 1974, INF SCI, V7, P95 QUINE WV, 1955, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC JUN, P141 SABIN D, 1994, P ECAI 94, P125 VANBEEK P, 1995, P IJCAI95 MONTR CAN, P541 VANHENTENRYCK P, 1989, LOGIC PROGRAMMING SE NR 14 TC 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0166-218X J9 DISCRETE APPL MATH JI Discret Appl. Math. PD DEC 21 PY 2000 VL 107 IS 1-3 BP 27 EP 40 PG 14 SC Mathematics, Applied GA 390PC UT ISI:000166304700002 ER PT S AU Audemard, G Benhamou, B Siegel, P TI AVAL: An enumerative method for SAT SO COMPUTATIONAL LOGIC - CL 2000 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article DE satisfiability; deduction; enumeration AB We study an algorithm for the SAT problem which is based on the Davis and Putnam procedure. The main idea is to increase the application of the unit clause rule during the search. When there is no unit clause in the set of clauses, our method tries to produce one occuring in the current subset of binary clauses. A literal deduction algorithm is implemented and applied at each branching node of the search tree. This method AVAL is a combination of the Davis and Putnam principle and of the mono-literal(1) deduction procedure. Its efficiency comes from the average complexity of the literal deduction procedure which is linear in the number of variables. The method is called "AVAL": (avalanch) because of its behaviour on hard random SAT problems. When solving these instances. an avalanche of mono-literals is deduced after the first success of literal, production and from that point, the search effort is reduced to unit propagations, thus completing the remaining part of enumeration in polynomial time. C1 Ctr Math & Informat, Lab Informat Marseille, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. RP Audemard, G, Ctr Math & Informat, Lab Informat Marseille, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CR BOUFKHAD Y, 1996, THESIS U JUSSIEU CHVATAL V, 1992, 33 IEEE S FDNC COMP DAVIS M, 1960, JACM DUBOIS O, 1996, AMS DIMACS SERIES DI, V26 FREEMAN JW, 1995, THESIS U PENNSYLVANI FREEMAN JW, 1996, ARTIF INTELL, V81, P183 FRIEGUT E, 1997, NECESSARY SUFFICIENT GOERDT A, 1992, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V629, P264 LI CM, 1997, P CP 97, P341 LI CM, 1997, P IJCAI 97 QUINE WV, 1950, METHODS LOGICS SELMAN B, 1994, P 10 NAT C ART INT A ZHANG H, 1997, P 14 INT C AUT DED NR 13 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 2000 VL 1861 BP 373 EP 383 PG 11 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BR08L UT ISI:000165607800025 ER PT J AU Giambiasi, N Escude, B Ghosh, S TI GDEVS: A generalized discrete event specification for accurate modeling of dynamic systems SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY FOR COMPUTER SIMULATION INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article DE dynamic systems; discrete event model; GDEVS; DEVS; hybrid continuous systems; discrete real-world systems; piecewise linear input-output trajectory; piecewise non-linear input-output trajectory AB Given a process whose output is a dynamic function of time, the traditional discrete event specification (DEVS) approximates the input, output, and state trajectories through piecewise constant segments, where the segments correspond to discrete time intervals that are not necessarily equal in length. For processes that defy accurate modeling through piecewise constant segments, this paper presents GDEVS, a Generalized Discrete Event Specification, wherein the trajectories are organized through piecework polynomial segments. The utilization of arbitrary polynomial functions for segments promises higher accuracies in modeling continuous processes as discrete event abstractions, In general, discrete event systems, including DEVS and GDEVS, execute faster on host computers because executions occur corresponding to significant changes in the system, unlike in continuous simulations, where execution is on a continuous basis. GDEVS's superiority over DEVS lies in its ability to discretize a system characteristic. A key contribution of GDEVS is that it permits the development of a uniform simulation environment for hybrid, i.e., both continous and discrete, systems. GDEVS is illustrated for a first-order system and a hybrid system, with piecewise linear segments. Two representative systems have been modeled under GDEVS and executed on a simulator developed for GDEVS. Experiments reveal that the execution speed of a laboratory prototype GDEVS simulator, DiamSim, relative to the execution of a continuous simulation on the industrial gl-ade MATLAB/Simulink software package, is faster by a factor ranging from 2 to 4.5, and it is estimated that an optimized, industrial implementation of GDEVS may be faster by a factor exceeding 10. C1 IUSPIM, DIAM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. Arizona State Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. RP Giambiasi, N, IUSPIM, DIAM, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille,Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR 1988, IEEE STANDARD VHDL L *IEEE, 1994, 10761993 ANSIIEEE FISHWICK P, 1988, SIMULATION MODELING FUJIMOTO RM, 1990, COMMUN ACM, V33, P30 GHOSH S, P ESS 1996 GEN IT GHOSH S, 1999, IEEE CIRCUITS DEVICE, V15, P25 GHOSH S, 2000, MODELING ASYNCHRONOU GIAMBIASI N, P ESS 95 ERL GERM GIAMBIASI N, 1994, EUR SIM S TURK OCT GIAMBIASI N, 1994, JOURN FRANC FLOU LIL HOARE C, 1985, COMMUNICATIONG SEQUE INAN KM, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P24 LUH CJ, 1993, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V23, P42 MUROGA S, 1979, LOGIC DESIGN SWITCHI NAAME A, 1997, 30 ISATA C FLOR IT J PNUELI A, 1979, COMPUTER SCI, V70 PRAEHOFER H, 1991, INT J GEN SYST, V19, P219 PRAEHOFER H, 1991, THESIS J KEPLER U LI PRAEHOFER H, 1993, P 4 ANN C ART INT SI, P120 WANG KT, 1991, TECHNIQUES PROTEIN C, V2, P241 WONHAM MA, 1988, NATO SERIES ZEIGLER B, 1976, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER B, 1984, MULTIFACETTED MODELI ZEIGLER B, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU ZEIGLER B, 2000, THEORY MODELING SIMU ZEIGLER BP, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P72 NR 26 TC 15 PU SOC COMPUTER SIMULATION PI SAN DIEGO PA PO BOX 17900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92177 USA SN 0740-6797 J9 TRANS SOC COMPUT SIMUL INT JI Trans. Soc. Comput. Simul. PD SEP PY 2000 VL 17 IS 3 BP 120 EP 134 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 376XP UT ISI:000165482300002 ER PT J AU Carmona, JC Alvarado, VM TI Active noise control of a duct using robust control theory SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON CONTROL SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY LA English DT Article DE active noise control (ANC); identification; robust control; sensitivity functions ID CONTROL SYSTEMS; IDENTIFICATION; ALGORITHMS; ABSORPTION AB In this paper the control of sound propagation in an air-handling duct using a feedback active noise control (ANC) system is investigated both from a theoretical and from a practical point of view Using identified discrete-time models of the duct, robust linear controllers are designed by means of the combined pole placement/sensitivity function shaping method. The specific features of the harmonic sources of noise and the study of the effect of model uncertainty on the ANC performance are taken into account in order to avoid the classical stochastic adaptive and the reference noise-based methods, As a consequence, our solutions are easy to implement in real-time applications. As an illustration, we give detailed results for the control of the noise in an industrial air conditioner propagating through a duct. C1 Ecole Super Mecan Marseille, Lab Automat, Marseille, France. Inst Natl Polytech Grenoble, Lab Automat Grenoble, F-38031 Grenoble, France. RP Carmona, JC, Ecole Super Mecan Marseille, Lab Automat, Marseille, France. CR CARME C, 1988, P INT NOISE, V2, P1083 CARMONA JC, 1998, P IEEE C DEC CONTR T, P1558 CARMONA JC, 1999, P ASME ACC99 SAN DIE, P591 DOYLE JC, 1992, FEEDBACK CONTROL THE ERIKSSON LJ, 1988, J SOUND VIB, V22, P797 FRANSIS BA, 1996, LECT NOTES MATH, P37 FREUDENBERG JS, 1985, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V30, P555 GOGATE GR, 1995, J ACOUST SOC AM, V97, P2919 HONG J, 1996, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V4, P283 HULL AJ, 1991, P ASME WINT ANN M WA, V91 HULL J, 1990, ASME J VIB ACOUST, V112, P438 KUO SM, 1994, NOISE CONTROL ENG, V42, P37 KWAKERNAAK H, 1996, POLYNOMIAL APPROACH, P141 LANDAU ID, 1995, INT J CONTROL, V62, P325 LANDAU ID, 1996, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V4, P369 LANDAU ID, 1997, AUTOMATICA, V33 LANDAU ID, 1997, AUTOMATICA, V33, P1499 LANDAU ID, 1998, R S T DIGITAL CONTRO, V6 LANGER J, 1997, P ECC 97 BRUX BELG J LEE KY, 1987, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V10, P540 LJUNG L, 1987, IDENTIFICATION THEOR LJUNG L, 1993, P 32 IEEE CDC SAN AN LUEG P, 1936, 2043416, US OLSON HF, 1953, J ACOUST SOC AM, V25, P1130 ORDUNABUSTAMANTE F, 1992, J ACOUST SOC AM, V91, P2740 SNYDER SD, 1989, J ACOUST SOC AM, V86, P1984 VANDENHOFF P, 1995, AUTOMATICA, V31 VARADAN VK, 1990, P IEEE ULTR S NEW YO, P1211 WIDROW B, 1985, ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROC WU Z, 1995, J ACOUST SOC AM, V97, P1078 WU Z, 1997, J ACOUST SOC AM, V101, P1502 NR 31 TC 3 PU IEEE-INST ELECTRICAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS INC PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017-2394 USA SN 1063-6536 J9 IEEE TRANS CONTROL SYST TECHN JI IEEE Trans. Control Syst. Technol. PD NOV PY 2000 VL 8 IS 6 BP 930 EP 938 PG 9 SC Automation & Control Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic GA 370EB UT ISI:000165109400006 ER PT J AU Montagne, G Fraisse, F Ripoll, H Laurent, M TI Perception-action coupling in an interceptive task: First-order time-to-contact as an input variable SO HUMAN MOVEMENT SCIENCE LA English DT Article DE perception-action coupling; interceptive tasks; prospective control; first-order time-to-contact ID FREE-FALL TRAJECTORIES; BALL; CATCH; MOVEMENT AB The aim of this study was to test the required velocity model [Peper, C. E., Bootsma, R. J., Mestre, D. R., & Bakker, F. C. ( 1994). Journal of Experimental Psychology. Human Perception and Performance, 20, 591-612; Bootsma, R. J., Fayt, V., Zaal, F. T. J. M., & Laurent, M. (1997). Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 23, 1282-1289] by manipulating one of its variables: the first-order time-to-contact. Participants had to manually move a cart along a rectilinear track so that its arrival at a target point would coincide with the arrival of a moving object. The object's motion was simulated by the lighting up of diodes. The distance travelled by the moving object (2 and 4 m) and the approach duration (1, 1.25, and 1.6 s) were experimentally controlled. Participants showed kinematic adaptation of their movements when the first-order time-to-contact varied, whereas changes in the distance travelled (or in the travel speed) had no impact on movement kinematics. Although the effect of first-order time-to-contact on the response latency was consistent with the model. its effect on movement kinematics was not. By an adapted version of the model, calibrating the required velocity threshold to the moving target's presentation, 55% of the variance of the kinematic data could be explained. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. PsycINFO classification: 2300; 2323. C1 Univ Mediterranee, Fac Sci Sport, UMR Mouvement & Percept, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. NYU, Dept Psychol, New York, NY 10003 USA. Univ Mediterranee, Fac Sci Sport, UPRES Sport & Adaptat, Marseille 9, France. RP Montagne, G, Univ Mediterranee, Fac Sci Sport, UMR Mouvement & Percept, 163 Ave Luminy CP 910, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR BOOTSMA RJ, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P1282 FAYT V, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P581 LAURENT M, 1996, PERCEPTION, V25, P1437 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 LEE TC, 1985, PHOSPHOLIPIDS CELLUL, V2, P1 LI FX, 1994, J HUM MOVEMENT STUD, V27, P189 MASON AH, 1999, EXP BRAIN RES, V127, P83 MCBEATH MK, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P569 MCLEOD P, 1993, NATURE, V362, P23 MCLEOD P, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V22, P531 MONTAGNE G, 1999, EXP BRAIN RES, V129, P87 PAYNE VG, 1986, J HUM MOVEMENT STUD, V12, P289 PEPER L, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P591 REGAN D, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P533 SAXBERG BVH, 1987, BIOL CYBERN, V56, P159 SAXBERG BVH, 1987, BIOL CYBERN, V56, P177 TRESILIAN JR, 1995, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V48, P688 TRESILIAN JR, 1996, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V23, P1272 WANN JP, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V22, P1031 WARREN WH, 1988, COMPLEX MOVEMENT BEH, P339 ZAAL FTJM, 1999, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V25, P149 NR 21 TC 17 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-9457 J9 HUM MOVEMENT SCI JI Hum. Mov. Sci. PD MAY PY 2000 VL 19 IS 1 BP 59 EP 72 PG 14 SC Neurosciences; Psychology; Psychology, Experimental; Sport Sciences GA 333DQ UT ISI:000088113800004 ER PT J AU Dupuy, MA Mottet, D Ripoll, H TI The regulation of release parameters in underarm precision throwing SO JOURNAL OF SPORTS SCIENCES LA English DT Article DE angle; compensatory variability; throwing; velocity ID OVERARM THROWS; SKILL AB The aim of this study was to determine if adults spontaneously exploit the laws of physics to achieve better accuracy when throwing at various distances. Eight adults performed 25 underarm throws at five horizontal circular targets located 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 m away with a constant 5% relative accuracy requirement. Angle and speed of the ball at release were found to increase with throwing distance, while the coordinates of the release point did not change significantly. These results support the idea that people minimize the variability in impact distance by adapting both the angle and the speed at ball release following a mechanical optimum predicted by the laws of physics. Moreover, variability in distance was found to be less than expected because of independent variations in the angle and speed at ball release. Hence, the control of precision throwing seems to imply compensatory variability, as frequently reported in the control of skilled actions. C1 CNRS, Movement & Percept UMR 6559, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Univ Poitiers, Fac Sport Sci, LAPMH UPRES EA 2253, Marseille, France. Univ Mediterranean, Fac Sport Sci, Sport & Adaptat UPRES JE 2048, Marseille, France. RP Mottet, D, CNRS, Movement & Percept UMR 6559, Case 910,163 Ave Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR BARDY BG, 1998, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V24, P963 BOOTSMA RJ, 1989, PAW REV, V3, P39 BUYTENDIJK FJJ, 1964, ALLGEMEINE THEORIE M HAMILTON GR, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P491 HANDFORD C, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P621 HAY JJ, 1978, BIOMECHANICS SPORT T HAY L, 1980, COGNITION MENTAL PRO, P351 HORE J, 1994, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V72, P1171 HORE J, 1995, EXP BRAIN RES, V103, P277 HORE J, 1996, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V75, P1013 KELSO JAS, 1995, DYNAMIC PATTERNS SEL MOTTET D, 1995, STUDIES PERCEPTION A, V3, P123 PLAMONDON R, 1997, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V20, P279 STIMPEL E, 1933, NEUE PSYCHOL STUD, V9, P105 VANROSSUM JHA, 1989, J SPORTS SCI, V7, P101 WHITING HTA, 1972, J MOTOR BEHAV, V4, P155 WOOD GA, 1982, EXERCISE SPORT SCI R, V10, P308 NR 17 TC 8 PU ROUTLEDGE PI LONDON PA 11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND SN 0264-0414 J9 J SPORT SCI JI J. Sports Sci. PD JUN PY 2000 VL 18 IS 6 BP 375 EP 382 PG 8 SC Sport Sciences GA 327CG UT ISI:000087774900002 ER PT J AU Potier, S Maltret, JL Zoller, J TI Computer graphics: assistance for archaelogical hypotheses SO AUTOMATION IN CONSTRUCTION LA English DT Article AB This paper is a contribution to the domain of computer tools for architectural and archeological restitution of ancient buildings. We describe an application of these tools to the modeling of the 14th century AD. Thermae of Constantin in Aries, south of France. It was a diploma project in School of Architecture of Marseille-Luminy, and took place in a context defined in the European ARELATE project. The general objective of this project is to emphasize the archeological and architectural heritage of the city of Aries; it aims, in particular, to equip the museum of ancient Aries with a computer tool enabling the storage and consultation of archaeological archives, the communication of information and exchange by specialized networks, and the creation of a virtual museum allowing a redescription of the monuments and a "virtual" visit of ancient Aries. Our approach involves a multidisciplinary approach, calling on architecture, archeology and computer science. The archeologist's work is to collect information and interpret it; this is the starting point of the architect's work who, using these elements, suggests an architectural reconstruction. This synthesis contains the functioning analysis of the structure and building. The potential provided by the computer as a tool (in this case, the POV-Ray software) with access to several three-dimensional visualizations, according to hypotheses formulated by the architect and archaeologists, necessitates the use of evolutive models which, thanks to the parametrization of dimensions of a building and its elements, can be adapted to all the changes desired by the architect. The specific contribution of POV-Ray in architectural reconstruction of thermae finds its expression in four forms of this modeling program, which correspond to the objectives set by the architect in agreement with archeologists: (a) The parametrization of dimensions, which contributes significantly in simplifying the reintervention process of the architectural data base; (b) Hierarchy and links between variables, allowing "grouped" modifications of modelized elements in order to preserve the consistency of the architectural building's morphology; (c) The levels of modeling (with or without facing, for example), which admit of the exploration of all structural and architectural trails (relationship form/function); and, (d) The "model-type", facilitating the setting up of hypotheses by simple scaling and transformation of these models (e.g., roofing models) on an already modelled structure. The methodological validation of this modeling software's particular use in architectural formulation of hypotheses shows that the software is the principal graphical medium of discussion between architect and archaeologist, thus confirming the hypotheses formulated at the beginning of this project. C1 Ecole Architecture Marseille Luminy, Marseille, France. RP Potier, S, Ecole Architecture Marseille Luminy, Marseille, France. CR ADAM JP, CONSTRUCTION ROMAINE AUNE O, 1996, VERS MUSEE VIRTUEL BOUET A, THESIS U PROVENCE AI CHOISV A, 1984, ART BATIR CHEZ ROMAI GROS P, 1996, ARCHITECTURE ROMAINE QUINTRAND P, 1985, CAO ARCHITECTURE SINTES C, 1996, MUSEE ARLES ANTIQUE WARD B, 1994, ARCHITECTURE ROMAINE NR 8 TC 1 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0926-5805 J9 AUTOM CONSTR JI Autom. Constr. PD JAN PY 2000 VL 9 IS 1 BP 117 EP 128 PG 12 SC Construction & Building Technology; Engineering, Civil GA 317FP UT ISI:000087215600010 ER PT J AU Belaziz, M Bouras, A Brun, JM TI Morphological analysis for product design SO COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN LA English DT Article DE geometric models; feature; simplification; feature edition; idealisation; reconstruction ID FEATURE-RECOGNITION; FORM FEATURES; SOLID MODELS; DECOMPOSITION AB Analysis plays a significant role during product design. Thanks to computational tools; it contributes highly in product optimisation while decreasing design cost and time. For analysis applications, the adaptation of the product geometry is required and consists of producing an idealised model out of a product solid one. This paper presents a form of features based tool to aid the integration of analysis during the design process. It allows producing an analysis model out of a part solid model. This tool is based on a morphological analysis of the solid model followed by a two-phase process: simplification and idealisation. The tool provides an easy way to make computer-aided design model modifications implied by the analysis results; thanks to features parameterisation and a reconstruction process. Both allow us to create a solid model on the basis of the idealised one, by using parameterised reconstruction operators. (C) 2000 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 2, ESIL, LIM, XAOlab, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Univ Lyon 1, Lab LIGIM, F-69622 Villeurbanne, France. RP Brun, JM, Univ Aix Marseille 2, ESIL, LIM, XAOlab, Case 925, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR ARMSTRONG CG, 1994, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V26, P573 ARMSTRONG CG, 1995, 3 S SOL MOD APPL MAY, P201 BRONSVOORT WF, 1993, COMPUT IND, V21, P61 BRUN JM, 1994, ADV CAD CAM SYSTEMS, P315 BRUN JM, 1997, J CAD CAM CG, V12, P17 CHEN X, 1995, SOLID MODELING 95, P13 CUNNINGHAM JJ, 1988, DESIGNING FEATURES O, P237 FALCIDIENO B, 1987, EUROGRAPHICS 87 AMST, P249 FERREIRA JCE, 1990, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V22, P41 HAN JJ, 1996, THESIS U SO CALIFORN HENDERSON MR, 1984, COMPUT IND, V5, P329 HOFFMANN CM, 1993, GEOMETRIC PRODUCT MO, P129 JOSHI S, 1988, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V20, P58 KIM YS, 1992, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V24, P461 KRAKER KJ, 1995, SOLID MODELING 95, P105 KRAKER KJ, 1997, SOLID MODELING 97, P123 KYPRIANOU LK, 1980, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE U MANTYLA M, 1988, INTRO SOLID MODELING MANTYLA M, 1995, PARAMETRIC FEATURE B MIDDLEDICTH A, 1997, SOLID MODELING 97, P13 PRABHAKAR V, 1994, COMPUTER ENG ASME, V1, P183 PRATT MJ, 1985, R85ASPP01 CAMI REDDY JM, 1995, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V27, P677 REGLI WC, 1995, THESIS U MARYLAND MA REZAYAT M, 1996, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V28, P905 ROSSIGNAC JR, 1990, COMPUT GRAPH, V14, P149 SAKURAI H, 1996, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V28, P519 SHAH JJ, 1988, COMPUTER AIDED ENG J, V5, P247 SHAH JJ, 1991, RES ENG DES, V2, P93 SHEN Y, 1994, ADV FEATURE BASED MA, P129 SUH YS, 1997, SOLID MODELING 97, P111 TSENG YJ, 1994, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V26, P667 VANDENBRANDE JH, 1994, ADV FEATURE BASED MA WOO T, 1982, C CAD CAM TECHN MECH, P76 NR 34 TC 14 PU ELSEVIER SCI LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, OXON, ENGLAND SN 0010-4485 J9 COMPUT AID DES JI Comput.-Aided Des. PD MAY-JUN PY 2000 VL 32 IS 5-6 BP 377 EP 388 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering GA 309KV UT ISI:000086767800008 ER PT J AU Devienne, MF Audiffren, M Ripoll, H Stein, JF TI Local muscular fatigue and attentional processes in a fencing task SO PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR SKILLS LA English DT Article AB Study of the effects of brief exercise on mental processes by Tomporowski and Ellis (1986) has shown that moderate muscular tension improves cognitive performance while low or high tension does not. Improvements in performance induced by exercise are commonly associated with increase in arousal, while impairments are generally attributed to the effects of muscular or central fatigue. To test two hypotheses, that (1) submaximal muscular exercise would decrease premotor time and increase motor time in a subsequent choice-RT task and (2) that submaximal muscular exercise would increase the attentional and preparatory effects observed in premotor time 9 men, aged 20 to 30 years. performed an isometric test at 50% of their maximum voluntary contraction between blocks of a 3-choice reaction-time fencing task. Analysis showed (1) physical exercise did not improve postexercise premotor time, (2) muscular fatigue induced by isometric contractions did not increase motor time, (3) there was no effect of exercise on attentional and preparatory processes involved in the postexercise choice-RT task. The invalidation of hypotheses was mainly explained by disparity in directional effects across subjects and by use of an exercise that was not really fatiguing. C1 Univ Poitiers, Fac Sci Sport, F-86000 Poitiers, France. INSEP, Mission Rech, Paris, France. Univ Mediterranee, Fac Sci Sport, Marseille, France. RP Audiffren, M, Univ Poitiers, Fac Sci Sport, 4 Allee Jean Monnet, F-86000 Poitiers, France. CR BOTWINICK J, 1966, J EXP PSYCHOL, V71, P9 BRISSWALTER J, 1996, SCI SPORT, V11, P71 DELUCA CJ, 1984, CRC CRIT R BIOMED EN, V11, P251 HEBB DO, 1955, PSYCHOL REV, V62, P243 KRUS DM, 1958, AM J PSYCHOL, V71, P395 NOUGIER V, 1990, J HUM MOVEMENT STUD, V19, P251 POSNER MI, 1980, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL, V32, P3 ROSENBAUM DA, 1982, ACTA PSYCHOL, V51, P223 STERNBERG S, 1969, ACTA PSYCHOL, V30, P276 STULL GA, 1978, J MOTOR BEHAV, V10, P223 TOMPOROWSKI PD, 1986, PSYCHOL BULL, V99, P338 NR 11 TC 0 PU PERCEPTUAL MOTOR SKILLS PI MISSOULA PA PO BOX 9229, MISSOULA, MT 59807 USA SN 0031-5125 J9 PERCEPT MOT SKILLS JI Percept. Mot. Skills PD FEB PY 2000 VL 90 IS 1 BP 315 EP 318 PG 4 SC Psychology, Experimental GA 297GV UT ISI:000086075100041 ER PT J AU Kanoui, H Joubert, M Maury, G TI A semantic-based kernel for advanced health information systems SO MEDICAL INFORMATICS AND THE INTERNET IN MEDICINE LA English DT Article DE health networks; semantic modelling; electronic patient record; act management ID MEDICAL RECORD SYSTEMS; KNOWLEDGE AB This paper reports on the design and development of an infrastructure allowing one to share and exchange multimedia data in the context of a health network. A single technology exploiting a semantic model of the hospital universe provides users with information and data of diverse origins, generated by the various actors or departments of the health organization. Functions provided include act management and patient record management governed by domain semantics. The functionality has been validated through laboratory experiments against the requirements of protocol directed care and health networks. The functionality is integrated into a clinician workstation exploited in the Internet/Intranet environment thanks to a commercial browser. These results have been obtained with the support of several projects in the frame of the Health-Care Telematics Applications Programme of the European Community and of the Eureka Programme. C1 Univ Mediterranee, ESIL, ES21, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. Technopole Chateau Gombert, OSE, IIRIAM, F-13013 Marseille, France. LERTIM, Fac Med, F-13326 Marseille 15, France. RP Kanoui, H, Univ Mediterranee, ESIL, ES21, 163 Av Luminy, F-13288 Marseille 9, France. CR *BOARD DIR AM MED, 1994, J AM MED INFORMATICS, V1, P1 *EUR COMM STAND, 1997, 251 CENTC EUR COMM S BAKKER AR, 1992, P 7 WORLD C MED INF, P182 BALDOCK C, 1996, P MEDN 96 BALDOCK C, 1997, P MEDN 97 BARAHONA P, 1994, KNOWLEDGE DECISIONS DEMOOR GJE, 1995, INT J BIOMED COMPUT, V39, P81 FERRARA FM, 1996, RAYS, V21, P152 FORREST MJ, 1997, P MEDNET 97 BRIGHT FRANDJI B, 1994, MED INFORM, V19, P1 FRANDJI B, 1995, HLTH TELEMATICS CLIN, P117 GORDON C, 1997, P MIE 97, P314 GRAEBER S, 1996, METHOD INFORM MED, V35, P230 JEAN FC, 1994, P ANN S COMP APPL ME, P483 KANOUI H, 1992, KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT KANOUI H, 1995, P 19 SCAMC, P338 KANOUI H, 1995, P 5 AIME, P319 KANOUI H, 1997, 1045 THC KILSDONK ACM, 1994, COMPUT METH PROG BIO, V45, P127 KILSDONK ACM, 1996, INT J BIOMED COMPUT, V42, P79 KIUSHI T, 1995, METHODS INFORMATICS, V34, P511 KOHANE IS, 1996, M D COMPUT, V13, P339 KOHANE IS, 1996, P AMIA ANN FALL S, P608 MCDONALD CJ, 1997, J AM MED INFORM ASSN, V4, P213 MOORMAN PW, 1994, METHOD INFORM MED, V33, P454 OLSEN PS, 1995, INT J BIOMED COMPUT, V39, P53 RILEY RT, 1995, P MEDINFO 95, P1570 RIOUALL D, 1992, P MEDINFO 92, P194 SEGGEWIES C, 1995, P MEDINFO 95, P182 SOWA JF, 1995, METHOD INFORM MED, V34, P165 TUTTLE MS, 1993, P 17 SCAMC, P564 VANDERWERFF A, 1992, P MEDINFO 92, P188 VOLOT F, 1998, METHOD INFORM MED, V37, P86 NR 33 TC 1 PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD PI LONDON PA 11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND SN 1463-9238 J9 MED INFORM INTERNET MED JI Med. Inform. Internet Med. PD JAN-MAR PY 2000 VL 25 IS 1 BP 19 EP 43 PG 25 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Health Care Sciences & Services; Medical Informatics GA 294DF UT ISI:000085895200002 ER PT S AU Benhamou, B Isli, A TI Study of symmetry in qualitative temporal interval networks SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: METHODOLOGY SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article DE efficiency; temporal reasoning; constraint satisfaction; solution search ID ALGORITHMS; SEARCH AB Symmetry has been studied in both propositional calculus and discrete constraint satisfaction problems. This has been shown to reduce considerably the search space. In this paper, we extend the study to qualitative interval networks. We provide experimental tests on the performances of a variant of Ladkin and Reinefeld's search algorithm in the following two cases: (1) the algorithm as provided by its authors, with no advantage of symmetry, and (2) the algorithm to which is added symmetry detection during the search. The experiments show that symmetries are profitable for hard problems. C1 Ctr Math Informat, Lab Informat, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. Univ Leeds, Sch Comp Studies, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England. RP Benhamou, B, Ctr Math Informat, Lab Informat, 39 Rue Joliot Curie, F-13453 Marseille 13, France. CR ALLEN JF, 1983, COMMUN ACM, V26, P832 BENHAMOU B, 1994, J AUTOM REASONING, V12, P89 BENHAMOU B, 1994, P PPCP BENZER S, 1959, P NATIONAL ACADEMY S, V45, P1607 FREUDER EC, 1978, COMMUN ACM, V21, P958 FREUDER EC, 1982, J ACM, V29, P24 FREUDER EC, 1991, P AAAI 91 AN CA, P227 GASCHNIG J, 1978, P 2 CAN C ART INT TO, P268 GOLUMBIC MC, 1993, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V40, P1108 HARALICK RM, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V14, P263 HASELBOCK A, 1993, P IJCAI 93, P282 ISLI A, 1996, P INT WORKSH TEMP RE LADKIN PB, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V57, P105 MACKWORTH AK, 1977, ARTIF INTELL, V8, P99 MONTANARI U, 1974, INF SCI, V7, P95 NEBEL B, 1997, CONSTRAINTS, V1, P175 TSIETIN GS, 1968, STRUCTURES CONSTRUCT, P115 VALDESPEREZ RE, 1987, P 6 NAT C ART INT, P256 VANBEEK P, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V58, P297 VANBEEK P, 1996, J ARTIF INTELL RES, V4, P1 VILAIN M, 1990, READINGS QUALITATIVE, P373 VILAIN MB, 1986, P AAAI 86 NR 22 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 1998 VL 1480 BP 88 EP 101 PG 14 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BN96B UT ISI:000083673700008 ER PT J AU Ghosh, S Giambiasi, N TI Language barriers in hardware design SO IEEE CIRCUITS & DEVICES LA English DT Article C1 Univ Aix Marseille 1, F-13331 Marseille 3, France. RP Ghosh, S, Arizona State Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Tempe, AZ 85287 USA. CR *DEP US AIR FORC, 1982, F3361583R1003 VHSIC *ENG STAFF TI INC, 1976, TTL DAT DES ENG *I EL EL ENG, 1994, 10761993 ANSIIEEE *US DEP DEF, 1980, REF MAN AD PROGR LAN BARBACCI MR, 1975, IEEE T COMPUT, V24, P137 BAUDET GM, 1982, VLSI SOFTW ENG WORKS, P64 BELL CG, 1970, P AFIPS C SJCC REST, V36, P351 CASE PW, 1958, P E JOINT COMP C, P108 DEBENEDICTIS E, 1991, COMPUTER, V24, P21 GHOSH S, 1988, IEEE DESIGN TEST COM, V5, P30 GOERING R, 1997, EETIMES 0120 HILL D, 1979, 177 STANF U COMP SYS HILL D, 1980, 185 STANF U COMP SYS HILL D, 1992, IEEE DESIGN TEST SEP, P58 MAZOR S, 1993, GUIDE VHDL MORRIS W, 1981, AM HERITAGE DICT ENG PERRY DL, 1993, VHDL PILOTY R, 1985, IEEE COMPUT, V24, P81 PRATT TW, 1984, PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE SHAHDAD M, 1985, IEEE COMPUT, V24, P94 WALKER PA, 1995, P 32 IEEE ACM DES AU WALKER PA, 1997, IEEE T COMPUT AID D, V16, P894 NR 22 TC 2 PU IEEE-INST ELECTRICAL ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS INC PI NEW YORK PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017-2394 USA SN 8755-3996 J9 IEEE CIRCUITS DEVICES JI IEEE Circuits Devices PD SEP PY 1999 VL 15 IS 5 BP 25 EP 40 PG 16 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation GA 241ML UT ISI:000082887000005 ER PT J AU Lu, JX About, I Stephan, G Van Landuyt, P Dejou, J Fiocchi, M Lemaitre, J Proust, JP TI Histological and biomechanical studies of two bone colonizable cements in rabbits SO BONE LA English DT Article DE bone cement; bisphenol-alpha-glycidyl methacrylate; calcium phosphate; rabbit; osteointegration; biodegradation; biomechanics ID CALCIUM-PHOSPHATE CERAMICS AB We have developed two colonizable bone cements: the first is a partially resorbable bisphenol-alpha-glycidyl methacrylate (Bis-GMA)-based cement (PRC) and the second is a calcium phosphate cement (CPC), PRC is composed of aluminous silanized ceramic and particles of a bioresorbable polymer embedded in a matrix of Bis-GMA, CPC consisted of tricalcium phosphate, monocalcium phosphate monohydrate, dicalcium phosphate dihydrate, and xanthane, Both cements were implanted into cavities drilled in rabbit femoral and tibial condyles, After 2, 4, 12, and 24 weeks of implantation, histological observations and biomechanical tests were performed. With CPC, a progressive osteointegration with a concomitant biodegradation in the presence of macrophages were observed. The mechanical study revealed a decrease of the compressive strength until the 4th week, followed by a slight increase. There was a general decrease in the elastic modulus with time. Moreover, by week 4, the histological study showed that the new bone was in direct contact with CPC margins. No inflammation was observed during the observation period. With PRC, the osteointegration as well as the biodegradation were slight, but its compressive strength was higher than that of cancellous bone and CPC (p < 0.05) at all observation periods. Its elastic modulus was greater than that of cancellous bone and CPC until the 4th week, then fell under the values of the cancellous bone. (Bone 25: 41S-45S; 1999) (C) 1999 by Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved. C1 Fac Odontol, Lab Interface Matrice Extracellulaire Biomat, F-13385 Marseille 05, France. Ecole Polytech Fed Lausanne, Lab Technol Poudres, Lausanne, Switzerland. Ecole Surerieure Ingn Marseille, Dept Mecan & Genie Civil, Marseille, France. RP Lu, JX, Fac Odontol, Lab Interface Matrice Extracellulaire Biomat, 27 Blvd Jean Moulin, F-13385 Marseille 05, France. CR *COUNC DENT MAT DE, 1975, J AM DENT ASSOC, V90, P841 *ISO, 1992, 5833 ISO, P13 AMSTUTZ HC, 1992, CLIN ORTHOP RELAT R, P7 BOWEN RL, 1963, JADA, V66, P57 COE MR, 1989, J BONE JOINT SURG AM, V71, P863 DAVIES JP, 1988, CLIN ORTHOP RELAT R, P156 HARVING S, 1991, ACTA ORTHOP SCAND, V62, P546 HERMAN JH, 1989, J BONE JOINT SURG AM, V71, P1530 IKENAGA M, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V40, P139 LINDER L, 1976, ACTA ORTHOP SCAND, V47, P3 LIU CS, 1997, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V8, P803 LU JX, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V42, P357 LU JX, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V10, P111 NOBLE PC, 1983, ACTA ORTHOP SCAND, V54, P566 OHURA K, 1996, J BIOMED MATER RES, V30, P193 SAITO M, 1994, BIOMATERIALS, V15, P156 TAMURA J, 1996, J BIOMED MATER RES, V30, P85 WIXSON RL, 1987, J ARTHROPLASTY, V2, P141 NR 18 TC 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC PI NEW YORK PA 655 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 8756-3282 J9 BONE JI Bone PD AUG PY 1999 VL 25 IS 2 SU Suppl. S BP 41S EP 45S PG 5 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA 225CA UT ISI:000081937400008 ER PT J AU Ripoll, H Benguigui, N TI Emergence of expertise in ball sports during child development SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SPORT PSYCHOLOGY LA English DT Article DE expertise; development; ball sport ID CONTEXTUAL INTERFERENCE; KNOWLEDGE DEVELOPMENT; TIMING ACCURACY; PERFORMANCE; COINCIDENCE; INFORMATION; ATTENTION; ANTICIPATION; EXPERIENCE; PLAYERS AB It is commonly admitted that a large part of expertise in fast ball sports develops during childhood. This means that expertise is the result of the interaction between maturational factors and experiential factors. Quite surprisingly however; the effects of this interaction on the development of expertise have been relatively neglected. Consequently, the aim qi the present article is to describe how expertise emerges and develops according to age, and includes different studies which are presented in order to explain the transformations which occur during the development of young experts in fast ball sports. C1 Fac Sport Sci, Marseille, France. Univ Paris Sud, Orsay, France. RP Ripoll, H, Univ La Mediterranee, Equipe Psychol Cognit, UPRES Sport & Adaptat, JE 2048,163 Ave Luminy,Case Postale 910, F-13009 Marseille, France. CR ABERNETHY B, 1987, J SPORT PSYCHOL, V9, P326 ABERNETHY B, 1994, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V25, P3 ABERNETHY B, 1998, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P210 ALDERSON GJK, 1974, HUM FACTORS, V16, P495 BAHILL AT, 1984, AM SCI, V72, P249 BARD C, 1973, THESIS U WISCONSIN M BARD C, 1980, TACTIQUE INDIVIDUELL, P111 BENGUIGUI N, 1997, THESIS U POITIERS FR BENGUIGUI N, 1998, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V69, P217 BOOTSMA RJ, 1988, TIMING RAPID INTERCE BOWERS TD, 1993, J SPORT EXERCISE PSY, V15, P57 BRADY F, 1996, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V82, P227 CHEN D, 1993, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V64, P72 CHI MTH, 1976, MEM COGNITION, V4, P559 CHI MTH, 1982, TOPICS LEARNING LEAR, V2, P23 DELREY P, 1982, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V53, P108 DELREY P, 1983, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V57, P241 DUNHAM P, 1989, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V68, P1151 ETNYRE BR, 1992, P 1992 NASPSPA C, P87 FRENCH KE, 1987, J SPORT PSYCHOL, V9, P15 FRENCH KE, 1993, COGNITIVE ISSUES MOT, P255 GOULET C, 1989, J SPORT EXERCISE PSY, V11, P382 GRAYBIEL A, 1955, RES QUART, V26, P480 HELSEN W, 1990, VISUAL SEARCH, P177 ISAACS LD, 1983, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V57, P451 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 NAUS MJ, 1983, TRENDS MEMORY DEV RE, V9, P1 NOUGIER V, 1989, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V20, P205 NOUGIER V, 1991, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V22, P307 NOUGIER V, 1992, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V54, P315 OLIVIER I, 1999, DEV PSYCHOMOTEUR ENF OLSEN EA, 1956, RES QUART, V27, P79 PASCUALLEONE J, 1988, NEOPIAGETIAN THEORIE, P25 RIPOLL H, 1991, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V22 RIPOLL H, 1991, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V22, P221 RIPOLL H, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P573 ROSS A, 1976, PSYCHOL ASPECTS LEAR THOMAS JR, 1980, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V51, P158 THOMAS JR, 1984, MOTOR DEV CHILDHOOD, P260 THOMAS JR, 1986, J SPORT PSYCHOL, V8, P259 THOMAS JR, 1992, HDB RES SPORT PSYCHO, P73 THOMAS KT, 1994, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V25, P295 TRESILIAN JR, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P223 TRESILIAN JR, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V17, P865 TRESILIAN JR, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P231 TYDESLEY DA, 1982, MOTOR LEARNING MOVEM WILLIAMS HG, 1968, 68102 U TOL OFF ED NR 47 TC 2 PU EDIZIONI LUIGI POZZI PI ROME PA VIA PANAMA 68, 00198 ROME, ITALY SN 0047-0767 J9 INT J SPORT PSYCHOL JI Int. J. Sport Psychol. PD APR-JUN PY 1999 VL 30 IS 2 BP 235 EP 245 PG 11 SC Psychology; Psychology, Multidisciplinary; Sport Sciences GA 218ZW UT ISI:000081583300007 ER PT J AU Sabbah, R An, XW Chickos, JS Leitao, MLP Roux, MV Torres, LA TI Reference materials for calorimetry and differential thermal analysis SO THERMOCHIMICA ACTA LA English DT Review ID INTERNATIONAL TEMPERATURE SCALE; SYNTHETIC SAPPHIRE ALPHA-AL2O3; STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIAL; ROTATING-BOMB CALORIMETRY; ETHANOL + WATER; CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES; VAPOR-PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS; AQUEOUS PERCHLORIC-ACID; HEAT-CAPACITY; EXCESS-ENTHALPIES C1 CNRS, Ctr Thermodynam & Microcalorimetrie, F-13331 Marseille 03, France. RP Sabbah, R, CNRS, Ctr Thermodynam & Microcalorimetrie, 26 Rue 141eme RIA, F-13331 Marseille 03, France. CR 1994, PURE APPL CHEM, V66, P2423 *ASTM, 1988, E96783 ASTM, P583 *ASTM, 1988, E968 ASTM, P587 *CODATA, 1978, J CHEM THERMODYN, V10, P903 *JANAF, 1971, JANAF THERMOCHEMICAL, P37 *NAT LAB, 1976, PURE APPL CHEM, V48, P505 *NBS, 1952, 500 NBS US *NBS, 1978, NBS CERT STAND REF M, P705 *NIST, 1995, NIST STAND REF MAT C ADEDEJI FA, 1975, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V97, P221 AKELLO MJ, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V15, P949 ALEKSANDROV YI, 1979, TERMODIN ORG SOEDIN, V8, P65 ALEKSANDROV YI, 1982, TERMODIN ORG SOEDIN, P42 ALFORD S, 1955, J AM CHEM SOC, V77, P4774 AMBROSE D, 1977, PURE APPL CHEM, V49, P1437 AMBROSE D, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P1161 AMITIN EB, 1984, J CHEM THERMODYN, V16, P431 AN XW, 1981, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V39, P485 AN XW, 1982, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V40, P713 ANDON RJL, 1979, 101 UK NPL ANDON RJL, 1980, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V42, P241 ANDREWS JTS, 1969, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V17, P349 ANDREWS JTS, 1978, J CHEM THERMODYN, V10, P949 ANGUS S, 1976, INT THERMODYNAMIC TA ANGUS S, 1979, INT THERMODYNAMIC TA ARCHER DG, 1993, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V22, P1441 ARENOSA RL, 1979, J CHEM THERMODYN, V11, P159 ARMSTRONG GT, 1966, 299 NBS ARMSTRONG GT, 1981, 1655 NBS ARVIDSSON K, 1976, CHEM SCR, V10, P193 ASTON JG, 1936, J AM CHEM SOC, V58, P2356 ASTON JG, 1943, J AM CHEM SOC, V65, P1135 ASTON JG, 1943, J AM CHEM SOC, V65, P341 BAXTER GP, 1907, J AM CHEM SOC, V29, P127 BAXTER GP, 1915, J AM CHEM SOC, V37, P1061 BECKER F, 1972, Z PHYS CHEM, V80, P29 BETZ G, 1980, HIGH TEMP HIGH PRESS, V12, P169 BEVK J, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V28, P1379 BJELLERUP L, 1959, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V13, P1511 BOOSS HJ, 1972, FRESEN Z ANAL CHEM, V261, P32 BOTTINGA Y, 1981, AM J SCI, V281, P615 BRADLEY RS, 1953, J CHEM SOC, P1690 BRAUNE H, 1929, Z PHYS CHEM A-CHEM T, V143, P225 BREUER KH, 1982, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V57, P317 BRIGGNER LE, 1991, J BIOCHEM BIOPH METH, V22, P101 BURCHFIELD TE, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P513 BUSEY RH, 1953, J AM CHEM SOC, V75, P806 CALADO JCG, 1980, REV PORT QUIM, V22, P53 CALI JP, 1971, 1654 NBS CALLANAN JE, 1985, US NBS SPECIAL PUBL, V260 CALLANAN JE, 1985, US NBS SPECIAL PUBLI CALLANAN JE, 1986, J RES NBS, V91, P123 CALLANAN JE, 1990, J CHEM THERMODYN, V22, P225 CAMIN DL, 1955, J PHYS CHEM-US, V59, P1173 CASELLATO F, 1973, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V6, P361 CASES JC, 1973, J CHEM EDUC, V50, P420 CASTANET R, 1984, HIGH TEMP HIGH PRESS, V16, P449 CEZAIRLIYAN A, 1983, INT J THERMOPHYS, V4, P159 CHANG SS, 1968, J POLYM SCI A, V26, P849 CHANG SS, 1972, J CHEM PHYS, V56, P503 CHANG SS, 1977, J RES NATL BUR STAND, V82, P9 CHANG SS, 1977, P 7 S THERM PROP ASM, P83 CHANG SS, 1984, J POLYM SCI C, V71, P59 CHASE MW, 1985, J PHYS CHEM REF D S1, V14, P1319 CHASE MW, 1985, J PHYS CHEM REF D S1, V14, P1844 CHICKOS J, 1998, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V313, P101 CHICKOS JS, 1987, MOL STRUCTURE ENERGE, V2 CHICKOS JS, 1987, MOL STRUCTURES ENERG, V2 CHICKOS JS, 1992, ENERGETICS ORGANOMET CHICKOS JS, 1993, STRUCT CHEM, V4, P261 CHICKOS JS, 1993, STRUCT CHEM, V4, P271 CHICKOS JS, 1998, ACS S SER, V677 CHICKOS JS, 1998, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V313, P19 CHIRICO RD, 1989, J CHEM THERMODYN, V21, P1307 CHIRICO RD, 1993, J CHEM THERMODYN, V25, P1461 CHIRICO RD, 1997, J CHEM ENG DATA, V42, P248 CHURNEY KL, 1968, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V72, P453 CINGOLANI A, 1974, J THERM ANAL, V6, P87 CLARK RP, 1975, J CHEM ENG DATA, V20, P17 CLARK T, 1975, J CHEM SOC F1, V71, P2107 COLOMINA M, 1982, J CHEM THERMODYN, V14, P779 CONNETT JE, 1979, JOURNEES CALORIMETRI, V10 CORRUCCINI RJ, 1947, J AM CHEM SOC, V69, P2291 COSTIGAN MJ, 1980, AUST J CHEM, V33, P2103 COUNSELL JF, 1965, T FARADAY SOC, V61, P212 COX JD, 1964, T FARADAY SOC, V60, P653 COX JD, 1969, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P77 COX JD, 1970, THERMOCHEMISTRY ORGA COX JD, 1970, THERMOCHEMISTRY ORGA, CH2 COX JD, 1974, PURE APPL CHEM, V40, P399 COX JD, 1974, PURE APPL CHEM, V40, P424 COX JD, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1 COX JD, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1, CH4 COX JD, 1989, CODATA KEY VALUES TH DANCY EA, 1979, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V31, P395 DASILVA MAV, 1994, J CHEM THERMODYN, V26, P839 DASILVA MAVR, 1990, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V171, P169 DASILVA MAVR, 1995, J CHEM THERMODYN, V27, P175 DASILVA MAVR, 1995, J CHEM THERMODYN, V27, P633 DAVIES M, 1965, T FARADAY SOC, V61, P1608 DEKRUIF CG, 1973, J CHEM ING TECHN, V45, P455 DEKRUIF CG, 1975, 4 INT C CHEM THERM M, V8, P11 DEKRUIF CG, 1977, J CHEM THERMODYN, V9, P725 DEKRUIF CG, 1980, J CHEM THERMODYN, V12, P243 DEKRUIF CG, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P1081 DEKRUIF CG, 1982, J CHEM THERMODYN, V14, P201 DEKRUIF CG, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V15, P129 DEPIEDADE MEM, 1989, THESIS TU LISBON DESAI PD, 1987, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V16, P91 DITMARS DA, 1971, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V75, P401 DITMARS DA, 1977, NBS SPECIAL PUBLICAT, V2055 DITMARS DA, 1982, J RES NBS, V87, P159 DITMARS DA, 1990, J CHEM THERMODYN, V22, P639 DOMALSKI ES, 1984, J PHYS CHEM REF D S1, V13, P199 DOMALSKI ES, 1996, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V25, P1 DOMALSKI ES, 1996, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V25, P131 DONNELLY JR, 1990, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V167, P155 DORDAIN L, 1994, REV SCI INSTRUM, V65, P3263 DOUGLAS TB, 1954, J RES NBS, V53, P139 DOUGLAS TB, 1969, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V73, P451 DOUSLIN DR, 1946, J AM CHEM SOC, V68, P173 DOWNIE DB, 1980, J CHEM THERMODYN, V12, P779 DREISBACH RR, 1949, IND ENG CHEM, V41, P2879 DWORKIN A, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V15, P1029 EGAN EP, 1966, J CHEM ENG DATA, V11, P192 EISEMAN JH, 1957, J RES NBS, V58, P213 ELSAYED NI, 1987, INDIAN J TECHNOL, V25, P28 ENOKIDO H, 1969, B CHEM SOC JPN, V42, P84 ERASTOV PA, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P663 ERNST G, 1989, J CHEM THERMODYN, V21, P407 EWING MB, 1970, J CHEM THERMODYN, V2, P295 EWING MB, 1970, J CHEM THERMODYN, V2, P751 FEATHERSTONE JDB, 1976, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P985 FERRAO MLCCH, 1987, J CHEM THERMODYN, V19, P543 FINKE HL, 1977, J CHEM THERMODYN, V9, P937 FOWLER L, 1968, J CHEM ENG DATA, V13, P209 FRENKEL M, 1993, THERMOCHEMISTRY EQUI FURUKAWA GT, 1951, J RES NBS, V46, P195 FURUKAWA GT, 1951, J RES NBS, V47, P256 FURUKAWA GT, 1956, J RES NBS, V57, P67 FURUKAWA GT, 1968, 18 NSRDSNBS GAUR U, 1982, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V11, P313 GAUR U, 1983, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V12, P29 GERRY HT, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P269 GIAUQUE WF, 1933, J AM CHEM SOC, V55, P4875 GIBSON GE, 1920, J AM CHEM SOC, V42, P1542 GILLESPIE LJ, 1936, J AM CHEM SOC, V58, P2260 GINNINGS DC, 1953, J AM CHEM SOC, V75, P522 GLUSHKO VP, 1965, TERMICHESKIE KONSTAN, V1 GLUSHKO VP, 1966, TERMICHESKIE KONSTAN, V2 GMELIN E, 1995, PURE APPL CHEM, V67, P1789 GMELIN E, 1995, PURE APPL CHEM, V67, P1789 GOLDBERG RN, 1992, PURE APPL CHEM, V64, P1545 GOOD WD, 1956, J PHYS CHEM-US, V60, P1080 GOOD WD, 1964, J PHYS CHEM-US, V68, P579 GOODWIN HM, 1909, PHYS REV, V28, P1 GORBUNOVA NI, 1982, INT J THERMOPHYS, V3, P1 GRAY AP, 1973, 7302 ICTA COMM STAND GRAY AP, 1975, P 4 ICTA BUD, V3, P991 GROLIER JPE, 1975, J CHEM THERMODYN, V7, P89 GROLIER JPE, 1976, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V16, P27 GROMOVA TI, 1989, ZH FIZ KHIM+, V63, P1784 GRONVOLD F, 1974, REV CHIM MINER, V11, P568 GRONVOLD F, 1975, ACTA CHEM SCAND A, V29, P945 GRONVOLD F, 1993, J CHEM THERMODYN, V25, P1133 GUCKER FT, 1939, J AM CHEM SOC, V61, P459 GUCKER FT, 1940, J AM CHEM SOC, V62, P1464 GUNDRY HA, 1969, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P321 GUNN SR, 1970, J CHEM THERMODYN, V2, P535 GUNN SR, 1970, J CHEM THERMODYN, V2, P549 GUNTHER C, 1988, J THERM ANAL, V33, P359 HAIDA O, 1977, J CHEM THERMODYN, V9, P1133 HAJIEV SN, 1974, J CHEM THERMODYN, V6, P713 HAJIEV SN, 1980, J CHEM THERMODYN, V12, P509 HAJIEV SN, 1993, THERMOCHEMISTRY EQUI HAJIEV SN, 1993, THERMOCHEMISTRY EQUI, P76 HANSEN PC, 1986, J CHEM ENG DATA, V31, P1 HARROP D, 1977, J CHEM THERMODYN, V9, P1067 HAWTIN P, 1966, NATURE, V210, P411 HEAD AJ, 1987, IUPAC RECOMMENDED RE, CH9 HEDVALL JA, 1959, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V4, P1099 HEMINGWAY BS, 1977, J RES US GEOL SURV, V5, P413 HIERNAUT JP, 1989, HIGH TEMP HIGH PRESS, V21, P119 HILL JO, 1969, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P111 HOGE HJ, 1939, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V22, P351 HOHNE GWH, 1985, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V94, P199 HOLSTE JC, 1972, REV SCI INSTRUM, V43, P670 HOSSENLOPP IA, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P405 HOYER H, 1958, Z ELEKTROCHEM, V62, P61 HU AT, 1972, J CHEM THERMODYN, V4, P283 HU R, 1980, ACTA CHEM SIN S, P18 HUBBARD WN, 1961, J PHYS CHEM-US, V65, P1326 HUBBARD WN, 1962, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V2, CH6 HUBBARD WN, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1, CH12 HUFFMAN HM, 1961, J PHYS CHEM-US, V65, P495 HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER HYDE CG, 1960, GAS CALORIMETRY DETE IRVING RJ, 1972, J CHEM THERMODYN, V4, P793 JACOBS MHG, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V15, P619 JACOBSEN RT, 1986, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V15, P735 JAEGER FM, 1927, P ACAD SCI AMSTERDAM, V30, P1069 JAEGER FM, 1932, P K AKAD WET-AMSTERD, V35, P763 JANZ GJ, 1964, J CHEM ENG DATA, V9, P133 JIMENEZ P, 1989, J CHEM THERMODYN, V21, P759 JOCHEMS R, 1979, REV SCI INSTRUM, V50, P859 JOHNSON GK, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P736 JOHNSON WH, 1974, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V78, P683 JOHNSON WH, 1975, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V79, P425 JOHNSON WH, 1975, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V79, P481 JOHNSON WH, 1975, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V79, P487 JOHNSON WH, 1975, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V79, P561 KALINOWSKA B, 1980, J CHEM THERMODYN, V12, P891 KANO M, 1989, J PHYS E SCI INSTRUM, V22, P907 KARASZ FE, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P2657 KELLEY D, 1964, J PHYS CHEM-US, V68, P3794 KELLEY KK, 1929, J AM CHEM SOC, V51, P779 KENDALL WB, 1962, J CHEM ENG DATA, V7, P516 KENNAN JH, 1969, STEAM TABLES KILDAY MV, 1973, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V77, P205 KILDAY MV, 1980, J RES NBS, V85, P449 KILDAY MV, 1980, J RES NBS, V85, P467 KIRKLIN DR, 1988, J CHEM THERMODYN, V20, P743 KLEPPA OJ, 1963, J CHEM ENG DATA, V8, P331 KLOCHKOV VP, 1958, ZH FIZ KHIM, V32, P1177 KOLESOV VP, 1970, ZH FIZ KHIM, V44, P2956 KONICEK J, 1973, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V27, P1496 KOSTYRKO K, 1988, J THERM ANAL, V33, P351 KUDCHADKER SA, 1979, J CHEM THERMODYN, V11, P1051 LAM LV, 1974, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 2, V70, P1465 LAX D, 1967, TASCHENBUCH CHEMIKER LEBEDEV BV, 1967, VYSOKOMOL SOEDIN A, V9, P488 LEONIDOV VY, 1972, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSS K, V205, P349 LEONIDOV VY, 1973, EDOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V211, P901 LI SF, 1990, J CHEM THERMODYN, V22, P319 LOWINGS MG, 1978, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V23, P365 MACLEOD AC, 1967, T FARADAY SOC, V63, P300 MACLEOD AC, 1972, J CHEM THERMODYN, V4, P391 MAJER V, 1978, COLLECT CZECH CHEM C, V43, P1313 MAJER V, 1985, IUPAC CHEM DAT SERIE, V32 MAJER V, 1985, IUPAC CHEM DATA SERI, V32 MALASPINA L, 1973, J CHEM PHYS, V59, P387 MALASPINA L, 1974, J CHEM THERMODYN, V6, P1053 MARSH KN, 1969, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P223 MARSH KN, 1994, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V4 MARSH KN, 1995, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V4 MARSH KNB, 1994, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V4 MARTIN DL, 1960, CAN J PHYS, V38, P17 MARTIN DL, 1987, REV SCI INSTRUM, V58, P639 MARTIN DL, 1987, SPECIFIC HEAT SOLIDS, CH3 MASTRANGELO SVR, 1957, ANAL CHEM, V29, P841 MASUDA N, 1994, J CHEM THERMODYN, V26, P971 MATHEWS JF, 1961, J PHYS CHEM-US, V65, P758 MATHONAT C, 1994, J SOLUTION CHEM, V23, P1161 MCCRACKIN FL, 1975, REV SCI INSTRUM, V46, P550 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1952, J AM CHEM SOC, V74, P4439 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1957, J PHYS CHEM-US, V61, P1105 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1968, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, CH5 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1968, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V1 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1968, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V1, CH10 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1968, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V1, CH5 MCCULLOUGH JP, 1968, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V1, CH8 MCGLASHAN ML, 1969, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P589 MESSERLY GH, 1940, J AM CHEM SOC, V62, P2988 MESSERLY JF, 1967, J CHEM ENG DATA, V12, P338 MESSERLY JF, 1970, J CHEM ENG DATA, V15, P227 MESSERLY JF, 1970, J CHEM THERMODYN, V2, P867 MESSERLY JF, 1988, J CHEM THERMODYN, V20, P485 MESSERLY JF, 1990, J CHEM THERMODYN, V22, P1107 MIEKKOJA H, 1941, ANN ACAD SCI FENN A, V1 MILLER GA, 1963, J CHEM ENG DATA, V8, P69 MINOR JI, 1968, 9928 NBS MONTGOMERY RL, 1977, J CHEM THERMODYN, V9, P915 MORAWETZ E, 1971, CHEM SCRIPTA, V1, P103 MORAWETZ E, 1972, J CHEM THERMODYN, V4, P455 MORTIMER FS, 1923, IND ENG CHEM, V15, P1140 MOSSELMAN C, 1969, RECL TRAV CHIM PAY B, V88, P161 MURAKAMI S, 1969, J CHEM THERMODYN, V1, P559 MURATA S, 1982, J CHEM THERMODYN, V14, P743 MUSTAJOKI A, 1957, ANN ACAD SCI FENN A, V6 NABAVIAN M, 1977, J CHIM PHYS PCB, V74, P115 NASS K, 1995, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V34, P1735 NATARAJAN G, 1983, REV SCI INSTRUM, V54, P1175 NEUMANN K, 1932, Z PHYS CHEM A-CHEM T, V161, P33 NIKOLAEV PN, 1967, ZH FIZ KHIM, V41, P2191 NOLAN PS, 1974, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V9, P81 NOLTING J, COMMUNICATION NOWICKA B, 1997, J CHEM THERMODYN, V29, P1017 OHARE PAG, 1966, J PHYS CHEM-US, V70, P3353 OHARE PAG, 1966, T FARADAY SOC, V62, P558 OHARE PAG, 1985, J CHEM THERMODYN, V17, P349 OHARE PAG, 1992, J CHEM THERMODYN, V24, P1009 OLEINIK BN, 1975, 4 INT C CHEM THERM M, V11, P3 OLEINIK BN, 1979, J CHEM THERMODYN, V11, P145 OLIVER GD, 1948, J AM CHEM SOC, V70, P1502 OROURKE F, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V21, P489 OSBORNE DW, 1967, REV SCI INSTRUM, V38, P159 OSBORNE NS, 1939, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V23, P197 OSBORNE NS, 1939, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V23, P261 OSBORNE NS, 1947, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V39, P453 OTT JB, 1986, J CHEM THERMODYN, V18, P1 OTT JB, 1986, J CHEM THERMODYN, V18, P867 OTT JB, 1987, J CHEM THERMODYN, V19, P337 PARISOD CJ, 1982, REV SCI INSTRUM, V53, P54 PARKS GS, 1925, J AM CHEM SOC, V47, P338 PARKS GS, 1930, J AM CHEM SOC 1, V52, P1032 PAUKOV IE, 1967, ZH VSES KHIM OVA+, V12, P236 PAZANDRADE MI, 1976, EUR J BIOCHEM, V66, P127 PEDLEY JB, 1977, NPL COMPUTER ANAL TH PEDLEY JB, 1986, THERMOCHEMICAL DATA PELINO M, 1981, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V44, P89 PERKINS RA, 1991, PHYSICA A, V173, P332 PITTAM DA, 1972, J CHEM SOC F1, V68, P2224 PLATO C, 1969, ANAL CHEM, V41, P330 POLAK J, 1971, J CHEM THERMODYN, V3, P235 PRESTONTHOMAS H, 1990, METROLOGIA, V27, P3 PRIBILOVA J, 1974, COLLECT CZECH CHEM C, V39, P1118 PROSEN EJ, 1945, J RES NBS, V34, P263 PROSEN EJ, 1959, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V62, P43 PROSEN EJ, 1973, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V77, P179 PROSEN EJ, 1973, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V77, P581 RAAL JD, 1987, AICHE J, V33, P604 RADOMSKA M, 1980, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V40, P405 RAETZ K, 1989, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V151, P323 RAHM U, 1992, J THERM ANAL, V38, P335 RAMSAY W, 1886, J CHEM SOC, V49, P453 RESHETNIKOV MA, 1969, ZH FIZ KHIM, V43, P2238 RICCARDI R, 1965, RIC SCI REND A, V8, P1026 RIGHINI F, 1980, HIGH TEMP HIGH PRESS, V12, P335 RIGHINI F, 1993, HIGH TEMP HIGH PRESS, V25, P193 RITHINI R, 1983, INT J THERMOPHYS, V4, P173 RIVKIN SL, 1971, TEPLOENERGETICA, V18, P82 ROBIE RA, 1972, 755 GEOL SURV ROBIE RA, 1976, J RES US GEOL SURV, V4, P631 ROSSINI FD, 1931, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V6, P37 ROSSINI FD, 1931, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V7, P329 ROSSINI FD, 1956, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V1 ROSSINI FD, 1956, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V1, CH12 ROSSINI FD, 1956, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V1, CH4 ROSSINI FD, 1958, CHEM THERMODYNAMICS, CH5 RUBKIN NP, 1974, IZMER TEKH, V7, P29 RUZICKA K, 1994, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V23, P1 RUZICKA V, 1991, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V20, P405 SABBAH R, 1974, ENERGETIQUE LIASIONS SABBAH R, 1979, C R HEBD SEANCES A C, V289, P153 SABBAH R, 1981, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V49, P807 SABBAH R, 1987, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V115, P153 SABBAH R, 1989, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V138, P241 SABBAH R, 1992, J THERM ANAL, V38, P855 SABBAH R, 1995, CAN J CHEM, V73, P1538 SABBAH R, 1995, J CHEM THERMODYN, V27, P685 SABBAH R, 1996, J CHEM THERMODYN, V28, P221 SABBAH R, 1996, STRUCT CHEM, V7, P383 SANAHUJA A, 1984, J CHEM THERMODYN, V16, P1195 SARGE SM, 1994, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V247, P129 SASSE K, 1988, J CHEM THERMODYN, V42, P287 SASSE K, 1989, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V146, P53 SATO H, 1991, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V20, P1023 SATOTOSHIMA T, 1983, B CHEM SOC JPN, V56, P51 SCHAAKE RCF, 1979, RECL TRAV CHIM PAY B, V98, P408 SCHMIDT WR, 1941, THESIS WASHINGTON U SCHRODER J, 1970, CHEM BER, V103, P76 SCHUMANN SC, 1942, J AM CHEM SOC, V64, P1039 SCOTT DW, 1947, J CHEM PHYS, V15, P565 SEKI S, 1953, B CHEM SOC JPN, V26, P209 SEMBIRA AN, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V274, P113 SHINODA T, 1966, KOGYO KAGAKU ZASSHI, V69, P1619 SINKE GC, 1974, J CHEM THERMODYN, V6, P311 SKINNER HA, 1962, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V2 SKINNER HA, 1962, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V2, CH8 SKINNER HA, 1962, EXPT THERMOCHEMISTRY, V2, CH9 SMITH L, 1956, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V10, P884 SMITH NK, 1980, J CHEM THERMODYN, V12, P919 SOKOLOV VA, 1955, IZV SEKT FIZ KHIM AN, V26, P123 SPAGHT ME, 1932, J PHYS CHEM-US, V36, P882 STIMSON HF, 1961, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V65, P139 STOLEN S, 1996, J CHEM THERMODYN, V28, P1263 SUGISAKI M, 1968, B CHEM SOC JPN, V41, P593 SUNNER S, 1953, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V7, P1112 SUNNER S, 1956, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1 SUNNER S, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1 SUNNER S, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1, CH2 SUNNER S, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNA, V1, CH6 SUNNER S, 1979, EXPT CHEM THERMODYNI, V1, CH2 SVOBODA V, 1973, COLLECT CZECH CHEM C, V38, P3539 SZASZ GJ, 1947, J CHEM PHYS, V15, P562 TAKAHASHI Y, 1979, J CHEM THERMODYN, V11, P379 TAN ZC, 1994, J THERM ANAL, V41, P1577 TANAKA R, 1972, B CHEM SOC JPN, V45, P2107 TANAKA R, 1975, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V11, P163 TIMMERMANS J, 1934, B SOC CHIM BELG, V43, P626 TISCHLER M, 1994, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V231, P87 TODD SS, 1947, J AM CHEM SOC, V69, P1519 TODD SS, 1978, J CHEM THERMODYN, V10, P641 TORRES LA, 1995, J CHEM THERMODYN, V27, P1261 TORRESGOMEZ LA, 1988, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V124, P229 TORREZGOMEZ LA, 1988, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V124, P179 UEBERREITER K, 1950, Z NATURFORSCH A, V5, P101 VANDERZEE CE, 1970, J CHEM THERMODYN, V2, P681 VANDERZEE CE, 1972, J CHEM THERMODYN, V4, P533 VANDERZEE CE, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P1 VANDOOREN AA, 1981, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V49, P151 VANEKEREN PJ, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V15, P409 VANGINKEL CHD, 1975, J PHYS E, V8, P490 VANTIL AE, 1977, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V20, P177 VOLLMER O, 1969, Z NATURFORSCH A, V24, P1669 WADSO I, 1966, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V20, P536 WAGMAN DD, 1945, J RES NBS, V34, P143 WAGMAN DD, 1968, 2703 NBS WAGMAN DD, 1968, SELECTED VALUES CHEM WAGMAN DD, 1982, J PHYS CHEM REF DA S, V2, P11 WAKAYAMA N, 1967, B CHEM SOC JPN, V40, P2267 WARFIELD RW, 1965, MKROMOL CHEM, V84, P1 WATTS H, 1968, CAN J CHEM, V46, P815 WEBER LA, 1981, J CHEM THERMODYN, V13, P389 WEIR RD, 1996, J CHEM THERMODYN, V28, P261 WHITE GK, 1984, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V13, P1251 WHITE WP, 1918, PHYS REV, V12, P436 WIEBE R, 1930, J AM CHEM SOC 1, V52, P622 WILHOIT RC, 1964, J CHEM ENG DATA, V9, P595 WILLIAMSON KD, 1957, J CHEM PHYS, V26, P1409 WONG WK, 1971, J CHEM THERMODYN, V3, P105 WORMALD CJ, 1996, J CHEM THERMODYN, V28, P615 YARYMAGAEV NL, 1949, ZH FIZ KHIM, V11, P1257 YOKOKAWA H, 1979, J CHEM THERMODYN, V11, P411 YUEN HK, 1979, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V33, P281 ZABRANSKY M, 1994, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V23, P55 ZEEB KG, 1980, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V40, P245 ZHICHENG T, 1983, SCI SIN B, V26, P1014 NR 428 TC 167 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0040-6031 J9 THERMOCHIM ACTA JI Thermochim. Acta PD JUN 14 PY 1999 VL 331 IS 2 BP 93 EP 204 PG 112 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Physical GA 213VY UT ISI:000081295000001 ER PT J AU Brun-Picard, D Sousa, JSS TI Design of machines and robots endowed with a permanent learning ability SO CONTROL ENGINEERING PRACTICE LA English DT Article DE intelligent control; intelligent machines; learning control; robotics; production systems AB Modern methodologies for integrated design, concurrent engineering and mechatronics allow for the implementation of intelligent machines. This paper presents an approach for the design of intelligent controllers for robotics and production machines with a permanent learning ability. It allows one to obtain systems that are evolutionary and cooperative, both through their design and during their full lifetime. The system know-how increases with experience through structuring and generalization of the knowledge base. During the design of the system controller, the expert knowledge and the properties of the analytical models are used to anticipate the system behavior, and to establish the learning mechanisms. The initiation of the knowledge base is based on numerical simulation results obtained during the design. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. C1 ENSAM, CER, F-13617 Aix En Provence 1, France. Ctr Desenvolvimento Technol, Sao Jose Dos Campos, Brazil. RP Brun-Picard, D, ENSAM, CER, 2 Cours Arts & Metiers, F-13617 Aix En Provence 1, France. CR ALBUS JS, 1975, T ASME, V97, P220 BRUNPICARD D, 1994, 2 JAP FRANC C MECH, V2, P711 DEWIT CC, 1996, THEORY ROBOT CONTROL GUYOT J, 1994, 2 JAP FRANC C MECH, V2, P663 LANE SH, 1992, IEEE CONTROL SYSTEMS, V12, P23 SOUSA JSS, 1996, IEEE SMC CESA 96 IMA, V2, P355 NR 6 TC 0 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND SN 0967-0661 J9 CONTROL ENG PRACTICE JI Control Eng. Practice PD APR PY 1999 VL 7 IS 4 BP 565 EP 571 PG 7 SC Automation & Control Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic GA 199AC UT ISI:000080456200014 ER PT J AU Carmona, J Delorme, P TI Fourier transform on the Schwartz space of a reductive symmetric space SO INVENTIONES MATHEMATICAE LA French DT Article ID INVARIANT DISTRIBUTION VECTORS; GENERALIZED PRINCIPAL SERIES; EISENSTEIN INTEGRALS; ASYMPTOTIC-BEHAVIOR; MATRIX COEFFICIENTS; OPERATORS C1 Fac Sci Luminy, Inst Math Luminy, CNRS, UPR 9016, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. RP Carmona, J, Fac Sci Luminy, Inst Math Luminy, CNRS, UPR 9016, 163 Ave Luminy,Case 930, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. CR BERNSTEIN JN, 1988, J GEOM PHYS, V5, P663 BOURBAKI N, 1967, ELEMENTS MATH, V33 BRYLINSKI JL, 1992, INVENT MATH, V109, P619 CARMONA J, IN PRESS J REINE ANG CARMONA J, 1994, J FUNCT ANAL, V122, P152 CASSELMAN W, 1982, DUKE MATH J, V49, P869 DELORME P, IN PRESS ACTA MATH DELORME P, IN PRESS ANN MATH DELORME P, 1996, J FUNCT ANAL, V136, P422 DIEUDONNE J, 1970, ELEMENTS ANAL, V3 GANGOLLI R, 1988, ERGEBNISSE MATH IHRE, P101 HARINCK P, IN PRESS J FUNCT ANA HARISHCHANDRA, 1976, ANN MATH, V104, P117 HARISHCHANDRA, 1976, INVENTIONES MATH, V36, P1 KNAPP AW, 1980, INVENT MATH, V60, P9 POULSEN NS, 1972, J FUNCT ANAL, V9, P87 VANDENBAN E, 1994, 888 U UTR VANDENBAN EP, 1987, ARK MAT, V25, P175 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, P K NED AKAD A MATH, V90, P225 VANDENBAN EP, 1992, J FUNCT ANAL, V109, P331 VANDENBAN EP, 1996, J FUNCT ANAL, V139, P225 VANDENBAN EP, 1997, ANN MATH, V145, P267 WALLACH NR, 1992, REAL REDUCTIVE GROUP, V2 WARNER G, 1972, HARMONIC ANAL SEMISI, V1 NR 24 TC 10 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA SN 0020-9910 J9 INVENT MATH JI Invent. Math. PD OCT PY 1998 VL 134 IS 1 BP 59 EP 99 PG 41 SC Mathematics GA 125JX UT ISI:000076235400002 ER PT J AU Benguigui, N Ripoll, H TI Effects of tennis practice on the coincidence timing accuracy of adults and children SO RESEARCH QUARTERLY FOR EXERCISE AND SPORT LA English DT Article DE age; sport practice; timing accuracy ID ANTICIPATION PERFORMANCE; CONTEXTUAL INTERFERENCE; TIME; CONTACT; SPEED; AGE; INFORMATION; EXPERIENCE; JUDGMENTS; BEHAVIOR AB This study examines the development of perceptuomotor processes involved in coincidence timing tasks according to age and experience in tennis. Tennis players and novices, 7 10, 13 and 23 years of age, were tested in a coincidence timing task which consisted of estimating the ari arrival of a simulated moving object on a target. The effect of three different motions were analyzed: constant velocity, constant acceleration, and constant deceleration. Results showed that (1) timing accuracy improves mainly between the ages of 7 and 10 years; (2) tennis practice accelerates the development of timing accuracy; and (3) acceleration or deceleration of the moving stimulus had no effect on the timing accuracy of any of the tested groups, suggesting a continuous visual control of the trajectory. Theoretical implications for the development of perceptuomotor processes involved in coincidence timing tasks are discussed. C1 Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, Lab Mouvement Percept, F-13009 Marseille, France. Univ Poitiers, Lab Human Motor Performance, Poitiers, France. RP Ripoll, H, Univ Mediterranee, CNRS, Lab Mouvement Percept, 163 Ave Luminy,Case 910, F-13009 Marseille, France. CR ABERNETHY B, 1992, APPROACHES STUDY MOT, P343 BARD C, 1973, THESIS U WISCONSIN M BARD C, 1981, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V52, P547 BARD C, 1990, DEV EYE HAND COORDIN, P283 BOOTSMA RJ, 1988, TIMING RAPID INTERCE BOOTSMA RJ, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P21 BOWERS TD, 1993, J SPORT EXERCISE PSY, V15, P57 BRADY F, 1996, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V82, P227 BUCKERS MJA, 1992, Q J EXPT PSYCHOL, V44, P105 CARLTON LG, 1987, J MOTOR BEHAV, V19, P333 CHEN D, 1993, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V64, P72 DELREY P, 1982, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V55, P171 DELREY P, 1982, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V53, P108 DELREY P, 1983, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V57, P241 DORFMAN PW, 1977, J MOTOR BEHAV, V9, P67 DUNHAM P, 1977, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V45, P187 DUNHAM P, 1989, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V68, P1151 ETNYRE BR, 1992, P 1992 NASPSPA C, P87 FLEURY M, 1985, J HUM MOVEMENT STUD, V11, P305 GAGNON M, 1988, CAN J PSYCHOL, V42, P347 GRAYBIEL A, 1955, RES QUART, V26, P480 HAYWOOD KM, 1977, J MOTOR BEHAV, V9, P313 HAYWOOD KM, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V52, P458 HAYWOOD KM, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P28 HOFFMAN JS, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P33 KAISER MK, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P817 KAY H, 1957, OCCUP PSYCHOL, V31, P218 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 MAGILL RA, 1989, MOTOR LEARNING CONCE MAGILL RA, 1991, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V10, P485 OLSEN EA, 1956, RES QUART, V27, P79 RIPOLL H, 1997, J SPORT SCI, V15, P573 SAVELSBERGH GJP, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V17, P315 SCHMIDT RA, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V79, P43 SHEA CH, 1982, J HUMAN MOVEMENT STU, V8, P73 STADULIS RE, 1985, MOTOR DEV CURRENT SE, P1 THOMAS JR, 1981, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V52, P359 TRESILIAN JR, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P223 TRESILIAN JR, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V17, P865 TRESILIAN JR, 1993, PERCEPTION, V22, P653 TRESILIAN JR, 1995, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V57, P231 WADE MG, 1980, J MOTOR BEHAV, V12, P103 WILLIAMS K, 1985, J MOTOR BEHAV, V17, P389 WRISBERG CA, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P67 NR 44 TC 12 PU AMER ALLIANCE HEALTH PHYS EDUC REC & DANCE PI RESTON PA 1900 ASSOCIATION DRIVE, RESTON, VA 22091 USA SN 0270-1367 J9 RES QUART EXERCISE SPORT JI Res. Q. Exerc. Sport PD SEP PY 1998 VL 69 IS 3 BP 217 EP 223 PG 7 SC Psychology, Applied; Psychology; Sport Sciences GA 119EL UT ISI:000075883000001 ER PT J AU Djadja, M Naamane, A Giambiasi, N TI Approach for discrete event simulation SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS LA English DT Article AB The authors advocate the use of discrete event modelling and event driven simulation for systems by reducing the number of simulation steps and therefore providing the opportunity to study hybrid systems using only a discrete event paradigm. C1 Univ Aix Marseille 3, DIAM, IUSPIM, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Djadja, M, Univ Aix Marseille 3, DIAM, IUSPIM, Domaine Univ St Jerome Ave,Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR GIAMBIASI N, 1995, ESS ERL NUR GIAMBIASI N, 1996, ESS GEN IT GIAMBIASI N, 1998, JESA APR ZEIGLER BP, 1976, THEORY MODELLING SIM ZEIGLER BP, 1984, MULTIFACETED MODELLI ZEIGLER BP, 1990, OBJECT ORIENTED SIMU NR 6 TC 0 PU IEE-INST ELEC ENG PI HERTFORD PA MICHAEL FARADAY HOUSE SIX HILLS WAY STEVENAGE, HERTFORD SG1 2AY, ENGLAND SN 0013-5194 J9 ELECTRON LETT JI Electron. Lett. PD AUG 6 PY 1998 VL 34 IS 16 BP 1615 EP 1616 PG 2 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic GA 113LA UT ISI:000075551400057 ER PT J AU Cerezuela, C Cauvin, A Boucher, X Kieffer, JP TI A Decision Support System for a concurrent design of cable harnesses: Conceptual approach and implementation SO CONCURRENT ENGINEERING-RESEARCH AND APPLICATIONS LA English DT Article DE concurrent design; constraints propagation; multicriteria evaluation; electrical assembly; cable routing AB This paper presents the conceptual design and experimental validation of a Decision Support System built in a concurrent engineering context. This system aims at supporting the design of cable harnesses, that is an important step in the design of electrical equipment of complex assembled products. Here, the validation has been made through the industrial case of helicopters' design. The CAD tool uses the association of two different methods that proved useful for decision aid: constraints propagation and multicriteria evaluation. Such an association offers a relevant solution for concurrent engineering. Constraints and criteria express technical knowledge into elementary units easy understandable and easy to pass around. Those two concepts make it easier to integrate production knowledge and design knowledge. We shall present here the technical domain we refer to (electrical field), the industrial context for the validation (MODES project), and a comparison to another approach with similar objectives (Stanford University DSS). C1 Inst Univ Sci Ingn Marseille, Dept Rech Informat Automat & Mecatron, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. RP Cauvin, A, Inst Univ Sci Ingn Marseille, Dept Rech Informat Automat & Mecatron, Domaine Univ St Jerome,Ave Escadrille Normandie N, F-13397 Marseille 20, France. CR BOWEN J, 1993, COMPUTER, V26, P66 BRANS JP, 1995, J DECISION SYSTEMS, V4, P213 CEREZUELA C, 1996, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL CHAMPETIER M, 1995, C INT GEN IND MONTR, P1491 CHANDRA DN, 1993, CONCURRENT GEN METHO, P1 FAN JLC, 1996, FOR DOCT AUT GEN INF, P189 KAJITANI M, 1992, 1 JAP FRENCH C MECH LAWSON M, 1994, CONCURRENT ENG-RES A, V2, P1 PARK H, 1992, ASME, V1, P261 PARK H, 1994, AI EDAM, V8, P45 POMEROL JC, 1993, CHOIX MULTICRITERE E PRASAD B, 1997, CE FUNDAMENTALS INTE, V1, CH4 VERFAILLIE G, 1995, REV INTELLIGENCE ART, V9, P269 NR 13 TC 3 PU TECHNOMIC PUBL CO INC PI LANCASTER PA 851 NEW HOLLAND AVE, BOX 3535, LANCASTER, PA 17604 USA SN 1063-293X J9 CONCURRENT ENG-RESEARCH APPL JI Concurrent Eng.-Res. Appl. PD MAR PY 1998 VL 6 IS 1 BP 43 EP 52 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Manufacturing; Operations Research & Management Science GA ZR909 UT ISI:000074028000005 ER PT J AU Giambiasi, N Touzet, C TI Applications of artificial neural networks SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS LA English DT Editorial Material C1 IUSPIM, DIAM, Marseille 20, France. Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Dept Math & Comp Sci, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 USA. RP Giambiasi, N, IUSPIM, DIAM, Domaine Univ St Jerome, Marseille 20, France. NR 0 TC 0 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA SPUIBOULEVARD 50, PO BOX 17, 3300 AA DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0921-0296 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst. PD FEB PY 1998 VL 21 IS 2 BP 101 EP 102 PG 2 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics GA ZA267 UT ISI:000072346100001 ER PT J AU Leutenegger, M Bauduceau, B Brun, JM Guillon-Metz, F Martin, C Nicolino-Peltier, C Richard, JL Vannereau, D TI Added benfluorex in obese insulin-requiring type 2 diabetes SO DIABETES & METABOLISM LA English DT Article DE insulin; benfluorex; combination drug therapy; non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus; obesity ID DISEASE; NIDDM AB To determine the effect of benfluorex on glycaemic control in obese insulin-requiring Type 2 diabetes, 76 patients (aged 53.8 +/- 12.8 years) receiving insulin (greater than or equal to 0.5 IU/kg) and an appropriate low-calorie diet were evaluated after a 1-month run-in followed by a 3-month double-blind treatment period (3 tablets daily) with benfluorex(B;n = 37) vs placebo (P;n = 39). At inclusion, the B and P groups respectively did not differ in body weight (80.9 +/- 10.3 vs 77.2 +/- 9.1 kg), body mass index (BMI) (30.1 +/- 4.6 vs 29.0 +/- 2.3 kg/m(2)) or fasting blood glucose(11.22 +/- 4.33 vs 10.35 +/- 4.42 mmol/l). However, daily insulin dose and HbA1c levels were higher in the B group (59.9 +/- 18.6 vs 50.4 +/- 12.8 IU, p = 0.012; and 7.72 +/- 1.60 vs 6.96 +/- 1.27 %, p = 0.025, respectively). After 3 months of treatment, the decrease in daily insulin dose was greater in the B group (8.7 +/- 10.1 vs 2.7 +/- 8.1 IU; p=0.032), with a decrease in HbA1c (-0.73 +/- 1.74 %, p = 0.026), vs no change in the P group (+ 0.01 +/- 1.65 %, NS) and a tendency towards a greater decrease in fasting blood glucose (-1.43 +/- 5.41 vs + 0.42 +/- 3.78 mmol/l respectively). Body weight and BMI were also lower in the B group(1.77 (n) over tilde 2.27 vs 0.21 (n) over tilde 2.68 kg, p = 0.013; and 0.64 +/- 0.84 vs 0.07 +/- 1.07 kg/m(2), p = 0.019, respectively) in parallel with the decrease in insulin dose. Triglycerides decreased in the B group vs an increase in the P group (-0.54 +/- 2.04 vs + 0.21 +/- 0.70 mmol/l;p = 0.06). To tar cholesterol decreased within the B group (-0.47 +/- 1.01 mmol/l; p = 0.013) and vs the P group (intergroup p = 0.006). Adverse events were reported in 11 patients in the B group vs 5 in the P group INS), causing dropout in only one case (intercurrent illness, P group). Addition of ben fluorex in obese insulin-requiring Type 2 diabetes thus enhances glycaemic control and lowers both daily insulin requirement and body weight. Benfluorex + insulin is a valid alternative for obese patients who remain poorly controlled despite insulin or who require high doses of insulin. C1 Hop Robert Debre, F-51092 Reims, France. Hop Begin, F-94160 St Mande, France. Hop Bocage, F-21000 Dijon, France. Ctr Hosp Lyon Sud, F-69310 Pierre Benite, France. Hop Enfants La Timone, F-13395 Marseille, France. Ctr Medicochirurg, F-30240 Le Grau Du Roi, France. RP Leutenegger, M, Hop Robert Debre, F-51092 Reims, France. CR ARNAUD O, 1990, NEW ANTIDIABETIC DRU, P133 AUSTIN MA, 1991, ARTERIOSCLER THROMB, V11, P2 BIANCHI R, 1993, DIABETES METAB REV, V9, P29 DEFEO LR, 1993, DIABETES METAB REV, V9, P34 ESCHWEGE E, 1990, JOURN ANN DIABETOL H, P193 FONTBONNE A, 1993, DIABETES METAB REV, V9, P13 GENUTH S, 1990, DIABETES CARE, V13, P1240 GIUGLIANO D, 1993, EUR J CLIN PHARMACOL, V44, P107 GRULET H, 1993, DIABETES RES CLIN PR, V20, P201 JARRETT RJ, 1994, DIABETOLOGIA, V37, P953 LEUTENEGGER M, 1988, DIABETES METAB, V14, P463 PONTIROLI AE, 1996, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V81, P3727 RANDEREE HA, 1992, DIABETES CARE, V15, P1258 REAVEN GM, 1988, DIABETES, V37, P1595 RICCIO A, 1993, DIABETES METAB REV, V9, P21 STOUT RW, 1990, DIABETES CARE, V13, P631 TURNER RC, 1995, DIABETES, V44, P1249 VALENSI P, 1993, LETT PHARM, V7, P5 NR 18 TC 5 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0338-1684 J9 DIABETES METAB JI Diabetes Metab. PD FEB PY 1998 VL 24 IS 1 BP 55 EP 61 PG 7 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA YX145 UT ISI:000072010900009 ER PT J AU Ripoll, H Latiri, I TI Effect of expertise on coincident-timing accuracy in a fast ball game SO JOURNAL OF SPORTS SCIENCES LA English DT Article DE coincident timing; sport exercise; visual system ID ANTICIPATION PERFORMANCE; CONTEXTUAL INTERFERENCE; CHILDREN; SPEED; TASK; AGE; SEX; EXPERIENCE; MOVEMENTS; BEHAVIOR AB The aim of this study was to examine the effect of intensive practice in table tennis on perceptual coincident timing. The main question was whether the perceptual demands encountered in fast ball sports produce modifications of the perceptual visual system. Expert table tennis players and novices were compared in a perceptual task which consisted of estimating, by pressing a key, the arrival of a moving stimulus at a target. The stimulus, which was presented either at constant velocity or at constant deceleration, reproduced as closely as possible the natural visual demands encountered in table tennis. The difference between the time of response and the time of arrival of the stimulus at a target position was measured over 40 trials for each of the 16 participants. The results showed no effect of expertise under the constant-velocity condition but an effect under the decelerative condition, indicating that experts were less trajectory-dependent than novices. This result was interpreted as reflecting a better adaptation of the perceptual system of experts to the constraints encountered during table tennis and specifically to the perceptual demands resulting from varied and decelerated ball trajectories. Finally, some limitations of the coincidence anticipation procedure are highlighted, concerning its use in practical settings for evaluating athletes or detecting sport talents, and the need for the simulation conditions during testing to reproduce as closely as possible the perceptual demands of real life is discussed. C1 Univ Poitiers, Fac Sci Sport, Poitiers, France. INSEP, Lab Mouvement Act & Performance, Paris, France. RP Ripoll, H, Univ Mediterranean, Fac Sport Sci, UMR Movement & Percept, 163 Ave Luminy,CP 910, F-13288 Marseille 09, France. CR ABERNETHY B, 1992, APPROACHES STUDY MOT, P343 BARD C, 1981, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V52, P547 BARD C, 1995, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V59, P32 BARD C, 1995, PSYCHOL SPORT QUESTI, P79 BELISLE JJ, 1963, RES QUART, V34, P271 BOOTSMA RJ, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P21 BUECKERS M, 1988, COGNITION ACTINO SKI, P283 DELREY P, 1982, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V55, P171 DELREY P, 1982, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V53, P108 DELREY P, 1983, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V57, P241 DORFMAN PW, 1977, J MOTOR BEHAV, V9, P67 DUNHAM P, 1977, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V45, P187 DUNHAM P, 1989, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V68, P1151 DUNHAM P, 1990, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V71, P1171 DUREY A, 1994, INT J TABLE TENNIS, V2, P15 ETNYRE BR, 1992, P 1992 NASPSPA C, P87 FLEURY M, 1985, J HUM MOVEMENT STUD, V11, P305 FLEURY M, 1992, VISION MOTOR CONTROL, P315 GAGNON M, 1988, CAN J PSYCHOL, V42, P347 GAGNON M, 1991, CAH PSYCHOL COGN, V11, P537 GROVE JR, 1989, P 7 WORLD C SPORT PS, P140 HAYWOOD K, 1981, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V52, P458 HAYWOOD KM, 1977, J MOTOR BEHAV, V9, P313 HAYWOOD KM, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P28 HAYWOOD KM, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P28 HENRY FM, 1974, J MOTOR BEHAV, V6, P149 JAGACINSKI RJ, 1983, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V9, P43 MAGILL R, 1989, MOTOR LEARNING CONCE MCLEOD P, 1986, ATTENTION PERFORM, P391 PETRAKIS E, 1985, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V61, P1135 ROSENBAUM DA, 1975, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V1, P359 SCHUTZ RW, 1977, P COL MEAS S, P82 STADULIS RE, 1985, MOTOR DEV CURRENT SE, P1 THOMAS JR, 1981, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V52, P359 TRESILIAN JR, 1993, PERCEPTION, V22, P653 WADE MG, 1980, J MOTOR BEHAV, V12, P103 WILLIAMS K, 1985, J MOTOR BEHAV, V17, P389 WRISBERG CA, 1979, RES QUART, V50, P699 WRISBERG CA, 1981, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V52, P599 WRISBERG CA, 1983, RES Q EXERCISE SPORT, V54, P67 NR 40 TC 13 PU ROUTLEDGE PI LONDON PA 11 NEW FETTER LANE, LONDON EC4P 4EE, ENGLAND SN 0264-0414 J9 J SPORT SCI JI J. Sports Sci. PD DEC PY 1997 VL 15 IS 6 BP 573 EP 580 PG 8 SC Sport Sciences GA YT107 UT ISI:000071564600004 ER PT J AU Malaterre, HR Caus, T Picard, D Paganelli, F Deharo, JC Kallee, K TI Pulmonary emboli with aseptic endocarditis on a central catheter SO PRESSE MEDICALE LA French DT Letter C1 CHU CONCEPT,SERV PNEUMOL,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CHU TIMONE,SERV CHIRURG CARDIAQUE,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CHU NORD,SERV CARDIOL,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CHU ST MARGUERITE,SERV CARDIOL,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. RP Malaterre, HR, CHU CONCEPT,SERV MED INTERNE & CARDIOL,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR LOPEZ JA, 1987, AM HEART J, V113, P773 NR 1 TC 0 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0755-4982 J9 PRESSE MEDICALE JI Presse Med. PD NOV 15 PY 1997 VL 26 IS 35 BP 1674 EP 1675 PG 2 SC Medicine, General & Internal GA YH631 UT ISI:A1997YH63100005 ER PT J AU Espinasse, B Picolet, G Chouraqui, E TI Negotiation support systems: A multi-criteria and multi-agent approach SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH LA English DT Article DE negotiation; decision support systems; negotiation support systems; multi-criteria analysis; multi-agent systems; distributed artificial intelligence AB This research concerns the development of an Negotiation Support Systems (NSS) based on a multi-criteria conceptual framework of the negotiation and developed according to a multi-agent architecture from Distributed Artificial Intelligence (DAI). A first prototype of such a system, NegocIAD, has already been developed [8], but the weakness of its assistance to the negotiation process have led us to revise the conceptual framework in order to define a more relevant assistance to the negotiation process. This paper presents this new conceptual framework defined in order to develop a new prototype. First, we point out the originality of our multi-criteria and multi-agent approach, the general architecture and the limitations of NegocIAD. Then we present the new multi-criteria conceptual framework mainly based on the definition and the use of projection plans (group Gaia plans) emerging from principal component analysis (PCA) already proposed in a single decision maker context in extension of the Promethee method. In the next part, we develop the possible levels of use of these plans during the negotiation process and the type of assistance provided to the mediator. This assistance is mainly based on the elaboration and the interpretation of group Gaia plans for which we propose a set of interpretation rules and the outline of a method to make use of these rules for a relevant support to the mediator in the management of the negotiation process. Finally, we conclude on the perspectives of our future researches and developments for the new generation of our prototype in a multi-agent architecture context. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. RP Espinasse, B, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 3,IUSPIM,DIAM,CAMPUS SCI ST JEROME,F-13397 MARSEILLE 13,FRANCE. CR BOND HA, 1988, READINGS DISTRIBUTED BOUYSSOU D, 1989, CAHIER LAMSADE, V91 BOUYSSOU D, 1992, EUR J OPER RES, V61, P186 BRANS JP, 1984, OPERATIONAL RES 84, P408 BRANS JP, 1991, PROMCALC GAIA DECISI BUI TX, 1990, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V46 CHOURAQUI E, 1990, INT C ART INT APPL N DESANTIS G, 1987, MANAGEMENT SCI, V33 ESPINASSE B, 1995, INT WORKSH DES COOP FERBER J, 1988, JOURN NAT PRC GRECO FERBER J, 1995, SYSTEMES MULTIAGENTS JARKE M, 1985, 8536CR CRIS NY U CTR JELASSI MT, 1985, J MANAGEMENT INFORMA, V1, P24 LABIDI S, 1993, 2004 INRIA MARCHANT T, 1994, PROJET HOMME MACHINE MARCHANT T, 1994, PROMETHEE GAIA MULTI POMEROL JC, 1992, SIAD INTELLIGENTS UT POMEROL JC, 1993, CHOIX MULTICRITERES ROY B, 1984, CHAIR LAMSADE, V30 ROY B, 1985, METHODOLOGIE MULTICR SHOHAM Y, 1993, ARTIF INTELL, V60, P51 NR 21 TC 13 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0377-2217 J9 EUR J OPER RES JI Eur. J. Oper. Res. PD DEC 1 PY 1997 VL 103 IS 2 BP 389 EP 409 PG 21 SC Management; Operations Research & Management Science GA YH738 UT ISI:A1997YH73800009 ER PT J AU Carmona, J TI Constant term of tempered functions on a reductive symmetric space SO JOURNAL FUR DIE REINE UND ANGEWANDTE MATHEMATIK LA German DT Article ID EISENSTEIN INTEGRALS; ASYMPTOTIC-BEHAVIOR; MATRIX COEFFICIENTS; PRINCIPAL SERIES; REPRESENTATIONS; EIGENFUNCTIONS AB We define and establish the main properties of the constant term of a tempered <(omega)over bar>-spherical function F on a non riemannian symmetric space, finite under the action of the algebra of the G-invariant differential operators on G/H. Using the theory of asymptotics as developped in [3], [4] and [5], we extend to this case the results of [13] and [3] on the canonical decomposition of the constant term and the meromorphic dependence of the components in the case of a holomorphic family. Estimates are established which are uniform with respect to the parameter in the holomorphic case. Those results can be applied to the Eisenstein integrals studied in [10]. RP Carmona, J, FAC SCI LUMINY,DEPT MATH INFORMAT GEOMETRIE NONCOMMUTAT,GRP LIE,CNRS,UPR 9016,163 AVE LUMING,F-13288 MARSEILLE 09,FRANCE. CR CARMONA J, 1994, J FUNCT ANAL, V122, P152 CASSELMAN W, 1982, DUKE MATH J, V49, P869 CHANDRA H, 1958, AM J MATH, V80, P241 CHANDRA H, 1975, J FUNCT ANAL, V19, P104 CHANDRA H, 1976, INVENT MATH, V36, P1 DELORME P, 1987, LECT NOTES MATH, V1243, P108 DELORME P, 1996, J FUNCT ANAL, V136, P422 EHRENPREIS L, 1970, FOURIER ANAL SEVERAL HELGASON S, 1959, ACTA MATH, V102, P239 OSHIMA T, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V880, P357 VANDENBAN E, 1995, MOST CONTINUOUS PART VANDENBAN EP, 1987, ARK MAT, V25, P175 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V380, P108 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, P K NED AKAD A MATH, V90, P225 VANDENBAN EP, 1989, INVENT MATH, V98, P639 VANDENBAN EP, 1992, J FUNCT ANAL, V109, P331 VARADARAJAN VS, 1977, SPRINGER LECT NOTES, V576 WALLACH NR, 1988, REAL REDUCTIVE GROUP, V1 WALLACH NR, 1992, REAL REDUCTIVE GROUP, V2 NR 19 TC 9 PU WALTER DE GRUYTER & CO PI BERLIN PA GENTHINER STRASSE 13, D-10785 BERLIN, GERMANY SN 0075-4102 J9 J REINE ANGEW MATH JI J. Reine Angew. Math. PY 1997 VL 491 BP 17 EP 63 PG 47 SC Mathematics GA YG610 UT ISI:A1997YG61000002 ER PT S AU Juhan, V Nazarian, B Malkani, K Bulot, R Bartoli, JM Sequeira, J TI Geometrical modelling of abdominal aortic aneurysms SO CVRMED-MRCAS'97 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB Stent graft combination devices have been developed as a new alternative for treating abdominal aortic aneurysms. The major risk using this new technique with standard devices is the perigraft leak. In order to choose a suitable graft for each patient, and thus avoid such a risk, we have developed a program which provides three-dimensional representations of such aneurysms. Images of abdominal regions are obtained by spiral C.T.. These images are then transferred to a graphics workstation and processed to provide sets of contours which represent the shape of the aorta and other vessels. Then, a surface joining all these contours is computed; we obtain a tree-like structure represented as a set of generalized cylinders which are joined by means of flee-form surfaces. Such geometrical models provide an efficient mathematical support for further developments involving diagnosis, surgery and endoprostheses design. C1 FAC SCI LUMINY,LIM,URA CNRS 1787,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. RP Juhan, V, CHU TIMONE,SERV RADIOL,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR BEIER J, 1996, COMPUTER ASSISTED RA, P716 EBEL R, 1992, THESIS NATL SUPERIEU GUIARD C, 1995, REV INT CFAO INFORMA, V10, P587 JUHAN V, 1996, IN PRESS INNOVATION KASS M, 1988, INT J COMPUT VISION, V1, P321 NAZARIAN B, 1996, REV INT CFAO INFORMA, V11, P11 PIEGL L, 1991, IEEE COMPUT GRAPH, V11, P55 SEQUEIRA J, 1993, COMPUT MED IMAG GRAP, V17, P333 NR 8 TC 5 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN 33 PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, W-1000 BERLIN 33, GERMANY SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI PY 1997 VL 1205 BP 243 EP 252 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA BJ58E UT ISI:A1997BJ58E00025 ER PT J AU Bouquet, F Jegou, P TI Using OBDDs to handle dynamic constraints SO INFORMATION PROCESSING LETTERS LA English DT Article DE algorithms; constraint satisfaction; dynamic constraints; Ordered Binary Decision Diagrams; constraint logic programming AB For many real-life problems naturally modelled as constraints systems, we have to manage dynamically systems of constraints. So, a model based on the formalism of finite Constraint Satisfaction Problems (CSPs) (Montanari, 1974) has been proposed with Dynamic CSPs (DCSPs) to handle this kind of problem (Dechter and Dechter, 1988; Janssen et al., 1990). Some classical techniques defined in the field of CSPs are usable in DCSPs, but the management of dynamicity induces new problems such as management of over-constrained systems and consistency maintenance. At present, Constraint Programming tools generally do not offer a framework for integrating dynamic constraints. The purpose of this paper is to introduce an efficient way to solve DCSPs based on a logical approach. We use and extend Ordered Binary Decision Diagrams (OBDDs) (Bryant, 1986) and propose a particular coding for dynamicity. We show that our approach allows to solve some major questions in the field of DCSPs. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. C1 CMI,CNRS,URA 1787,LIM,F-13453 MARSEILLE 13,FRANCE. CR BESSIERE C, 1991, P AAAI 91, P221 BRYANT R, 1985, ACM COMPUT SURVEYS, V24 BRYANT RE, 1986, IEEE T COMPUT, V35, P677 CAYROL C, 1996, P 4 INT S ART INT MA CORMEN H, 1991, INTRO ALGORITHMS DECHTER R, 1988, P 7 NAT C ART INT AA, P37 DEKLEER J, 1989, P 11 INT JOINT C ART, P290 FREUDER EC, 1992, ARTIF INTELL, V58, P21 HUYNH T, 1995, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V55, P111 JANSSEN P, 1990, NEW J CHEM, V14, P969 MONTANARI U, 1974, INF SCI, V7, P95 SCHIEX T, 1994, P AAAI 94, P307 NR 12 TC 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0020-0190 J9 INF PROCESS LETT JI Inf. Process. Lett. PD MAY 14 PY 1997 VL 62 IS 3 BP 111 EP 120 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Information Systems GA XE656 UT ISI:A1997XE65600001 ER PT J AU Chmeiss, A Jegou, P TI A generalization of chordal graphs and the maximum clique problem SO INFORMATION PROCESSING LETTERS LA English DT Article DE algorithms; combinatorial problems (maximum clique problem); computational complexity; graph theory (chordal graphs) AB A graph is chordal or triangulated if it has no chordless cycle with four or more vertices. Chordal graphs are well known for their combinatorial and algorithmic properties. Here we introduce a generalization of chordal graphs, namely CSG(k) graphs. informally, a CSG(0) graph is a complete graph, and for k > 0, the class of CSG(k) graphs is defined inductively in a such manner that CSG(1) Graphs are chordal graphs. We show that CSG(k) Graphs inherit of the same kind of properties as chordal graph. As a consequence, we show that the maximum clique problem is polynomial on CSG(k) graphs while this problem is NP-hard in the general case. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. C1 CMI,CNRS,URA 1787,LIM,F-13453 MARSEILLE 13,FRANCE. CR BALAS E, 1986, SIAM J COMPUT, V15, P1054 FULKERSON DR, 1965, PAC J MATH, V15, P835 GAVRIL F, 1972, SIAM J COMPUT, V1, P180 HAYWARD RB, 1985, J COMB THEORY B, V39, P200 KARP RM, 1972, COMPLEXITY COMPUTER, P85 ROSE DJ, 1970, J MATH ANAL, V32, P597 ROSE DJ, 1976, SIAM J COMPUT, V5, P266 TARJAN RE, 1984, SIAM J COMPUT, V13, P566 XUE J, 1994, NETWORKS, V24, P109 NR 9 TC 1 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0020-0190 J9 INF PROCESS LETT JI Inf. Process. Lett. PD APR 28 PY 1997 VL 62 IS 2 BP 61 EP 66 PG 6 SC Computer Science, Information Systems GA XD437 UT ISI:A1997XD43700002 ER PT S AU Vasco, JJF Faucher, C Chouraqui, E TI A knowledge acquisition tool for multi-perspective concept formation SO ADVANCES IN KNOWLEDGE ACQUISITION SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB In this paper, we describe an architecture for helping in the construction of concept hierarchies. This architecture is based on machine learning and on cognitive psychology studies in concept formation. Our basic assumption is that concept formation should be considered as a goal-driven, context-dependent process and, therefore, that the hierarchical organization of concepts should be represented in different perspectives. The core of our architecture is a learning system that generates multi-perspective hierarchies. The evaluation of the architecture is realized from a perspective of both the comprehensibility and the prediction power of the generated knowledge. RP Vasco, JJF, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 3,IUSPIM,DIAM,AV ESCADRILLE NORMANDIE NIEMEN,F-13397 MARSEILLE 20,FRANCE. CR BARSALOU LW, 1983, MEMORY COGNITION, V11 BOOSE J, 1988, RECENT PROGR AQUINAS FAUCHER C, 1991, THESIS U DROIT FISHER D, 1993, PSYCHOL LEARNING MOT, V29 FISHER DH, 1987, MACHINE LEARNING, V2 GENNARI JH, 1989, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V40 GLUCK MA, 1985, P 7 ANN C COGN SCI S HAMPTON J, 1993, CATEGORIES CONCEPTS MARINO O, 1990, COGNITIVA MARTIN JD, 1994, MACH LEARN, V16, P121 MICHALSKI RS, 1986, MACHINE LEARNING, V2 MICHALSKI RS, 1994, MACHINE LEARNING, V4 MORIK K, 1989, KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTA MORIK K, 1994, MACHINE LEARNING MUL, V4 RAM A, 1995, GOAL DRIVEN LEARNING REICH UY, 1992, INT J EXPERT SYSTEMS, V5 ROSCH E, 1975, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V7 SEIFERT C, 1989, P 6 INT WORKSH MACH SMITH EE, 1981, LIB C CATALOGING PUB THAISE, 1991, APPROCHE LOGIQUE INT, V4, CH1 VASCO JJF, 1995, 6 ASIS C SIGCR CLASS VASCO JJF, 1995, FLOR ART INT RES S F NR 22 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN 33 PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, W-1000 BERLIN 33, GERMANY J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 1996 VL 1076 BP 229 EP 244 PG 16 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BH80K UT ISI:A1996BH80K00015 ER PT S AU Kanoui, H Joubert, M Favard, R TI A knowledge-based modelling of hospital information systems components SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN MEDICINE SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB In this paper, we point out the necessity for large information systems, and especially hospital information systems, to encompass a knowledge-based model of the domain covered. We discuss the characteristics of such a model and present the knowledge representation adopted in previous projects. The XQL formalism, which enables application programs to query the model at run-time, is then introduced. The theoretical model and operational semantics of XQL are presented and discussed. C1 FAC MED,CERTIM,F-13326 MARSEILLE 15,FRANCE. RP Kanoui, H, IIRIAM,TECHNOPOLE CHATEAU GOMBERT,EUROPARC,BAT C,F-13453 MARSEILLE 13,FRANCE. CR BRACHMAN RJ, 1985, COGNITIVE SCI, V9, P171 BRACHMAN RJ, 1991, PRINCIPLES SEMANTIC, P401 CHEIN M, 1992, REV INTELLIGENCE ART, V6, P365 JOUBERT M, 1993, P AIME 93, P377 KANOUI H, 1993, P MIE 93, P241 KANOUI H, 1994, P MIE 94, P379 SOWA JF, 1984, CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE SOWA JF, 1992, CONCEPTUAL ANAL BASI VOLOT F, 1993, 17TH P ANN S COMP AP, P710 WOODS WA, 1991, PRINCIPLES SEMANTIC, P45 NR 10 TC 0 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN 33 PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, W-1000 BERLIN 33, GERMANY J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 1995 VL 934 BP 319 EP 330 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BF02G UT ISI:A1995BF02G00028 ER PT S AU Cordier, MO Siegel, P TI Prioritized transitions for updates SO SYMBOLIC AND QUANTITATIVE APPROACHES TO REASONING AND UNCERTAINTY SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB An update operation presupposes that one can predict how the world changes along time. In the absence of a predictive model of evolution, the common sense law of inertia is usually used and justifies the minimal change approach to the frame problem. Instead of relying on an implicit modeling of persistence, we propose to use an explicit modeling of the expected evolution. We first explain why our previous proposal was not quite satisfactory. We then propose a model-driven semantics of the update operation which can take into account an explicit transition model. The transition model provides a more powerful and flexible way to represent the persistence of information. It can moreover be stressed that non only persistence information but also default and transition rules can be expressed in this transition model. It can then be used to represent evolutive systems as required for example in a monitoring or diagnosis context. C1 LIM,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. RP Cordier, MO, INST RECH INFORMAT & SYST ALEATOIRES,CAMPUS BEAULIEU,F-35042 RENNES,FRANCE. CR BREWKA G, 1993, J LOGIC COMPUTATION, V3 CORDIER MO, 1992, PRINCIPLES KNOWLEDGE, P732 CORDIER MO, 1994, 884 IRISA DEAN T, 1989, COMPUT INTELL, V5, P142 GINSBERG ML, 1987, READINGS NON MONOTON KATSUNO H, 1991, 2ND P INT C PRINC KN, P387 MCCARTHY J, 1969, MACH INTELL, V4, P463 SANDEWALL E, 1995, FEATURES FLUENTS, V1 SATOH K, 1988, P INT C 5 GEN COMP S WINSLETT M, 1988, 7TH P NAT US C ART I, P89 WINSLETT M, 1989, P 11 INT JOINT C ART, P859 NR 11 TC 2 PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN PI BERLIN 33 PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, W-1000 BERLIN 33, GERMANY J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL PY 1995 VL 946 BP 142 EP 150 PG 9 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA BF02H UT ISI:A1995BF02H00017 ER PT J AU Houvenaeghel, G Blache, JL Arnaud, S Bladou, F Brun, JP Chaudet, H Oskam, R Delpero, JR Guerinel, G TI Feasibility and tolerance of two routes of preoperative interleukine 2 administration SO BULLETIN DU CANCER LA French DT Article DE immunotherapy; surgery; cancer ID CELL CYTO-TOXICITY; GASTROINTESTINAL CANCER; COLORECTAL-CANCER; SURGICAL STRESS; SURGERY; IMMUNOTHERAPY; SUPPRESSION; OPERATIONS; METASTASES; THERAPY AB Preoperative interleukin 2 (IL2) administration has been performed, in order to diminish the post-operative immunodepression in cancer patients. The aim of this study was to compare two different ways of preoperative IL2 administration, ie, intravenous (iv) and subcutaneous (sc), in terms of feasibility and tolerance. Nineteen surgical procedures were performed in 18 patients: a) 10 following the administration of 12 IU/m(2)/24 hours IL2 IV, with a continuous infusion, from day 5 to day 3 before surgery; b) 9 following the administration of 18 IU IL2, in 2 SC injections per day, from day 4 to day 2 before surgery. Tolerance was evaluated by both clinical and biological parameters, before, during, and after surgery. Hyperthermia and capillary leak syndrome were more important in the iv versus sc injection group. Insomnia and digestive troubles were more frequent in the iv injection group as well. However, we noticed few and equivalent cutaneous and respiratory complications in both groups. In conclusion, the tolerance of lL2 was better after sc versus iv injection. However, the toxicity of iv infusion of IL2 was moderate and could be limited by preventive treatments; moreover there was no consequence on the scheduled surgical procedure. C1 EUROCETUS BV,1105 BJ AMSTERDAM,NETHERLANDS. RP Houvenaeghel, G, INST J PAOLI I CALMETTES,DEPT CHIRURG ONCOL,232 BD STE MARGUERITE,F-13273 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BRIVIO F, 1992, ONCOLOGY, V49, P215 BUSSIERES E, 1992, EUR J SURG ONCOL, V18, P425 CRAVEN DE, 1988, ARCH INTERN MED, V148, P1161 EGGERMONT AM, 1987, SURGERY, V11, P541 EREMIN O, 1993, BRIT J SURG, V80, S65 HOUVENAEGHEL G, 1994, EUR J SURG ONCOL, V199, P268 HUMPHREY LJ, 1981, ANN SURG, V193, P574 KOO J, 1983, CANCER, V52, P1952 LEE RE, 1989, J CLIN ONCOL, V7, P7 LENNARD TWJ, 1985, BRIT J SURG, V72, P771 MONSON JRT, 1986, BRIT J SURG, V73, P483 MONSON JRT, 1987, GUT, V28, P1420 MURTHY MS, 1987, J SURG ONCOL, V35, P44 MURTHY SM, 1989, CANCER, V64, P2035 NELSON BE, 1989, SEMIN SURG ONCOL, V5, P391 NICHOLS PH, 1992, CANCER RES, V52, P5765 PANIS Y, 1992, BRIT J SURG, V79, P221 POLLOCK RE, 1984, CANCER RES, V44, P3888 POLLOCK RE, 1987, J IMMUNOL, V138, P171 POLLOCK RE, 1989, SEMIN SURG ONCOL, V5, P414 SALO M, 1992, ACTA ANAESTH SCAND, V36, P201 SALSBURY AJ, 1965, SURG GYNECOL OBSTET, V120, P1266 SCULIER JP, 1991, REANIMATION MED URGE, P468 SEDMAN PC, 1988, BRIT J SURG, V75, P976 SLADE MS, 1975, SURGERY, V78, P363 TARTTER PI, 1987, ARCH SURG-CHICAGO, V122, P1264 UCHIDA A, 1992, J NATL CANCER I, V5, P735 WANEBO HJ, 1975, AM J SURG, V130, P445 WEESE JL, 1986, SURGERY, V100, P273 WEESE JL, 1987, DIS COLON RECTUM, V30, P503 WEIJEI L, 1994, J SURG ONCOL, V55, P165 WUSTROW TPU, 1993, ANTICANCER RES, V13, P2507 NR 32 TC 0 PU EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES ELSEVIER PI PARIS CEDEX 15 PA 141 RUE JAVEL, 75747 PARIS CEDEX 15, FRANCE SN 0007-4551 J9 BULL CANCER JI Bull. Cancer PD DEC PY 1995 VL 82 IS 12 BP 1052 EP 1059 PG 8 SC Oncology GA TM447 UT ISI:A1995TM44700009 ER PT J AU TORRES, LA GUDINO, R SABBAH, R GUARDADO, JA TI STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIAL PROPOSED FOR ENTHALPY-OF-SUBLIMATION MEASUREMENTS - A COMPARATIVE-STUDY OF THE STANDARD MOLAR ENTHALPY OF SUBLIMATION OF FE(C-C5H5)(2) (FERROCENE) BY CALORIMETRY AND KNUDSEN-EFFUSION TECHNIQUES SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS LA English DT Article AB The standard molar enthalpy of sublimation of Fe(c-C5H5)(2),bis(eta-cyclopentadienyl)iron(II), ferrocene, has been experimentally determined by the Knudsen-effusion method using a quartz-crystal microbalance. The results from two series of experiments were found to be Delta(sub)H(m)(o)(298.15 K) = (74.34 +/- 0.41) kJ . mol(-1) and Delta(sub)H(m)(o)(280.74 K) = (74.60 +/- 0.79) kJ . mol(-1). This property has also been calorimetrically determined at the temperature T = 298.15 K, and the mean value from 12 experiments were found to be Delta(sub)H(m)(o) = (73.19 +/- 0.66) kJ . mol-1. All the literature results for the standard molar enthalpy of sublimation reported to date which have been determined by indirect methods were critically evaluated, and the more reliable values retained. A global analysis including these selected values as well as our effusion and calorimetric results leads to a weighted average value of Delta(sub)H(m)(o) = (73.42 +/- 0.59) kJ . mol(-1) for the standard molar enthalpy of sublimation of Fe(c-C5H5)(2) at T = 298.15 K. From this study we propose the use of ferrocene as a standard reference material for measurements of enthalpy of sublimation. (C) 1995 Academic Press Limited. C1 CNRS,CTR THERMODYNAM & MICROCALORIMETRIE,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. RP TORRES, LA, INST POLITECN NACL,CTR INVEST & ESTUDIOS AVANZADOS,DEPT QUIM,APARTADO POSTAL 14-740,MEXICO CITY 07000,DF,MEXICO. CR ANDREWS JTS, 1969, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V17, P349 CAIS M, 1970, ADV ORGANOMETALLIC C, V2, P211 CALADO JCG, 1980, REV PORT QUIM, V22, P57 DAPIEDADE MEM, 1989, THEIS TU LISBON DASILVA MAVR, 1990, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V171, P169 DEEMING AJ, 1982, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANO, V2 EDWARDS JW, 1962, T FARADAY SOC, V58, P1323 EDWARDS JW, 1962, T FARADAY SOC, V58, P1334 HEAD AJ, 1987, RECOMMENDED REF MAT, CH7 JACOBS MHG, 1983, J CHEM THERMODYN, V15, P619 KAPLAN L, 1952, J AM CHEM SOC, V74, P5531 LIPPINCOTT ER, 1955, J AM CHEM SOC, V77, P4990 PELINO M, 1981, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V44, P89 SABBAH R, 1987, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V115, P153 TORRES LA, 1994, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V5, P51 TORRES LA, 1995, J CHEM EDUC, V72, P67 TORREZGOMEZ LA, 1988, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V124, P179 VONCORDES JF, 1959, Z ANORG ALLG CHEM, V299, P87 NR 18 TC 8 PU ACADEMIC PRESS (LONDON) LTD PI LONDON PA 24-28 OVAL RD, LONDON, ENGLAND NW1 7DX SN 0021-9614 J9 J CHEM THERMODYN JI J. Chem. Thermodyn. PD NOV PY 1995 VL 27 IS 11 BP 1261 EP 1266 PG 6 SC Thermodynamics; Chemistry, Physical GA TF834 UT ISI:A1995TF83400013 ER PT J AU FRANCON, D HOUVENAEGHEL, G INCHAUSPE, M BRUN, JP COGNIS, D BLACHE, JL TI EVALUATION OF NURSING STAFF TRAINING FOR PATIENT-CONTROLLED ANALGESIA SO ANNALES FRANCAISES D ANESTHESIE ET DE REANIMATION LA French DT Article AB Intravenous patient-controlled analgesia (PCA) is an effective technique to relieve most forms of acute postoperative pain. However it is not easy to apply. An adequate training of the nursing staff has been for a safe and successful use in the recovery room and the wards as well. Our study was aimed to assess such a training. The most common errors during training period included the incorrect preparation of syringes and the inadequate use of i.v. lines. Errors in programming were spontaneously rectified by using a special procedure. Specific acute pain nurse teams were trained. To optimize the pump use and promote safety and efficacy, special protocols and procedures were devised. PCA is now accepted as a normal nurse procedure. There is no longer any resistance against the introduction of PCA in the wards. Training of nursing staff for the use of PCA devices is essential in order to avoid <>. PCA has become routine for the management of postoperative pain. RP FRANCON, D, INST J PAOLI I CALMETTES,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT,232 BLVD ST MARQUERITE,F-13273 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 0 PU EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES ELSEVIER PI PARIS CEDEX 15 PA 141 RUE JAVEL, 75747 PARIS CEDEX 15, FRANCE SN 0750-7658 J9 ANN FR ANESTH REANIM JI Ann. Fr. Anest. Reanim. PY 1994 VL 13 IS 6 BP 898 EP 901 PG 4 SC Anesthesiology GA QD245 UT ISI:A1994QD24500024 ER PT J AU RISCH, V SCHWIND, CB TI TABLEAU-BASED CHARACTERIZATION AND THEOREM-PROVING FOR DEFAULT LOGIC SO JOURNAL OF AUTOMATED REASONING LA English DT Article DE NONMONOTONIC LOGIC; DEFAULT LOGIC; TABLEAUX ID CIRCUMSCRIPTION AB In this paper, we present a new method for computing extensions and for deriving formulae from a default theory. It is based on the semantic tableaux method and works for default theories with a finite set of defaults that are formulated over a decidable subset of first-order logic. We prove that all extensions (if any) of a default theory can be produced by constructing the semantic tableau of one formula built from the general laws and the default consequences. This result allows us to describe an algorithm that provides extensions if there are any, and to decide if there are none. Moreover, the method gives a necessary and sufficient criterion for the existence of extensions of default theories with finitely many defaults provided they are formulated on a decidable subset of FOL. C1 UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,MIDDLESEX COLL,DEPT COMP SCI,LONDON,ON N6A 6B7,CANADA. FAC SCI LUMINY,CNRS,LAB INFORMAT MARSEILLE,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BESNARD P, 1983, P AAAI NAT C ARTIFIC, P27 BESNARD P, 1988, 9TH P C AUT DED ARG BETH EW, 1959, F MATH BOSSU G, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P13 BROWN FM, 1986, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V230, P209 ETHERINGTON DW, 1987, ARTIF INTELL, V31, P81 FITTING M, 1990, 1ST ORDER LOGIC AUTO FITTING MC, 1992, J LOGIC COMPUT, V2, P349 GINSBERG ML, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, V39, P209 GUEIRREIRO RA, 1990, 9TH P EUR C ART INT, P213 JUNKER U, 1990, P AAAI 90, P278 JUNKER U, 1991, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V548, P211 KUHNA P, 1991, WORKSHOP THEOREM PRO, P143 LAFON E, 1988, 8TH P EUR C ART INT, P541 LEVY F, 1991, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V548, P219 LIFSCHITZ V, 1985, P 9 INT JOINT C ART, P121 LUKASZEWICZ W, 1988, COMPUT INTELL, V4, P1 MCCARTHY J, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P27 MOORE R, NONSTANDARD LOGICS A, P105 NIEMELA I, 1988, 9TH P C AUT DED, P676 OLIVETTI N, 1992, J AUTOMATED REASONIN, V9, P99 PRZYMUSINSKI TC, 1989, ARTIF INTELL, V38, P49 REITER R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P81 RISCH V, 1993, REV INTELLIGENCE ART, V7 SCHUTTE K, 1960, BEWEISTHEORIE SCHWIND C, 1985, 5TH C AFCET REC FORM, P897 SCHWIND C, 1990, 10TH P C AUT DED, P541 SMULLYAN RM, 1968, 1ST ORDER LOGIC THISTLEWAITE PB, 1988, AUTOMATED THEOREM PR NR 29 TC 17 PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL PI DORDRECHT PA SPUIBOULEVARD 50, PO BOX 17, 3300 AA DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS SN 0168-7433 J9 J AUTOM REASONING JI J. Autom. Reasoning PD OCT PY 1994 VL 13 IS 2 BP 223 EP 242 PG 20 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA QB741 UT ISI:A1994QB74100005 ER PT J AU ESPINASSE, B TI A COGNITIVIST MODEL FOR DECISION-SUPPORT - COGITA PROJECT, A PROBLEM FORMULATION ASSISTANT SO DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS LA English DT Article DE PROBLEM FORMULATION; PROBLEM RESOLUTION; DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS; DECISION PROCESS; ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE; CONNECTIONISM; COGNITIVE PROCESS AB The formulation of a problem may be defined as a process of acquisition and organization of knowledge related to a given situation, on which a decision maker projects some action. The assistance in the problem formulation that we may expect within decision support systems is difficult to design and to implement. This is mainly due to the frequent lack of attention to a sufficiently formalized conceptual framework which would consider the decision with a more cognition sciences oriented approach. In the first part, we will present an instrumental model for the study of decision processes as an attempt to simulate the cognitive process of knowledge acquisition and organization carried out by a decision maker facing a problematic situation. Considering its epistemological foundations, this model can be named ''cognitivist model''. Within this model, the decision is defined as a cognitive construction which we call ''decisional construct''. It consists of the elaboration of one or several abstract representations of the problematic situation (formulation phase), and the design of operational models (solving phase). In the second part, we will present the COGITA project, which consists of the design and realization of an environment for the development of problem formulation assistance systems. The modelization and simulation of cognitive processes call for relevant techniques originating either in artificial intelligence or in connectionism. We will show which are the main characteristics, potentials, limits and complementarity of these techniques and why their integration is fundamental and necessary to the simulation of the cognitive process associated with the formulation. COGITA is a hybrid system currently under development which tends to integrate symbolic artificial intelligence techniques and connectionist models in a cooperative hybridation the general architecture of which is presented. RP ESPINASSE, B, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 3,CTR FORBIN,GRASCE,CNRS,UA 935,23 COURS GAMBETTE,F-13627 AIX EN PROVENCE 1,FRANCE. CR AMY B, 1990, PUB EC, V2 BOCHEREAU L, 1989, PUBLICATION EC, V2 BOREL MJ, 1983, ESSAI LOGIQUE NATURE BORILLO M, 1982, APPROCHES FORMELLES BOURGINE P, 1987, PUBLICATION AFCET, P47 BOURGINE P, 1989, PUBLICATION AFCET, P1011 COURBON JC, 1982, SERIES SCI DEGESTION, V16 COURBON JC, 1984, P IFORS WASHINGTON DEBRUYE P, 1981, MODELES DECISION RAT ESPINASSE B, 1987, EC ARTIFICIAL INTELL FELDMAN MS, 1981, ADM SCI Q, V26, P171 FOX MS, 1983, P IEEE C TRENDS APPL FOX MS, 1985, KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTA GALLANT SI, 1988, COMMUNICATION ACM, V31 GARDNER H, 1985, MINDS NEW SCI GIAMBIASI N, 1989, PUB EC, V2, P143 GRANIER J, 1989, GRASCECNRS8903 U AIX GRIZE JB, 1982, LOGIQUE ARGUMENTATIO HENDLER JA, 1989, CONNECTIONISM PERSPE HUARD P, 1980, REV ECON, V31, P540 LANDRY M, 1985, DECISION SUPPORT SYS, V1, P25 LAURIERE JL, 1976, THESIS U PARIS 6 LEMOIGNE JL, 1987, NOUVELLE ENCY SCI TE MARCH JG, 1978, BELL J ECON, V9, P587 MEMMI D, 1989, CONNEXIONISM ARTIFIC MEMMI D, 1990, MODELES CONNEXIONNIS, P41 NEWELL A, 1969, PROGR OPERATIONS RES, V3 NEWELL A, 1972, HUMAN PROBLEM SOLVIN PIAGET J, 1975, EQUILIBRATION STRUCT PIAGET J, 1976, LOGIQUE CONNAISSANCE PIAGET J, 1979, EPISTEMOLOGIE GENETI RAMAPRASAD A, 1984, ACAD MANAGE REV, P597 RUMELHART DE, 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V1 RUMELHART DE, 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V2 SIMON HA, 1960, NEW SCI MANAGEMENT D SIMON HA, 1979, MODELS BOUNDED RATIO, V2 SIMON HA, 1983, PROBLEM SOLVING ARTI, P7 TOULMIN S, 1958, USES ARGUMENT NR 38 TC 3 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-9236 J9 DECIS SUPPORT SYST JI Decis. Support Syst. PD NOV PY 1994 VL 12 IS 4-5 BP 277 EP 286 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Information Systems; Operations Research & Management Science GA PQ369 UT ISI:A1994PQ36900005 ER PT J AU SHEPHERD, GG THUILLIER, G GAULT, WA SOLHEIM, BH HERSOM, C ALUNNI, JM BRUN, JF BRUNE, S CHARLOT, P COGGER, LL DESAULNIERS, DL EVANS, WFJ GATTINGER, RL GIROD, F HERSE, M HARVIE, D HUM, RH KENDALL, DJW LLEWELLYN, EJ LOWE, RP OHRT, J PASTERNAK, F PEILLET, O POWELL, I ROCHON, Y WARD, WE WIENS, RH WIMPERIS, J TI WPNDII, THE WIND IMAGING INTERFEROMETER ON THE UPPER-ATMOSPHERE RESEARCH SATELLITE (VOL 98, PG 10725, 1993) SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-ATMOSPHERES LA English DT Correction, Addition C1 CNRS,SERV AERON,VERRIERES BUISSON,FRANCE. QUANTEL,LES ULIS,FRANCE. AIT CORP,OTTAWA,ON,CANADA. TRENT UNIV,PETERBOROUGH K9J 7B8,ON,CANADA. CANADIAN SPACE AGCY,DIV SPACE SCI,OTTAWA,ON,CANADA. UNIV SASKATCHEWAN,SASKATOON,SK,CANADA. UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,LONDON,ON,CANADA. MATRA ESPACE CO,TOULOUSE,FRANCE. BERTIN,AIX LES MILLES,FRANCE. NATL RES COUNCIL CANADA,OTTAWA,ON,CANADA. INTEROPT,OTTAWA,ON,CANADA. RP SHEPHERD, GG, YORK UNIV,INST SPACE & TERR SCI,TORONTO M3J 2R7,ON,CANADA. CR SHEPHERD GG, 1993, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOSP, V98, P10725 NR 1 TC 0 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 SN 0148-0227 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS JI J. Geophys. Res.-Atmos. PD OCT 20 PY 1994 VL 99 IS D10 BP 21117 EP 21117 PG 1 SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA PN309 UT ISI:A1994PN30900050 ER PT J AU BULOT, R BETARI, A TI AUTOMATIC RECOGNITION OF OCCULSIVES IN STANDARD ARABIC SO JOURNAL DE PHYSIQUE IV LA French DT Article AB standard arabic is distinctive from other Indo-European languages by the articulation of sounds in the back part of the vocal track, by the feature of gemination and by the complexity of certain consonants from a velarisation. The stop consonants of Arabic do not escape these particularities and form the object of our study within the frame of speech recognition. With the help of a mixed system using Prolog rules and neural networks conjointly, we locate and identify the occlusives of Arabic as well as the nasal consonants in an ascendant phase of Acoustic-Phonetic Decoding. RP BULOT, R, FAC SCI MARSEILLE,GIA LUMINY MARSEILLE,163 AVE LUMINY,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BETARI A, 1993, THESIS U AIX MASREIL BONNOT JF, 1977, 9 TRAV I PHON STRASB BULOT R, 1990, ICSLP 90 KOBE CHIADMI K, 1986, THESIS U RABAT MAROC DELLATRE P, 1971, PHONETICA, P261 GHAZALI S, 1982, ARABICA, V28, P251 KLATT DH, 1969, 93 RES LAB EL LIT Q, P208 LECUN Y, 1987, THESIS PARIS NOCERA P, 1992, THESIS AVIGNON VAUCL RUMELHART DE, 1986, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V1 NR 10 TC 0 PU EDITIONS PHYSIQUE PI LES ULIS CEDEX PA Z I DE COURTABOEUF AVE 7 AV DU HOGGAR, BP 112, 91944 LES ULIS CEDEX, FRANCE SN 1155-4339 J9 J PHYS IV JI J. Phys. IV PD MAY PY 1994 VL 4 IS C5 PN Part 1 BP 481 EP 484 PG 4 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary GA NT300 UT ISI:A1994NT30000102 ER PT J AU CARMONA, J DELORME, P TI MEROMORPHIC BASIS OF H-INVARIANT DISTRIBUTION VECTORS FOR THE GENERALIZED PRINCIPAL SERIES OF REDUCTIVE SYMMETRICAL SPACES - FUNCTIONAL-EQUATION SO JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS LA French DT Article ID HARISH-CHANDRA MODULES; INTERTWINING-OPERATORS; EISENSTEIN INTEGRALS; ASYMPTOTIC-BEHAVIOR; MATRIX COEFFICIENTS; REPRESENTATIONS; FINITE AB Let G be the group of real points of a reductive algebraic group defined over R, sigma an involution of G, and theta a Cartan involution of G commuting with sigma. Let H be an open subgroup of the group of fixed points for sigma. One builds a meromorphic basis for the space of H-fixed distributions vectors of induced representations from a sigmatheta-stable parabolic subgroup P of G. For this, we use a method which extends the domain of application of Bruhat's thesis (in particular, to the irreducibility problem for generalized principal series). The meromorphy is obtained by means of a functional equation that we establish and which generalizes the equation obtained by E. van den Ban in the case when P is minimal sigmatheta-stable. (C) 1994 Academic Press, Inc. RP CARMONA, J, FAC SCI LUMINY,CNRS,URA 225,DEPT MATH INFORMAT,163 AVE LUMINY,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BERNSTEIN JN, 1988, J GEOM PHYS, V5, P663 BOURBAKI N, 1967, ELEMENTS MATH, V18, CH3 BOURBAKI N, 1967, ELEMENTS MATH, V33 BRUHAT F, 1956, B SOC MATH FRANCE, V54, P97 BRYLINSKI JL, 1992, INVENT MATH, V109, P619 CASSELMAN W, 1982, DUKE MATH J, V49, P869 CASSELMAN W, 1989, CAN J MATH, V41, P385 DELORME P, 1987, LECT NOTES MATH, V1243, P108 DIXMIER J, 1974, ALGEBRES ENVELOPPANT GANGOLLI R, 1988, ERGEB MATH GRENZGEB, V101 HECHT H, 1983, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V151, P49 KNAPP A, 1986, REPRESENTATION THEOR KNAPP AW, 1980, INVENT MATH, V60, P9 KOSTANT B, 1975, J FUNCT ANAL, V20, P257 MATSUKI T, 1979, J MATH SOC JAPAN, V31, P331 OLAFSSON G, 1987, INVENT MATH, V90, P1 ROSSMANN W, 1979, CAN J MATH, V31, P157 SCHWARTZ L, 1966, THEORIE DISTRIBUTION VANDENBAN E, 1988, J FUNCT ANAL, V80, P284 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, ARK MAT, V25, P175 VANDENBAN EP, 1987, P K NED AKAD A MATH, V90, P225 VANDENBAN EP, 1988, ANN SCI ECOLE NORM S, V21, P359 VANDENBAN EP, 1992, J FUNCT ANAL, V109, P331 VOGAN D, 1981, REPRESENTATIONS REAL VOGAN DA, 1990, ADV MATH, V82, P203 WALLACH NR, 1973, HARMONIC ANAL HOMOGE WARNER G, 1972, HARMONIC ANAL SEMISI, V1 NR 27 TC 18 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC JNL-COMP SUBSCRIPTIONS PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 SN 0022-1236 J9 J FUNCT ANAL JI J. Funct. Anal. PD MAY 15 PY 1994 VL 122 IS 1 BP 152 EP 221 PG 70 SC Mathematics GA NN529 UT ISI:A1994NN52900007 ER PT J AU CORDIER, MO SIEGEL, P TI A TEMPORAL REVISION MODEL FOR REASONING ABOUT WORLD CHANGE SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS LA English DT Article AB Revision can be seen as any operation which turns a cognitive state CSt into a subsequent cognitive state CSt'. Two kinds of change can be considered: in the ''belief change'' case, the cognitive states represent beliefs on a world; they are revised in response to the getting of new information about a static world. In the ''world change'' case, the cognitive states represent known facts on a real world; they are revised in response to change in this dynamic world. We focus in the following on world change case and propose a way to keep up to date with a dynamic world. Reasoning about change requires predicting how the world will change along time. In absence of a predictive model of evolution, the commonsense law of inertia has been currently used and justifies the minimal change approach to the frame problem. We propose here to use an explicit transition model, which will be used as a predictive evolution model. Dean and Kanazawa propose to use a probabilistic model of persistence and causation. We propose in this paper to use a symbolic model of transition by directly encoding expectations. In the first two sections, we describe the formalism that we propose to explicitly encode the transition model and its axiomatisation. We give then a formal definition of the revision operation using a transition model and discuss what can be a contraction operation in the context of world change. An illustrative example is presented and in the last section, our approach is compared to other related works. (C) 1994 John Wiley & Sons, Inc. C1 LIUP,F-13000 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. RP CORDIER, MO, IRISA,CAMPUS BEAULIEU,F-35042 RENNES,FRANCE. CR 1991, INT J INTELLIGENT SY, V6 ALCHOURRON CE, 1985, J SYMBOLIC LOGIC, V50, P510 BREWKA G, 1990, 11 TASS REP CHOLVY L, 1986, P INTER C DATABASE T DEAN T, 1989, COMPUT INTELL, V5, P142 DECKER R, 1988, P GERM WORKSH ART IN, P41 FAGIN R, 1983, 2ND P ACM S PRINC DA, P352 GARDENFORS P, 1988, KNOWLEDGE FLUX MODEL GINSBURG ML, 1987, READINGS NONMONOTONI GUCKENBIEHL T, 1991, P INTER JOINT C ARTI, P105 HANKS S, 1986, P AAAI 86 PHILADELPH, P328 KATSUMO H, 1991, 12TH P INT J C ART I, P406 KATSUNO H, 1989, 1989 P INT JOINT C A, P1413 KATSUNO H, 1991, P 2 INT C PRINC KNOW, P387 MCCARTHY J, 1969, MACH INTELL, V4, P463 MORREAU M, IN PRESS PLANNING 1S RAO AS, 1989, 11TH P INT JOINT C A, P966 SCHWIND C, 1987, FRAME PROBLEM ARTIFI, P121 WINSLETT M, 1988, 7TH P ACM S PRINC DA WINSLETT M, 1988, 7TH P NAT US C ART I, P89 NR 20 TC 1 PU JOHN WILEY & SONS INC PI NEW YORK PA 605 THIRD AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10158-0012 SN 0884-8173 J9 INT J INTELL SYST JI Int. J. Intell. Syst. PD JAN PY 1994 VL 9 IS 1 BP 131 EP 142 PG 12 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA MN576 UT ISI:A1994MN57600007 ER PT J AU SEQUEIRA, J EBEL, R SCHMITT, F TI 3-DIMENSIONAL MODELING OF TREE-LIKE ANATOMICAL STRUCTURES SO COMPUTERIZED MEDICAL IMAGING AND GRAPHICS LA English DT Article DE GEOMETRICAL MODELING; TREE-LIKE STRUCTURES; PARAMETRIC SURFACES; GENERALIZED CYLINDERS; 3D MEDICAL IMAGING AB In this paper a method for creating geometrical models of tree-like anatomical structures is described. This method is basically interactive and thus it takes advantage of the user's expertise to define highly-structured models even when using nonhomogeneous data sets. First, tubular cavities are reconstructed sequentially; then, junctions between these cavities are provided in such a way that resulting models are continuously shaped (we characterize this property by the G(1)-continuity (i.e., a tangent plane can be defined at any point on the surface). C1 ECOLE NATL SUPER TELECOMMUN BRETAGNE,PARIS,FRANCE. RP SEQUEIRA, J, FAC SCI LUMINY,GIA,CNRS,CASE 901,163 AVE LUMINY,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR AGIN G, 1973, AUG IJCAI 73 INT JOI BARILLOT C, 1985, IEEE COMPUT GRAPH, V5, P13 BLOOMENTHAL J, 1985, COMPUT GRAPH, V19, P305 DU WH, 1988, THESIS ENST PARIS EBEL R, 1991, 13TH ANN C IEEE ENG EBEL R, 1993, THESIS ENST PARIS KOMATSU K, 1988, VISUAL COMPUT, V3, P265 LOOP C, 1990, ACM T GRAPHIC, V24, P347 SCHMITT F, 1981, SEP EURO 91 VIENN, P317 SEQUEIRA J, 1989, 11TH ANN C IEEE ENG SEQUEIRA J, 1990, JUN NATO WORKSH 3D I SHANI U, 1984, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V27, P129 TERZOPOULOS D, 1989, 1ST INT C COMP VIS L, P269 NR 13 TC 9 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0895-6111 J9 COMPUT MED IMAGING GRAPH JI Comput. Med. Imaging Graph. PD JUL-OCT PY 1993 VL 17 IS 4-5 BP 333 EP 337 PG 5 SC Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging GA MH186 UT ISI:A1993MH18600015 ER PT J AU SHEPHERD, GG THUILLIER, G GAULT, WA SOLHEIM, BH HERSOM, C ALUNNI, JM BRUN, JF BRUNE, S CHARLOT, P COGGER, LL DESAULNIERS, DL EVANS, WFJ GATTINGER, RL GIROD, F HARVIE, D HUM, RH KENDALL, DJW LLEWELLYN, EJ LOWE, RP OHRT, J PASTERNAK, F PEILLET, O POWELL, I ROCHON, Y WARD, WE WIENS, RH WIMPERIS, J TI WINDII, THE WIND IMAGING INTERFEROMETER ON THE UPPER-ATMOSPHERE RESEARCH SATELLITE SO JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICAL RESEARCH-ATMOSPHERES LA English DT Article ID COMPENSATED MICHELSON INTERFEROMETER; PLANETARY-ATMOSPHERES; DIABATIC CIRCULATION; F-REGION; TEMPERATURE; THERMOSPHERE; DYNAMICS; AIRGLOW; OXYGEN; DENSITIES AB The WIND imaging interferometer (WINDII) was launched on the Upper Atmosphere Research Satellite (UARS) on September 12, 1991. This joint project, sponsored by the Canadian Space Agency and the French Centre National d'Etudes Spatiales, in collaboration with NASA, has the responsibility of measuring the global wind pattern at the top of the altitude range covered by UARS. WINDII measures wind, temperature, and emission rate over the altitude range 80 to 300 km by using the visible region airglow emission from these altitudes as a target and employing optical Doppler interferometry to measure the small wavelength shifts of the narrow atomic and molecular airglow emission lines induced by the bulk velocity of the atmosphere carrying the emitting species. The instrument used is an all-glass field-widened achromatically and thermally compensated phase-stepping Michelson interferometer, along with a bare CCD detector that images the airglow limb through the interferometer. A sequence of phase-stepped images is processed to derive the wind velocity for two orthogonal view directions, yielding the vector horizontal wind. The process of data analysis, including the inversion of apparent quantities to vertical profiles, is described. C1 QUANTEL,F-91941 LES ULIS,FRANCE. CNRS,SERV AERON,F-91370 VERRIERES BUISSON,FRANCE. AIT CORP,OTTAWA K2E 7T9,ON,CANADA. CNES,CTR SPATIAL TOULOUSE,TOULOUSE,FRANCE. UNIV CALGARY,DEPT PHYS,CALGARY T2N 1N4,ALBERTA,CANADA. CAL CORP,OTTAWA K2H 8K7,ON,CANADA. TRENT UNIV,PETERBOROUGH K9J 7B8,ONTARIO,CANADA. CANADIAN SPACE AGCY,OTTAWA K1L 8E3,ON,CANADA. UNIV SASKATCHEWAN,INST SPACE & ATMOSPHER SCI,SASKATOON S7N 0W0,SASKATCHEWAN,CANADA. UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,DEPT PHYS,LONDON N6A 3K7,ONTARIO,CANADA. MATRA ESPACE CO,F-31055 TOULOUSE,FRANCE. SOCIETE BERTIN & CIE,AIX MILLES,FRANCE. INTEROPT,OTTAWA,ON,CANADA. RP SHEPHERD, GG, YORK UNIV,INST SPACE & TERR SCI,N YORK M3J 1P3,ONTARIO,CANADA. CR 1976, NOAAST761562 US STAN ANDREWS DG, 1987, MIDDLE ATMOSPHERE DY BATTEN S, 1990, PLANET SPACE SCI, V38, P675 BEVINGTON PR, 1969, DATA REDUCTION ERROR BLAMONT JE, 1972, J GEOPHYS RES, V77, P3534 BOUCHAREINE P, 1963, J PHYS, V24, P134 BURNSIDE RG, 1981, J GEOPHYS RES, V86, P5532 DOBROWOLSKI JA, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P1585 EVANS WFJ, 1988, CAN J PHYS, V66, P941 FORBES JM, 1982, J GEOPHYS RES, V87, P5222 FORBES JM, 1982, J GEOPHYS RES, V87, P5241 HAYS PB, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES, V89, P5165 HEDIN AE, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-SPACE, V92, P4649 HERNANDEZ G, 1982, J GEOPHYS RES, V87, P9181 HILLIARD RL, 1966, J OPT SOC AM, V56, P362 HILLIARD RL, 1966, PLANET SPACE SCI, V14, P383 KENDALL DJW, 1985, CAN AERONAUT SPACE J, V31, P227 KILLEEN TL, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES-SPACE, V89, P7495 KILLEEN TL, 1988, REV GEOPHYS SPACE PH, V26, P329 LLEWELLYN EJ, 1984, J PHOTOCHEM, V25, P379 MARKS CJ, 1989, J ATMOS SCI, V46, P2485 MCDADE IC, 1986, PLANET SPACE SCI, V34, P789 MCDADE IC, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES, V96, P259 MENDE SB, 1988, J GEOPHYS RES, V93, P12861 MURTAGH DP, 1987, PLANET SPACE SCI, V35, P1149 POWELL I, 1986, J SOC PHOTOOPT INSTR, V655, P198 RANDEL WJ, 1987, J ATMOS SCI, V44, P3097 REES D, 1984, PLANET SPACE SCI, V32, P273 RICHMOND AD, 1991, GEOMAGNETISM, V4 RODGERS CD, 1976, REV GEOPHYS SPACE PH, V14, P609 SHEPHERD GG, 1984, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V11, P1003 SHEPHERD GG, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P1571 SHEPHERD GG, 1991, CAN J PHYS, V69, P1175 SHINE K, 1989, Q J ROY METEOR SOC, V115, P265 SOLOMON S, 1986, J ATMOS SCI, V43, P1603 SWENSON GR, 1985, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V12, P97 SWENSON GR, 1989, J GEOPHYS RES, V94, P1417 THUILLIER G, 1980, J ATMOS TERR PHYS, V42, P653 THUILLIER G, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P1599 THUILLIER G, 1990, J ATMOS TERR PHYS, V52, P625 THUILLIER G, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P1210 THUILLIER G, 1992, IN PRESS OPT ENG TITLE AM, 1980, APPL OPTICS, V19, P2046 TWOMEY S, 1963, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V10, P97 TWOMEY S, 1977, INTRO MATH INVERSION WARD WE, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P1589 WARD WE, 1988, THESIS YORK U TORONT WIENS RH, 1988, J GEOPHYS RES, V93, P5973 WIENS RH, 1991, PLANET SPACE SCI, V39, P1363 NR 49 TC 189 PU AMER GEOPHYSICAL UNION PI WASHINGTON PA 2000 FLORIDA AVE NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20009 SN 0148-0227 J9 J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS JI J. Geophys. Res.-Atmos. PD JUN 20 PY 1993 VL 98 IS D6 BP 10725 EP 10750 PG 26 SC Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences GA LJ840 UT ISI:A1993LJ84000031 ER PT J AU BOUCELMA, O LEMAITRE, J TI AN EXTENSIBLE FUNCTIONAL QUERY LANGUAGE FOR AN OBJECT-ORIENTED DATABASE SYSTEM SO LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID PROGRAMS AB Most query languages offer a set of powerful operators but unfortunately, this set is not extensible. In this paper, we describe the functional query language LIFOO that we designed for the object oriented database system O2. LIFOO allows users to define functional operators. We discuss this mechanism and detail compilation process of LIFOO expressions into CO2, the O2 programming language which is an extension of C. C1 UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 1,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CNRS,GRTC,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR ALASHKUR AM, 1989, VLDB89 BACKUS J, 1978, COMMUN ACM, V21, P613 BACKUS J, 1986, FL LANGAUGE MANUAL P BANCHILHON F, 1987, 13TH P INT C VER LAR, P97 BANCILHON F, 1989, QUERY LANGUAGE O2 OB BEERI C, 1990, DEC P ICDT 90 PAR BELLOT P, 1986, THESIS U P M CURIE P BOUCELMA O, 1990, MANUEL UTILISATION L BUNEMAN P, 1982, ACM T DATABASE SYST, V7, P164 CLUET S, 1989, 1ST INT C OBJ ORIENT FISHMAN DH, 1987, ACM T OFFIC INFORM S, V5, P48 FREYTAG JC, 1989, ACM T DATABASE SYST, V14, P1 HENSON MC, 1987, ELEMENTS FUNCTIONAL KIM W, 1989, 1ST P INT C DED OBJ LECLUSE C, 1989, 15TH P INT C VER LAR, P411 LEMAITRE J, 1989, 5IEMS JOURN BAS DONN MAIER D, 1986, SEP P C OBJ OR PROGR, P472 NR 17 TC 1 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI JI Lect. Notes Comput. Sci. PY 1991 VL 566 BP 567 EP 581 PG 15 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA LE804 UT ISI:A1991LE80400031 ER PT J AU MONTAGNE, G LAURENT, M RIPOLL, H TI VISUAL INFORMATION PICK-UP IN BALL-CATCHING SO HUMAN MOVEMENT SCIENCE LA English DT Article ID TABLE TENNIS; EYES; STRATEGIES; VISION; SKILL; HEAD; TASK AB Ball-catching involves spatio-temporal information about the ball's flight path. There exist discrepancies among the results obtained by previous authors as to the role of binocular visual information. Two main motion detecting systems (MDS) have been described. In the one case (that of the image/retina system), the eyes remain motionless and the image of the mobile object moves across the retina. In the other (that of the eye/head system), the eyes and/or the head move so that the image of the moving object is maintained at the same place on the fovea. The subjects' performance levels generally improve discontinuously depending on the time required to pick up the relevant visual information (information pick-up time: IPT). Within this context, the following questions arose: (i) what role does binocular visual information play? (ii) what effects may the MDS have on the information in question? (iii) how efficient are the MDS at various IPT's? and (iv) which MDS is spontaneously used by subjects? The most noteworthy findings obtained were that: (i) binocular visual information is used to predict the place of arrival of the ball; (ii) binocular information is useful only when the subject is using the eye/head system; (iii) under highly constrained conditions (IPT 260 to 400 ms), tracking the ball with the eyes is not necessarily the most efficient strategy; and (iv) subjects spontaneously use the more efficient of the two MDS: the eye/head system is used only when it is liable to produce quantitatively and/or qualitatively better results. C1 UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 2,F-13007 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. UNIV POITIERS,F-86034 POITIERS,FRANCE. CR ABERNETHY B, 1990, PERCEPTION, V19, P63 ALDERSON GJK, 1974, J MOTOR BEHAV, V6, P217 BAHILL AT, 1984, AM SCI, V72, P249 BARD C, 1990, J HUM MOVEMENT STUD, V18, P37 BELISLE JJ, 1963, RES QUART, V34, P271 BOOTSMA RJ, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P21 BOOTSMA RJ, 1991, INT J SPORT PSYCHOL, V22, P271 FITCH HL, 1977, PSYCHOL MOTOR BEHAV, P3 GIBSON JJ, 1979, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH GREGORY RL, 1966, OEIL CERVEAU JEANNEROD M, 1988, NEURAL BEHAVIOURAL O JONES RK, 1981, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V7, P30 JUDGE SJ, 1988, PERCEPTION, V17, P783 LAMB K, 1988, J HUMAN MOVEMENT STU, V14, P93 LAURENT M, 1989, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V8, P481 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 MCLEOD P, 1986, ATTENTION PERFORM, V2, P391 MICHAELS CF, 1991, 6TH INT C EV PERC AC PAILLARD J, 1978, CONTROLE MOTRICITE O, P225 PEPER CE, 1991, STUDIES PERCEPTION A, P110 REGAN D, 1986, VISION RES, V26, P127 RIPOLL H, 1986, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V5, P47 RIPOLL H, 1988, ERGONOMICS, V31, P1647 RIPOLL H, 1988, SCI MOTRICITE, V4, P26 RIPOLL H, 1989, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V68, P507 SAVELSBERGH GJP, 1990, CATCHING BEHAVIOUR SAVELSBERGH GJP, 1991, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V31, P1655 SHAPIRO KL, 1989, ACTA PSYCHOL, V71, P217 SHARP RH, 1974, J MOTOR BEHAV, V6, P139 SHARP RH, 1975, J HUMAN MOVEMENT STU, V1, P124 SHARP RH, 1975, THESIS LEEDS U SMYTH MM, 1982, J MOTOR BEHAV, V14, P143 STOFFREGEN TA, 1990, ECOL PSYCHOL, V2, P251 TODD JT, 1981, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V7, P795 VONHOFSTEN C, 1987, PERSPECTIVES PERCEPT, P333 WHITING HTA, 1970, ERGONOMICS, V13, P265 WHITING HTA, 1973, INT J SPORTS PSYCHOL, V4, P155 WHITING HTA, 1974, J MOTOR BEHAV, V6, P11 NR 38 TC 6 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-9457 J9 HUM MOVEMENT SCI JI Hum. Mov. Sci. PD MAY PY 1993 VL 12 IS 3 BP 273 EP 297 PG 25 SC Neurosciences; Psychology; Psychology, Experimental; Sport Sciences GA LC829 UT ISI:A1993LC82900005 ER PT J AU IDE, N LEMAITRE, J VERONIS, J TI OUTLINE OF A MODEL FOR LEXICAL DATABASES SO INFORMATION PROCESSING & MANAGEMENT LA English DT Article AB In this paper we show that previously applied data models are inadequate for lexical databases. In particular, we show that relational data models, including unnormalized models that allow the nesting of relations, cannot fully capture the structural properties of lexical information. We propose an alternative feature-based model which allows for a full representation of sense nesting and defines a factoring mechanism that enables the elimination of redundant information. We then demonstrate that feature structures map readily to an object-oriented data model and show how our model can be implemented in an object-oriented DBMS. C1 CNRS,REPRESENTAT & TRAITEMENT CONNAISSANCES GRP,F-13402 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. RP IDE, N, VASSAR COLL,DEPT COMP SCI,POUGHKEEPSIE,NY 12601. CR *DANLEX GROUP, 1987, LEX SER MAIOR ABITEBOUL S, 1984, P 3 ACM S PRINC DAT, P191 AMSLER RA, 1980, STRUCTURE MERRIAM WE AMSLER RA, 1988, 4TH P ANN C UW CTR N, P61 BANCILHON F, 1983, ADV DATABASE MACHINE BOGURAEV B, IN PRESS INT J LEXIC BOUCELMA O, 1991, LECTURE NOTES COMPUT BRUSTKERN J, 1982, LEXICOGRAPHY ELECTRO BYRD RJ, 1987, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V13, P219 CALZOLARI N, 1984, 10TH P INT C COMP LI, P170 CALZOLARI N, 1990, ACQUILEX3030 I LING COOMBS JH, 1987, COMMUN ACM, V30, P933 DEUX O, 1991, COMMUN ACM, V34, P34 GARDARIN G, 1990, SGBD AVANCES BASES D GONNET G, 1991, OED9101 UW CTR NEW O GONNET GH, 1987, 13 INT C VER LARG DA, P339 IDE N, 5TH P EURALEX INT C KAPLAN RM, 1982, MENTAL REPRESENTATIO KARTTUNEN L, 1984, 10TH P INT C COMP LI, P28 KAY M, 1985, NATURAL LANGUAGE PAR KIPFER BA, 1983, DICT J DICT SOC N AM, V4, P202 KLAVANS J, 1990, 6TH P ANN C UW CTR N, P110 LANDAU SI, 1984, DICT ART CRAFT LEXIC LECLUSE C, 1989, 15TH P INT C VER LAR, P411 LEMAITRE J, IN PRESS TECHNIQUE S MARKOWITZ J, 1986, 24TH P ANN M ASS COM, P112 NAKAMURA J, 1988, 12TH P INT C COMP LI, P459 NEFF M, 1988, 2ND P C APPL NAT LAN, P84 PISTOR P, 1986, INFORM SYST, V11, P323 POLLARD C, 1987, CLSI LECTURE NOTES S ROTH MA, 1988, ACM T DATABASE SYST, V13, P389 SCHEK HJ, 1990, IEEE T KNOWL DATA EN, V2, P25 SHIEBER SM, 1986, CLSI LECTURE NOTES S SINCLAIR JM, 1987, ACCOUNT COBUILD PROJ SPERBERGMCQUEEN M, 1990, GUIDELINES ENCODING TOMPA FW, 1989, 5TH P ANN C UW CTR N, P81 VERONIS J, 1990, 12TH P INT C COMP LI, V2, P389 WILKS Y, 1990, MACHINE TRANSLATION, V5, P99 NR 38 TC 2 PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD PI OXFORD PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD, ENGLAND OX5 1GB SN 0306-4573 J9 INFORM PROCESS MANAGE JI Inf. Process. Manage. PD MAR-APR PY 1993 VL 29 IS 2 BP 159 EP 186 PG 28 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library Science GA KW579 UT ISI:A1993KW57900001 ER PT J AU BENHAMOU, B SAIS, L TI THEORETICAL-STUDY OF SYMMETRIES IN PROPOSITIONAL CALCULUS AND APPLICATIONS SO LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article AB Many propositional calculus problems (for example the Ramsey or the pigeon hole problems) can quite naturally be represented by a small set of first order logical clauses which becomes a very large set of propositional clauses when we substitute the variables by the constants of the domain. In many cases, the set of clauses contains several symmetries i.e. the set of clauses remains invariant under a permutation of variable names. We will show how we can shorten the proofs of such problems. We present an algorithm which detects the symmetries and explain how the symmetries are introduced and used in the following methods: Slri, Davis and Putnam and Semantic Evaluation. With symmetries we have got good results on many known problems such pigeon hole, Schur's lemma, Ramsey, the eight queen etc. The most interesting one is that we have been able to prove for the first time the unsatisfiability of the Ramsey problem for 17 vertices and 3 colors. RP BENHAMOU, B, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 1,LIUP,3 PL VICTOR HUGO,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CR BENHAMOU B, 1990, THESIS GIA LUMINY MA BENHAMOU B, 1991, 1 U PROV TECHN REP BIBEL W, 1990, AUTOMATED REASONING, P287 COOK SA, 1976, SIGACT NEWS OCT, P28 CUBBADA C, 1988, THESIS GIA LUMINY MA DAVIS M, 1960, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V7, P201 KALBFLEISCH J, 1969, COMBINATORIAL THEORY, P9 KOWALSKI R, 1971, ARTIF INTELL, P227 KRISHNAMURTY B, 1981, EXAMPLES HARD TAUTOL KRISHNAMURTY B, 1985, ACTA INFORM, P253 LOVELAND DW, 1970, LECTURE NOTES COMPUT, V125 LYNDON R, 1964, NOTES LOGIC OXUSOFF L, 1989, THESIS GIA LUMINY MA ROBENSON JA, 1963, JACM, P163 SCHUR I, 1916, JBER DT MATH VEREIN, P114 TSEITIN GS, 1968, STUDIES CONSTRUCTI 2, P115 NR 16 TC 2 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL JI Lect. Notes Artif. Intell. PY 1992 VL 607 BP 281 EP 294 PG 14 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA KV195 UT ISI:A1992KV19500022 ER PT J AU JEGOU, P VILAREM, MC TI ON SOME PARTIAL LINE GRAPHS OF A HYPERGRAPH AND THE ASSOCIATED MATROID SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS LA English DT Article ID DATABASE SCHEMES AB In this paper, we define for a hypergraph H = (X, E) a class of partial graphs of its line graph GR(H); these graphs are called intergraphs and verify the following property: for each intergraph G=(E, U) we have: for-all E(i),E(j) is-an-element-of E\E(i) and E(j) not-equal 0, there exists in G a chain (E(i)=E1, E2,...,E(q)=E(j)) such that for-all k, 1 less-than-or-equal-to k < q, E(i) and E(j) subset-or-equal-to E(k) and E(k+1). We show that all the intergraphs minimal w.r.t. inclusion have the same number of edges. Moreover, we show that they are the bases of a matroid. These properties allow us to define a cyclomatic number for a hypergraph, and we show some connections with a previous work on hypergraph cyclicity [Acharya and Las Vergnas (1982)]. In the last section we give an application of these results to constraint networks. C1 LIRMM,F-34090 MONTPELLIER,FRANCE. RP JEGOU, P, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 1,INFORMAT LAB,UFR MIM,3 PL VICTOR HUGO,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CR ACHARYA BD, 1982, J COMB THEORY B, V33, P52 BEERI C, 1983, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V30, P479 BERGE C, 1970, GRAPHES HYPERGRAPHES BERGE C, 1987, HYPERGRAPHES BERNSTEIN PA, 1981, SIAM J COMPUT, V10, P751 DATRI A, 1986, IASICNR R170 REP DECHTER R, 1988, ARTIF INTELL, V34, P1 FAGIN R, 1983, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V30, P514 FREUDER EC, 1982, J ACM, V29, P24 HANSEN P, 1974, LECT NOTES MATH, V411, P99 JANSSEN P, 1989, OCT P IEEE WORKSH TO, P420 MONTANARI U, 1974, INF SCI, V7, P95 WALTZ D, 1975, PSYCHOL COMPUTER VIS WHITNEY H, 1935, AM J MATH, V57, P509 NR 14 TC 1 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0012-365X J9 DISCRETE MATH JI Discret. Math. PD FEB 22 PY 1993 VL 111 IS 1-3 BP 333 EP 344 PG 12 SC Mathematics GA KU333 UT ISI:A1993KU33300036 ER PT J AU CHOURAQUI, E INGHILTERRA, C TI SOLUTION OF GEOMETRIC PROBLEMS BY ANALOGY IN A TUTORIAL SYSTEM SO LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA French DT Article RP CHOURAQUI, E, CNRS,REPRESENTAT & TRAITEMENT CONNAISSANCES GRP,31 CHEM J AIGUIER,F-13402 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BAREIL H, 1983, MATHEMATIQUE BLEDSOE WW, 1986, P IEEE S LOG PROGR, P2 CAUZINILLEMARME.E, 1985, REV ANN PSYCHOL, P49 CHOURAQUI E, 1982, P EUROPEAN C ARTIFIC, P48 CHOURAQUI E, 1986, JOURNEES NATIONALES, P107 CHOURAQUI E, 1987, ECOOP 87, P175 CUPENS R, 1988, 2 ACT U ET INT ART E, P85 DAVIES TR, 1987, 10TH P INT JOINT C A, P264 GUIN D, 1990, 2 C EUR INT ART FORM MICHALSKI RS, 1983, MACH LEARN, V1, P83 PINTADO M, 1991, AVR P KMET SOPH ANT, P149 POLYA G, 1962, COMMENT POSER RESOUD RUSSELL SJ, 1987, 4TH P INT WORKSH MAC THAYSE A, 1988, APPROOCHE LOGIQUE IN, V1 NR 14 TC 1 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI JI Lect. Notes Comput. Sci. PY 1992 VL 608 BP 156 EP 163 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA KQ198 UT ISI:A1992KQ19800018 ER PT J AU SCHWIND, CB RISCH, V TI A TABLEAU-BASED CHARACTERIZATION FOR DEFAULT LOGIC SO LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article AB This paper has two objectives: We first give a necessary and sufficient criterion for the existence of extension of default theories in the general case. Second, we present a new, efficient and clear method for computing extensions and deriving formulae of default theory in the general case. It is based on the semantic tableaux method [Smullyan 1968] and works for default theories with a finite set of defaults that are formulated over a decidable subset of first-order logic. We prove that all extensions (if any) of a default theory can be produced by constructing the semantic tableau of one formula built from die general laws and the default consequences. RP SCHWIND, CB, FAC SCI LUMINY,INTELLIGENCE ARTIFICIELLE GRP,CNRS,163 AVE LUMINY,CASE 901,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BESNARD P, 1983, P AAAI, V83, P27 BESNARD P, 1988, 9TH P C AUT DED ARG BOSSU G, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P13 BROWN FM, 1986, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V230, P209 GUEIRREIRO RA, 1990, ECAI, V90, P213 LAFON E, 1988, ECAI, V88, P541 LUKASZEWICZ W, 1988, COMPUT INTELL, V4, P1 REITER R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P81 SCHWIND C, 1985, 5TH C AFCET REC FORM, P897 SCHWIND C, 1990, 10TH P INT C AUT DED, V10, P541 SMULLYAN RM, 1968, 1ST ORDER LOGIC TTHERINGTON DW, 1987, FORMALIZING NONMONOT, V1, P81 NR 12 TC 4 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI JI Lect. Notes Comput. Sci. PY 1991 VL 548 BP 310 EP 317 PG 8 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA KQ933 UT ISI:A1991KQ93300050 ER PT J AU MARTIN, C SASTRE, B MALLET, MN BRUGUEROLLE, B BRUN, JP DEMICCO, P GOUIN, F TI PHARMACOKINETICS AND TISSUE PENETRATION OF A SINGLE 1,000-MILLIGRAM, INTRAVENOUS DOSE OF METRONIDAZOLE FOR ANTIBIOTIC-PROPHYLAXIS OF COLORECTAL SURGERY SO ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS AND CHEMOTHERAPY LA English DT Article ID OPERATIVE WOUND-INFECTION; COLON SURGERY; PREVENTION; CEFUROXIME AB The levels of metronidazole in serum and tissue penetration of metronidazole were studied after prophylactic administration in 11 patients undergoing elective colorectal surgery. A single dose of 1,000 mg given intravenously was administered before surgery. Adequate drug levels in serum (greater-than-or-equal-to MIC for 90% of strains tested [MIC90] for Bacteroides fragilis) were found in all patients throughout the procedure. Mean peak (15-min) and last-determined (24-h) metronidazole levels in serum were 28.8 +/- 8 and 4.2 +/- 1.7 mg/liter, respectively. The beta-phase elimination half-life was 9.5 +/- 2.3 h, and the clearance and apparent volume of distribution were 57 +/- 13 ml/min and 0.7 +/- 0.1 liter/kg, respectively. In the colonic wall at surgical anastomosis, tissue metronidazole levels greater-than-or-equal-to MIC90 for B. fragilis were found in 91% of patients. In the abdominal wall fat and epiploic fat, tissue metronidazole levels greater-than-or-equal-to MIC90 for B. fragilis were found in 40 to 60% of patients at surgical incision and closure. No anaerobic infection occurred during the study. C1 ST MARGUERITE HOSP,DEPT SURG,F-13274 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. SALVATOR HOSP,DEPT MICROBIOL,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. MARSEILLE MED SCH,PHARMACOL LAB,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. RP MARTIN, C, ST MARGUERITE HOSP,DEPT ANESTHESIA & INTENS CARE,F-13274 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BAUM ML, 1981, NEW ENGL J MED, V305, P795 BERGAMINI TM, 1989, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V23, P301 BERGAN T, 1985, SCAND J GASTROENT S1, V19, P113 BRASS C, 1978, AM J SURG, V135, P91 BURKE JF, 1961, SURGERY, V50, P161 DIPIRO JT, 1986, AM J SURG, V152, P552 EYKYN SJ, 1979, LANCET, V2, P761 HUNT PS, 1979, MED J AUSTRALIA, V1, P107 ILLIADIS A, 1985, J PHARM CLIN, V4, P573 KAISER AB, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V315, P1129 KEIGHLEY MRB, 1979, LANCET, V1, P894 KLING PA, 1985, ACTA CHIR SCAND, V151, P163 KOSMIDIS J, 1980, J ANTIMICROB CHEM SA, V6, P147 LORIAN V, 1985, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V15, P15 MARTIN C, 1990, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V34, P1921 MITCHELL NJ, 1983, BRIT J SURG, V70, P668 MITTERMAYER H, 1984, AM SURGEON, V50, P418 MUTCH D, 1982, SURGERY, V92, P1068 PITT MA, 1973, J INFECT DIS, V127, P299 POLK HC, 1969, SURGERY, V66, P97 RALPH ED, 1983, CLIN PHARMACOKINET, V8, P43 STONE HH, 1967, ANN SURG, V189, P443 TALLY FP, 1985, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V28, P675 WAGNER JG, 1975, FUNDAMENTALS CLIN PH, P217 WASHINGTON JA, 1979, REV INFECT DIS, V1, P781 ZACK O, 1979, REV INFECT DIS, V1, P862 NR 26 TC 9 PU AMER SOC MICROBIOLOGY PI WASHINGTON PA 1325 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE, NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20005-4171 SN 0066-4804 J9 ANTIMICROB AGENTS CHEMOTHER JI Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. PD DEC PY 1991 VL 35 IS 12 BP 2602 EP 2605 PG 4 SC Microbiology; Pharmacology & Pharmacy GA GT890 UT ISI:A1991GT89000027 ER PT J AU MARTIN, C PORTET, C BANTZ, P BRUN, JP RUPERTI, A MALLET, MN SASTRE, B TI PHARMACOKINETICS AND TISSUE PENETRATION OF SINGLE-DOSE NETILMICIN USED FOR ANTIBIOPROPHYLAXIS DURING COLORECTAL SURGERY SO PATHOLOGIE BIOLOGIE LA French DT Article DE ANTIBIOPROPHYLAXIS IN COLORECTAL SURGERY; TISSUE PENETRATION; NETILMICINE ID ANTIBIOTIC-PROPHYLAXIS; COLORECTAL SURGERY; WOUND-INFECTION AB Pharmacokinetics and tissue penetration of netilmicine were studied after the use of a single dose (6 mg/kg) given for antibioprophylaxis in colo-rectal surgery. Thirteen patients, scheduled for elective surgery, were given 6 mg/kg IV netilmicine over 30 min, together with 1000 mg IV ornidazole. Netilmicine peak serum concentration (10 min after end of infusion) was 24.4 +/- 3.4 mg/l and trough level (24 h) was 0.9 +/- 0.5 mg/l. Plasma elimination half-life was 409 +/- 70 min, le volume apparent volume of distribution was 38 +/- 101 and total body clearance was 0.07 +/- 0.02 ml/min. Adequat netilmicine levels (5 greater-than-or-equal-to CMI 90 of involved pathogens Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus) were obtained in 100 per cent of patients in abdominal wall and epiploid fat, at time of opening, and in colonic wall at time of anastomosis. Adequat levels were obtained at time of closure in abdominal wall and epiploid fat in 92 to 100 per cent of patients. In situation of allergy to betalactam antibiotics, the use of netilmicine in combination with ornidazole may be recomended. C1 HOP SAN SALVADOR,MICROBIOL LAB,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. HOP ST MARGUERITE,SERV CHIRURG DIGEST,F-13274 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. RP MARTIN, C, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT,270 BLVD ST MARGUERITE,BP 29,F-13274 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR ARPI M, 1988, CHEMOTHERAPY, V34, P393 BARTLETT SP, 1983, AM J SURG, V145, P300 BERGAMINI TM, 1989, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V23, P301 BURKE JF, 1961, SURGERY, V50, P161 CONTE JE, 1972, ANN INTERN MED, V76, P943 DIPIRO JT, 1986, AM J SURG, V152, P552 GUGLIELMO BJ, 1983, ARCH SURG-CHICAGO, V118, P943 KAISER AB, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V315, P1129 KEIGHLEY MRB, 1976, BRIT J SURG, V63, P538 KOSMIDIS J, 1980, J ANTIMICROB CHEM SA, V6, P147 LORIAN V, 1985, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V15, P15 MARTIN C, 1990, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V34, P1921 MITTERMAYER H, 1984, AM SURGEON, V50, P418 MUTCH D, 1982, SURGERY, V92, P1068 PITT MA, 1973, J INFECT DIS, V127, P299 WAGNER JG, 1975, FUNDAMENTALS CLIN PH, P217 WASHINGTON JA, 1979, REV INFECT DIS, V1, P781 ZACK O, 1979, REV INFECT DIS, V1, P862 NR 18 TC 0 PU EXPANSION SCI FRANCAISE PI PARIS PA 31 BLVD LATOUR MAUBOURG, 75007 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0369-8114 J9 PATHOL BIOL JI Pathol. Biol. PD MAY PY 1991 VL 39 IS 5 BP 507 EP 510 PG 4 SC Pathology GA FU843 UT ISI:A1991FU84300029 ER PT J AU MARTIN, C MALLET, MN LAMBERT, D BRUN, JP YRIEIX, C BRUGUEROLLE, D SASTRE, B TI TISSUE PENETRATION OF SINGLE DOSE CEFOTETAN USED FOR ANTIBIOPROPHYLAXIS IN COLONIC AND RECTAL SURGERY SO PATHOLOGIE BIOLOGIE LA French DT Article C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,PHARMACOL LAB,F-13005 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. HOP SAN SALVADOR,DEPT MICROBIOL,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. RP MARTIN, C, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT,270 BLVD ST MARGUERITE,BP 29,F-13274 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BARTLETT SP, 1983, AM J SURG, V145, P300 BERGAMINI TM, 1989, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V23, P301 DIPIRO JT, 1986, AM J SURG, V152, P552 DRUGEON HB, 1985, CEFOTETAN LONG ACTIN KAISER AB, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V315, P1129 KOSMIDIS J, 1980, J ANTIMICROB CHEM SA, V6, P147 LORIAN V, 1985, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V15, P15 MUTCH D, 1982, SURGERY, V92, P1068 PITT HA, 1973, J INFECT DIS, V127, P299 STONE HH, 1967, SURGERY, V189, P443 WAGNER JG, 1975, FUNDAMENTALS CLIN PH, P217 WASHINGTON JA, 1979, REV INFECT DIS, V1, P781 ZACK O, 1979, REV INFECT DIS, V1, P862 NR 13 TC 0 PU EXPANSION SCI FRANCAISE PI PARIS PA 31 BLVD LATOUR MAUBOURG, 75007 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0369-8114 J9 PATHOL BIOL JI Pathol. Biol. PD JUN PY 1990 VL 38 IS 5BIS BP 500 EP 503 PG 4 SC Pathology GA DL873 UT ISI:A1990DL87300002 ER PT J AU BORRIONE, D PAILLET, JL PIERRE, L COLLAVIZZA, H TI FUNCTIONAL-MODELING AND TESTING OF DIGITAL CIRCUITS SO TSI-TECHNIQUE ET SCIENCE INFORMATIQUES LA French DT Article C1 INST MATH APPL GRENOBLE,ARTEMIS,F-38041 GRENOBLE,FRANCE. UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 1,UFR MATH,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CR 1989, IN PRESS LECTURE NOT AKERS SB, 1978, IEEE T COMPUT, V27, P509 ANCEAU F, 1987, PREUVE FORMELLE DESC BACKUS J, 1978, CACM, V21 BARROW H, 1984, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V24 BAYOL C, 1989, MAIUP8907 U PROV RAP BENVENISTE A, 1987, IRISA385 RAPP RECH BERRY G, 1987, TSI, V6 BERRY G, 1988, INRIA842 RAPP RECH BILLON JP, 1987, DSGCRG87014 RAPP B BORRIONE D, 1985, 7TH INT C CHDL N HOL BORRIONE D, 1987, IMAGARTEMIS683I RAPP BOYER R, 1979, ACM MONOGRAPH SERIES BRAYTON RK, 1982, FAST RECURSIVE BOOLE BRONSTEIN A, 1988, STANCS881210 STANF U BRONSTEIN A, 1989, JUN P WORKSH AUT VER BROWNE MC, 1986, SEP P IFIP INT WORK BRYANT RE, 1985, 22ND DES AUT C CAMURATI P, 1987, 8TH P INT C CHDL N H CHAILLOUX J, 1986, LISP VERSION 15 2 MA CLARKE EM, 1983, CMUCS83152 CARN MELL CLEAVELAND R, 1989, JUN P INT WORKSH AUT COLLAVIZZA H, 1988, MAIUP8804 RAPP RECH COLLAVIZZA H, 1989, MAIUP8901 RAPP RECH COOK S, 1971, 3RD ACM S THEOR COMP DENICOLA R, 1984, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V34, P83 EVEKING H, 1985, 7TH P INT C CHDL N H FERNANDEZ JC, 1988, THESIS U J FOURIER G FRIEDMAN SJ, 1987, 24TH P ACM IEEE DES, P348 FUJITA M, 1983, 6TH P INT C CHDL N H FUJITA M, 1984, THESIS U TOKYO GLASER H, 1987, PRINCIPES PROGRAMMAT GOGUEN J, 1983, THEORY PRACTICE SOFT, P169 GOGUEN J, 1988, SRICSL884R2 SRI INT GOGUEN J, 1988, SRICSL889 SRI INT CO GORDON M, 1981, 5TH P INT C CHDL N H GORDON M, 1984, LCFLSM41 U CAMBR TEC GORDON M, 1985, 68 U CAMB COMP LAB T HALBWACHS N, 1986, SEP P IFIP INT WORK HANNA FK, 1986, P WORKSHOP FORMAL AS HERBERT J, 1985, 7TH P INT C CHDL N H HOARE CAR, 1985, COMMUNICATING SEQUEN HUNT WA, 1986, 47 U TEX TECHN REP HUNT WA, 1989, IN PRESS LECTURE NOT KOHAVI Z, 1970, SWITCHING FINITE AUT MADRE C, 1988, 25TH ACM IEEE DES AU MILNER R, 1980, LECTURE NOTES COMPUT, V92 MOSZKOWSKI B, 1985, 71 U CAMBR TECHN REP PAILLET JL, 1986, IMAGARTEMIS593 RAPP PAILLET JL, 1986, SEP P IFIP INT WORK PIERRE L, 1989, MAIUP8905 RAPP RECH RODRIGUEZ C, 1988, THESIS INPG GRENOBLE SIMONIS H, 1988, JUL P IFIP INT WORK UEHARA T, 1983, 6TH P INT C CHDL N H NR 54 TC 0 PU EDITIONS HERMES PI PARIS PA 34 RUE EUGENE FLACHAT, 75017 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0752-4072 J9 TSI-TECH SCI INF PY 1989 VL 8 IS 6 BP 523 EP 544 PG 22 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library Science GA CH861 UT ISI:A1989CH86100004 ER PT J AU OLMER, M PAIN, C DUSSOL, B BERLAND, Y TI PROTEIN-DIET AND NEPHROTIC SYNDROME SO KIDNEY INTERNATIONAL LA English DT Article RP OLMER, M, HOP CONCEPTION,SERV NEPHROL,147 BLVD BAILLE,F-13385 MARSEILLE 5,FRANCE. CR AMORE A, 1988, AM J MED, V84, P711 BOSH JP, 1983, AM J MED, V75, P943 COGGINS CL, 1988, NUTRITIONAL MANAGEME ELNAHAS AM, 1984, BRIT MED J, V289, P1337 HEEG JE, 1987, KIDNEY INT, V32, P78 HOSTETTER TH, 1986, AM J PHYSIOL, V250, F613 JONES MG, 1987, CLIN NEPHROL, V27, P71 KAYSEN GA, 1986, KIDNEY INT, V29, P572 KAYSEN GA, 1987, KIDNEY INT, V31, P1368 KRISHNA GG, 1988, KIDNEY INT, V33, P578 MEYER TW, 1983, KIDNEY INT S16, V24, S243 MITCH WE, 1984, NEW ENGL J MED, V311, P623 SHEMESH O, 1985, KIDNEY INT, V28, P830 TAGUMA Y, 1985, NEW ENGL J MED, V313, P1617 WETZELS JFM, 1988, CLIN NEPHROL, V30, P42 YOUNG VR, 1986, PROGR NATURE RENAL D, P263 NR 16 TC 3 PU BLACKWELL SCIENCE INC PI CAMBRIDGE PA 238 MAIN ST, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142 SN 0085-2538 J9 KIDNEY INT JI Kidney Int. PD NOV PY 1989 VL 36 SU Suppl. 27 BP S152 EP S153 PG 2 SC Urology & Nephrology GA AZ397 UT ISI:A1989AZ39700030 ER PT J AU CHOURAQUI, E INGHILTERRA, C TI ARCHIMEDES, AN INTELLIGENT TUTORIAL IN GEOMETRY SO TSI-TECHNIQUE ET SCIENCE INFORMATIQUES LA French DT Article C1 CNRS,REPRESENTAT & TRAITEMENT CONAISSANCES GRP,F-13402 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 0 PU EDITIONS HERMES PI PARIS PA 34 RUE EUGENE FLACHAT, 75017 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0752-4072 J9 TSI-TECH SCI INF PY 1989 VL 8 IS 4 BP 391 EP 393 PG 3 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library Science GA AW441 UT ISI:A1989AW44100008 ER PT J AU LAURENT, M PHUNG, RD RIPOLL, H TI WHAT VISUAL INFORMATION IS USED BY RIDERS IN JUMPING SO HUMAN MOVEMENT SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 INSEP,NEUROSCI SPORT LAB,PARIS,FRANCE. RP LAURENT, M, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 2,CTR RECH UFR STAPS,CASE POSTALE 910,F-13288 MARSEILLE 09,FRANCE. CR BARD C, 1981, VISION SPORT, P28 BERTHOZ A, 1975, EXP BRAIN RES, V23, P471 CAVALLO V, 1988, PERCEPTION, V17, P623 DENTON GG, 1980, PERCEPTION, V9, P393 FISHMAN MG, 1985, J MOTOR BEHAVIR, V17, P219 GIBSON JJ, 1966, SENSES CONSIDERED PE GIBSON JJ, 1979, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH GRAYBIEL A, 1955, RES QUART, V26, P480 LAURENT M, 1981, CAHIERS PSYCHOL COGN, V1, P173 LAURENT M, 1988, J MOTOR BEHAV, V20, P301 LEE DN, 1976, PERCEPTION, V5, P473 LEE DN, 1978, MODES PERCEIVING PRO LEE DN, 1980, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V290, P169 LEE DN, 1980, TUTORIALS MOTOR BEHA, P281 LEE DN, 1982, J EXPT PSYCHOL HUMAN, V8, P448 LEE DN, 1983, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V35, P333 LEE DN, 1985, BRAIN MECHANISMS SPA MCLEOD RW, 1983, PERCEPTION, V12, P417 PAILLARD J, 1982, ADV ANAL VISUAL BEHA PAILLARD J, 1985, BRAIN MECHANISMS S D RIPOLL H, 1986, HUM MOVEMENT SCI, V5, P47 RIPOLL H, 1988, NEUROSCIENCES SPORT RIPOLL H, 1988, SCI MOTRICITE, V4, P26 SALVATORE S, 1968, HUM FACTORS, V10, P27 SOLOMON J, 1984, COGNITIVE SPORT PSYC WARREN WH, 1986, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V12, P259 WHITING HTA, 1969, ACQUIRING BALL SKILL WHITING HTA, 1974, J MOTOR BEHAV, V6, P11 NR 28 TC 12 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-9457 J9 HUM MOVEMENT SCI JI Hum. Mov. Sci. PD OCT PY 1989 VL 8 IS 5 BP 481 EP 501 PG 21 SC Neurosciences; Psychology; Psychology, Experimental; Sport Sciences GA AW882 UT ISI:A1989AW88200003 ER PT J AU EON, B AKNIN, P BRUN, JP SAUX, P GOUIN, F TI PROTEIN-C DEFICIENCY AND CEREBRAL VENOUS THROMBOSIS DURING PREGNANCY SO ANNALES FRANCAISES D ANESTHESIE ET DE REANIMATION LA French DT Article RP EON, B, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT MARSEILLE SUD,270 BLVD ST MARGUERITE,F-13277 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 7 PU EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES ELSEVIER PI PARIS CEDEX 15 PA 141 RUE JAVEL, 75747 PARIS CEDEX 15, FRANCE SN 0750-7658 J9 ANN FR ANESTH REANIM JI Ann. Fr. Anest. Reanim. PY 1989 VL 8 IS 2 BP 137 EP 139 PG 3 SC Anesthesiology GA U2407 UT ISI:A1989U240700012 ER PT J AU MARTIN, C BRUN, JP BRUGUEROLLE, B CONDOMINES, M SASTRE, B TI ANTIBIOTIC-PROPHYLAXIS WITH A SINGLE 1000-MG DOSE OF METRONIDAZOLE OR ORNIDAZOLE IN COLORECTAL SURGERY SO PRESSE MEDICALE LA French DT Letter C1 HOP SALVATOR,FAC MED,PHARMACOL LAB,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. HOP SALVATOR,MICROBIOL LAB,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. HOP ST MARGUERITE,SERV CHIRURG DIGEST,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. RP MARTIN, C, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT,F-13009 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR BAUM ML, 1981, NEW ENGL J MED, V305, P785 DIPIRO JT, 1986, AM J SURG, V152, P552 NR 2 TC 0 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0755-4982 J9 PRESSE MEDICALE JI Presse Med. PD MAR 25 PY 1989 VL 18 IS 12 BP 635 EP 635 PG 1 SC Medicine, General & Internal GA T9267 UT ISI:A1989T926700010 ER PT J AU BESNARD, P SIEGEL, P TI SUPPOSITION-BASED LOGIC FOR AUTOMATED NONMONOTONIC REASONING SO LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 2,GIA,F-13288 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. RP BESNARD, P, INST RECH INFORMAT & SYST ALEATOIRE,CAMPUS BEAULIEU,F-35042 RENNES,FRANCE. CR BESNARD Q, 1983, P AAAI 83, P27 BOOLOS, 1979, UNPROVABILITY CONSIS BOSSU G, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P13 BOSSU, 1982, ADV DATABASE THEORY, P239 ETHERINGTON D, 1985, COMPUT INTELL, V1, P11 KOWALSKI R, 1969, MACH INTELL, V4, P87 KOWALSKI RA, 1971, ARTIF INTELL, V2, P227 MCCARTHY J, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P27 MOORE RC, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P75 REITER R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P81 SIEGEL, 1987, THESIS MARSEILLE NR 11 TC 1 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 SN 0302-9743 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI JI Lect. Notes Comput. Sci. PY 1988 VL 310 BP 592 EP 601 PG 10 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods GA P5218 UT ISI:A1988P521800041 ER PT J AU EON, B MARTIN, C BRUN, JP SAUX, P GOUIN, F TI CEREBRAL THROMBOPHLEBITIS ASSOCIATED WITH PROTEIN-C DEFICIENCY DURING PREGNANCY SO PRESSE MEDICALE LA French DT Letter RP EON, B, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT MARSEILLE SUD,270 BD ST MARGUERITE,F-13277 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR CLOUSE LH, 1986, NEW ENGL J MED, V314, P1298 FIENSSINGER JN, 1987, PRESSE MED, V16, P985 MANNUCCI PM, 1982, LANCET, V2, P463 NR 3 TC 0 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0755-4982 J9 PRESSE MEDICALE JI Presse Med. PD JUN 11 PY 1988 VL 17 IS 23 BP 1216 EP 1217 PG 2 SC Medicine, General & Internal GA N8685 UT ISI:A1988N868500016 ER PT J AU MARTIN, C BONNERU, JJ BRUN, JP ALBANESE, J GOUIN, F TI VECURONIUM OR SUXAMETHONIUM FOR RAPID SEQUENCE INTUBATION - WHICH IS BETTER SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF ANAESTHESIA LA English DT Article RP MARTIN, C, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT,270 BLVD ST MARGUERITE,F-13277 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR AGOSTON S, 1980, BRIT J ANAESTH, V52, S53 BARNES PK, 1982, BRIT J ANAESTH, V54, P435 BENCINI A, 1984, BRIT J ANAESTH, V56, P959 BLITT CD, 1981, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V55, P687 CLARKE RSJ, 1985, BR J ANAESTH, V57, P872 ENGBAEK J, 1985, ACTA ANAESTH SCAND, V29, P117 KATZ RL, 1975, MUSCLE RELAXANTS EXC, P313 LAM HS, 1981, BRIT J ANAESTH, V53, P1351 LEE C, 1985, MUSCLE RELAXANTS BAS, P69 MILLER RD, 1975, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V42, P352 MILLER RD, 1985, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V62, P831 MUSICH J, 1986, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V64, P517 PAYNE JP, 1981, BRIT J ANAESTH, V53, P45 PELIKAN EW, 1953, NEUROLOGY, V3, P284 SCHWARZ S, 1985, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V62, P388 SMITH G, 1978, BRIT J ANAESTH, V50, P1137 TABOADA JA, 1986, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V64, P243 WALTS LF, 1975, MUSCLE RELAXANTS, P209 WEBER S, 1986, ANESTH ANALG CURR RE, V65, P771 NR 19 TC 13 PU PROF SCI PUBL PI LONDON PA TAVISTOCK HOUSE EAST, TAVISTOCK SQUARE, LONDON, ENGLAND WC1H 9JR SN 0007-0912 J9 BRIT J ANAESTH JI Br. J. Anaesth. PD OCT PY 1987 VL 59 IS 10 BP 1240 EP 1244 PG 5 SC Anesthesiology GA K2704 UT ISI:A1987K270400010 ER PT J AU RIPOLL, H BARD, C PAILLARD, J TI STABILIZATION OF HEAD AND EYES ON TARGET AS A FACTOR IN SUCCESSFUL BASKETBALL SHOOTING SO HUMAN MOVEMENT SCIENCE LA English DT Article C1 NATL INST SPORT & PHYS ACTIV,PARIS,FRANCE. INST NEUROPHYSIOL & PSYCHOPHYSIOL,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. UNIV LAVAL,QUEBEC CITY G1K 7P4,QUEBEC,CANADA. CR COHEN LA, 1961, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V24, P1 CONTI P, 1980, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V50, P239 ERRAIS B, 1980, TECHNIQUE PEDAGOGIE JEANNEROD M, 1978, CONTROLE MOTEUR ORG, P261 KEELE SW, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V77, P155 NGUIAMBA BB, 1981, THESIS CB LYON I U PAILLARD J, 1978, CONTROLE MOTRICITE O, P225 ROBINSON DA, 1975, BASIC MECH OCULAR MO, P337 ROLL R, 1981, THESIS AIX MARSEILLE SEMIKOV AP, 1976, THEORIGA PRASTIKA FI, V9, P63 SHARPE W, 1975, ATHLETIC J, V56, P24 ZELAZNIK HN, 1983, J MOTOR BEHAV, V15, P217 NR 12 TC 15 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0167-9457 J9 HUM MOVEMENT SCI JI Hum. Mov. Sci. PD MAR PY 1986 VL 5 IS 1 BP 47 EP 58 PG 12 SC Neurosciences; Psychology; Psychology, Experimental; Sport Sciences GA C1737 UT ISI:A1986C173700004 ER PT J AU CHOURAQUI, E FARRENY, H KAYSER, D PRADE, H TI THE MODELING OF KNOWLEDGE AND REASONING PROCESSES SO TSI-TECHNIQUE ET SCIENCE INFORMATIQUES LA French DT Article C1 CNRS,GRTC,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR ALLEN JF, 1984, ARTIF INTELL, V23, P123 BALDWIN JF, 1984, FUZZY SET SYST, V14, P155 BARROUIL C, 1984, 4E ACT C AFC REC FOR, P531 BESNARD P, 1983, P AAAI NAT C ARTIFIC, P27 BESSIERE P, 1983, THESIS GRENOBLE BOBROW DG, 1977, COGNITIVE SCI, V1, P3 BOBROW DG, 1982, KBVLSI8113 XER CORP BONNET A, 1982, TECH SCI INF, V1, P393 BORILLO M, 1984, INFORMATIQUE SCI HOM BOSSU G, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P13 BOURELLY L, 1983, JUL P IFAC S FUZZ IN, P135 BRACHMAN RJ, 1979, ASS NETWORKS REPRESE, P3 BUCHANAN BG, 1984, EXPLANATION TOPIC AI, P331 CARBONELL N, 1984, AVR ACT C ARC MOD RA, P67 CARLISLE AS, 1984, RULE BASED EXPERT SY, P338 CAYROL M, 1982, KYBERNETES, V11, P103 CHANG CL, 1973, SYMBOLIC LOGIC MECHA CHOURAQUI E, 1981, THESIS I POLYTECHNIQ CHOURAQUI E, 1983, INTELLECTICA, P1 CHOURAQUI E, 1983, JUL INT SYST DYN C C CLARK K, 1978, LOGIC DATA BASES COHEN PR, 1985, HEURISTIC REASONING COLLINS A, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P383 COLLINS A, 1978, P TINLAP 2 THEORETIC, P194 COLMERAUER A, 1983, 8TH P INT JOINT C AR, P487 CORDIER MO, 1984, RECHERCHE, P60 COULON D, 1980, ACTES C AFCET LOGICI, P517 COULON D, 1982, 82R058 TECH REP DAVIS E, 1983, 8TH P INT JOINT C AR, P295 DAVIS R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V15, P179 DAVIS R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V15, P223 DEKLEER J, 1984, ARTIF INTELL, V24, P7 DELCERRO LF, 1981, THESIS U PARIS 7 DELCERRO LF, 1983, 8TH INT JOINT C ART, P926 DELCERRO LF, 1984, COMMUNICATION COGNIT, V17 DELCERRO LF, 1984, P EUROP C ARTIFICIAL DESCOTTE Y, 1981, THESIS INP GRENOBLE DINCBAS M, 1983, THESIS ENSAE DOYLE J, 1979, ARTIF INTELL, V12, P231 DOYLE J, 1983, AI MAGAZINE MAR, P39 DUBOIS D, 1985, THEORIE POSSIBILITIE DUDA R, 1981, EXPERT SYSTEMS MICRO, P153 DUDA RU, 1976, SRI124 INT TECH NOT DUFAY B, 1983, THESIS INP GRENOBLE ERNST C, 1985, THESIS U P SABATIER ETHERINGTON DW, 1983, P AAAI 83 WASH DC, P104 FAHLMAN SE, 1979, NETLA SYSTEM REPRESE FARGUES J, 1983, THESIS U PARIS 6 PAR FARRENY H, 1980, THESIS U TOULOUSE FARRENY H, 1981, 2E C AFC REC FORM IN, P751 FARRENY H, 1984, COMMUNICATION COGNIT, V17, P85 FERBER J, 1984, SEP P EUR C ART INT, P195 FERBER J, 1985, MICROSYSTEMES AVR, P152 FERRAND P, 1984, 1984 P EUR C ART INT, P13 FIESCHI M, 1984, INTELLIGENCE ARTIFIC FINDLER NV, 1979, ASS NETWORKS FORBUS KD, 1984, ARTIF INTELL, V24, P85 FOX MS, 1981, AUG P INT JOINT C AR, P313 FRIEDMAN L, 1981, 7TH P INT JOINT C AR, P487 GALLAIRE H, 1979, 2E ACT C AFC REC FOR, P240 GALLAIRE H, 1980, DERI13092 ONERA CERT GANASCIA JG, 1984, 4E ACT C REC FORM IN, P441 GARVEY TD, 1981, 7TH P INT JOINT C AR, P319 GASCUEL O, 1981, THESIS U PARIS 6 GHALLAB M, UNPUB 2ND P INT S RO GINSBERG ML, 1984, AAAI84, P126 GOLDBERG A, 1983, SMALLTALK 80 LANGUAG GORDON J, 1984, RULE BASED EXPERT SY HALPERN JY, 1984, 4TH P AM ASS ART INT, P137 HAYES PJ, 1979, EXPERT SYSTEM MICROE HENDRIX GG, 1978, UNDERSTANDING SPOKEN INGRAND F, 1984, C INT INTELLIGENCE A, V1, P115 ISHIZUKA M, 1981, 7TH P INT JOINT C AR, P837 ISRAEL D, 1980, 1ST P ANN NAT C ART, P99 JAKOB F, 1978, THESIS U PARIS 6 JOHNSONLAIRD PN, 1983, MENTAL MODELS KAYSER D, 1979, 1979 P C REPR CONN R, P440 KAYSER D, 1984, 4E ACT C AFCET REC F, V2, P115 KAYSER D, 1985, 5E ACT C AFC INF MAT, P177 KIM JH, 1983, 8TH P INT JOINT C AR, P190 KODRATOFF Y, 1985, 5E ACT C AFC INF MAT, P33 KONOLIGE K, 8TH P INT JOINT ART, P377 KONOLIGE K, 1979, COMPUTER BASED CONSU, P83 KOWALSKI R, 1979, LOGIC PROBLEM SOLVIN KUIPERS B, 1984, COGNITIVE SCI, V8, P363 LATOMBE JC, 1977, THESIS U GRENOBLE LAURENT JP, 1984, 4E ACT C REC FORM IN, P393 LAURIERE JL, 1982, TECHNIQUE SCI INFORM, V1, P109 LAURIERE JL, 1982, TECHNIQUE SCI INFORM, V1, P25 LAURIERE JL, 1984, LANGAGE DECLARATIF S LEVESQUE HJ, 1984, 4TH P AM ASS ART INT, P198 MARTINCLOUAIRE R, 1985, JUI P C COGN PAR MCCARTHY J, 1969, MACH INTELL, V4, P463 MCCARTHY J, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P27 MCDERMOTT D, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P41 MCDERMOTT DV, 1982, COGNITIVE SCI, V6, P101 MCDERMOTT DV, 1982, J ACM, V29, P33 MINSKY M, 1975, PSYCHOL COMPUTER VIS, P211 MOORE RC, 1975, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V25, P75 MOORE RC, 1977, 5TH P INT JOINT C AR, P223 NEWELL A, 1973, VISUAL INFORMATION P, P463 NILSSON N, 1984, SRI321 INT TECH NOT OSHERSON DN, 1981, COGNITION, V9, P35 PASTRE D, 1984, THESIS U PARIS 6 PERLIS D, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V25, P301 PITRAT J, 1977, ARTIF INTELL, V8, P275 PITRAT J, 1984, ACTES C ARC MODES RA, P439 POLYA G, 1968, MATH PLAUSIBLE REASO, V2 PRADE H, 1985, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V7 QUEILLE JP, 1982, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V137, P337 QUINLAN JR, 1983, 8TH P IJCAI, P137 REITER R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P81 REITER R, 1983, COMPUT MATH APPL, V9, P15 RESCHER N, 1976, PLAUSIBLE REASONING RICH E, 1983, AUG P NAT C ART INT, P348 RICHARD JF, 1982, AVR ACT C ARC PONT M, P55 ROBINSON JA, 1979, LOGIC FORM FUNCTION ROSCH E, 1975, J EXPT PSYCHOL GENER, V104, P192 ROUSSET MC, 1983, THESIS U PARIS SUD SCHANK RC, 1977, SCRIPTS PLANS GOALS SCHUBERT L, 1976, ARTIF INTELL, V7, P163 SHAFER G, 1976, MATH THEORY EVIDENCE SHORTLIFFE EH, 1975, MATH BIOSCI, V23, P351 SIEKMANN J, 1973, AUTOMATION REASONING SOULA G, 1983, P MEDINFO 83 AMSTERD SOULHI S, 1985, THESIS U P SABATIER SWARTOUT WR, 1983, ARTIF INTELL, V21, P285 SZOLOVITS P, 1978, ARTIF INTELL, V11, P115 TONG RM, 1983, 8TH P INT JOINT C AR, P194 VIVET M, 1984, THESIS U PARIS 6 WATERMAN DA, 1978, PATTERN DIRECTED INF WEISS SM, 1979, 6TH P INT JOINT C AR, P942 WEYHRAUCH R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P133 WILLIAMS BC, 1984, ARTIF INTELL, V24, P281 WINSTON PH, 1980, COMMUN ACM, V23, P689 WOODS WA, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER, P35 WOS L, 1984, AUTOMATED REASONING ZADEH LA, 1979, MACH INTELL, V9, P149 ZADEH LA, 1984, AI MAG, P81 ZADEH LA, 1984, ASPECTS VAGUENESS, P257 NR 140 TC 2 PU EDITIONS HERMES PI PARIS PA 34 RUE EUGENE FLACHAT, 75017 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0752-4072 J9 TSI-TECH SCI INF PY 1985 VL 4 IS 4 BP 391 EP 399 PG 9 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library Science GA AWH10 UT ISI:A1985AWH1000007 ER PT J AU LEMAITRE, JF TI RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY IN CIM SO ANNALES DES MINES LA French DT Article RP LEMAITRE, JF, INT INST ROBOT & ARTIF INTELLIGENCE,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 0 PU ANNALES DES MINES PI PARIS PA GEDIM 19 RUE DU GRAND MOULIN, 42029 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0003-4282 J9 ANN MINES PY 1985 VL 192 IS 5-6 BP 103 EP 106 PG 4 SC Mining & Mineral Processing GA AVP93 UT ISI:A1985AVP9300026 ER PT J AU MARTIN, C BRUN, JP CRAMA, P SAUX, P HEMON, Y TI IMPROVED LOCAL TOLERANCE TO PROLONGED CANNULATION OF THE RADIAL ARTERY SO PRESSE MEDICALE LA French DT Article RP MARTIN, C, HOP ST MARGUERITE,DEPT ANESTHESIE REANIMAT MARSEILLE SUD,270 BD ST MARGUERITE,F-13277 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BEDFORD RF, 1973, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V38, P228 BEDFORD RF, 1977, ANESTHESIOLOGY, V47, P37 DOWNS JB, 1974, ARCH SURG-CHICAGO, V108, P671 MARTIN C, 1984, PRESSE MED, V13, P1517 NR 4 TC 2 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0755-4982 J9 PRESSE MEDICALE JI Presse Med. PY 1985 VL 14 IS 10 BP 594 EP 595 PG 2 SC Medicine, General & Internal GA ADF96 UT ISI:A1985ADF9600006 ER PT J AU BOSSU, G SIEGEL, P TI SATURATION, NONMONOTONIC REASONING AND THE CLOSED-WORLD ASSUMPTION SO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LA English DT Article RP BOSSU, G, CNRS,ERA 363,INTELLIGENCE ARTIFICIELLE GRP,CASE 901-70,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BOBROW DG, 1980, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V13 BOSSU G, 1981, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL CLARK K, 1978, LOGIC DATA BASES COLMERAUER A, 1979, BASES THEORIQUES PRO DARLINGTON J, 1969, MACH INTELL, V4, P173 DAVIS M, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P73 DIPAOLA RA, 1971, R661PR RAND CORP REP KOWALSKI R, 1969, MACH INTELL, V4, P87 LYNDON RC, 1964, NOTES LOGIC MCCARTHY J, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P27 NICOLAS JM, 1979, STABILITY RELATIONAL REITER R, 1971, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V18, P630 REITER R, 1978, LOGIC DATA BASES, P55 REITER R, 1980, ARTIF INTELL, V13, P81 REITER R, 1980, J ACM, V27, P235 SLAGLE JR, 1967, J ACM, V14, P687 NR 16 TC 72 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0004-3702 J9 ARTIF INTELL JI Artif. Intell. PY 1985 VL 25 IS 1 BP 13 EP 63 PG 51 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence GA TX507 UT ISI:A1985TX50700003 ER PT J AU NOIRCLERC, M DICOSTANZO, J SASTRE, B DURIF, L FULACHIER, V BOTTA, D BRUN, J DRIF, B TI RECONSTRUCTIVE OPERATIONS FOR ESOPHAGOGASTRIC CORROSIVE LESIONS SO JOURNAL OF THORACIC AND CARDIOVASCULAR SURGERY LA English DT Article RP NOIRCLERC, M, HOSP SALVATOR,DEPT THORAC SURG,F-13277 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR DICOSTANZO J, 1980, GUT, V21, P370 OAKES DD, 1982, J THORAC CARDIOVASC, V83, P194 NR 2 TC 6 PU MOSBY-YEAR BOOK INC PI ST LOUIS PA 11830 WESTLINE INDUSTRIAL DR, ST LOUIS, MO 63146-3318 SN 0022-5223 J9 J THORAC CARDIOVASC SURG JI J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. Surg. PY 1984 VL 87 IS 2 BP 291 EP 294 PG 4 SC Cardiac & Cardiovascular Systems; Respiratory System; Surgery GA SD588 UT ISI:A1984SD58800016 ER PT J AU COLMERAUER, A KANOUI, H VANCANEGHEM, M TI PROLOG THEORETICAL BASES AND CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS SO TSI-TECHNIQUE ET SCIENCE INFORMATIQUES LA French DT Article RP COLMERAUER, A, FAC SCI LUMINY,CTR MONDIAL INFORMAT & RESSOURCES HUMAINES,INTELLIGENCE ARTIFICIELLE GRP,CNRS,F-13288 MARSEILLE 9,FRANCE. CR BATTANI G, 1973, INTERPRETEUR LANGAGE CLOCKSIN WF, 1981, PROGRAMMING PROLOG COELHO H, 1979, SOLVE IT PROLOG COLMERAUER A, 1970, 43 U MONTR DEP INF I COLMERAUER A, 1973, CRI7218 U AIX MARS G COLMERAUER A, 1978, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V63, P133 COLMERAUER A, 1982, MANUEL REFERENCE MOD ENNALS N, 1982, MICROPROLOG HUET G, 1976, THESIS U PARIS 7 KANOUI H, 1982, PROLOG 2 MANUEL EXEM KOWALSKI R, 1979, LOGIC PROBLEM SOLVIN KOWALSKI RA, 1976, J ACM, V23, P733 ROBINSON JA, 1965, JACM, V12, P227 ROUSSEL P, 1972, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL ROUSSEL P, 1975, PROLOG MANUEL REFERE VANCANEGHEM M, 1982, PROLOG 2 MANUEL UTIL NR 16 TC 23 PU EDITIONS HERMES PI PARIS PA 34 RUE EUGENE FLACHAT, 75017 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0752-4072 J9 TSI-TECH SCI INF PY 1983 VL 2 IS 4 BP 271 EP 311 PG 41 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library Science GA RE755 UT ISI:A1983RE75500005 ER PT J AU DANIEL, M PENARROCHA, JA TI NEXT TO LEADING ENHANCEMENT FACTOR FOR PROTON DECAY IN SU5 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B LA English DT Article C1 CNRS,SECT 2,CTR PHYS THEOR,MARSEILLE,FRANCE. RP DANIEL, M, RUTHERFORD & APPLETON LAB,CHILTON OX11 0QX,OXON,ENGLAND. CR ABBOTT LF, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P2208 ALTARELLI G, 1981, NUCL PHYS B, V187, P461 ANTONIADIS I, 1982, NUCL PHYS B, V198, P317 BINETRUY B, 1981, NUCL PHYS B, V178, P283 BINETRUY P, 1981, NUCL PHYS B, V178, P307 BURAS AJ, 1978, NUCL PHYS B, V135, P66 DANIEL M, UNPUB NUCL PHYS ELLIS J, 1979, PHYS LETT B, V88, P320 ELLIS J, 1980, NUCL PHYS B, V176, P61 ELLIS J, 1982, NUCL PHYS B, V202, P43 GEORGI H, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V32, P438 GEORGI H, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P451 GOLDMAN T, 1980, NUCL PHYS B, V171, P273 GOLDMAN TJ, 1979, PHYS LETT B, V84, P208 HALL L, 1981, NUCL PHYS B, V178, P75 LANGACKER P, 1981, PHYS REP, V72, P185 LLEWELLYNSMITH CH, 1981, NUCL PHYS B, V177, P263 MARCIANO WJ, 1979, PHYS REV D, V20, P274 MOSHE M, 1978, PHYSICS LETTERS B, V79, P88 SACHRAJDA C, COMMUNICATION SIEGEL W, 1979, PHYS LETT B, V84, P193 WEINBERG S, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P1566 WELDON HA, 1980, NUCL PHYS B, V173, P269 WILCZEK F, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P1571 WILSON K, 1969, PHYS REV, V179, P1499 NR 25 TC 2 PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV PI AMSTERDAM PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS SN 0370-2693 J9 PHYS LETT B JI Phys. Lett. B PY 1983 VL 127 IS 3-4 BP 219 EP 223 PG 5 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary GA RC185 UT ISI:A1983RC18500020 ER PT J AU BOUYARD, P BRUGUEROLLE, B JADOT, G PICARD, D TI AN EXPERIMENTAL-STUDY OF VERALIPRIDE SO SEMAINE DES HOPITAUX LA French DT Article C1 UNIV AIX MARSEILLE,FAC MED,HISTOL & EMBRYOL 1 LAB,F-13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. RP BOUYARD, P, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE,FAC MED,PHARMACOL MED LAB,F-13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. CR JADOT G, 1980, PATHOL BIOL, V28, P68 NR 1 TC 0 PU EXPANSION SCI FRANCAISE PI PARIS PA 31 BLVD LATOUR MAUBOURG, 75007 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0037-1777 J9 SEM HOP PARIS JI Sem. Hop. PY 1980 VL 56 IS 37-3 BP 1475 EP 1482 PG 8 SC Medicine, General & Internal GA KM045 UT ISI:A1980KM04500007 ER PT J AU BOUDIER, JA BOUDIER, JL MASSACRIER, A CAU, P PICARD, D TI STRUCTURAL AND FUNCTIONAL-ASPECTS OF LYSOSOMES IN THE NEUROSECRETORY NEURONS SO BIOLOGIE CELLULAIRE LA English DT Article RP BOUDIER, JA, FAC MED MARSEILLE,HISTOL LAB 1,CNRS,EQUIPE RECH 322,F-13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. CR BOUDIER JA, 1976, CELL TISSUE RES, V172, P39 BOUDIER JA, 1978, BIOL CELL, V31, P45 BOUTRY JM, 1975, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V72, P508 DEDUVE C, 1966, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V28, P435 DELLMANN HD, 1973, INT REV CYTOL, V36, P215 FLAMENTDURAND J, 1972, Z ZELLFORSCH, V130, P440 GORDON AH, 1973, LYSOSOMES BIOL PATHO, V3, P106 HOLTZMAN E, 1976, CELL BIOLOGY MONOGRA, V3, P64 KAWANA E, 1969, BRAIN RES, V16, P325 KLEIN MJ, 1970, CR ACAD SCI D NAT, V270, P385 LIVINGSTON A, 1973, Z ZELLFORSCH, V137, P361 NOVIKOFF AB, 1978, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V75, P5039 NOVIKOFF PM, 1971, J CELL BIOL, V50, P859 PFEIFER U, 1973, VIRCHOWS ARCH B, V12, P195 PFEIFER U, 1975, J CELL BIOL, V64, P608 PICARD D, 1972, EXP BRAIN RES, V14, P331 PILGRIM C, 1970, ASPECTS NEUROENDOCRI, P348 RUFENER C, 1973, NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY, V13, P314 SMITH RE, 1966, J CELL BIOL, V31, P319 THEODOSIS DT, 1976, J CELL BIOL, V70, P294 WEIBEL ER, 1969, INT REV CYTOL, V26, P235 WHITAKER S, 1970, Z ZELLFORSCH, V111, P493 NR 22 TC 7 PU SOC FR MICROSC ELECT PI IVRY SUR SEINE PA 67 RUE MAURICE-GUNSBOURG, 94200 IVRY SUR SEINE, FRANCE SN 0399-0311 J9 BIOL CELL PY 1979 VL 36 IS 2 BP 185 EP 192 PG 8 SC Cell Biology GA JC895 UT ISI:A1979JC89500012 ER PT J AU CHOURAQUI, E TI REPRESENTATION OF DESCRIPTION OF CONCEPTS SO RAIRO-INFORMATIQUE-COMPUTER SCIENCE LA French DT Article RP CHOURAQUI, E, CNRS,LISH,F-13003 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR 1978, 1977 JOURN TRAV IRIA BOBROW DG, 1975, REPRESENTATION UNDER BOBROW DG, 1977, COGNITIVE SCI, V1, P3 BORILLO M, 1977, C IFIP77 TORONTO BOURRELLY L, 1974, SYSTEME DOCUMENTAIRE CHARNIAK E, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL SEMANT CHOURAQUI E, 1973, COMPUTERS HUMANITIES, V7, P273 CHOURAQUI E, 1973, SYSTEME EXPLOITATION CHOURAQUI E, 1976, 6E C INT LING COMP C CHOURAQUI E, 1978, 1977 C EC IRIA INF A CHOURAQUI E, 1978, LISH71 INT RAPP DAHL OJ, 1972, STRUCTURED PROGRAMMI FAHLMAN SE, 1975, MIT331 ART INT LAB M FIKES R, 1977, 5TH INT JOINT C ART, V1, P235 HENDRIX GG, 1975, 4TH INT JOINT C ART HESNARD A, 1973, 5E C INT LING COMP C MCDERMOTT DV, 1975, MIT339 ART INT LAB M SABAH G, 1978, THESIS U P M CURIE SCHUBERT L, 1976, ARTIF INTELL, V7, P163 SMITH LC, 1976, INFORMATION PROCESSI, V12, P189 SUSSMAN GJ, 1972, MIT225A AI LAB MEM NR 21 TC 0 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0752-4072 J9 RAIRO-INF-COMPUT SCI PY 1979 VL 13 IS 3 BP 265 EP 286 PG 22 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library Science GA HN898 UT ISI:A1979HN89800003 ER PT J AU PAILLET, JL TI THRESHOLD PROPERTY FOR INTERSECTIONS IN A FINITE SET SO JOURNAL OF COMBINATORIAL THEORY SERIES B LA English DT Article RP PAILLET, JL, UNIV AIX MARSEILLE 1,F-13397 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. CR BERGE C, 1968, PRINCIPES COMBINATOI COMTET L, 1970, ANAL COMBINATOIRE, V2 NR 2 TC 0 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC JNL-COMP SUBSCRIPTIONS PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 SN 0095-8956 J9 J COMB THEOR B JI J. Comb. Theory Ser. B PY 1979 VL 26 IS 2 BP 150 EP 153 PG 4 SC Mathematics GA GY065 UT ISI:A1979GY06500004 ER PT J AU PAILLET, JL TI COMPLETE ALEPH-O-CATEGORICAL AND NOT FINITELY MODEL-COMPLETE THEORIES SO COMPTES RENDUS HEBDOMADAIRES DES SEANCES DE L ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES SERIE A LA French DT Article RP PAILLET, JL, UNIV PROVENCE,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CR ASCH CJ, 1971, ALEPH0 CATEGORICAL T BALDWIN J, 1972, JSL, V37 FRAISSE R, 1972, COURS LOGIQUE MATH MORTIMER M, 1974, THESIS BEDFORD COLLE PAILLET JL, 1974, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V278, P1237 PAILLET JL, 1974, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V278, P193 PAILLET JL, 1976, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V283, P225 NR 7 TC 0 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE J9 C R ACAD SCI SER A PY 1978 VL 286 IS 24 BP 1167 EP 1170 PG 4 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences GA FG839 UT ISI:A1978FG83900001 ER PT J AU BERGMAN, M KANOUI, H TI AXIOMS FOR SYMBOLIC MANIPULATIONS IN PREDICATE LOGIC SO BULLETIN DE LA SOCIETE MATHEMATIQUE DE FRANCE LA French DT Article C1 UER LUMINY,INTELLIGENCE ARTIFICIELLE GRP,F-13288 MARSEILLE 2,FRANCE. CR BATTANI G, 1973, INTERPRETEUR LANGAGE BERGMAN M, 1973, THESIS BERGMAN M, 1975, OCT CONV DRME KANOUI H, TO BE PUBLISHED KANOUI H, 1973, THESIS KOWALSKI R, 1974, 75 U ED DEP ART INT LOOS R, 1974, 1974 P EUROSAM MOSES J, 1967, TR47 MAC RAPP MOSES J, 1971, 2ND P S SYMB ALG MAN ROUSSEL P, 1975, PROLOG MANUEL UTILIS NR 10 TC 0 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE SN 0037-9484 J9 BULL SOC MATH FR JI Bull. Soc. Math. Fr. PY 1977 VL MEM IS 49-5 BP 15 EP 30 PG 16 SC Mathematics GA EA527 UT ISI:A1977EA52700002 ER PT J AU MUTAFTSCHIEV, S OLIVE, J BETRAND, JC AZOULAY, E TI MEMBRANE ALTERATIONS IN CHL-R-MUTANTS OF ESCHERICHIA-COLI-K-12 SO BIOLOGIE CELLULAIRE LA English DT Article C1 UER LUMINY,STRUCT & FONCT BIOMEMBRANES LAB,CNRS,EQUIPE RECH 143,F-13288 MARSEILLE 2,FRANCE. CNRS,INST BIOL MOLEC,MICROSCOPIE ELECTR LAB,F-75221 PARIS 05,FRANCE. UNIV PARIS 7,F-75221 PARIS 05,FRANCE. CR AZOULAY E, 1968, BIOCH BIOPHYSICAL RE, V33, P1019 AZOULAY E, 1969, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V171, P238 AZOULAY E, 1975, BIOCH BIOPHYS ACTA, V389, P236 BENEDETTI EL, 1973, EUROP J CANCER, V9, P263 DEZWAIG RN, 1967, J BACTERIOL, V94, P1112 GARLAND PB, 1975, BIOCHEM J, V152, P547 GIORDANO G, 1973, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V301, P513 GRANT CWM, 1974, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V71, P4653 HIROTA Y, 1970, J MOL BIOL, V53, P369 JAMES R, 1971, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V233, P504 MACGREGOR CH, 1973, J BACTERIOL, V114, P1164 MOOR H, 1963, J CELL BIOL, V17, P609 ONODERA K, 1970, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V39, P969 PIECHAUD M, 1967, ANN I PASTEUR PARIS, V112, P24 PINTODASILVA P, 1972, CHEM PHYS LIPIDS, V8, P265 PUIG J, 1967, CR ACAD SCI D NAT, V264, P1916 PUIG J, 1967, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V264, P1507 RIVIERE C, 1975, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V389, P219 SCHNAITMAN CA, 1969, BIOCH BIOPHYS RES CO, V37, P1 SEGREST JP, 1974, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V71, P3294 VAIL WJ, 1974, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V345, P463 WARREN GB, 1975, NATURE, V255, P684 NR 22 TC 3 PU SOC FR MICROSC ELECT PI IVRY SUR SEINE PA 67 RUE MAURICE-GUNSBOURG, 94200 IVRY SUR SEINE, FRANCE SN 0399-0311 J9 BIOL CELL PY 1977 VL 29 IS 1 BP 17 EP 21 PG 5 SC Cell Biology GA DV572 UT ISI:A1977DV57200171 ER PT J AU TASSO, F RUA, S PICARD, D TI CYTOCHEMICAL DUALITY OF NEUROSECRETORY MATERIAL IN HYPOTHALAMO-POSTHYPOPHYSIAL SYSTEM OF RAT AS RELATED TO HORMONAL CONTENT SO CELL AND TISSUE RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,HISTOL LAB 1,CNRS,EQUIPE RECH 322,F-13385 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR ABRAHAM M, 1971, GEN COMP ENDOCR, V17, P334 ARNAL F, 1971, THESIS MONTIPELLIER ASPESLAGH MR, 1976, CELL TISSUE RES, V171, P31 BINDLER E, 1967, J CELL BIOL, V34, P185 BLOOM FE, 1968, J ULTRASTRUCT RES, V22, P361 BOUDIER JL, 1976, J MICROS BIOL CELL, V27, P69 CALAS A, 1969, CR SOC BIOL PARIS, V8, P1890 CAMPBELL DJ, 1966, Z ZELLFORSCH, V75, P35 DEAN CR, 1968, BRIT J PHARMACOL, V34, P192 DVORAK AM, 1972, LAB INVEST, V27, P561 GREEN JD, 1959, COMPARATIVE ENDOCRIN, P368 HARRINGTON AR, 1965, P SOC EXP BIOL MED, V118, P448 HELLER H, 1961, J PHYSIOLOGY, V158, P27 HOLMES RL, 1964, Z ZELLFORSCH, V64, P474 HVAS S, 1973, ACTA ENDOCRINOL, V74, P209 KRISCH B, 1974, CELL TISSUE RES, V151, P117 LABELLA FS, 1962, NATURE, V193, P173 LABELLA FS, 1963, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V100, P399 LABELLA FS, 1971, MEMOIRS SOC ENDOCRIN, V19, P293 LEDERIS K, 1964, GEN COMP ENDOCR, V4, P638 MORRIS JF, 1973, J ENDOCR, V68, P225 MORRIS JF, 1974, NEUROSECRETION FINAL, P314 PICARD D, 1974, NEUROSECRETION FINAL, P318 PICARD D, 1974, RECHERCHES BIOLOGIQU, P385 POISNER AM, 1968, SCIENCE, V160, P203 RAMBOURG A, 1969, J CELL BIOL, V40, P393 RODRIGUEZ EM, 1969, Z ZELLFORSCH MIKROSK, V95, P37 RODRIGUEZ EM, 1971, MEM SOC ENDOCR, V19, P263 ROTHSTEIN A, 1951, J CELL COMP PHYSL, V38, P245 SWAAB DF, 1975, J NEURAL TRANSM, V36, P195 TASSO F, 1974, CR SOC BIOL, V168, P986 TASSO F, 1975, ARCH ANAT MICROSC MO, V64, P247 TASSO F, 1976, 7TH INT S NEUR LEN TASSO F, 1976, GEN COMP ENDOCR, V29, P24 TASSO F, 1976, NATURE, V260, P621 THIERY JP, 1967, J MICROSC-PARIS, V6, P987 VALTIN H, 1974, HDB PHYSL, V4, P131 VALTIN H, 1975, RECENT PROG HORM RES, V31, P447 VANDESANDE F, 1975, CELL TISSUE RES, V164, P153 VANDESANDE F, 1976, CELL TISSUE RES, V165, P307 VORS MC, 1970, THESIS MONTIPELLIER WARCHOL JB, 1976, HISTOCHEMISTRY, V46, P139 WATKINS WB, 1975, CELL TIS RE, V157, P101 WITTKOWSKI W, 1970, Z ZELLFORSCH MIKROSK, V107, P499 ZAMBRANO D, 1968, Z ZELLFORSCH, V86, P14 ZAMBRANO D, 1968, Z ZELLFORSCH, V90, P230 ZOBEL CR, 1961, J BIOPHYS BIOCH CYTO, V10, P335 NR 47 TC 12 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 SN 0302-766X J9 CELL TISSUE RES JI Cell Tissue Res. PY 1977 VL 180 IS 1 BP 11 EP 29 PG 19 SC Cell Biology GA DJ474 UT ISI:A1977DJ47400002 ER PT J AU PAILLET, JL TI RESULTS ON N-ELEMENTARY STRUCTURES SO COMPTES RENDUS HEBDOMADAIRES DES SEANCES DE L ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES SERIE A LA French DT Article C1 UNIV PROVENCE,UER MATH,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CR BERGE C, 1968, PRINCIPES COMBINATOI COMTET L, 1970, ANALYSE COMBINATOIRE, V1 HALL M, 1959, THEORY GROUPS KAPLANSKI I, 1971, INFINITE ABELIAN GRO PAILLET JL, 1974, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V278, P1237 PAILLET JL, 1976, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V283, P225 ROSENSTEIN J, 1973, J ALGEBRA, V25, P435 NR 7 TC 0 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE J9 C R ACAD SCI SER A PY 1977 VL 284 IS 6 BP 359 EP 362 PG 4 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences GA CX039 UT ISI:A1977CX03900002 ER PT J AU BOUDIER, JL BURLET, C PICARD, D TI ULTRASTRUCTURAL EVIDENCE OF 2 TYPES OF NEUROSECRETORY AXONS AND NERVE-ENDINGS IN POST-HYPOPHYSIS OF GARDEN DORMOUSE (ELIOMYS-QUERCINUS) SO ANNALES D ENDOCRINOLOGIE LA French DT Article C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,CNRS,HISTOL LAB 1,F-13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. FAC MED NANCY,HISTOL LAB A,F-13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. FAC MED NANCY,PHYSIOL LAB B,F-54019 NANCY,FRANCE. CR BODIAN D, 1970, J CELL BIOL, V44, P115 TASSO F, IN PRESS UCHIZONO K, 1965, NATURE, V207, P642 NR 3 TC 1 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0003-4266 J9 ANN ENDOCRINOL JI Ann Endocrinol. PY 1976 VL 37 IS 4 BP 275 EP 276 PG 2 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA CR101 UT ISI:A1976CR10100009 ER PT J AU MUTAFTSCHIEV, S OLIVE, J AZOULAY, E TI STRUCTURAL STUDY OF PARTICLES RECONSTITUTED BY COMPLEMENTATION IN CHL-R MUTANTS OF ESCHERICHIA-COLI-K-12 SO COMPTES RENDUS HEBDOMADAIRES DES SEANCES DE L ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES SERIE D LA French DT Article C1 UER LUMINY,DEPT BIOL,CNRS,STRUCT & FONCTION BIOMEMBRANES LAB,F-13288 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. UNIV PARIS 7,MICROSCOPIE ELECTR LAB,F-75005 PARIS,FRANCE. CR AC71773045 CONTR AZOULAY E, 1969, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V171, P238 AZOULAY E, 1972, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V256, P670 AZOULAY E, 1975, BIOCH BIOPHYS ACTA, V389, P236 GIORDANO G, 1973, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V307, P513 GIORDANO G, 1975, BIOC BIOP A, V389, P203 GULIKKRZYWICKI T, 1975, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V415, P1 MACGREGOR CH, 1973, J BACTERIOL, V114, P1164 MACGREGOR CH, 1974, J BIOL CHEM, V249, P5321 MACGREGOR CH, 1975, J BACTERIOL, V121, P1102 MACLENNAN DH, 1971, J BIOL CHEM, V246, P2702 MUTAFTSCHIEV S, 1973, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V307, P525 PIECHAUD M, 1967, ANN I PASTEUR PARIS, V112, P24 PUIG J, 1967, CR ACAD SCI D NAT, V264, P1916 PUIG J, 1967, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V264, P1507 RAZIN S, 1974, J SUPRAMOL STRUCT, V2, P670 RIVIERE C, 1971, BIOCH BIOPHYS RES CO, V45, P1608 RIVIERE C, 1975, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V389, P219 WARREN GB, 1975, NATURE, V255, P684 NR 19 TC 3 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE J9 C R ACAD SCI SER D PY 1976 VL 283 IS 7 BP 825 EP & PG 0 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences GA CJ730 UT ISI:A1976CJ73000025 ER PT J AU PAILLET, JL TI STRUCTURES WITH THRESHOLD PROPERTY FOR ELEMENTARY AUTOMORPHISMS SO COMPTES RENDUS HEBDOMADAIRES DES SEANCES DE L ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES SERIE A LA French DT Article C1 UNIV PROVENCE,UER MATH,F-13331 MARSEILLE 3,FRANCE. CR EHRENFEUCHT A, 1961, FUND MATH, V49, P129 FRAISSE R, 1972, COURS LOGIQUE MATHEM, V2 HENSON CW, 1972, JSL SEP, P494 PABION JF, 1972, CR ACAD SCI PARIS A, V274, P529 PAILLET JL, 1974, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V278, P1237 PAILLET JL, 1974, CR ACAD SCI A MATH, V278, P193 ROSENSTEIN JG, 1969, FUND MATH, V64, P1 NR 7 TC 2 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE J9 C R ACAD SCI SER A PY 1976 VL 283 IS 5 BP 225 EP 228 PG 4 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences GA CG252 UT ISI:A1976CG25200002 ER PT J AU BOUDIER, JA PICARD, D TI GRANULOLYSIS IN NEUROSECRETORY NEURONS OF RAT SUPRAOPTICO-POSTHYPOPHYSEAL SYSTEM SO CELL AND TISSUE RESEARCH LA English DT Article C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,HISTOL LAB 1,CNRS 322,F-13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. CR BOUDIER JA, 1972, CR ACAD SCI D NAT, V274, P1051 BOUDIER JA, 1972, J NERUOVASC RELAT, V32, P282 BOUDIER JA, 1973, CR SOC BIOL PARIS, V167, P1165 BOUDIER JA, 1974, CR ACAD SCI D NAT, V279, P1089 BOUDIER JA, 1974, CR HEBD SEANC ACAD S, V278, P2959 BURFORD GD, 1973, BIOCHEM J, V136, P1053 CREUTZFELDT W, 1969, HORM METAB RES, V1, P53 DEDUVE C, 1966, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V28, P435 DELLMANN HD, 1970, Z ZELLFORSCH, V111, P293 DELLMANN HD, 1973, INT REV CYTOL, V36, P215 ECKHOLM R, 1968, J ULTRASTRUCT RES, V23, P378 ERICSSON JLE, 1969, LYSOSOMES BIOLOGY PA, V2, P345 FLAMENTDURAND J, 1972, Z ZELLFORSCH, V130, P440 GORDON AH, 1973, LYSOSOMES BIOL PATHO, V3, P106 HOLTZMAN E, 1968, J HISTOCHEM CYTOCHEM, V16, P320 KLEIN MJ, 1970, CR ACAD SCI D NAT, V270, P385 KODAMA Y, 1975, ARCH HISTOL JAPON, V38, P121 LINDBERG O, 1950, BIOCHEM J, V46, P43 LIVINGSTON A, 1973, Z ZELLFORSCH, V137, P361 NORSTROM A, 1971, Z ZELLFORSCH, V113, P271 ORCI L, 1968, J CELL BIOL, V38, P462 OSINCHAK J, 1964, J CELL BIOL, V21, P35 PALAY SL, 1960, ANAT REC, V138, P417 PICARD D, 1970, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V271, P847 PICARD D, 1972, EXP BRAIN RES, V14, P331 PICKERING BT, 1974, NEUROSECRETION FINAL, P72 PILGRIM C, 1970, ASPECTS NEUROENDOCRI, P348 ROUBOS EW, 1973, Z ZELLFORSCH, V146, P177 RUFENER C, 1973, NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY, V13, P314 SACHS H, 1967, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V81, P755 SIEKEVITZ P, 1972, J THEOR BIOL, V37, P321 SMITH RE, 1966, J CELL BIOL, V31, P319 WHITAKER S, 1970, Z ZELLFORSCH, V111, P493 WITTKOWSKI W, 1970, Z ZELLFORSCH MIKROSK, V107, P499 NR 34 TC 25 PU SPRINGER VERLAG PI NEW YORK PA 175 FIFTH AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10010 SN 0302-766X J9 CELL TISSUE RES JI Cell Tissue Res. PY 1976 VL 172 IS 1 BP 39 EP 58 PG 20 SC Cell Biology GA CF770 UT ISI:A1976CF77000004 ER PT J AU TASSO, F PICARD, D TI CYTOCHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF 2 TYPES OF NEUROSECRETORY GRANULES IN HYPOTHALAMO-NEUROHYPOPHYSEAL SYSTEM OF RAT SO GENERAL AND COMPARATIVE ENDOCRINOLOGY LA English DT Meeting Abstract C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,HISTOL LAB 1,13385 MARSEILLE 4,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 0 PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC JNL-COMP SUBSCRIPTIONS PI SAN DIEGO PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 SN 0016-6480 J9 GEN COMP ENDOCRINOL JI Gen. Comp. Endocrinol. PY 1976 VL 29 IS 2 BP 241 EP 241 PG 1 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism GA BZ827 UT ISI:A1976BZ82700010 ER PT J AU TASSO, F PICARD, D DREIFUSS, JJ TI ULTRASTRUCTURAL IDENTIFICATION OF GRANULES CONTAINING OXYTOCIN AND VASOPRESSIN SO NATURE LA English DT Article C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,LAB HISTOL 1,F-13385 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. ECOLE MED GENEVA,DEPT PHYSIOL,CH-1211 GENEVA,SWITZERLAND. CR CALAS A, 1969, CR SOC BIOL PARIS, V163, P1890 DVORAK AM, 1972, LAB INVEST, V27, P561 HARRINGTON AR, 1965, P SOC EXP BIOL MED, V118, P448 KRISCH B, 1975, CELL TISSUE RES, V160, P231 RAMBOURG A, 1969, J CELL BIOL, V40, P395 RODRIGUEZ EM, 1971, MEM SOC ENDOCR, V19, P263 SUNDE DA, 1975, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V248, P345 TASSO F, 1974, CR SOC BIOL, V168, P986 TASSO F, 1975, ARCH ANAT MICROSC MO, V64, P247 THIERY JP, 1967, J MICROSC-PARIS, V6, P987 VALTIN H, 1975, RECENT PROG HORM RES, V31, P447 WITTKOWSKI W, 1970, Z ZELLFORSCH MIKROSK, V107, P499 NR 12 TC 17 PU MACMILLAN MAGAZINES LTD PI LONDON PA PORTERS SOUTH, 4 CRINAN ST, LONDON, ENGLAND N1 9XW SN 0028-0836 J9 NATURE JI Nature PY 1976 VL 260 IS 5552 BP 621 EP 622 PG 2 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences GA BM867 UT ISI:A1976BM86700043 ER PT J AU PAILLET, JL TI CHARACTERIZATION OF EQUIVALENCE BETWEEN FORMULAS, MODULO A GIVEN THEORY SO COMPTES RENDUS HEBDOMADAIRES DES SEANCES DE L ACADEMIE DES SCIENCES SERIE A LA French DT Article C1 UNIV PROVENCE,1 PL VICTOR HUGO,13331 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR CUSIN R, 1973, THESIS U CLAUDEBERNA VAUGHT RL, 1961, DENUMERABLE MODELS C, P303 NR 2 TC 0 PU GAUTHIER-VILLARS PI PARIS PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS, FRANCE J9 C R ACAD SCI SER A PY 1975 VL 281 IS 18 BP 745 EP 747 PG 3 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences GA AY250 UT ISI:A1975AY25000002 ER PT J AU LANZA, M PICARD, D CARLON, N TI COMPARED ENDOCRINOLOGICAL STUDY OF 4 SUBSTITUTED BENZAMIDE DERIVATIVES ON GENITAL-TRACT, MAMMARY-GLAND AND ANTERIOR HYPOPHYSIS OF FEMALE RAT SO THERAPIE LA French DT Article C1 FAC PHARM MARSEILLE,LAB BIOL HUMAINE,27 BLVD JEAN MOULIN,13385 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. FAC MED MARSEILLE,LAB HISTOL 1 & 2,27 BLVD JEAN MOULIN,13385 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. CR BORIS A, 1969, ARCH INT PHARMACODYN, V182, P241 LANZA M, 1971, CR SOC BIOL, V169, P1363 LANZA M, 1973, TRAV SOC PHARM MONTP, V33, P457 MERCIER J, 1973, 9E C INT GASTR ENT P, P77 SOULAIRAC A, 1974, J PHARMACOL PARIS S2, V5, P95 TUCHMANDUPLESSI.H, 1973, 9 C INT GASTR PAR, P95 NR 6 TC 12 PU JOHN LIBBEY & CO LTD PI LONDON PA 13 SMITHS YARD, SUMMERLEY ST, LONDON, ENGLAND SW18 4HR SN 0040-5957 J9 THERAPIE JI Therapie PY 1975 VL 30 IS 2 BP 231 EP 245 PG 15 SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy GA AE873 UT ISI:A1975AE87300008 ER PT J AU BOUDIER, JL ALONSO, G FASSO, F PICARD, D ASSENMACHER, I TI HIGH-RESOLUTION AUTORADIOGRAPHIC LOCALIZATION OF NEWLY FORMED PROTEINS IN HYPOLTHALAMO-POST-HYPOPHYSEAL AXONS IN NORMAL AND DEHYDRATED RATS AFTER ADMINISTRATION OF LEU-H-3 SO JOURNAL DE PHYSIOLOGIE LA French DT Meeting Abstract C1 FAC MED MARSEILLE,LAB HISTOL,CNRS,27 BLVD JEAN MOULIN,13385 MARSEILLE,FRANCE. UNIV MONTPELLIER 2,LAB PHYSIOL ANIM,CNRS,PL EUGENE BATAILLON,34060 MONTIPELLIER,FRANCE. NR 0 TC 0 PU MASSON EDITEUR PI PARIS 06 PA 120 BLVD SAINT-GERMAIN, 75280 PARIS 06, FRANCE SN 0021-7948 J9 J PHYSIOL-PARIS PY 1974 VL 68 IS 4 BP B8 EP B8 PG 1 SC Physiology GA V3082 UT ISI:A1974V308200014 ER EF